2015 FUSION Owner's Manual - Dealer E-Process

Unknown

2015 FUSION Owner's Manual - Dealer E-Process

Manual Motor: Ford

Google Docs
Google Drive
Download [pdf]

File Info : application/pdf, 488 Pages, 34.61MB

2015-fusion

fordowner.com

ford.ca

2015 FUSION Owner's Manual

May 2014 First Printing Owner's Manual
Fusion Litho in U.S.A.
FE5J 19A321 AA

Information Provided by:

The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. In the interest of continuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or equipment at any time without notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission. Errors and omissions excepted. © Ford Motor Company 2014 All rights reserved. Part Number: 20140430201207
Information Provided by:

Information Provided by:

Table of Contents

Introduction
About This Manual...........................................7 Symbols Glossary.............................................7 Data Recording..................................................9 California Proposition 65..............................11 Perchlorate.........................................................11 Ford Credit..........................................................11 Replacement Parts
Recommendation........................................11 Special Notices................................................12 Mobile Communications
Equipment.....................................................12 Export Unique Options..................................12
Child Safety
General Information.......................................13 Installing Child Seats.....................................14 Booster Seats..................................................22 Child Seat Positioning..................................24 Child Safety Locks..........................................25
Safety Belts
Principle of Operation...................................27 Fastening the Safety Belts.........................28 Safety Belt Height Adjustment.................32 Safety Belt Warning Lamp and Indicator
Chime..............................................................32 Safety Belt Minder.........................................33 Child Restraint and Safety Belt
Maintenance................................................34
Personal Safety SystemTM
Personal Safety SystemTM..........................35
Supplementary Restraints System
Principle of Operation..................................36 Driver and Passenger Airbags....................37 Front Passenger Sensing System............38 Side Airbags.....................................................40

Driver and Passenger Knee Airbags.........41 Side Curtain Airbags......................................41 Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator........43 Airbag Disposal...............................................44
Keys and Remote Controls
General Information on Radio Frequencies..................................................45
Remote Control..............................................45 Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Control...........................................................50
MyKeyTM
Principle of Operation...................................52 Creating a MyKey............................................53 Clearing All MyKeys.......................................53 Checking MyKey System Status...............55 Using MyKey With Remote Start
Systems.........................................................56 MyKey Troubleshooting...............................56
Locks
Locking and Unlocking.................................57 Keyless Entry.....................................................61 Interior Luggage Compartment
Release..........................................................63
Security
Passive Anti-Theft System........................65 Anti-Theft Alarm............................................67
Steering Wheel
Adjusting the Steering Wheel...................68 Audio Control..................................................68 Voice Control...................................................69 Cruise Control.................................................69 Information Display Control......................69 Heated Steering Wheel................................70

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Table of Contents

Wipers and Washers
Windshield Wipers..........................................71 Autowipers.........................................................71 Windshield Washers......................................72
Lighting
General Information......................................74 Lighting Control...............................................74 Autolamps.........................................................75 Instrument Lighting Dimmer......................76 Headlamp Exit Delay....................................76 Daytime Running Lamps..............................77 Automatic High Beam Control..................77 Front Fog Lamps............................................78 Direction Indicators........................................79 Interior Lamps.................................................79 Ambient Lighting...........................................80
Windows and Mirrors
Power Windows...............................................81 Global Opening and Closing......................82 Exterior Mirrors................................................82 Interior Mirror...................................................83 Sun Visors.........................................................84 Moonroof..........................................................84
Instrument Cluster
Gauges...............................................................86 Warning Lamps and Indicators................88 Audible Warnings and Indicators.............92
Information Displays
General Information......................................93 Information Messages................................103
Climate Control
Manual Climate Control..............................117 Automatic Climate Control.......................118 Automatic Climate Control......................120

Automatic Climate Control.......................122 Hints on Controlling the Interior
Climate.........................................................124 Heated Windows and Mirrors..................126 Cabin Air Filter................................................126 Remote Start..................................................127
Seats
Sitting in the Correct Position..................128 Head Restraints.............................................128 Manual Seats.................................................130 Power Seats...................................................130 Memory Function..........................................132 Rear Seats.......................................................134 Heated Seats..................................................135 Climate Controlled Seats..........................135 Rear Seat Armrest........................................136
Universal Garage Door Opener
Universal Garage Door Opener................137
Auxiliary Power Points
Auxiliary Power Points.................................141
Storage Compartments
Center Console..............................................143 Overhead Console........................................143
Starting and Stopping the Engine
General Information....................................144 Ignition Switch...............................................144 Keyless Starting............................................144 Starting a Gasoline Engine.......................145 Engine Block Heater....................................148
Unique Driving Characteristics
Auto-Start-Stop...........................................150

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Table of Contents

Fuel and Refueling
Safety Precautions.......................................152 Fuel Quality.....................................................153 Running Out of Fuel....................................154 Refueling..........................................................155 Fuel Consumption........................................157 Emission Control System..........................158
Transmission
Manual Transmission...................................161 Automatic Transmission............................162
All-Wheel Drive
Using All-Wheel Drive................................166
Brakes
General Information......................................171 Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes.............................................................171 Electric Parking Brake..................................172 Hill Start Assist..............................................174
Traction Control
Principle of Operation.................................176 Using Traction Control................................176
Stability Control
Principle of Operation..................................177 Using Stability Control................................177
Parking Aids
Parking Aid......................................................178 Active Park Assist.........................................180 Rear View Camera.......................................183
Cruise Control
Principle of Operation.................................187 Using Cruise Control....................................187 Using Adaptive Cruise Control................188

Driving Aids
Driver Alert......................................................194 Lane Keeping System.................................195 Blind Spot Information System..............199 Steering...........................................................203 Collision Warning System........................204
Load Carrying
Load Limit.......................................................207
Towing
Towing a Trailer..............................................215 Recommended Towing Weights............216 Essential Towing Checks............................217 Transporting the Vehicle............................219 Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels......219
Driving Hints
Breaking-In......................................................221 Economical Driving......................................221 Driving Through Water................................221 Floor Mats.......................................................222
Roadside Emergencies
Roadside Assistance..................................224 Hazard Warning Flashers..........................225 Fuel Shutoff...................................................225 Jump Starting the Vehicle........................225 Post-Crash Alert System...........................227 Spinout Detection........................................227
Customer Assistance
Getting the Services You Need...............229 In California (U.S. Only)............................230 The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto
Line Program (U.S. Only).......................231 Utilizing the Mediation/Arbitration
Program (Canada Only)........................231 Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and
Canada........................................................232

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Table of Contents

Ordering Additional Owner's Literature.....................................................233
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. Only).............................................................233
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada Only).............................................................234
Fuses
Fuse Specification Chart...........................235 Changing a Fuse..........................................245
Maintenance
General Information...................................246 Opening and Closing the Hood..............246 Under Hood Overview - 1.5L EcoBoostTM/
1.6L EcoBoostTM.......................................248 Under Hood Overview - 2.0L
EcoBoostTM...............................................249 Under Hood Overview - 2.5L...................250 Engine Oil Dipstick - 1.5L
EcoBoostTM...............................................250 Engine Oil Dipstick - 2.0L EcoBoostTM/
2.5L.................................................................251 Engine Oil Dipstick - 1.6L
EcoBoostTM.................................................251 Engine Oil Check...........................................251 Oil Change Indicator Reset.......................252 Engine Coolant Check................................252 Automatic Transmission Fluid
Check...........................................................255 Brake and Clutch Fluid Check.................255 Power Steering Fluid Check.....................255 Washer Fluid Check....................................255 Fuel Filter........................................................255 Changing the 12V Battery.........................255 Checking the Wiper Blades......................257 Changing the Wiper Blades.....................257 Adjusting the Headlamps........................258 Removing a Headlamp..............................259 Changing a Bulb............................................261 Bulb Specification Chart...........................263

Changing the Engine Air Filter................265
Vehicle Care
General Information...................................266 Cleaning Products.......................................266 Cleaning the Exterior..................................266 Waxing.............................................................267 Cleaning the Engine....................................267 Cleaning the Windows and Wiper
Blades..........................................................268 Cleaning the Interior...................................268 Cleaning the Instrument Panel and
Instrument Cluster Lens.......................268 Cleaning Leather Seats.............................269 Repairing Minor Paint Damage...............270 Cleaning the Alloy Wheels.......................270 Vehicle Storage.............................................270
Wheels and Tires
Temporary Mobility Kit...............................273 Tire Care..........................................................285 Using Snow Chains....................................300 Tire Pressure Monitoring System...........301 Changing a Road Wheel...........................304 Technical Specifications............................310
Capacities and Specifications
Engine Specifications..................................312 Motorcraft Parts............................................313 Vehicle Identification Number.................314 Vehicle Certification Label........................314 Transmission Code Designation.............315 Technical Specifications............................316
Audio System
General Information...................................320 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/CD/
SYNC/Satellite Radio.............................321

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Table of Contents

Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Premium AM/ FM/CD.........................................................324
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Sony AM/FM/ CD..................................................................325
Digital Radio..................................................329 Satellite Radio...............................................331 Audio Input Jack...........................................334 USB Port.........................................................335 Media Hub......................................................335
SYNCTM
General Information...................................336 Using Voice Recognition...........................338 Using SYNCTM With Your Phone...........340 SYNCTM Applications and Services.......351 Using SYNCTM With Your Media
Player...........................................................358 SYNCTM Troubleshooting.........................366
MyFord TouchTM
General Information....................................375 Settings...........................................................384 Entertainment..............................................394 Phone................................................................412 Information.....................................................417 Climate............................................................426 Navigation......................................................430
Accessories
Accessories....................................................439
Appendices
End User License Agreement..................441
Extended Service Plan (ESP)
Extended Service Plan (ESP).................456
Scheduled Maintenance
General Maintenance Information.......458

Normal Scheduled Maintenance...........461
Special Operating Conditions Scheduled Maintenance.............................................464
Scheduled Maintenance Record...........466

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

6
Information Provided by:

Introduction

ABOUT THIS MANUAL
Thank you for choosing Ford. We recommend that you take some time to get to know your vehicle by reading this manual. The more that you know about it, the greater the safety and pleasure you will get from driving it.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
Note: This manual describes product features and options available throughout the range of available models, sometimes even before they are generally available. It may describe options not fitted to your vehicle.
Note: Some of the illustrations in this manual may show features as used in different models, so may appear different to you on your vehicle. However, the essential information in the illustrations is always correct.
Note: Always use and operate your vehicle in line with all applicable laws and regulations.
Note: Pass on this manual when selling your vehicle. It is an integral part of the vehicle.

This manual may qualify the location of a component as left-hand side or right-hand side. The side is determined when facing forward in the seat.

E154903
A B

Right-hand side Left-hand side

Protecting the Environment
You must play your part in protecting the environment. Correct vehicle usage and the authorized disposal of waste, cleaning and lubrication materials are significant steps toward this aim.

SYMBOLS GLOSSARY
These are some of the symbols you may see on your vehicle.
Safety alert

See Owner's Manual

E162384

Air conditioning system Anti-lock braking system

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

7
Information Provided by:

Introduction

Avoid smoking, flames or sparks

Engine coolant temperature

Battery

Engine oil

Battery acid

Explosive gas

Brake fluid - non petroleum based
Brake system

Fan warning Fasten safety belt

Cabin air filter

Front airbag

Check fuel cap

Front fog lamps

Child safety door lock or unlock

Fuel pump reset

Child seat lower anchor

Fuse compartment

Child seat tether anchor

Hazard warning flashers

E71340

Cruise control Do not open when hot

Engine air filter

Engine coolant

Heated rear window

Heated windshield

Interior luggage compartment release
Jack

E161353

Keep out of reach of children

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Introduction

Lighting control

Low tire pressure warning

Maintain correct fluid level

Note operating instructions

Panic alarm

E139213

Parking aid Parking brake

Power steering fluid

Power windows front/rear

Power window lockout

Service engine soon

Side airbag

Shield the eyes

E167012
E138639

Stability control

Windshield wash and wipe
DATA RECORDING
Service Data Recording
Service data recorders in your vehicle are capable of collecting and storing diagnostic information about your vehicle. This potentially includes information about the performance or status of various systems and modules in the vehicle, such as engine, throttle, steering or brake systems. In order to properly diagnose and service your vehicle, Ford Motor Company, Ford of Canada, and service and repair facilities may access or share among them vehicle diagnostic information received through a direct connection to your vehicle when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle. Additionally, when your vehicle is in for service or repair, Ford Motor Company, Ford of Canada, and service and repair facilities may access or share among them data for vehicle improvement purposes. For U.S. only (if equipped), if you choose to use the SYNC Vehicle Health Report, you consent that certain diagnostic information may also be accessed electronically by Ford Motor Company and Ford authorized service facilities, and that the diagnostic information may be used for any purpose. See SYNCTM (page 336).
Event Data Recording
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder. The main purpose of an event data recorder is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle;

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

9
Information Provided by:

Introduction

this data will assist in understanding how a vehicle's systems performed. The event data recorder is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less.
The event data recorder in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
· How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
· Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
· How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or the brake pedal; and
· How fast the vehicle was traveling; and
· Where the driver was positioning the steering wheel.
This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur.
Note: Event data recorder data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data is recorded by the event data recorder under normal driving conditions and no personal data or information (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) is recorded (see limitations regarding 911 Assist and Traffic, directions and Information privacy below). However, parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the event data recorder data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an event data recorder, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the event data recorder is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have such special equipment, can read

the information if they have access to the vehicle or the event data recorder. Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access event data recorder information without obtaining consent, unless pursuant to court order or where required by law enforcement, other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority. Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada.
Note: Including to the extent that any law pertaining to Event Data Recorders applies to SYNC or its features, please note the following: Once 911 Assist (if equipped) is enabled (set ON), 911 Assist may, through any paired and connected cell phone, disclose to emergency services that the vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or, in certain vehicles, the activation of the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of being used to electronically or verbally provide to 911 operators the vehicle location (such as latitude and longitude), and/or other details about the vehicle or crash or personal information about the occupants to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services. If you do not want to disclose this information, do not activate the 911 Assist feature. See SYNCTM (page 336).
Additionally, when you connect to Traffic, Directions and Information (if equipped, U.S. only), the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect the vehicle's current location, travel direction, and speed ("vehicle travel information"), only to help provide you with the directions, traffic reports, or business searches that you request. If you do not want

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Introduction

Ford or its vendors to receive this information, do not activate the service. For more information, see Traffic, Directions and Information, Terms and Conditions. See SYNCTM (page 336).
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Some constituents of engine exhaust, certain vehicle components, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.
PERCHLORATE
Certain components in your vehicle such as airbag modules, safety belt pretensioners and remote control batteries may contain perchlorate material. Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal. For more information visit:
Web Address
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ perchlorate
FORD CREDIT
(U.S. Only)
Ford Credit offers a full range of financing and lease plans to help you acquire your vehicle. If you have financed or leased your vehicle through Ford Credit, thank you for your business.
For your convenience we offer a number of ways to contact us, as well as to help manage your account.

Phone: 1-800-727-7000
For more information regarding Ford Credit, as well as to access Account Manager, please go to www.fordcredit.com.
REPLACEMENT PARTS RECOMMENDATION
Your vehicle has been built to the highest standards using quality parts. We recommend that you demand the use of genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts whenever your vehicle requires scheduled maintenance or repair. You can clearly identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts by looking for the Ford, FoMoCo or Motorcraft branding on the parts or their packaging.
Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical Repairs
One of the best ways for you to make sure that your vehicle provides years of service is to have it maintained in line with our recommendations using parts that conform to the specifications detailed in this Owner's Manual. Genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these specifications.
Collision Repairs
We hope that you never experience a collision, but accidents do happen. Genuine Ford replacement collision parts meet our stringent requirements for fit, finish, structural integrity, corrosion protection and dent resistance. During vehicle development we validate these parts deliver the intended level of protection as a whole system. A great way to know for sure you are getting this level of protection is to use genuine Ford replacement collision parts.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Introduction

Warranty on Replacement Parts
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement parts are the only replacement parts that benefit from a Ford Warranty. Damage caused to your vehicle as a result of the failure of non-Ford parts may not be covered by the Ford Warranty. For additional information, refer to the terms and conditions of the Ford Warranty.
SPECIAL NOTICES
New Vehicle Limited Warranty
For a detailed description of what is covered and what is not covered by your vehicle's New Vehicle Limited Warranty, refer to the Warranty Manual that is provided to you along with your Owner's Manual.
Special Instructions
For your added safety, your vehicle is fitted with sophisticated electronic controls.
WARNINGS Failure to follow the specific warnings and instructions could result in personal injury. See Supplementary Restraints System (page 36).
Front seat mounted rear-facing child or infant seats should NEVER be placed in front of an active passenger airbag.
MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT
Using mobile communications equipment is becoming increasingly important in the conduct of business and personal affairs. However, you must not compromise your own or others' safety when using such equipment. Mobile communications can

enhance personal safety and security when appropriately used, particularly in emergency situations. Safety must be paramount when using mobile communications equipment to avoid negating these benefits. Mobile communication equipment includes, but is not limited to, cellular phones, pagers, portable email devices, text messaging devices and portable two-way radios.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
EXPORT UNIQUE OPTIONS
For your particular global region, your vehicle may be equipped with features and options that are different from the features and options that are described in this Owner's Manual. A market unique supplement may be supplied that complements this book. By referring to the market unique supplement, if provided, you can properly identify those features, recommendations and specifications that are unique to your vehicle. This Owner's Manual is written primarily for the U.S. and Canadian Markets. Features or equipment listed as standard may be different on units built for Export. Refer to this Owner's Manual for all other required information and warnings.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Child Safety

GENERAL INFORMATION
See the following sections for directions on how to properly use safety restraints for children.
WARNINGS
Always make sure your child is secured properly in a device that is appropriate for their height, age and weight. Child safety restraints must be bought separately from your vehicle. Failure to follow these instructions and guidelines may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child.
All children are shaped differently. The recommendations for safety restraints are based on probable child height, age and weight thresholds from National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and other safety organizations, or are the minimum

WARNINGS
requirements of law. Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician (CPST) and consult your pediatrician to make sure your child seat is appropriate for your child, and is compatible with and properly installed in your vehicle. To locate a child seat fitting station and CPST, contact the NHTSA toll free at 1-888-327-4236 or go to http://www.nhtsa.dot.gov. In Canada, check with your local St. John Ambulance office for referral to a CPST or for further information, contact your provincial ministry of transportation, locate your local St. John Ambulance office by searching for St. John Ambulance on the internet, or Transport Canada at 1-800-333-0371 (http://www.tc.gc.ca). Failure to properly restrain children in safety seats made especially for their height, age, and weight may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

13
Information Provided by:

Child Safety

Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children

Child
Infants or toddlers

Child size, height, weight, or age
Children weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less (generally age four or younger).

Small children

Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child safety seat (generally children who are less than 4 ft. 9 in. (1.45 m) tall, are greater than age four and less than age 12, and between 40 lb (18 kg) and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to 100 lb (45 kg) if recommended by your
child restraint manufacturer).

Larger children

Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a belt-positioning booster seat (generally children who are at least 4 ft. 9 in. (1.45 m) tall or greater than 80
lb (36 kg) or 100 lb (45 kg) if recommended by child restraint manufacturer).

Recommended restraint type
Use a child safety seat (sometimes called an infant carrier, convertible seat, or toddler seat). Use a belt-positioning
booster seat.
Use a vehicle safety belt having the lap belt snug and low across the hips, shoulder belt centered across the shoulder and
chest, and seat back upright.

· You are required by law to properly use safety seats for infants and toddlers in the United States and Canada.
· Many states and provinces require that small children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight, a height of 4 feet 9 inches (1.45 meters) tall, or 80 pounds (36 kilograms). Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements about the safety of children in your vehicle.
· When possible, always properly restrain children 12 years of age and under in a rear seating position of your vehicle. Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in a front seating position. See Front Passenger Sensing System (page 38).

INSTALLING CHILD SEATS Child Seats
E142594

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Child Safety

Use a child safety seat (sometimes called an infant carrier, convertible seat, or toddler seat) for infants, toddlers, or children weighing 40 pounds (18 kilograms) or less (generally age four or younger).
Using Lap and Shoulder Belts
WARNINGS
Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat. Never place a rear-facing child seat in front of an active airbag. If you must use a forward-facing child seat in the front seat, move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back.
Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat. Children 12 and under should be properly restrained in the rear seat whenever possible.
Depending on where you secure a child restraint, and depending on the child restraint design, you may block access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies and LATCH lower anchors, rendering those features potentially unusable. To avoid risk of injury, occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained.
When installing a child safety seat with combination lap and shoulder belts:
· Use the correct safety belt buckle for that seating position.
· Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle until you hear a snap and feel it latch. Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle.
· Keep the buckle release button pointing up and away from the safety seat, with the tongue between the child seat and the release button, to prevent accidental unbuckling.

· Place the vehicle seat upon which the child seat will be installed in the upright position.
· Put the safety belt in the automatic locking mode. See Step 5. This vehicle does not require the use of a locking clip.
Perform the following steps when installing the child seat with combination lap and shoulder belts: Note: Although the child seat illustrated is a forward facing child seat, the steps are the same for installing a rear facing child seat. Standard safety belts
E142528
1. Position the child safety seat in a seat with a combination lap and shoulder belt.
E142529

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

15
Information Provided by:

Child Safety
2. After positioning the child safety seat in the proper seating position, pull down on the shoulder belt and then grasp the shoulder belt and lap belt together behind the belt tongue.

E142530
3. While holding the shoulder and lap belt portions together, route the tongue through the child seat according to the child seat manufacturer's instructions. Be sure the belt webbing is not twisted.

E142875
5. To put the retractor in the automatic locking mode, grasp the shoulder portion of the belt and pull downward until all of the belt is pulled out.
Note: The automatic locking mode is available on the front passenger and rear seats.
6. Allow the belt to retract to remove slack. The belt will click as it retracts to indicate it is in the automatic locking mode.
7. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is in the automatic locking mode (you should not be able to pull more belt out). If the retractor is not locked, unbuckle the belt and repeat Steps 5 and 6.

E142531
4. Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle (the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from) for that seating position until you hear a snap and feel the latch engage. Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it.

E142533

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

16
Information Provided by:

Child Safety

8. Remove remaining slack from the belt. Force the seat down with extra weight, for example, by pressing down or kneeling on the child restraint while pulling up on the shoulder belt in order to force slack from the belt. This is necessary to remove the remaining slack that will exist once the extra weight of the child is added to the child restraint. It also helps to achieve the proper snugness of the child seat to your vehicle. Sometimes, a slight lean toward the buckle will provide extra help to remove remaining slack from the belt.
9. Attach the tether strap (if the child seat is equipped).

Inflatable safety belts
E142528
1. Position the child safety seat in a seat with a combination lap and shoulder belt.

E142534
10. Before placing the child in the seat, forcibly move the seat forward and back to make sure the seat is securely held in place. To check this, grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward and back. There should be no more than 1 inch (2.5 centimeters) of movement for proper installation.
Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician to make certain the child restraint is properly installed. In Canada, check with your local St. John Ambulance office for referral to a Certified Passenger Seat Technician.

E146522
2. After positioning the child safety seat in the proper seating position, grasp the shoulder belt and lap belt together behind the belt tongue.
E142530

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

17
Information Provided by:

Child Safety

3. While holding the shoulder and lap belt portions together, route the tongue through the child seat according to the child seat manufacturer's instructions. Be sure the belt webbing is not twisted.
E146523
4. Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle (the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from) for that seating position until you hear a snap and feel the latch engage. Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it.

Note: Unlike the standard safety belt, the inflatable safety belt's unique lap portion locks the child seat for installation. The ability for the shoulder portion of the belt to move freely is normal, even after the lap belt has been put into the automatic locking mode.
Note: The lock-off device on some child restraints may not accommodate the shoulder portion of the inflatable safety belt. Follow all instructions provided by the manufacturer of the child restraint regarding the necessary and proper use of the lock-off device. In some instances, these devices have been provided only for use in vehicles with safety belt systems that would otherwise require a locking clip.
6. Allow the belt to retract to remove slack. The belt will click as it retracts to indicate it is in the automatic locking mode.
7. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is in the automatic locking mode (you should not be able to pull more belt out). If the retractor is not locked, unbuckle the belt and repeat Steps 5 and 6.

E146524
5. To put the retractor in the automatic locking mode, grasp the lap portion of the inflatable safety belt and pull upward until all of the belt is pulled out.
Note: The automatic locking mode is available on the front passenger and rear seats.

E146525
8. Remove remaining slack from the belt. Force the seat down with extra weight, for example, by pressing down or kneeling on the child restraint while pulling down on the lap belt in order to force slack from the belt. This is necessary to remove the remaining

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Child Safety

slack that will exist once the extra weight of the child is added to the child restraint. It also helps to achieve the proper snugness of the child seat to your vehicle. Sometimes, a slight lean toward the buckle will additionally help to remove remaining slack from the belt. 9. Attach the tether strap (if the child seat is equipped).
E142534
10. Before placing the child in the seat, forcibly move the seat forward and back to make sure the seat is securely held in place. To check this, grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward and back. There should be no more than 1 inch (2.5 centimeters) of movement for proper installation.
Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician to make certain the child restraint is properly installed. In Canada, check with your local St. John Ambulance office for referral to a Certified Passenger Seat Technician.

Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren (LATCH)
WARNINGS
Never attach two child safety seats to the same anchor. In a collision, one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child safety seat attachments and may break, causing serious injury or death.
Depending on where you secure a child restraint, and depending on the child restraint design, you may block access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies or LATCH lower anchors, rendering those features potentially unusable. To avoid risk of injury, occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained.
The LATCH system is composed of three vehicle anchor points: two lower anchors located where seat back and seat cushion meet (called the seat bight) and one top tether anchor located behind that seating position.
LATCH compatible child safety seats have two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to the two lower anchors at the LATCH equipped seating positions in your vehicle. This type of attachment method eliminates the need to use safety belts to attach the child seat, however the safety belt can still be used to attach the child seat. For forward-facing child seats, the top tether strap must also be attached to the proper top tether anchor, if a top tether strap has been provided with your child seat.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

19
Information Provided by:

Child Safety

E142535
Your vehicle has LATCH lower anchors for child seat installation at the seating positions marked with the child seat symbol.
E144054
The LATCH anchors are located at the rear section of the rear seat between the cushion and seat back below the symbols as shown. Follow the child seat manufacturer's instructions to properly install a child seat with LATCH attachments. Follow the instructions on attaching child safety seats with tether straps. Attach LATCH lower attachments of the child seat only to the anchors shown.

Use of Inboard Lower Anchors from the Outboard Seating Positions (Center Seating Use)
WARNING
The standardized spacing for LATCH lower anchors is 11 inches (28 centimeters) center to center. Do not use LATCH lower anchors for the center seating position unless the child seat manufacturer's instructions permit and specify using anchors spaced at least as far apart as those in this vehicle.
The lower anchors at the center of the second row rear seat are spaced 18 inches (46 centimeters) apart. A child seat with rigid LATCH attachments cannot be installed at the center seating position. LATCH compatible child seats (with attachments on belt webbing) can only be used at this seating position provided that the child seat manufacturer's instructions permit use with the anchor spacing stated. Do not attach a child seat to any lower anchor if an adjacent child seat is attached to that anchor.
Each time you use the safety seat, check that the seat is properly attached to the lower anchors and tether anchor, if applicable. Tug the child seat from side to side and forward and back where it is secured to your vehicle. The seat should move less than one inch when you do this for a proper installation.
If the safety seat is not anchored properly, the risk of a child being injured in a crash greatly increases.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

20
Information Provided by:

Child Safety

Combining Safety Belt and LATCH Lower Anchors for Attaching Child Safety Seats
When used in combination, either the safety belt or the LATCH lower anchors may be attached first, provided a proper installation is achieved. Attach the tether strap afterward, if included with the child seat.
Using Tether Straps
Many forward-facing child safety seats include a tether strap which extends from the back of the child safety seat and hooks to an anchoring point called the top tether anchor. Tether straps are available as an accessory for many older safety seats.
Contact the manufacturer of your child seat for information about ordering a tether strap, or to obtain a longer tether strap if the tether strap on your safety seat does not reach the appropriate top tether anchor in your vehicle.
Once the child safety seat has been installed using either the safety belt, the lower anchors of the LATCH system, or both, you can attach the top tether strap.
The tether strap anchors in your vehicle are in the following positions (shown from top view):

Perform the following steps to install a child safety seat with tether anchors: Note: If you install a child seat with rigid LATCH attachments, do not tighten the tether strap enough to lift the child seat off your vehicle seat cushion when the child is seated in it. Keep the tether strap just snug without lifting the front of the child seat. Keeping the child seat just touching your vehicle seat gives the best protection in a severe crash. 1. Route the child safety seat tether strap
over the back of the seat. For outboard seating positions, route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts. For the center seating positions, route the tether strap over the top of the head restraint. If needed, the head restraints can also be removed.
E144274
2. Locate the correct anchor for the selected seating position, then open the tether anchor cover.

E142537
Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

E144275
3. Clip the tether strap to the anchor as shown.
21
Information Provided by:

Child Safety

4. Tighten the child safety seat tether strap according to the manufacturer's instructions.
If your child restraint system is equipped with a tether strap, and the child restraint manufacturer recommends its use, Ford also recommends its use.
BOOSTER SEATS
WARNING
Never place, or allow a child to place, the shoulder belt under a child's arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a crash.
Use a belt-positioning booster seat for children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child safety seat (generally children who are less than 4 feet 9 inches (1.45 meters) tall, are greater than age four (4) and less than age twelve (12), and between 40 pounds (18 kilograms) and 80 pounds (36 kilograms) and upward to 100 pounds (45 kilograms) if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer). Many state and provincial laws require that children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight, a height of 4 feet 9 inches (1.45 meters) tall, or 80 pounds (36 kilograms).
Booster seats should be used until you can answer YES to ALL of these questions when seated without a booster seat:

E142595
· Can the child sit all the way back against their vehicle seat back with knees bent comfortably at the edge of the seat cushion?
· Can the child sit without slouching?
· Does the lap belt rest low across the hips?
· Is the shoulder belt centered on the shoulder and chest?
· Can the child stay seated like this for the whole trip?
Always use booster seats in conjunction with your vehicle lap and shoulder belt.
Types of Booster Seats

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

E68924
· Backless booster seats
22
Information Provided by:

Child Safety

If your backless booster seat has a removable shield, remove the shield. If a vehicle seating position has a low seat back or no head restraint, a backless booster seat may place your child's head (as measured at the tops of the ears) above the top of the seat. In this case, move the backless booster to another seating position with a higher seat back or head restraint and lap and shoulder belts, or consider using a high back booster seat.

· High back booster seats
If, with a backless booster seat, you cannot find a seating position that adequately supports your child's head, a high back booster seat would be a better choice.
Children and booster seats vary in size and shape. Choose a booster that keeps the lap belt low and snug across the hips, never up across the stomach, and lets you adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest and rest snugly near the center of the shoulder. The following drawings compare the ideal fit (center) to a shoulder belt uncomfortably close to the neck and a shoulder belt that could slip off the shoulder. The drawings also show how the lap belt should be low and snug across the child's hips.

E70710

E142596

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

23
Information Provided by:

Child Safety

E142597
If the booster seat slides on the vehicle seat upon which it is being used, placing a rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet liner under the booster seat may improve this condition. Do not introduce any item thicker than this under the booster seat. Check with the booster seat manufacturer's instructions.
CHILD SEAT POSITIONING
WARNINGS
Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat. Never place a rear-facing child seat in front of an active airbag. If you must use a forward-facing child seat in the front seat, move the vehicle seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back. When possible, all children age 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position. If all children cannot be seated and restrained properly in a rear seating position, properly restrain the largest child in the front seat.
Always carefully follow the instructions and warnings provided by the manufacturer of any child restraint to determine if the restraint device is appropriate for your child's size, height, weight, or age. Follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions and warnings provided for installation and use in conjunction with the instructions and

WARNINGS
warnings provided by your vehicle manufacturer. A safety seat that is improperly installed or utilized, is inappropriate for your child's height, age, or weight or does not properly fit the child may increase the risk of serious injury or death.
Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving. The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a crash, which may result in serious injury or death.
Never use pillows, books, or towels to boost a child. They can slide around and increase the likelihood of injury or death in a crash.
Always restrain an unoccupied child seat or booster seat. These objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudden stop, which may increase the risk of serious injury.
Never place, or allow a child to place, the shoulder belt under a child's arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a crash.
To avoid risk of injury, do not leave children or pets unattended in your vehicle.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Child Safety

Recommendations for attaching child safety restraints for children

Restraint Type

Combined weight of child and child seat

Use any attachment method as indicated below by X

LATCH (lower anchors and top tether anchor)

LATCH (lower anchors only)

Safety belt Safety belt Safety belt

and top and LATCH

only

tether

(lower

anchor

anchors

and top

tether

anchor)

Rear facing Up to 65 lb

child seat (29 kg)

Rear facing Over 65 lb

child seat (29 kg)

Forward Up to 65 lb

facing

(29 kg)

child seat

Forward Over 65 lb

facing

(29 kg)

child seat

Note: The child seat must rest tightly against the vehicle seat upon which it is installed. It may be necessary to lift or remove the head restraint. See Seats (page 128).

CHILD SAFETY LOCKS
When these locks are set, the rear doors cannot be opened from the inside.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

E112197
The childproof locks are located on the rear edge of each rear door and must be set separately for each door.
25
Information Provided by:

Child Safety
Left-Hand Side Turn counterclockwise to lock and clockwise to unlock. Right-Hand Side Turn clockwise to lock and counterclockwise to unlock.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

26
Information Provided by:

Safety Belts

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
Always drive and ride with your seat back upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips.
To reduce the risk of injury, make sure children sit where they can be properly restrained.
Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving. The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a crash.
All occupants of your vehicle, including the driver, should always properly wear their safety belts, even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided. Failure to properly wear your safety belt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.
It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. In a crash, people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts. Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly.
In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a safety belt.
Each seating position in your vehicle has a specific safety belt assembly which is made up of one buckle and one tongue that are designed to be used as a pair. 1) Use the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder only. Never wear the shoulder belt under the arm. 2) Never swing the safety belt around your neck over the inside shoulder. 3) Never use a single belt for more than one person.

WARNINGS When possible, all children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position. Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.
Safety belts and seats can become hot in a vehicle that has been closed up in sunny weather; they could burn a small child. Check seat covers and buckles before you place a child anywhere near them.
Front and rear seat occupants, including pregnant women, should wear safety belts for optimum protection in an accident.
All seating positions in your vehicle have lap and shoulder safety belts. All occupants of the vehicle should always properly wear their safety belts, even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided.
The safety belt system consists of: · lap and shoulder safety belts. · shoulder safety belt with automatic
locking mode, (except driver safety belt). · height adjuster at the front outboard seating positions. · safety belt pretensioner at the front outboard seating positions. · belt tension sensor at the front outboard passenger seating position.
· Safety belt warning light and chime.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

27
Information Provided by:

Safety Belts

· Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness indicator.
The safety belt pretensioners at the front seating positions are designed to tighten the safety belts when activated. In frontal and near-frontal crashes, the safety belt pretensioners may be activated alone or, if the crash is of sufficient severity, together with the front airbags. The pretensioners may also activate when a side curtain airbag is deployed.
FASTENING THE SAFETY BELTS
Standard belts shown, inflatable belts similar
The front outboard and rear safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts.

E142588
2. To unfasten, press the release button and remove the tongue from the buckle.
Using Safety Belts During Pregnancy
WARNING
Always ride and drive with your seatback upright and the safety belt properly fastened. The lap portion of the safety belt should fit snug and be positioned low across the hips. The shoulder portion of the safety belt should be positioned across the chest. Pregnant women should also follow this practice. See the following figure.

E142587
1. Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle (the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from) until you hear a snap and feel it latch. Make sure you securely fasten the tongue in the buckle.

E142590

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

28
Information Provided by:

Safety Belts

Pregnant women should always wear their safety belt. The lap belt portion of a combination lap and shoulder belt should be positioned low across the hips below the belly and worn as tight as comfort will allow. The shoulder belt should be positioned to cross the middle of the shoulder and the center of the chest.
Safety Belt Locking Modes
WARNINGS
After any vehicle crash, the safety belt system at all passenger seating positions must be checked by an authorized dealer to verify that the automatic locking retractor feature for child seats is still functioning properly. In addition, all safety belts should be checked for proper function.
Belt and retractor assembly must be replaced if the safety belt assembly automatic locking retractor feature or any other safety belt function is not operating properly when checked by an authorized dealer. Failure to replace the belt and retractor assembly could increase the risk of injury in crashes.
All safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts. The driver safety belt has the vehicle sensitive locking mode. The front outboard passenger and rear seat safety belts have both the vehicle sensitive locking mode and the automatic locking mode.

Vehicle Sensitive Mode
This is the normal retractor mode, which allows free shoulder belt length adjustment to your movements and locking in response to vehicle movement. For example, if the driver brakes suddenly or turns a corner sharply, or the vehicle receives an impact of about 5 mph (8 km/h) or more, the combination safety belts will lock to help reduce forward movement of the driver and passengers.
In addition, the retractor is designed to lock if the webbing is pulled out too quickly. If this occurs, let the belt retract slightly and pull webbing out again in a slow and controlled manner.
Automatic Locking Mode
In this mode, the shoulder belt is automatically pre-locked. The belt will still retract to remove any slack in the shoulder belt. The automatic locking mode is not available on the driver safety belt.
When to Use the Automatic Locking Mode
This mode should be used any time a child safety seat, except a booster, is installed in passenger front or rear seating positions. Children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position whenever possible. See Child Safety (page 13).
How to Use the Automatic Locking Mode
Non-inflatable safety belts

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

29
Information Provided by:

Safety Belts

E142591
1. Buckle the combination lap and shoulder belt.
2. Grasp the shoulder portion and pull downward until the entire belt is pulled out. As the belt retracts, you will hear a clicking sound. This indicates the safety belt is now in the automatic locking mode.
Rear outboard inflatable safety belts (second row onlyif equipped)
E146363
1. Buckle the combination lap and shoulder belt.
2. Grasp the lap portion of the belt and pull upward until the entire belt is pulled out.
3. Allow the belt to retract. As the belt retracts, you will hear a clicking sound. This indicates the safety belt is now in the automatic locking mode.

How to Disengage the Automatic Locking Mode
Unbuckle the combination lap and shoulder belt and allow it to retract completely to disengage the automatic locking mode and activate the vehicle sensitive (emergency) locking mode.
Rear Inflatable Safety Belt (If
Equipped)
WARNING
Do not attempt to service, repair, or modify the rear inflatable safety belt.
The rear inflatable safety belts are fitted in the shoulder portion of the safety belts of the second-row outboard seating positions.
Note: The rear inflatable safety belts are compatible with most infant and child safety car seats and belt positioning booster seats when properly installed. This is because they are designed to fill with a cooled gas at a lower pressure and at a slower rate than traditional airbags. After inflation, the shoulder portion of the safety belt remains cool to the touch.
The rear inflatable safety belt consists of the following:
· An inflatable bag located in the shoulder safety belt webbing.
· Lap safety belt webbing with automatic locking mode.
· The same warning light, electronic control and diagnostic unit as used for the front safety belts.
· Impact sensors located in various parts of the vehicle.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Safety Belts

How does the rear inflatable safety belt system work? The rear inflatable safety belts will function like standard restraints in everyday usage.
E146364
During a crash of sufficient force, the inflatable belt will inflate from inside the webbing.

WARNING
If the rear inflatable safety belt has deployed, it will not function again. The rear inflatable safety belt system must be replaced by an authorized dealer.
The rear inflatable safety belts are designed to inflate in frontal or near-frontal crashes and some side impact crashes. The fact that the rear inflatable safety belt did not inflate in a crash does not mean that something is wrong with the system. Rather, it means the forces were not of the type sufficient to cause activation.
Safety Belt Extension Assembly
WARNINGS Do not use extensions to change the fit of the shoulder belt across the torso.
Do not use extensions with an inflatable safety belt.

E146365
The fully inflated belt's increased diameter more effectively holds the occupant in the appropriate seating position, and spreads crash forces over more area of the body than regular safety belts. This helps reduce pressure on the chest and helps control head and neck motion for passengers.

If the safety belt is too short when fully extended, a safety belt extension assembly can be obtained from an authorized dealer.
Use only extensions manufactured by the same supplier as the safety belt. Manufacturer identification is on a label located either at the end of the webbing or on the retractor behind the trim. Also, use the safety belt extension only if the safety belt is too short for you when fully extended.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

31
Information Provided by:

Safety Belts

SAFETY BELT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
WARNING
Position the safety belt height adjuster so that the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder. Failure to adjust the safety belt properly could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt and increase the risk of injury in a crash.
Adjust the height of the shoulder belt so the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder.

To adjust the shoulder belt height:
1. Pull the button and slide the height adjuster up or down.
2. Release the button and pull down on the height adjuster to make sure it is locked in place.
SAFETY BELT WARNING LAMP AND INDICATOR CHIME
This lamp illuminates and an audible warning will sound if the driver's safety belt has not been fastened when the vehicle's ignition is turned on.

E145664
Conditions of operation

If...

Then...

The driver's safety belt is not buckled The safety belt warning light illuminates 1-

before the ignition switch is turned to the 2 minutes and the warning chime sounds

on position...

4-8 seconds.

The driver's safety belt is buckled while the The safety belt warning light and warning

indicator light is illuminated and the

chime turn off.

warning chime is sounding...

The driver's safety belt is buckled before The safety belt warning light and indicator

the ignition switch is turned to the on posi-

chime remain off.

tion...

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

32
Information Provided by:

Safety Belts

SAFETY BELT MINDER
Belt-MinderTM
This feature supplements the safety belt warning function by providing additional reminders that intermittently sound a tone and illuminate the safety belt warning light when you are in the driver seat or you have a front seat passenger and a safety belt is unbuckled.

The system uses information from the front passenger sensing system to determine if a front seat passenger is present and therefore potentially in need of a warning. To avoid the system turning on the Belt-Minder feature for objects you place on the front passenger seat, only the front seat passengers receive warnings as determined by the front passenger sensing system.
If the Belt-Minder warnings expire (warnings for about five minutes) for one passenger (driver or front passenger), the other passenger can still cause the Belt-Minder feature to turn on.

If...

Then...

You and the front seat passenger buckle The Belt-Minder feature will not activate. your safety belts before you switch the ignition on or less than 12 minutes elapse after you switch the ignition on...

You or the front seat passenger do not

The Belt-Minder feature activates, the

buckle your safety belts before your vehicle safety belt warning light illuminates and a

reaches at least 6 mph (9.7 km/h) and 12 warning tone sounds for 6 seconds every

minutes elapse after you switch the ignition 25 seconds, repeating for about 5 minutes

on...

or until you and the front seat passenger

buckle your safety belts.

The safety belt for the driver or front

The Belt-Minder feature activates, the

passenger is unbuckled for about 1 minute safety belt warning light illuminates and a

while the vehicle is traveling at least 6 mph warning tone sounds for 6 seconds every

(9.7 km/h) and more than 12 minutes 25 seconds, repeating for about 5 minutes

elapse after you switch the ignition on... or until you and the front seat passenger

buckle your safety belts.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

33
Information Provided by:

Safety Belts

Deactivating and Activating the Belt-Minder Feature
WARNING
While the system allows you to switch this feature off, the intent of the system is to remind you to wear your safety belt to improve your chance to survive an accident. We recommend you leave the system switched on for yourself and others who may use the vehicle.
Note: The driver and front passenger warnings switch on and off independently. When you perform this procedure for one seating position, do not buckle the other position as this will terminate the process.
Read Steps 14 thoroughly before proceeding with the programming procedure.
Before following the procedure, make sure that:
· The parking brake is set.
· The transmission is in park (P) or neutral (N).
· The ignition is off.
· The driver and front passenger safety belts are unbuckled.
1. Switch the ignition on. Do not start the vehicle.
2. Wait until the safety belt warning light turns off (about 1 minute). After Step 2, wait an additional 5 seconds before proceeding with Step 3. Once you start Step 3, you must complete the procedure within 30 seconds.
3. For the seating position you are switching off, buckle then unbuckle the safety belt three times at a moderate speed, ending in the unbuckled state. After Step 3, the safety belt warning light turns on.

4. While the safety belt warning light is on, buckle and then unbuckle the safety belt. After Step 4, the safety belt warning light flashes for confirmation.
· This will switch the feature off for that seating position if it is currently on.
· This will switch the feature on for that seating position if it is currently off.
CHILD RESTRAINT AND SAFETY BELT MAINTENANCE
Inspect the vehicle safety belts and child safety seat systems periodically to make sure they work properly and are not damaged. Inspect the vehicle and child seat safety belts to make sure there are no nicks, tears or cuts. Replace if necessary. All vehicle safety belt assemblies, including retractors, buckles, front safety belt buckle assemblies, buckle support assemblies (slide bar-if equipped), shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped), shoulder belt guide on seat back (if equipped), child safety seat LATCH and tether anchors, and attaching hardware, should be inspected after a crash. Read the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for additional inspection and maintenance information specific to the child restraint.
Ford Motor Company recommends that all safety belt assemblies in use in vehicles involved in a crash be replaced. However, if the crash was minor and an authorized dealer finds that the belts do not show damage and continue to operate properly, they do not need to be replaced. Safety belt assemblies not in use during a crash should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted.
Properly care for safety belts. See Vehicle Care (page 266).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

34
Information Provided by:

Personal Safety SystemTM

The Personal Safety System provides an improved overall level of frontal crash protection to front seat occupants and is designed to help further reduce the risk of airbag-related injuries. The system is able to analyze different occupant conditions and crash severity before activating the appropriate safety devices to help better protect a range of occupants in a variety of frontal crash situations.
The Vehicle Personal Safety System consists of:
· Driver and passenger dual-stage airbag supplemental restraints.
· Front seat outboard safety belts with pretensioners, energy management retractors and safety belt usage sensors.
· Driver seat position sensor.
· Front passenger sensing system.
· Passenger airbag off and on indicator lamp.
· Front crash severity sensors.
· Restraints control module with impact and safing sensors.
· Restraint system warning light and backup tone.
· The electrical wiring for the airbags, crash sensors, safety belt pretensioners, front safety belt usage sensors, driver seat position sensor, front passenger sensing system and indicator lights.

How Does the Personal Safety System Work?
The Personal Safety System can adapt the deployment strategy of the safety devices according to crash severity and occupant conditions. A collection of crash and occupant sensors provides information to the restraints control module. During a crash, the restraints control module may deploy the safety belt pretensioners, one or both stages of the dual-stage airbags based on crash severity and occupant conditions.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

35
Information Provided by:

Supplementary Restraints System

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
Airbags do not inflate slowly or gently, and the risk of injury from a deploying airbag is the greatest close to the trim covering the airbag module.
All occupants of your vehicle, including the driver, should always properly wear their safety belts, even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided. Failure to properly wear your safety belt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.
Always transport children 12 years old and under in the back seat and always properly use appropriate child restraints. Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.
Never place your arm over the airbag module as a deploying airbag can result in serious arm fractures or other injuries.
Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat. Never place a rear-facing child seat in front of an active airbag. If you must use a forward-facing child seat in the front seat, move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back.
Do not attempt to service, repair, or modify the airbag supplemental restraint systems or its fuses as you could be seriously injured or killed. Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Several airbag system components get hot after inflation. To reduce the risk of injury, do not touch them after inflation.
If the airbag has deployed, the airbag will not function again and must be replaced immediately. If the airbag is not replaced, the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash.

The airbags are a supplemental restraint system and are designed to work with the safety belts to help protect the driver and right front passenger from certain upper body injuries. Airbags do not inflate slowly; there is a risk of injury from a deploying airbag.
Note: You will hear a loud bang and see a cloud of harmless powdery residue if an airbag deploys. This is normal.
The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly upon activation. After airbag deployment, it is normal to notice a smoke-like, powdery residue or smell the burnt propellant. This may consist of cornstarch, talcum powder (to lubricate the bag) or sodium compounds (for example, baking soda) that result from the combustion process that inflates the airbag. Small amounts of sodium hydroxide may be present which may irritate the skin and eyes, but none of the residue is toxic.
While the system is designed to help reduce serious injuries, contact with a deploying airbag may also cause abrasions or swelling. Temporary hearing loss is also a possibility as a result of the noise associated with a deploying airbag. Because airbags must inflate rapidly and with considerable force, there is the risk of death or serious injuries such as fractures, facial and eye injuries or internal injuries, particularly to occupants who are not properly restrained or are otherwise out of position at the time of airbag deployment. Thus, it is extremely important that occupants be properly restrained as far away from the airbag module as possible while maintaining vehicle control.
Routine maintenance of the airbags is not required.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

36
Information Provided by:

Supplementary Restraints System

DRIVER AND PASSENGER AIRBAGS
WARNINGS Never place your arm or any objects over an airbag module. Placing your arm over a deploying airbag can result in serious arm fractures or other injuries. Objects placed on or over the airbag inflation area may cause those objects to be propelled by the airbag into your face and torso causing serious injury. Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat. Never place a rear-facing child seat in front of an active airbag. If you must use a forward-facing child seat in the front seat, move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back.
E151127
The driver and front passenger airbags will deploy during significant frontal and near frontal crashes. The driver and passenger front airbag system consists of: · Driver and passenger airbag modules. · Front passenger sensing system.
· Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness indicator. See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator (page 43).

Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating Adjustment
WARNING
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) recommends a minimum distance of at least 10 inches (25 centimeters) between an occupant's chest and the driver airbag module.
To properly position yourself away from the airbag:
· Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the pedals comfortably.
· Recline the seat slightly (one or two degrees) from the upright position.
After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts, it is very important that they continue to sit properly. A properly seated occupant sits upright, leaning against the seat back, and centered on the seat cushion, with their feet comfortably extended on the floor. Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event. For example, if an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased.
Children and Airbags
WARNING
Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat. Never place a rear-facing child seat in front of an active airbag. If you must use a forward-facing child seat in the front seat, move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

37
Information Provided by:

Supplementary Restraints System

E142846
Children must always be properly restrained. Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position. Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of injury in a crash.
FRONT PASSENGER SENSING SYSTEM
WARNINGS Even with Advanced Restraints Systems, children 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position. Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.
Sitting improperly out of position or with the seat back reclined too far can take off weight from the seat cushion and affect the decision of the front passenger sensing system, resulting in serious injury or death in a crash.
To reduce the risk of possible serious injury: Do not stow objects in seat back map pocket or hang objects off seat back if a child is in the front passenger seat. Do not place objects underneath the front passenger seat or between the seat

WARNINGS and the center console. Check the passenger airbag off or pass airbag off indicator lamp for proper airbag status. Failure to follow these instructions may interfere with the front passenger seat sensing system.
Any alteration or modification to the front passenger seat may affect the performance of the front passenger sensing system.
This system works with sensors that are part of the front passenger's seat and safety belt to detect the presence of a properly-seated occupant and determine if the front passenger's frontal airbag should be enabled (may inflate) or not.
E157152
The front passenger sensing system uses a pass airbag off indicator which will illuminate and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is disabled. The indicator lamp is located at the top center of the instrument panel. Note: When the ignition is first tuned on, the indicator lamp will illuminate for a short period of time to confirm it is functional. The front passenger sensing system is designed to disable (will not inflate) the front passenger's frontal airbag when a rear facing infant seat, a forward-facing child restraint, or a booster seat is detected. Even with this technology,

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

38
Information Provided by:

Supplementary Restraints System

parents are STRONGLY encouraged to always properly restrain children in the rear seat. The sensor also turns off the passenger front airbag and seat-mounted side airbag when the passenger seat is empty.
· When the front passenger sensing system disables (will not inflate) the front passenger frontal airbag, the indicator lamp will illuminate and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is disabled.
· If the child restraint has been installed and the indicator lamp is not lit, then turn the vehicle off, remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the restraint following the child restraint manufacturer's instructions.
The front passenger sensing system is designed to enable (may inflate) the front passenger's frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the front passenger seat.

· When the front passenger sensing system enables the front passenger frontal airbag (may inflate), the indicator lamp will be unlit and stay unlit.
If a person of adult size is sitting in the front passenger's seat, but the airbag off indicator lamp is lit, it is possible that the person isn't sitting properly in the seat. If this happens:
· Turn the vehicle off and ask the person to place the seat back in the full upright position.
· Have the person sit upright in the seat, centered on the seat cushion, with the person's legs comfortably extended.
· Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for about two minutes. This will allow the system to detect that person and enable the passenger's frontal airbag.
· If the indicator lamp remains lit even after this, the person should be advised to ride in the rear seat.

Occupant
Empty Child Adult

Passenger airbag OFF indicator
Unlit Lit
Unlit

Passenger airbag
Disabled Disabled Enabled

Note: When the passenger airbag off light is illuminated, the passenger (seat mounted) side airbag may be disabled to avoid the risk of airbag deployment injuries.
After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts, it is very important that they continue to sit properly. A properly seated occupant sits upright, leaning against the seat back, and centered on the seat cushion, with their feet comfortably extended on the floor. Sitting improperly can increase the chance

of injury in a crash event. For example, if an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased.
If you think that the status of the passenger airbag off indicator lamp is incorrect, check for the following:

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Supplementary Restraints System

· Objects lodged underneath the seat
· Objects between the seat cushion and the center console
· Objects hanging off the seat back
· Objects stowed in the seat back map pocket
· Objects placed on the occupant's lap
· Cargo interference with the seat
· Other passengers pushing or pulling on the seat
· Rear passenger feet and knees resting or pushing on the seat
The conditions listed above may cause the weight of a properly seated occupant to be incorrectly interpreted by the front passenger sensing system. The person in the front passenger seat may appear heavier or lighter due to the conditions described in the list above.
Make sure the front passenger sensing system is operating properly. See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator (page 43).
If the airbag readiness light is lit, do the following:
The driver and adult passengers should check for objects lodged underneath the front passenger seat, or cargo interfering with the seat.
If there are lodged objects, or cargo is interfering with the seat, take the following steps to remove the obstruction:
· Pull the vehicle over.
· Turn the vehicle off.
· Driver and adult passengers should check for any objects lodged underneath the front passenger seat or cargo interfering with the seat.
· Remove the obstruction(s) (if found).
· Restart the vehicle.

· Wait at least two minutes and verify that the airbag readiness light is no longer illuminated.
· If the airbag readiness light remains illuminated, this may or may not be a problem due to the front passenger sensing system.
Do not attempt to repair or service the system. Take your vehicle immediately to an authorized dealer.
If it is necessary to modify an advanced front airbag system to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center. See Getting the Services You Need (page 229).
SIDE AIRBAGS
WARNINGS
Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the airbag cover, on the side of the seatbacks (of the front seats), or in front seat areas that may come into contact with a deploying airbag. Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash.
Do not use accessory seat covers. The use of accessory seat covers may prevent the deployment of the side airbags and increase the risk of injury in an accident.
Do not lean your head on the door. The side airbag could injure you as it deploys from the side of the seatback.
Do not attempt to service, repair, or modify the airbag, its fuses or the seat cover on a seat containing an airbag as you could be seriously injured or killed. Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

40
Information Provided by:

Supplementary Restraints System

WARNINGS If the side airbag has deployed, the airbag will not function again. The side airbag system (including the seat) must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer. If the airbag is not replaced, the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash.
The side airbags are located on the outboard side of the seatbacks of the front seats. In certain sideways crashes, the airbag on the side affected by the crash will be inflated. The airbag was designed to inflate between the door panel and occupant to further enhance the protection provided occupants in side impact crashes.
E152533
The system consists of the following: · A label or embossed side panel
indicating that side airbags are fitted to your vehicle. · Side airbags located inside the driver and front passenger seatbacks. · Front passenger sensing system.
·Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness indicator. See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator (page 43). Note: The passenger sensing system will deactivate the passenger seat-mounted side airbag if it detects an empty passenger seat.

The design and development of the side airbag system included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group. These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags.
DRIVER AND PASSENGER KNEE AIRBAGS
Driver and passenger knee airbags are located under or within the instrument panel. During a crash, the restraints control module may activate the driver and passenger knee airbags (individually or both) based on crash severity and respective occupant conditions. Under certain crash and occupant conditions, the driver and passenger knee airbags may deploy (individually or both) but the corresponding front airbag may not activate. As with front and side airbags, it is important to be properly seated and restrained to reduce the risk of death or serious injury.
Make sure the knee airbags are operating properly. See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator (page 43).
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAGS
WARNINGS Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the headliner at the siderail that may come into contact with a deploying side curtain airbag. Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Supplementary Restraints System

WARNINGS
Do not lean your head on the door. The side curtain airbag could injure you as it deploys from the headliner.
Do not attempt to service, repair, or modify the side curtain airbags, its fuses, the A, B, or C pillar trim, or the headliner on a vehicle containing side curtain airbags. Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible.
All occupants of the vehicle including the driver should always wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system and side curtain airbag is provided.
To reduce risk of injury, do not obstruct or place objects in the deployment path of the side curtain airbag.
If the side curtain airbags have deployed, the side curtain airbags will not function again. The side curtain airbags (including the A, B and C pillar trim and headliner) must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer. If the side curtain airbag is not replaced, the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash.
The side curtain airbags will deploy during significant side crashes. The side curtain airbags are mounted to the roof side-rail sheet metal, behind the headliner, above each row of seats. In certain sideways crashes, the side curtain airbag on the impacted side of the vehicle will be activated. The side curtain airbags are designed to inflate between the side window area and occupants to further enhance protection provided in side impact crashes.
The system consists of the following:

E75004
· Side curtain airbags located above the trim panels over the front and rear side windows identified by a label or wording on the headliner or roof-pillar trim.
· A flexible headliner which opens above the side doors to allow side air curtain deployment.
Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness indicator. See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator (page 43).
Children 12 years old and under should always be properly restrained in the back seats. The side curtain airbags will not interfere with children restrained using a properly installed child or booster seat because it is designed to inflate downward from the headliner above the doors along the side window opening.
The design and development of the side curtain airbags included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group. These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side curtain airbags.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

42
Information Provided by:

Supplementary Restraints System

CRASH SENSORS AND AIRBAG INDICATOR
WARNING
Modifying or adding equipment to the front end of the vehicle (including frame, bumper, front end body structure and tow hooks) may affect the performance of the airbag system, increasing the risk of injury. Do not modify the front end of the vehicle.
Your vehicle has a collection of crash and occupant sensors which provide information to the restraints control module. The restraints control module deploys (activates) the front safety belt pretensioners, driver airbag, passenger airbag, knee airbag(s), seat mounted side airbags, side curtain airbags and optional rear inflatable safety belts. Based on the type of crash (frontal impact or side impact), the restraints control module will deploy the appropriate safety devices.
The restraints control module also monitors the readiness of the above safety devices plus the crash and occupant sensors. The readiness of the safety system is indicated by a warning indicator light in the instrument cluster or by a backup tone if the warning light is not working. Routine maintenance of the airbag is not required.
A difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following:
The readiness light will not illuminate immediately after the ignition is turned on.
· The readiness light will either flash or stay lit.
· A series of five beeps will be heard. The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem, the light or both are repaired.

If any of these things happen, even intermittently, have the supplemental restraint system serviced at an authorized dealer immediately. Unless serviced, the system may not function properly in the event of a crash.
The safety belt pretensioners and the front airbag supplemental restraint system are designed to activate when the vehicle sustains frontal deceleration sufficient to cause the restraints control module to deploy a safety device.
The fact that the safety belt pretensioners or front airbags did not activate for both front seat occupants in a crash does not mean that something is wrong with the system. Rather, it means the restraints control module determined the accident conditions (crash severity, belt usage) were not appropriate to activate these safety devices.
· The design of the front airbags is to activate only in frontal and near-frontal crashes (not rollovers, side impacts or rear impacts) unless the crash causes sufficient frontal deceleration.
· The safety belt pretensioners and optional rear inflatable safety belts are designed to activate in frontal, near-frontal and side crashes.
· The knee airbag(s) may deploy based on crash severity and occupant conditions.
· The design of the side airbags and side curtain airbags is to inflate in certain side impact crashes. Side airbags and side curtain airbags may activate in other types of crashes if the vehicle experiences sufficient sideways motion or deformation.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Supplementary Restraints System
AIRBAG DISPOSAL
Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible. Airbags must be disposed of by qualified personnel.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

44
Information Provided by:

Keys and Remote Controls

GENERAL INFORMATION ON RADIO FREQUENCIES
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Note: Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met.
The typical operating range for your transmitter is approximately 33 feet (10 meters). Vehicles with the remote start feature will have a greater range. One of the following could cause a decrease in operating range:
· Weather conditions.
· Nearby radio towers.
· Structures around the vehicle.
· Other vehicles parked next to your vehicle.
The radio frequency used by your remote control can also be used by other short distance radio transmissions, for example amateur radios, medical equipment, wireless headphones, remote controls and alarm systems. If the frequencies are jammed, you will not be able to use your remote control. You can lock and unlock the doors with the key.
Note: Make sure to lock your vehicle before leaving it unattended.
Note: If you are in range, the remote control will operate if you press any button unintentionally.

Intelligent Access (If Equipped)
The system uses a radio frequency signal to communicate with your vehicle and authorize your vehicle to unlock when one of the following conditions are met: · You activate the front exterior door
handle switch. · You press the luggage compartment
button. · You press a button on the transmitter. If excessive radio frequency interference is present in the area or if the transmitter battery is low, you may need to mechanically unlock your door. You can use the mechanical key blade in your intelligent access key to open the driver door in this situation. See Remote Control (page 45).
REMOTE CONTROL
Integrated Keyhead Transmitters
(If Equipped)
Use the key blade to start your vehicle and unlock or lock the driver door from outside your vehicle. The transmitter portion functions as the remote control.
E151797
Press the button to release the key. Press and hold the button to fold the key back in when not in use.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Keys and Remote Controls

E151795
Note: The keys that came with your vehicle have a security tag that provides important vehicle key cut information. Keep the tag in a safe place for future reference.
Intelligent Access Key (If Equipped)

E151796
Slide the release on the back of the remote control and pivot the cover off to access the key blade.

E144506
Your intelligent access keys operate the power locks and the remote start system. The key must be in your vehicle to activate the push-button start system.
Removable Key Blade
The intelligent access key also contains a removable mechanical key blade that you can use to unlock the driver door.

E151795
Note: The backup keys that came with your vehicle have a security tag that provides important vehicle key cut information. Keep the tag in a safe place for future reference.
Using the Key Blade
The key cylinder is under a cap on the driver door handle.
To remove the cap:

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

E151956
46
Information Provided by:

Keys and Remote Controls

1. Insert the key blade into the slot on the bottom of the handle and press up.
2. Applying upward pressure, move the cap rearward to release it. Gently remove the key while doing so.
To install the cap:

Integrated Keyhead Transmitter
The remote control uses one coin-type three-volt lithium battery CR2032 or equivalent.
Press the button to release the key before beginning the procedure.

E151957
1. Place the cap just forward of the key cylinder.
2. Applying pressure to the cap, move it forward until it is in place. You may hear a snap as it engages.
Make sure you have properly installed the cap by trying to move it rearward.
Replacing the Battery
Note: Refer to local regulations when disposing of transmitter batteries.
Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals or on the back surface of the circuit board.
Note: Replacing the battery will not delete the transmitter from the vehicle. The transmitter should operate normally.
A message appears in the information display when the remote control battery is low. See Information Messages (page 103).

E151798
1. Insert a screwdriver in the position shown and gently push the clip.
2. Press the clip down to release the battery cover.
E151799
3. Carefully remove the cover.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

47
Information Provided by:

Keys and Remote Controls

Note: Do not touch the battery contacts or the printed circuit board with the screwdriver.
4. Insert a screwdriver as shown to release the battery.

E151796
1. Slide the release on the back of the remote control and pivot the cover off.

E151801
5. Remove the battery. 6. Install a new battery with the + facing
up. 7. Replace the battery cover.
Intelligent Access Transmitter
The remote control uses two coin-type three-volt lithium batteries CR2025 or equivalent.

E153890
2. Insert a coin into the slot and twist to separate the housing.
E153891
3. Remove the batteries. 4. Install new batteries with the + facing
each other. Note: Make sure to replace the label between the two batteries.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Keys and Remote Controls

5. Reinstall the housing and cover.
Car Finder
Press the button twice within three seconds. The horn sounds E138623 and the direction indicators flash. We recommend you use this method to locate your vehicle, rather than using the panic alarm.

Sounding a Panic Alarm
Note: The panic alarm will only operate when the ignition is off.
Press the button to activate the alarm. Press the button again or E138624 switch the ignition on to deactivate.

Remote Start (If Equipped)
WARNING
To avoid exhaust fumes, do not use remote start if your vehicle is parked indoors or areas that are not well ventilated.

Note: Do not use remote start if your vehicle is low on fuel.

E138625

The remote start button is on the transmitter.

This feature allows you to start your vehicle from outside the vehicle. The transmitter has an extended operating range.

If your vehicle has automatic climate control, you can configure it to operate when you remote start your vehicle. See Climate Control (page 117). A manual climate control system will run at the setting it was set to when you switched the vehicle off.

Many states and provinces have restrictions for the use of remote start. Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding remote start systems.
The remote start system will not work if: · The ignition is on. · The alarm system triggered. · You disable the feature. · The hood is open. · The transmission is not in park (P). · The vehicle battery voltage is too low. · The service engine soon light is on.
Remote Control Feedback
An LED on the remote control provides status feedback of remote start or stop commands.

LED Solid green.
Solid red.
Blinking red. Blinking green.

Status
Remote start or extension successful.
Remote stop successful; vehicle
off.
Remote start or stop failed.
Waiting for status update.

Remote Starting the Vehicle
Note: You must press each button within three seconds of each other. Your vehicle will not remote start if you do not follow this sequence.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

49
Information Provided by:

Keys and Remote Controls

E138626
The tag with your transmitter details the starting procedure.
To remote start your vehicle:
1. Press the lock button to lock all the doors.
2. Press the remote start button twice. The exterior lamps flash twice.
The horn sounds if the system fails to start, unless quiet start is on. Quiet start will run the blower fan at a slower speed to reduce noise. It can be switched on or off in the information display. See (page 93).
Note: If you remote start the vehicle with an integrated keyhead transmitter, you must switch the ignition on before driving your vehicle. With an intelligent access transmitter, you must press the START/STOP button on the instrument panel once while applying the brake pedal before driving your vehicle.
The power windows will not work during the remote start and the radio will not turn on automatically.
The parking lamps will remain on and the vehicle will run for 5, 10 or 15 minutes, depending on the setting.

Extending the Vehicle Run Time

Repeat Steps 1 and 2 with the vehicle still running to extend the run time for another remote start duration. If you programmed the duration to last 10 minutes, the second 10 minutes will begin after what is left of the first activation time. For example, if the vehicle had been running from the first remote start for five minutes, the vehicle will continue to run now for a total of 15 minutes. You can extend the remote start up to a maximum of 35 minutes.
Wait at least five seconds before remote starting after a vehicle shutdown.

Turning the Vehicle Off After Remote Starting

E138625

Press the button once. The vehicle and parking lamps will turn off.

You may have to be closer to the vehicle than when starting due to ground reflection and the added noise of the running vehicle.

You can disable or enable the remote start system through the information display. See (page 93).

Memory Feature
Your intelligent access key will recall your seat and mirror position each time you enter your vehicle, if linked to a pre-set position. See Memory Function (page 132).

REPLACING A LOST KEY OR REMOTE CONTROL
Replacement keys or remote controls can be purchased from an authorized dealer. Authorized dealers can program remote controls for your vehicle. See Passive Anti-Theft System (page 65).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

50
Information Provided by:

Keys and Remote Controls
To re-program the passive anti-theft system see an authorized dealer.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

51
Information Provided by:

MyKeyTM

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
MyKey allows you to program keys with restricted driving modes to promote good driving habits. All but one of the keys programmed to the vehicle can be activated with these restricted modes.
Any keys that have not been programmed are referred to as administrator keys or admin keys. These can be used to:
· create a MyKey
· program configurable MyKey settings
· clear all MyKey features.
When you have programmed a MyKey, you can access the following information using the information display:
· How many admin keys and MyKeys are programmed to your vehicle.
· The total distance your vehicle has traveled using a MyKey.
Note: All MyKeys are programmed to the same settings. You cannot program them individually.
Note: For vehicles with intelligent access with push-button start, when both a MyKey and an admin intelligent access key fob are present, the admin fob will be recognized by the vehicle while switching the ignition on to start the vehicle.
Non-configurable Settings
The following settings cannot be changed by an admin key user:

· Belt-Minder. You cannot disable this feature. The audio system will mute when the front seat occupants' safety belts are not fastened.
· Early low fuel. The low-fuel warning activates earlier, giving the MyKey user more time to refuel.
· Driver assist features, if equipped on your vehicle, are forced on: parking aid, blind spot information system (BLIS) with cross traffic alert, lane departure warning and forward collision warning system.
Configurable Settings
With an admin key, you can configure certain MyKey settings when you first create a MyKey and before you recycle the key or restart the vehicle. You can also change the settings afterward with an admin key.
· A vehicle speed limit can be set. Warnings will be shown in the display followed by an audible tone when your vehicle reaches the set speed. You cannot override the set speed by fully depressing the accelerator pedal or by setting cruise control.
· Vehicle speed minders of 45, 55 or 65 mph (75, 90 or 105 km/h). Once you select a speed, it will be shown in the display, followed by an audible tone when the preselected vehicle speed is exceeded.
· Audio system maximum volume of 45%. A message will be shown in the display when you attempt to exceed the limited volume. Also, the speed-sensitive or compensated automatic volume control will be disabled.
· Always on setting. When this is selected, you will not be able to turn off Advance Trac (if your vehicle is equipped with this feature).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

MyKeyTM

CREATING A MYKEY
Use the information display to create a MyKey:
1. Insert the key you want to program into the ignition. If your vehicle is equipped with a push-button start, place the intelligent access key fob into the backup slot. The location of your backup slot is in another chapter. See Starting and Stopping the Engine (page 144).
2. Switch the ignition on.
3. Access the main menu on the information display controls, and select Settings then MyKey by pressing OK or the > button.
4. Press OK or the > button to select Create MyKey.
5. When prompted, hold the OK button until you see a message informing you to label this key as a MyKey. The key will be restricted at the next start.
MyKey is successfully created. Make sure you label it so you can distinguish it from the admin keys.
You can also program configurable settings for the key(s). See Programming/Changing Configurable Settings.

Programming/Changing Configurable Settings
Use the information display to access your configurable MyKey settings.
1. Switch the ignition on using an admin key or fob.
2. Access the main menu on the information display controls, and select Settings, then MyKey by pressing OK or > button.
3. Use the arrow buttons to get to a feature.
4. Press OK or > to make a selection.
Note: You can clear or change your MyKey settings at any time during the same key cycle as you created the MyKey. Once you have switched the vehicle off, however, you will need an admin key to change or clear your MyKey settings.
CLEARING ALL MYKEYS
You can clear or change your MyKey settings using the information display control on the steering wheel. See Information Displays (page 93).
Switch the ignition on using an admin key or fob.

To clear all MyKeys of all MyKey settings, press the left arrow button to access the main menu and scroll to:

Message

Action and Description

Settings

Press the OK button.

MyKey

Press the OK button.

Clear MyKey

Press and hold the OK button until the following message displays.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

53
Information Provided by:

MyKeyTM

Message

Action and Description

All MyKeys

Cleared
Note: When you clear your MyKeys, you remove all restrictions and return all MyKeys to their original admin key status.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

54
Information Provided by:

MyKeyTM

CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM STATUS

You can find information on programmed MyKey(s) using the information display control on the steering wheel. See Information Displays (page 93).

To find information on a programed MyKey(s), press the left arrow button to access the main menu and scroll to:

Message

Description

Settings

Press the OK button.

MyKey

Press the OK button.

Select one of the following:

MyKey Dist.

Tracks the distance when drivers use a MyKey. The only way to delete the accumulated distance is by using an admin key to clear your MyKey. If the distance does not accumulate as expected, then the intended user is not using the MyKey, or an admin key user recently cleared and then recreated a MyKey.

{0} MyKeys

Indicates the number of MyKeys programed to your vehicle. Use this feature to detect how many MyKeys you have for your vehicle and determine when a MyKey has been deleted.

{0} Admin Keys

Indicates how many admin keys are programed to your vehicle. Use this feature to determine how many unrestricted keys you have for your vehicle, and detect if an additional MyKey has been programed.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

55
Information Provided by:

MyKeyTM

USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE START SYSTEMS
MyKey is not compatible with non

Ford-approved, aftermarket remote start systems. If you choose to install a remote start system, see an authorized dealer for a Ford-approved remote start system.

MYKEY TROUBLESHOOTING

Condition I cannot create a MyKey.
I cannot program the configurable settings. I cannot clear the MyKeys.
I lost the only admin key. I lost a key. MyKey distances do not accumulate.
No MyKey functions with the keyless entry transmitter.

Potential Causes
· The key or transmitter used to start the vehicle does not have admin privileges. · The key or transmitter used to start the vehicle is the only admin key (there always has to be at least one admin key). · Vehicles with keyless start: The keyless start transmitter is not placed in the backup slot, located in the center console. See Keyless Entry (page 61). · SecuriLock passive anti-theft system is disabled or in unlimited mode.
· The key or transmitter used to start your vehicle does not have admin privileges. · No MyKeys are created. See Creating a MyKey (page 53).
· The key or transmitter used to start your vehicle does not have admin privileges. · No MyKeys are created. See Creating a MyKey (page 53).
Purchase a new key from an authorized dealer.
Program a spare key. See Passive Anti-Theft System (page 65).
· The MyKey user is not using the MyKey. · An admin key holder cleared the MyKeys and created new MyKeys. · The key system has been reset.
· An admin transmitter is present at vehicle start. · No MyKeys are created. See Creating a MyKey (page 53).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

56
Information Provided by:

Locks

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING
You can use the power door lock control or the remote control to lock and unlock the vehicle. Power Door Locks The power door lock control is on the driver and front passenger door panels.
E138628
A Unlock B Lock
Door Lock Indicator An LED on each door window trim will light when you lock the door. It will remain lit for up to 10 minutes after you switch off the ignition. Switch Inhibitor When you electronically lock your vehicle, the power door lock switch will no longer operate after 20 seconds. You must unlock your vehicle with the remote control or keyless keypad, or switch the ignition on, to restore function to these switches. You can switch this feature on or off in the information display. See (page 93). Rear Door Unlocking and Opening Pull the interior door release handle twice to unlock and open the rear door. The first pull unlocks the door and the second pull will unlatch the door.

Remote Control
You can use the remote control at any time. The luggage compartment release button will only work when the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h).

Unlocking the Doors (Two-Stage Unlock)

Press the button to unlock the

driver door.

E138629

Press the button again within

three seconds to unlock all doors. The turn

signals will flash.

Press and hold both the lock and unlock buttons on the remote control for three seconds to change between driver door or all doors unlock mode. The turn signals will flash twice to indicate a change to the unlocking mode. Driver door unlock mode will only unlock the driver door when the unlock button is pressed once. All door unlock mode will unlock all doors with one press of the unlock button. The unlocking mode applies to the remote control, keyless entry keypad and intelligent access. You can also change the mode in the information display. See (page 93).

Locking the Doors

E138623

Press the button to lock all the doors. The turn signals will illuminate.

Press the button again within three seconds to confirm that all the doors are closed. The doors will lock again, the horn will sound and the turn signals will illuminate if all the doors and the luggage compartment are closed.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

57
Information Provided by:

Locks

If the lock feature fails to operate, you can individually lock the doors using the remote control key blade in the position shown. See Remote Control (page 45). On the left-hand side, turn the key clockwise to lock. On the right-hand side, turn the key counterclockwise to lock.

Activating Intelligent Access (If
Equipped)
You must have the intelligent access key within 3 feet (1 meter) of your vehicle.
At a Door
Pull an exterior door handle to unlock and open the door. Make sure not to touch the lock sensor on top of the handle.

E112203

Mislock
If any door or the luggage compartment is open, or if the hood is open on vehicles with an anti-theft alarm or remote start, the horn will sound twice and the lamps will not flash. You can enable or disable this feature in the information display. See Remote Control (page 45).

Opening the Luggage Compartment

E138630

Press twice within three seconds to open the luggage compartment.

Make sure to close and latch the luggage compartment before driving your vehicle. An unlatched luggage compartment may cause objects to fall out or block your view.

E157085
Touch the top of the door handle to lock your vehicle. There will be a brief delay before you can unlock your vehicle again. Note: Keep the door handle surface clean to avoid issues with operation. At the Luggage Compartment
E144402
Press the exterior release button hidden above the license plate.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

58
Information Provided by:

Locks

Smart Unlocks For Integrated Keyhead Transmitter
This feature helps to prevent you from locking yourself out of your vehicle if your key is still in the ignition.
When you open one of the front doors and lock the vehicle with the power door lock control, all the doors will lock then unlock and the horn will sound twice if your key is still in the ignition.
You can still lock your vehicle with the key in the ignition. To do this, use the keyless entry keypad with the driver door closed, or press the lock button on the transmitter even if the doors are not closed.
If both front doors are closed, you can lock your vehicle by any method, regardless of whether the key is in the ignition or not.
Smart Unlocks For Intelligent Access Keys (If Equipped)
This feature helps to prevent you from unintentionally locking your intelligent access key inside your vehicle's passenger compartment or rear cargo area.
When you electronically lock your vehicle (with any door open, vehicle in park and ignition off), the vehicle will search for an intelligent access key in the passenger compartment after you close the last door. If your vehicle finds a key, all of the doors will immediately unlock and the horn will sound twice, indicating that a key is inside.

You can override the smart unlock feature and intentionally lock the intelligent access key inside your vehicle. To do this, lock your vehicle after you have closed all the doors by:
· using the keyless entry keypad
· pressing the lock button on another intelligent access key
· touching the locking area on the handle with another intelligent access key in your hand.
When you open one of the front doors and lock your vehicle using the power door lock control, all doors will lock then unlock if:
· the ignition is on, or
· the ignition is off and your vehicle is not in P.
Auto Relock
If you press the unlock button on the remote control and do not open a door within 45 seconds, your vehicle will lock and the alarm will arm. You can enable or disable this feature in the information display. See (page 93).
Autolock Feature
The autolock feature will lock all the doors when:
· all doors are closed,
· the ignition is on,
· you shift into any gear putting your vehicle in motion, and
· your vehicle attains a speed greater than 12 mph (20 km/h).
The autolock feature repeats when:
· you open then close any door while the ignition is on and your vehicle speed is 9 mph (15 km/h) or lower, and
· your vehicle then attains a speed greater than 12 mph (20 km/h).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

59
Information Provided by:

Locks

Autounlock Feature
The autounlock feature will unlock all the doors when:
· the ignition is on, all the doors are closed, and your vehicle has been in motion at a speed greater than 12 mph (20 km/h);
· your vehicle comes to a stop and you switch the ignition off or to accessory; and
· you open the driver door within 10 minutes of the switching the ignition off or to accessory.
Note: The doors will not autounlock if you electronically lock your vehicle after you switch the ignition off and before you open the driver door.
Enabling or Disabling
Note: You can enable or disable the autolock and autounlock features independently of each other.
You can enable or disable these features in the information display or your authorized dealer can do it for you. See (page 93).
Illuminated Entry
The interior lamps and select exterior lamps will illuminate when you unlock the doors with the remote entry system.
The illuminated entry system will turn off the lights if:
· the ignition is on,
· you press the remote control lock button, or
· after 25 seconds of illumination.
The lights will not turn off if:
· you turn them on with the lamp control, or
· any door is open.

Illuminated Exit

The interior lamps and select exterior lamps will illuminate when all doors are closed, you switch the ignition off and you remove the key from the ignition (integrated keyhead transmitter only).
The lamps will turn off if all the doors remain closed and:
· 25 seconds elapse
· you insert the key in the ignition (integrated keyhead transmitter only)
· you press the START/STOP button (intelligent access key only).

Battery Saver

If you leave the courtesy lamps, dome lamps or headlamps on, the battery saver will shut them off 10 minutes after you switch the ignition off.

Accessory Mode Battery Saver for Intelligent Access Keys (If Equipped)
If you leave your vehicle in the run ignition state, it will shut off once it detects a certain amount of battery drain or after 45 minutes.

Luggage Compartment

With the Remote Control

E138630

Press twice within three seconds to unlatch the trunk.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

From Outside Your Vehicle

Locks

E144402
Press the release button above the license plate to unlatch the trunk. Your vehicle must be unlocked or have an intelligent access transmitter within 3 feet (1 meter) of the trunk.
KEYLESS ENTRY (If Equipped)
SECURICODETM KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD
The keypad is located near the driver window. It is invisible until touched and then it lights up so you can see and touch the appropriate buttons.
Note: If you enter your entry code too fast on the keypad, the unlock function may not work. Re-enter your entry code more slowly.

E138637
You can use the keypad to: · lock or unlock the doors · release the trunk · recall memory seat and mirror
positions (if equipped) · program and erase user codes · arm and disarm the anti-theft alarm.
You can operate the keypad with the factory-set 5-digit entry code. The code is located on the owner's wallet card in the glove box and is available from an authorized dealer. You can also create up to five of your own 5-digit personal entry codes.
Programming a Personal Entry Code
To create your own personal entry code:
1. Enter the factory-set code.
2. Press 1·2 on the keypad within five seconds.
3. Enter your personal 5-digit code. You must enter each number within five seconds of each other.
4. Press 1·2 on the keypad to save personal code 1.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

61
Information Provided by:

Locks

The doors will lock then unlock to confirm that programming was successful.
To program additional personal entry codes, repeat Steps 1-3, then for Step 4:
· press 3·4 to save personal code 2 · press 5·6 to save personal code 3 · press 7·8 to save personal code 4 · press 9·0 to save personal code 5.
You may also program a personal entry code through the MyFord Touch system (if equipped).
Tips: · Do not set a code that uses five of the
same number. · Do not use five numbers in sequential
order. · The factory-set code will work even if
you have set your own personal code.
Recalling Memory Positions (If Equipped)
The programmed entry codes will recall driver memory positions as follows:
· Entry code 1 will recall driver 1 memory positions.
· Entry code 2 will recall driver 2 memory positions.
· Entry code 3 will recall driver 3 memory positions.
Note: Personal entry codes 4 and 5 will not recall memory positions.
Erasing a Personal Code
1. Enter the factory-set 5-digit code.
2. Press and release 1·2 on the keypad within five seconds.
3. Press and hold 1·2 for two seconds. You must do this within five seconds of completing Step 2.
All personal codes are now erased and only the factory-set 5digit code will work.

Anti-Scan Feature
The keypad will go into an anti-scan mode if you enter the wrong code seven times (35 consecutive button presses). This mode disables the keypad for one minute and the keypad lamp will flash.
The anti-scan feature will turn off after: · one minute of keypad inactivity · pressing the unlock button on the
remote control · switching the ignition on · unlocking your vehicle using intelligent
access.
Unlocking and Locking the Doors
To Unlock the Driver Door
Enter the factory-set 5-digit code or your personal code. You must press each number within five seconds of each other. The interior lamps will illuminate.
Note: All doors will unlock if you enable the all-door unlocking mode. See Locking and Unlocking (page 57).
To Unlock All Doors
Enter the factory-set code or your personal code, then press 3·4 within five seconds.
To Lock All Doors
Press and hold 7·8 and 9·0 at the same time (with the driver door closed). You do not need to enter the keypad code first.
To Release the Trunk
Enter the factory-set code or your personal code, then press 5·6 within five seconds.
Displaying the Factory Set Code
With Integrated Keyhead Transmitters
Note: You will need to have two programmed passive anti-theft keys for this procedure.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Locks

To display the factory-set code in the information display: 1. Insert a key into the ignition and switch
the ignition on for a few seconds. 2. Switch the ignition off and remove the
key. 3. Insert the second key into the ignition
and switch the ignition on. The factory-set code will display for a few seconds. Note: The code may not display until after any other warning messages first display. With Intelligent Access Keys Note: You will need to have two programmed intelligent access keys for this procedure. To display the factory-set code in the information display:
E147165
1. Place the first programmed key in the backup slot inside the center console. The key ring must be at the top with the buttons facing toward the rear.
2. Press the START/STOP button once and wait a few seconds.
3. Press the START/STOP button again and remove the key.
4. Insert the second programmed key into the backup slot, then press the START/STOP button.

The factory-set code will appear in the information display for a few seconds.
Note: The code may not display until after any other warning messages first display.
INTERIOR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RELEASE
WARNINGS Keep vehicle doors and luggage compartment locked and keep keys and remote transmitters out of a child's reach. Unsupervised children could lock themselves in the trunk and risk injury. Children should be taught not to play in vehicles.
Do not leave children, unreliable adults, or animals unattended in the vehicle. On hot days, the temperature in the trunk or vehicle interior can rise very quickly. Exposure of people or animals to these high temperatures for even a short time can cause death or serious heat-related injuries, including brain damage. Small children are particularly at risk.
Your vehicle is equipped with a release handle that provides a means of escape for children and adults if they become locked inside the luggage compartment.
Adults should familiarize themselves with the operation and location of the release handle.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Locks

E144403
The handle is located inside the luggage compartment either on the luggage compartment door (lid) or near the tail lamps. It is composed of a material that will glow for hours in darkness following brief exposure to ambient light.
Pull the handle and push up on the luggage compartment door (lid) to open from within the luggage compartment.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

64
Information Provided by:

Security

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM
Note: The system is not compatible with non-Ford aftermarket remote start systems. Use of these systems may result in vehicle starting problems and a loss of security protection.
Note: Metallic objects, electronic devices or a second coded key on the same key chain may cause vehicle starting problems if they are too close to the key when starting your vehicle. Prevent these objects from touching the coded key while starting your vehicle. Switch the ignition off, move all objects on the key chain away from the coded key and restart your vehicle if a problem occurs.
Note: Do not leave a duplicate coded key in your vehicle. Always take your keys and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle.
SecuriLock®
The system helps prevent your vehicle from starting unless you use a coded key programmed to your vehicle. Using the wrong key may prevent your vehicle from starting. A message may appear in the information display.
If you are unable to start your vehicle with a correctly coded key, it is not operating properly. A message may appear in the information display.
Automatic Arming
Your vehicle arms immediately after switching the ignition off.
Automatic Disarming
Switching the ignition on with a coded key disarms your vehicle.

Replacement Keys
Note: Your vehicle comes equipped with two integrated keyhead transmitters or two intelligent access keys.
The integrated keyhead transmitter functions as a programmed ignition key that operates all the locks and starts your vehicle, as well as a remote control.
The intelligent access key functions as a programmed key that operates the driver door lock and activates the intelligent access with push button start system, as well as a remote control.
If your programmed transmitters or standard SecuriLock coded keys (integrated keyhead transmitters only) are lost or stolen and you do not have an extra coded key, you will need to have your vehicle towed to an authorized dealer. You need to erase the key codes from your vehicle and program new coded keys.
Store an extra programmed key away from your vehicle in a safe place to help prevent any inconveniences. See your authorized dealer to purchase additional spare or replacement keys.
Programming a Spare Integrated Keyhead Transmitter
Note: You can program a maximum of eight coded keys to your vehicle. All eight can be integrated keyhead transmitters.
You can program your own integrated keyhead transmitter or standard SecuriLock coded keys to your vehicle. This procedure will program both the vehicle immobilizer keycode and the remote entry portion of the remote control to your vehicle.
Only use integrated keyhead transmitters or standard SecuriLock keys.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

65
Information Provided by:

Security

You must have two previously programmed coded keys and the new unprogrammed key readily accessible. If two previously programmed coded keys are not available, have an authorized dealer program the new key.
Read and understand the entire procedure before you begin.
1. Insert the first previously programmed coded key into the ignition.
2. Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep the ignition on for at least three seconds, but no more than 10 seconds.
3. Switch the ignition off and remove the first coded key from the ignition.
4. After three seconds but within 10 seconds of switching the ignition off, insert the second previously coded key into the ignition.
5. Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep the ignition on for at least three seconds, but no more than 10 seconds.
6. Switch the ignition off and remove the second previously programmed coded key from the ignition.
7. After three seconds but within 10 seconds of switching the ignition off and removing the previously programmed coded key, insert the new unprogrammed key into the ignition.
8. Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep the ignition on for at least six seconds.
9. Remove the newly programmed coded key from the ignition.
If you have successfully programmed the new key, it will start your vehicle and operate the remote entry system (if the new key is an integrated keyhead transmitter).
If the new key does not work, wait 10 seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 8. If it still does not work, take your vehicle to an authorized dealer.

Programming a Spare Intelligent Access Key Note: You can program a maximum of four intelligent access keys to your vehicle. You must have two previously programmed intelligent access keys inside your vehicle and the new unprogrammed intelligent access keys readily accessible. See an authorized dealer to have the spare key programmed if two previously programmed keys are not available. Make sure that your vehicle is off before beginning this procedure. Make sure that you close all the doors before beginning and that they remain closed throughout the procedure. Perform all steps within 30 seconds of starting the sequence. Stop and wait for at least one minute before starting again if you perform any steps out of sequence. Read and understand the entire procedure before you begin.
E147165
1. Place a programmed intelligent access key in the backup slot in the center console. The key ring must be at the top with the buttons facing toward the rear. Press the push button ignition switch.
2. Wait five seconds and then press the push button ignition switch again.
3. Remove the intelligent access key.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Security

4. Within 10 seconds, place a second programmed intelligent access key in the backup slot and press the push button ignition switch.
5. Wait five seconds, and then press the push button ignition switch again.
6. Remove the intelligent access key.
7. Wait five seconds, then place the unprogrammed intelligent access key in the backup slot and press the push button ignition switch.
Programming is now complete. Verify the remote control functions operate and your vehicle starts with the new intelligent access key.
If the key does not work, wait 10 seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 7. If it still does not work, take your vehicle to an authorized dealer.
ANTI-THEFT ALARM
The system will warn you of an unauthorized entry to your vehicle. It will be triggered if any door, the luggage compartment or the hood is opened without using the key, remote control or keyless entry keypad.
The direction indicators will flash and the horn will sound if unauthorized entry is attempted while the alarm is armed.
Take all remote controls to an authorized dealer if there is any potential alarm problem with your vehicle.
Arming the Alarm
The alarm is ready to arm when there is not a key in the ignition. Electronically lock the vehicle to arm the alarm.
Disarming the Alarm
Disarm the alarm by any of the following actions:

· Unlock the doors or luggage compartment with the remote control or keyless entry keypad.
· Switch the ignition on or start the vehicle.
· Use a key in the driver's door to unlock the vehicle, then switch the ignition on within 12 seconds.
Note: Pressing the panic button on the remote control will stop the horn and signal indicators, but will not disarm the system.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Steering Wheel

ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL
WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel when your vehicle is moving.

Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the correct position. See Sitting in the Correct Position (page 128).
2 2
1
E157083
1. Unlock the steering column. 2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired
position.
E157084
3. Lock the steering column.

E168191
A B C D E F

Volume up Volume down Mute Media Seek down or previous Seek up or next

MEDIA
Press repeatedly to scroll through available audio sources.
Seek, Next or Previous
Press the seek button to: · tune the radio to the next or previous
stored preset · play the next or the previous track. Press and hold the seek button to: · tune the radio to the next station up or
down the frequency band · seek through a track.

AUDIO CONTROL (If Equipped)
You can operate the following functions with the control:

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Steering Wheel

VOICE CONTROL (If Equipped)

Type 2

E168194
A End a call B Answer a call C Voice recognition See SYNCTM (page 336). See MyFord TouchTM (page 375).
CRUISE CONTROL Type 1

E144501
See Cruise Control (page 187).
INFORMATION DISPLAY CONTROL

E144636
See Information Displays (page 93).

E144500

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

69
Information Provided by:

Steering Wheel
Cluster Display Control Features
E144811
If equipped with: MyFord system: This control functions the same as the center control on the faceplate. See General Information (page 320). MyFord Touch: Use this control to adjust the right side of the cluster display. Navigate through the screen and press OK to select. See MyFord TouchTM (page 375).
HEATED STEERING WHEEL (If
Equipped)
See MyFord TouchTM (page 375).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

70
Information Provided by:

Wipers and Washers

WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before switching on the windshield wipers.
Note: Make sure you switch off the windshield wipers before entering a car wash.
Note: Clean the windshield and wiper blades if they begin to leave streaks or smears. If that does not resolve the issue, install new wiper blades.
Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry windshield. This may scratch the glass, damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper motor to burn out. Always use the windshield washers before wiping a dry windshield.
D C B

E169313
A B C D

Single wipe Intermittent wipe Normal wipe High speed wipe

Intermittent Wipe

C
E169314
A Shortest wipe interval B Intermittent wipe C Longest wipe interval
Use the rotary control to adjust the intermittent wipe interval.
Speed Dependent Wipers
When your vehicle speed increases, the interval between wipes will decrease.
AUTOWIPERS (If Equipped)
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before switching on the windshield wipers. Note: Make sure you switch off the windshield wipers before entering a car wash. Note: Clean the windshield and wiper blades if they begin to leave streaks or smears. If that does not resolve the issue, install new wiper blades. Note: If you switch autolamps on in conjunction with autowipers, your low beam headlamps will illuminate automatically when the rain sensor activates the windshield wipers continuously.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

71
Information Provided by:

Wipers and Washers

Note: Wet or winter driving conditions with ice, snow or salty road mist can cause inconsistent and unexpected wiping or smearing. In these conditions, you can do the following to help keep your windshield clear: · Lower the sensitivity of the autowipers
to reduce the amount of smearing. · Switch to normal or high-speed wipe. · Switch the autowipers off.
AB
C
E169315
A Highest sensitivity B On C Lowest sensitivity
The autowipers feature uses a rain sensor. You will find it in the area around the interior mirror. The rain sensor monitors the amount of moisture on the windshield and automatically turns on the wipers. It will adjust the wiper speed by the amount of moisture that the sensor detects on the windshield. Note: This autowiper feature is automatically set to on and remains on until you switch it off in the information display. You can also switch the feature back on at any time. See (page 93).

Use the rotary control to adjust the sensitivity of the rain sensor. Set the control to low sensitivity, and the wipers will turn on when the rain sensor detects a large amount of moisture on the windshield. Set the control to high sensitivity, and the wipers will turn on when the rain sensor detects a small amount of moisture on the windshield. Note: When you set the wiper system to intermittent wipe and the autowiper system is on, the autowiper sensitivity setting adjusts the wiper speed according to the moisture on the windshield only. Use the wiper lever to wipe the windshield on-demand. Keep the outside of the windshield clean. The rain sensor is very sensitive. If the area around the mirror is dirty, then the wipers may operate if dirt, mist or insects hit the windshield.
WINDSHIELD WASHERS
Note: Do not operate the washers when the washer reservoir is empty. This may cause the washer pump to overheat.
E169316
To operate the washers and spray the windshield, pull the lever toward you.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

72
Information Provided by:

Wipers and Washers
A wipe will occur a few seconds after washing to clear any remaining washer fluid. This feature can be switched on or off in the information display. See General Information (page 93).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

73
Information Provided by:

Lighting

GENERAL INFORMATION
Condensation in Lamp Assemblies
Exterior lamps have vents to accommodate normal changes in air pressure.
Condensation can be a natural by-product of this design. When moist air enters the lamp assembly through the vents, there is a possibility that condensation can occur when the temperature is cold. When normal condensation occurs, a fine mist can form on the interior of the lens. The fine mist eventually clears and exits through the vents during normal operation.
Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours under dry weather conditions.
Examples of acceptable condensation are:
· The presence of a fine mist (no streaks, drip marks or large droplets).
· A fine mist covers less than 50% of the lens.
Examples of unacceptable condensation are:
· A water puddle inside the lamp.
· Streaks, drip marks or large droplets present on the interior of the lens.
If you see any unacceptable condensation, have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer.

LIGHTING CONTROL

E142449
A B
C

Off
Parking lamps, instrument panel lamps, license plate lamps and tail lamps
Headlamps

High Beams

E162679
Push the lever forward to switch the high beams on.
Push the lever forward again or pull the lever toward you to switch the high beams off.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

74
Information Provided by:

Lighting

Headlamp Flasher
E162680
Pull the lever toward you slightly and release it to flash the headlamps.
AUTOLAMPS (If Equipped)
WARNING The daytime running lamps system does not activate the tail lamps and may not provide adequate lighting during low visibility driving conditions. Also, the autolamps switch position may not activate the headlamps in all low visibility conditions, such as daytime fog. Always ensure that your headlamps are switched to auto or on, as appropriate, during all low visibility conditions. Failure to do so may result in a collision.
E142451

When the lighting control is in the autolamps position, the headlamps automatically turn on in low light situations or when the wipers activate.
If equipped, the following also activate when the lighting control is in the autolamps position and you switch them on in the information display:
· Configurable daytime running lamps.
· Automatic high beam control.
· Adaptive headlamp control.
The headlamps remain on for a period of time after you switch the ignition off. Use the information display controls to adjust the period of time that the headlamps remain on. See Information Displays (page 93).
Note: With the headlamps in the autolamps position, you cannot switch the high beam headlamps on until the autolamps system turns the low beam headlamps on.
Windshield Wiper Activated Headlamps
The windshield wiper activated headlamps turn on within 10 seconds when you switch the windshield wipers on and the lighting control is in the autolamps position. They turn off approximately 60 seconds after you switch the windshield wipers off.
The headlamps will not turn on by wiper activation:
· During a mist wipe.
· When the wipers are on to clear washer fluid during a wash condition.
· If the wipers are in intermittent mode.
Note: If you switch autolamps and autowipers on, the headlamps will automatically turn on when the windshield wipers continuously operate.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

75
Information Provided by:

Lighting

INSTRUMENT LIGHTING DIMMER
Note: If you disconnect the battery or it becomes discharged, the illuminated components will switch to the maximum setting.
Vehicles With Front Fog Lamps

Vehicles Without Front Fog Lamps

E132712
Press repeatedly or press and hold until you reach the desired level.

E165366
A B

Press repeatedly or press and hold to dim.
Press repeatedly or press and hold to brighten.

HEADLAMP EXIT DELAY
After you switch the ignition off, you can switch the headlamps on by pulling the direction indicator lever toward you. You will hear a short tone. The headlamps will switch off automatically after three minutes with any door open or 30 seconds after the last door has been closed. You can cancel this feature by pulling the direction indicator toward you again or switching the ignition on.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

76
Information Provided by:

Lighting

DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS (If
Equipped)
WARNING
The daytime running lamps system does not activate the tail lamps and may not provide adequate lighting during low visibility driving conditions. Also, the autolamps switch position may not activate the headlamps in all low visibility conditions, such as daytime fog. Always ensure that your headlamps are switched to auto or on, as appropriate, during all low visibility conditions. Failure to do so may result in a collision.
Type 1 - Conventional (NonConfigurable)
When you switch the ignition to the on position and the lighting control is in the off, autolamps or parking lamp position, the daytime running lamps will turn on whenever the headlamps are off. They turn off only when the headlamps are on.
Type 2 - Configurable
Note: If this type is equipped, you are able to switch the daytime running lamps on or off using the information display controls. See Information Displays (page 93).
When the daytime running lamps are switched on in the information display and you switch the ignition to the on position with the lighting control in the autolamps position, the daytime running lamps turn on whenever the headlamps are off.
The other lighting control switch positions do not activate the daytime running lamps and can be used to temporarily override autolamp control.
When switched off in the information display, the daytime running lamps are off in all lighting control switch positions.

AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM
CONTROL (If Equipped)
The system will automatically turn on your high beams if it is dark enough and no other traffic is present. When it detects the headlights of an approaching vehicle, the tail lamps of the preceding vehicle or street lighting, the system will turn off the high beams before they distract other drivers. The low beams remain on.
Note: If it appears that automatic control of the high beams is not functioning properly, check the windshield in front of the camera for a blockage. A clear view of the road is required for proper system operation. Have any windshield damage in the area of the camera's field-of-view repaired.
Note: If the system detects a blockage such as bird droppings, bug splatter, snow or ice, and you do not observe changes, the system will go into low beam mode until you clear the blockage. A message may also appear in the instrument cluster display noting the front camera is blocked.
Note: Typical road dust, dirt and water spots will not affect the performance of the automatic high beam system . However, in cold or inclement weather conditions, you will notice a decrease in the availability of the high beam system, especially at start up. If you want to change the beam state independently of the system, you may switch the high beams on or off using the multifunction switch. Automatic control will resume when conditions are correct.
Note: Modification of the vehicle ride height such as using much larger tires, may degrade feature performance.
A camera sensor, centrally mounted behind the windshield of your vehicle, continuously monitors conditions to decide when to switch the high beams off and on.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Lighting

Once the system is active, the high beams will switch on if:
· the ambient light level is low enough
· there is no traffic in front of the vehicle
· the vehicle speed is greater than 25 mph (40 km/h)
The high beams will switch off if:
· the system detects the headlamps of an approaching vehicle or the tail lamps of a preceding vehicle.
· vehicle speed falls below 16 mph (25 km/h)
· the ambient light level is high enough that high beams are not required
· the system detects severe rain, snow or fog
· the camera is blocked
Activating the System
Switch on the system using the information display and autolamps. See Information Displays (page 93). See Autolamps (page 75).

Manually Overriding the System
E169254
When the automatic control has activated the high beams, pushing or pulling the stalk will provide a temporary override to low beam. Use the information display menu to permanently deactivate the system, or turn the lighting control switch from autolamps to headlamps.
FRONT FOG LAMPS (If Equipped)

E142451
Switch the lighting control to the autolamps position.

E142453
Press the control to switch the fog lamps on or off.
You can switch the fog lamps on when the lighting control is in any position except Off and the high beams are not on.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

78
Information Provided by:

Lighting

DIRECTION INDICATORS

Note: Press button B to switch the door function off when you open any door. The indicator lamp will light amber when the door function is off. When the door function is off and you open a door, the courtesy and door lamps will stay off. Press button B again to switch the door function back on. The indicator lamp will light blue when the door function is on. When the door function is on and you open a door, the courtesy and door lamps will light.

E169255
Push the lever up or down to use the direction indicators.
Note: Tap the lever up or down to make the direction indicators flash three times to indicate a lane change.
INTERIOR LAMPS
The lamps will turn on when you have met one of the following conditions:
· You open any door. · You press a remote control button. · You press button A on the front interior
lamp.
Front Interior Lamp
Note: The front interior lamp buttons are on the overhead console. The exact location of each button on the overhead console depends upon which roof, sunroof, and window shade features are equipped on the vehicle.

E184889
A Individual dome lamp. B Door function button. C All lamps off button. D Individual dome lamp.
You can switch individual map lamps on independently by pressing a map lens.
Rear Interior Lamp (If Equipped)

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

E169470
79
Information Provided by:

Lighting
You can switch dome lamps on by pressing the button.
AMBIENT LIGHTING (If Equipped)
The ambient lighting system is adjusted with the MyFord Touch. See MyFord TouchTM (page 375).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

80
Information Provided by:

Windows and Mirrors

POWER WINDOWS
WARNINGS Do not leave children unattended in your vehicle and do not let them play with the power windows. They may seriously injure themselves.
When closing the power windows, you should verify they are free of obstructions and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the window openings.

Bounce-Back
The window will stop automatically while closing. It will reverse some distance if there is an obstacle in the way.
Overriding the Bounce-Back Feature
WARNING
When you override the bounce-back feature the window will not reverse if it detects an obstacle. Take care when closing the windows to avoid personal injury or damage to your vehicle.
Pull up the window switch and hold within two seconds of the window reaching the bounce-back position. The window will travel up with no bounce-back protection. The window will stop if you release the switch before the window closes fully.
Window Lock

E146043
Note: You may hear a pulsing noise when just one of the windows is open. Lower the opposite window slightly to reduce this noise. Press the switch to open the window. Lift the switch to close the window.
One-Touch Down
Press the switch fully and release it. Press again or lift it to stop the window.
One-Touch Up
Lift the switch fully and release it. Press or lift it again to stop the window.

E144072
Press the control to lock or unlock the rear window controls. It will illuminate when you lock the rear window controls.
Accessory Delay
You can use the window switches for several minutes after you switch the ignition off or until you open either front door.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

81
Information Provided by:

Windows and Mirrors

GLOBAL OPENING AND CLOSING
You can use the remote control to operate the windows with the ignition off.
Note: You can enable or disable this feature in the information display or see an authorized dealer. See (page 93).
Note: To operate this feature, accessory delay must not be active.
Opening the Windows
You can only open the windows for a short time after you unlock your vehicle with the remote control. After you unlock your vehicle, press and hold the remote control unlock button to open the windows and vent the moonroof. Release the button once movement starts. Press the lock or unlock button to stop movement.
Closing the Windows
WARNING
When closing the windows and moonroof, you should verify they are free of obstructions and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the window openings.
To close the windows and moonroof, press and hold the remote control lock button. Release the button once movement starts. Press the lock or unlock button to stop movement.
EXTERIOR MIRRORS
Power Exterior Mirrors
WARNING
Do not adjust the mirrors when your vehicle is moving.

E144073
A Left-hand mirror B Adjustment control C Right-hand mirror
To adjust a mirror: 1. Select the mirror you want to adjust.
The control will illuminate. 2. Adjust the position of the mirror. 3. Press the mirror switch again.
Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors
Push the mirror toward the door window glass. Make sure that you fully engage the mirror in its support when returning it to its original position.
Heated Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped)
See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 126).
Memory Mirrors (If Equipped)
You can save and recall the mirror positions through the memory function. See Memory Function (page 132).
Auto-Dimming Feature (If Equipped)
The driver exterior mirror automatically dims when the interior auto-dimming mirror turns on.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

82
Information Provided by:

Windows and Mirrors

Signal Indicator Mirrors (If Equipped)
The outer portion of the appropriate mirror housing will blink when you switch on the turn signal.
Integrated Blind Spot Mirrors (If
Equipped)
C
WARNING
Objects in the blind spot mirror are closer than they appear.

Blind spot mirrors have an integrated convex mirror built into the upper outboard corner of the exterior mirrors. They can increase your visibility along the side of your vehicle.
Check the main mirror first before a lane change, then check the blind spot mirror. If the blind spot mirror does not show any vehicles in its viewing area and the traffic in the adjacent lane is at a safe distance, signal that you intend to change lanes. Glance over your shoulder to verify traffic is clear and carefully change lanes.

B
A
E138665
The image of the approaching vehicle is small and near the inboard edge of the main mirror when it is at a distance. The image becomes larger and begins to move outboard across the main mirror as the vehicle approaches (A). The image will transition from the main mirror and begin to appear in the blind spot mirror as the vehicle approaches (B). The vehicle will transition to your peripheral field of view as it leaves the blind spot mirror (C).
Blind Spot Monitor (If Equipped)
See Blind Spot Information System (page 199).

INTERIOR MIRROR
WARNING Do not adjust the mirror when your vehicle is moving.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Windows and Mirrors

Note: Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning products. You can adjust the interior mirror to your preference. Some mirrors also have a second pivot point. This lets you move the mirror head up or down and from side to side. Pull the tab below the mirror toward you to reduce glare at night. Auto-Dimming Mirror (If Equipped) Note: Do not block the sensors on the front and back of the mirror. Mirror performance may be affected. A rear center passenger or raised rear center head restraint may also block light from reaching the sensor. The mirror will dim automatically to reduce glare when bright lights are detected from behind your vehicle. It will automatically return to normal reflection when you select reverse gear to make sure you have a clear view when backing up.
SUN VISORS
E138666
Rotate the sun visor toward the side window and extend it rearward for extra shade.

Illuminated Vanity Mirror
E162197
Lift the cover to switch the lamp on.
MOONROOF (If Equipped)
WARNINGS Do not let children play with the moonroof or leave them unattended in the vehicle. They may seriously hurt themselves. When closing the moonroof, you should verify that it is free of obstructions and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the roof opening.
The sliding shade can be manually opened or closed when the moonroof is closed. Pull the shade toward the front of the vehicle to close it. The moonroof controls are located on the overhead console and have a one-touch open and close feature. To stop it during one-touch operation, touch the control a second time.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

84
Information Provided by:

Windows and Mirrors

E144499
A B C

Open Vent Close

Opening and Closing the Moonroof
Touch (A) to open the moonroof. It will stop short of the fully opened position.
Note: This position helps to reduce wind noise or rumbling which may happen with the moonroof fully open. Touch (A) again to fully open the moonroof.
Touch (C) to close the moonroof.
Bounce-Back
The moonroof will stop automatically and reverse some distance if an obstacle is detected while closing.
Touch and hold (C) within two seconds of a bounce-back event to override this function.
Venting the Moonroof
Touch (B) to vent the moonroof. Touch (C) to close it.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

85
Information Provided by:

GAUGES Type 1 and 2

Instrument Cluster

E144485

A Tachometer B Information Display (Type 2 shown Type 1 similar) C Speedometer D Fuel Gauge E Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

Information Display
Odometer
Located in the bottom of the information display Registers the accumulated distance your vehicle has traveled.

Outside Air Temperature Shows the outside air temperature. Compass Displays the vehicle's heading direction. Trip Computer See (page 93).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Instrument Cluster

Vehicle Settings and Personalization
See (page 93).
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
Shows the temperature of the engine coolant. At normal operating temperature, the needle will remain in the center section. If the needle enters the red section, the engine is overheating. Stop the engine, switch the ignition off and determine the cause once the engine has cooled down.
Note: Do not restart the engine until the cause of overheating has been resolved.
WARNING
Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot.
Fuel Gauge
Note: The fuel gauge may vary slightly when your vehicle is moving or on a gradient.

Switch the ignition on. The fuel gauge will indicate approximately how much fuel is left in the fuel tank. The arrow adjacent to the fuel pump symbol indicates on which side of your vehicle the fuel filler door is located.
The needle should move toward F when you refuel your vehicle. If the needle points to E after adding fuel, this indicates your vehicle needs service soon.
After refueling some variability in needle position is normal:
· It may take a short time for the needle to reach F after leaving the gas station. This is normal and depends upon the slope of pavement at the gas station.
· The fuel amount dispensed into the tank is a little less or more than the gauge indicated. This is normal and depends upon the slope of pavement at the gas station.
· If the gas station nozzle shuts off before the tank is full, try a different gas pump nozzle.

Low Fuel Reminder
A low fuel reminder triggers when the fuel gauge needle is at 1/16th.

Variations: Driving type (fuel economy conditions) Highway driving
Severe duty driving (trailer towing, extended idle)

Fuel gauge position

Distance-to-empty

1/16th 1/16th

35 miles to 80 miles (56 km to 129 km)
35 miles (56km)

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

87
Information Provided by:

Type 3

Instrument Cluster

E144486
A Left Information Display B Speedometer C Right Information Display See (page 93).

Left Information Display
Odometer Located in the bottom of the information display Registers the accumulated distance your vehicle has traveled.
Trip Computer See (page 93).
Vehicle Settings and Personalization See (page 93).

WARNING LAMPS AND INDICATORS
The following warning lamps and indicators will alert you to a vehicle condition that may become serious. Some lamps will illuminate when you start your vehicle to make sure they work. If any lamps remain on after starting your vehicle, refer to the respective system warning lamp for further information.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Instrument Cluster

Note: Some warning indicators appear in the information display and function the same as a warning lamp but do not display when you start your vehicle.
Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped)
The speed control system indicator light changes color to E144524 indicate what mode the system is in: See Using Cruise Control (page 187).
On (white light): Illuminates when the adaptive cruise control system is turned on. Turns off when the speed control system is turned off.
Engaged (green light): Illuminates when the adaptive cruise control system is engaged. Turns off when the speed control system is disengaged.
Anti-Lock Braking System
If it illuminates when you are driving, this indicates a malfunction. You will continue to have the normal braking system (without ABS) unless the brake system warning lamp is also illuminated. Have the system checked by your authorized dealer.
Auto Start-stop (If Equipped)
It will illuminate to inform you when the engine shuts down or in conjunction with a message.
Battery
If it illuminates while driving, it indicates a malfunction. Switch off all unnecessary electrical equipment and have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately.

Blind Spot Monitor (If Equipped)

It will illuminate when you switch

E151262

this feature off or in conjunction with a message. See Blind Spot

Information System (page 199). See

Information Messages (page 103).

Brake System

E144522

It will illuminate when you engage the parking brake with the ignition on.

If it illuminates when you are driving, check that the parking brake is not engaged. If the parking brake is not engaged, this indicates low brake fluid level or a brake system malfunction. Have the system checked immediately by your authorized dealer.

WARNING
Driving your vehicle with the warning lamp on is dangerous. A significant decrease in braking performance may occur. It will take you longer to stop your vehicle. Have your vehicle checked by your authorized dealer immediately. Driving extended distances with the parking brake engaged can cause brake failure and the risk of personal injury.

Cruise Control (If Equipped)

E71340

It will illuminate when you switch this feature on.

Direction Indicator
Illuminates when the left or right turn signal or the hazard warning flasher is turned on. If the indicators stay on or flash faster, check for a burned out bulb. See Changing a Bulb (page 261).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

89
Information Provided by:

Instrument Cluster

Door Ajar
Displays when the ignition is on and any door is not completely closed.

Electric Park Brake

E146190

It will illuminate when the electric parking brake has a malfunction.

Engine Coolant Temperature
Illuminates when the engine coolant temperature is high. Stop the vehicle as soon as possible, switch off the engine and let cool.

Engine Oil
If it illuminates with the engine running or when you are driving, this indicates a malfunction. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the engine off. Check the engine oil level. See Engine Oil Check (page 251).
Note: Do not resume your journey if it illuminates despite the level being correct. Have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately.
Fasten Safety Belt
It will illuminate and a chime will sound to remind you to fasten your safety belt. See Safety Belt Minder (page 33).

Front Airbag
If it fails to illuminate when you start your vehicle, continues to flash or remains on, it indicates a malfunction. Have the system checked by your authorized dealer.

Front Fog Lamps (If Equipped)
It will illuminate when you switch the front fog lamps on.

Heads Up Display (If Equipped)
A red beam of lights will illuminate on the windshield in E156133 certain instances when using adaptive cruise control and/or the collision warning system. It will also illuminate momentarily when you start your vehicle to make sure the display works.

High Beam
It will illuminate when you switch the high beam headlamps on. It will flash when you use the headlamp flasher.

Hood Ajar

E159324

Displays when the ignition is on and the hood is not completely closed.

Lane Keeping Aid (If Equipped)

E144813

Illuminates when the lane keeping system is activated.

Low Fuel Level
It will illuminate when the fuel level is low or the fuel tank is nearly empty. Refuel as soon as possible.

Low Tire Pressure Warning
It will illuminate when your tire pressure is low. If the lamp remains on with the engine running or when driving, check your tire pressure as soon as possible.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Instrument Cluster

It will also illuminate momentarily when you switch the ignition on to confirm the lamp is functional. If it does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on, or begins to flash at any time, have the system checked by your authorized dealer.
Parking Lamps
It will illuminate when you switch the parking lamps on.
Powertrain Fault
Illuminates when a powertrain or an AWD fault has been detected. Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Service Engine Soon
If the service engine soon indicator light stays illuminated after the engine is started, it indicates that the On Board Diagnostics system (OBD) has detected a malfunction of the vehicle emissions control system. Refer to On board diagnostics (OBD) in the Fuel and Refueling chapter for more information about having your vehicle serviced. See Emission Control System (page 158).
If the light is blinking, engine misfire is occurring which could damage your catalytic converter. Drive in a moderate fashion (avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration) and have your vehicle serviced immediately.
Note: Under engine misfire conditions, excessive exhaust temperatures could damage the catalytic converter or other vehicle components.

The service engine soon indicator light illuminates when the ignition is first turned on prior to engine start to check the bulb and to indicate whether the vehicle is ready for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) testing.
Normally, the service engine soon light will stay on until the engine is cranked, then turn itself off if no malfunctions are present. However, if after 15 seconds the service engine soon light blinks eight times, it means that the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing. See Emission Control System (page 158).
Stability Control
It will flash when the system is active. If it remains illuminated E138639 or does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on, this indicates a malfunction. During a malfunction the system will switch off. Have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately. See Using Stability Control (page 177).

Stability Control Off
It will illuminate when you switch the system off. It will go out when you switch the system back on or when you switch the ignition off. See Using Stability Control (page 177).

Trunk Ajar

E159323

Displays when the ignition is on and the trunk is not completely closed.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

91
Information Provided by:

Instrument Cluster
AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND INDICATORS
Key in Ignition Warning Chime
Sounds when you open the driver's door and you have left the key in the ignition with it in the off or accessory position.
Keyless Warning Alert (If Equipped)
Sounds the horn twice when you exit your vehicle with the intelligent access key, after the last door is closed and your keyless vehicle is in RUN, indicating your vehicle is still on.
Headlamps On Warning Chime
Sounds when you remove the key from the ignition and open the driver's door and you have left the headlamps or parking lamps on.
Parking Brake On Warning Chime
Sounds when you have left the parking brake on and drive your vehicle. If the warning chime remains on after you have released the parking brake, have the system checked by an authorized dealer immediately.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

92
Information Provided by:

Information Displays

GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
Note: Your vehicle may or may not be equipped with all the messages listed in this chapter. Your vehicle will not display messages of systems it is not equipped with.
Various systems on your vehicle can be controlled using the information display controls on the steering wheel. Corresponding information is displayed in the information display.

Information Display Controls (Type 1 and Type 2)
E144637
· Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through and highlight the options within a menu.
· Press the right arrow button to enter a sub-menu.
· Press the left arrow button to exit a menu.
· Press and hold the left arrow button at any time to return to the main menu display (escape button).
· Press the OK button to choose and confirm settings or messages.
Menu You can access the menu using the information display control. Note: Some options may appear slightly different or not at all if the items are optional.

Digital Speedo Distance to E Trip Odometer Trip Timer Fuel Used

Trip 1 and 2

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Information Displays

Average Fuel Outside Temperature

Trip 1 and 2

All Values 1
1 Type 2
· Digital Speedo - Shows a digital display of your vehicle speed. · Distance to E - Shows the approximate distance your vehicle can travel before running
out of fuel. · Trip Odometer -- Registers the distance of individual journeys. · Trip Timer -- The timer stops when you turn your vehicle off and restarts when you
restart your vehicle. · Fuel Used -- Shows the amount of fuel used for a given trip. · Average Fuel -- Shows the average fuel economy for a given trip. · Outside Temperature -- Shows the outside air temperature. · All Values -- Shows the Distance to E, Trip Odometer, Trip Timer and Average Fuel.
Note: Press and hold OK on the current screen to reset the respective trip, distance, time and fuel information.

Distance to Empty Inst Fuel Econ Avg MPG 1 Long Term Fuel Economy
Fuel History 1 Average Fuel

Fuel Economy

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

94
Information Provided by:

Information Displays

Fuel Economy
All Values 1
Auto StartStop
1 Type 2
· Distance to Empty - Shows the approximate distance your vehicle can travel before running out of fuel.
· Inst Fuel Economy - Shows a visual graph of your instantaneous fuel economy along with your Avg MPG since the function was last reset.
· Long Term Fuel Economy - Shows your long term fuel economy. · Fuel History - Shows a bar chart of your fuel history. · Average Fuel -- Shows the average fuel economy for a given trip. · All Values -- Shows all fuel economy values (DTE, Inst Fuel Econ, Avg Fuel). · Auto StartStop - Available Auto Start-Stop messaging will provide details about what
is happening with your system. See Information Messages (page 103). Note: You can reset your average fuel economy by pressing and holding the OK button on the left hand steering wheel controls.

Driver Assist Traction Ctrl - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Blind Spot - check enabled or uncheck disabled 1

Cross Traffic - check enabled or uncheck disabled 1

Cruise Control 1

Adaptive or Normal

Driver Alert 1

Driver Alert or Driver Alert Display

Driver Select Suspension 1

Sport, Normal or Comfort

Hill Start Assist - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Intelligent AWD 1 Lane Keeping System 1
Pre-Collision

Mode Intensity Alert Sensitivity

Alert, Aid or Both High, Normal or Low High, Normal or Low

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

95
Information Provided by:

Information Displays

Driver Assist

Active Braking - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Front Park Aid - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Rear Park Aid - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Tire Monitor

Tire Pressure

1 Type 2

Vehicle

Settings

Auto Engine Off - check enabled or uncheck disabled

DTE

Normal or Towing

Calcula-

tion

Easy Entry/Exit - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Lighting Autolamp delay

Off or XX Seconds

Locks Autolock - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Autounlock - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Relock - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Mislock - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Remote Unlock

All Doors or Driver's Door

Switches inhibit - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Oil Life oil Life XXX% - Hold OK to Reset Rest

Remote Start

Climate Control
Driver Seat or Seats and Wheel

Auto or Last Settings Automatic or Off

Duration

5, 10 or 15 minutes

System - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Windows Remote Open or Remote Close

Wipers Courtesy Wipe or Rain Sensing

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Information Displays

MyKey
Display Setup 1 Type 2

Settings

Create Hold OK to Create MyKey MyKey

911 Assist

Always On or User Selectable

Do Not On or Off Disturb

Traction Always On or User Selectable Control

MAX

Choose desired speed or Off

Speed

Speed Choose desired speed or Off Minder

Volume Limiter - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Clear Hold OK to Clear All MyKeys MyKeys

Distance Miles & Gallons, L/100km or km/L

Temper- Fahrenheit (°F) or Celsius (°C) ature

Tire Pres- psi, kPa or bar sure

Language Choose your applicable setting

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

97
Information Provided by:

Information Displays

Information Display Controls (Type 3)

E144638
· Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through and highlight the options within a menu.
· Press the right arrow button to enter a sub-menu.
· Press the left arrow button to exit a menu.

Display mode

Option 1

XXX mi (km) to empty

Fuel gauge

Round tachometer

Vertical tachometer

Engine coolant temp gauge

Tire Pressure on demand screen

· Press and hold the left arrow button at any time to return to the main menu display (escape button).
· Press the OK button to choose and confirm settings or messages.
Main menu
From the main menu bar on the left side of the information display, you can choose from the following categories:
· Display Mode · Trip 1 & 2 · Fuel Economy · Driver Assist · Settings
Scroll up or down to highlight one of the categories, then press the right arrow key or OK to enter into that category. Press the left arrow key as needed to exit back to the main menu.
Display Mode
Use the up/down arrow buttons to choose between the following display options.

Option 2 X X X -

Option 3 X X -

Option 4 X X X

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

98
Information Provided by:

Information Displays

Display mode

Option 1

Option 2

Option 3

Option 4

XXX MPH - Press OK for km/h
Intelligent AWD - AWD Gauge
· XXX mi (km) to empty: Shows the approximate distance the vehicle will travel.
· Fuel gauge: Indicates approximately how much fuel is left in the fuel tank. The fuel gauge may vary slightly when the vehicle is in motion or on a grade. When the fuel level becomes low, the level indicator will change to amber. When the fuel level becomes critically low, the level indicator will change to red. Note: When a MyKey® is in use, low fuel warnings will display earlier. The fuel icon and arrow indicates which side of the vehicle the fuel filler door is located.
· Round tachometer: Indicates the engine speed in revolutions per minute. Driving with your tachometer pointer continuously at the top of the scale may damage the engine. During SelectShift AutomaticTM transmission (SST) use, the currently selected gear will appear in the display.
· Engine coolant temperature gauge: Indicates engine coolant temperature. At normal operating temperature, the level indicator will be in the normal range. If the engine coolant temperature exceeds the normal range, stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible, switch off the engine and let the engine cool.

Trip 1 & 2
You can access the menu using the information display control.

Note: Some options may appear slightly different or not at all if the items are optional.

Trip 1 and 2
All Values
All Values -- shows all trip values (Trip Timer, Odometer and Average Fuel). · Trip Odometer -- Shows your accumulated trip distance. · Trip Timer-- The timer stops when you turn your vehicle off and restarts when you
restart your vehicle. · Average Fuel -- Shows your average fuel economy for a given trip. Note: You can reset your trip information by pressing and holding the OK button on the left hand steering wheel controls.

Fuel Economy
Use the left and right arrow buttons to choose the desired fuel economy display.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

99
Information Provided by:

Information Displays

Fuel Economy
Instant Fuel Economy - Hold OK to Reset
Fuel History
Average Speed - Hold OK to Reset
Auto StartStop
· Inst Fuel Economy - shows a visual graph of your instantaneous fuel economy, average fuel economy and distance to empty.
· Fuel History - shows a bar chart of your fuel history from the past 30 min, average fuel economy and distance to empty.
· Average Speed - shows your vehicles average speed since the function was last reset. · Auto StartStop - available Auto Start-Stop messaging will provide details about what
is happening with your system. See Information Messages (page 103). Note: You can reset your average fuel economy by pressing and holding the OK button on the left hand steering wheel controls.

Driver Assist
In this mode, you can configure different driver setting choices.

Note: Some items are optional and may not appear.

Driver Assist

Traction Control - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Adaptive Steering

Steering in D

Sport or Normal

Steering in S

Sport or Normal

Blind Spot - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Cross Traffic Alert - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Cruise Control

Adaptive or Normal

Driver Alert

Driver Alert or Driver Alert Display

Driver Select Suspension

Sport, Normal or Comfort

Hill Start Assist - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Lane Keeping System

Mode

Alert, Aid or Both

Intensity

High, Normal or Low

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

100
Information Provided by:

Information Displays

Driver Assist

Pre-Collision

Alert Sensitivity

High, Normal or Low

Active Braking - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Front Park Aid - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Rear Park Aid - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Tire Monitor

Tire Monitor - Hold OK to Reset

Settings
In this mode, you can configure different driver setting choices.

Note: Some items are optional and may not appear.

Vehicle

Settings

Auto Engine Off - check enabled or uncheck disabled

DTE

Normal or Towing

Calcula-

tion

Easy Entry/Exit - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Lighting Adaptive Headlamps Adaptive Headlamps - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Traffic Set Up

Right or Left Hand Traffic

Auto Highbeam - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Autolamp Delay

Off or XX Seconds

Daytime Lights - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Locks Autolock - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Autounlock - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Relock - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Mislock - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Remote Unlock

All Doors or Driver First

Switch Inhibit - check enabled or uncheck disabled

101

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Information Displays

MyKey
Display Setup

Settings

Mirrors Autofold - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Oil Life XXX% - Hold OK to Reset Rest

Park Lock Control - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Power Enable or Disable Switch Liftgate

Remote Start

Climate Control
Seats or Seats and Wheel

Auto or Last setting Auto or Off

Duration

5, 10 or 15 minutes

System - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Seatbelts

Windows Remote Open or Remote Close

Wipers Courtesy Wipe or Rain Sensing

Create Hold OK to Create MyKey MyKey

911 Assist

Always On or User Selectable

Do Not On or Off Disturb

Traction Always On or User Selectable Control

MAX

Choose desired speed or Off

Speed

Speed Choose desired speed or Off Minder

Volume Limiter - check enabled or uncheck disabled

Clear Hold OK to Clear All MyKeys MyKeys

Distance Miles & Gallons, l/100km or km/l

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

102
Information Provided by:

Information Displays

Settings
Gauge Fuel Gauge or Fuel + Tach Display
Temper- °Fahrenheit or °Celsius ature
Tire Pres- psi, kPa or bar sure
Language Choose your applicable setting

INFORMATION MESSAGES
Note: Depending on the vehicle options equipped with your vehicle, not all of the messages will display or be available. Certain messages may be abbreviated or shortened depending upon which cluster type you have.

Active Park
Message Active Park Fault

E144636
Press the OK button to acknowledge and remove some messages from the information display. Other messages will be removed automatically after a short time. Certain messages need to be confirmed before you can access the menus.
Action
The system requires service due to a malfunction. Have the system checked by an authorized dealer.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

103
Information Provided by:

Information Displays

Adaptive Cruise Control

Message

Action

Adaptive Cruise Malfunction

A radar malfunction is preventing the adaptive cruise control from engaging. See Using Adaptive Cruise Control (page
188).

Adaptive Cruise Not Available

A condition exists such that the adaptive cruise cannot function properly. See Using Adaptive Cruise Control (page 188).

Adaptive Cruise Not Available Sensor
Blocked See Manual

You have a blocked sensor due to bad weather, ice, mud or water in front of the radar sensor. You can typically clean the sensor to resolve. See Using Adaptive Cruise Control (page
188).

Cruise Control Automatic Braking Turned
Off

The system has disabled the automatic braking.

Front Sensor Not Aligned A radar malfunction is preventing the adaptive cruise control from engaging.

Adaptive Cruise - Driver Resume Control

The adaptive cruise has reinstated controls to the driver.

Adaptive Cruise Speed Your vehicle speed is too slow to activate the adaptive cruise. Too Low to Activate

Adaptive Cruise Shift Down

The adaptive cruise is automatically adjusting the gap distance and you needs to shift the transmission into a lower
gear.

AdvanceTrac®

Message Service AdvanceTrac AdvanceTrac Off On

Action The system detects a malfunction due to a blocked sensor.
The traction control has been switch on or off.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

104
Information Provided by:

Information Displays

Airbag

Message

Action

Occupant Sensor BLOCKED Remove Objects Near Passenger
Seat

The system detects a malfunction due to a blocked sensor. Remove blockage.

Alarm

Message
Vehicle Alarm to Stop Alarm, Start Vehicle

Action
Alarm triggered due to unauthorized entry. See Anti-Theft Alarm (page 67).

Auto Start-Stop

Message

Action

Auto StartStop Press Brake to Start Engine

The engine needs to be restarted, press the brake pedal to start.

Auto StartStop Press The engine needs to be restarted, press the brake pedal harder

Brake Harder to Activate

to start.

Auto StartStop Press The engine needs to be restarted, press the clutch pedal to

Clutch to Start Engine

start.

Auto StartStop Press Any Pedal

The engine needs to be restarted, press any pedal to start.

Auto StartStop Select Neutral To Start Engine

Select neutral for the system to restart the engine.

Auto StartStop Shift to P Restart Engine

Select park for the system to restart the engine.

Auto StartStop Manual The system is not functioning. A manual restart is required. Restart Required

Auto StartStop Not Displays when conditions are not met for the Auto StartStop

Available

system to function properly See Auto-Start-Stop (page 150).

Engine Stopped

StartStop has shutoff the engine automatically.

Engine Starting

StartStop is starting the engine automatically.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

105
Information Provided by:

Information Displays

Message

Action

Engine On due to Vehicle The wheels are at a sharp angle or the steering wheel is being

Maneuvering

turned.

Engine On due to The wheels are at a sharp angle or the steering wheel is being

Steering Wheel Maneuv-

turned.

ering

Engine On due to Accessory Usage

Engine may be on to support high demand for electrical accessories, such as operating power windows, rear defroster,
or when using the power point.

Engine On Normal Oper- Engine is on to support normal vehicle operation. Includes

ation

external vehicle conditions, such as altitude, traffic, low

ambient temperature. Also includes battery outside optimal

operating conditions (state of charge and temperature), and

inadequate brake vacuum (can occur if the brake pedal is

depressed a number of times in succession).

Engine On due to Low Engine is on in order to increase the engine temperature to an

Temperature

acceptable level.

Engine On due to Outside Air Temp

Engine is on to support normal vehicle operation due to low outside ambient temperature.

Engine On due to Engine Engine is on in order to increase the engine temperature to an

Warming

acceptable level.

Engine On due to Selected Gear

Engine is on due to a low gear selection by the transmission.

Engine On due to Steep Grade

Engine is on due to a steep road grade.

Engine On due to Key not Engine is on due to no key being detected by the vehicle. Detected

Engine On due to Driver Door Opened

Engine is on due to the driver door being opened.

Engine On due to Driver Belt Unbuckled

Engine is on due to the driver seat belt being unbuckled.

Engine On due to Heating /Cooling

Engine is on to achieve or maintain interior compartment at an acceptable level.

Engine On due to Power Engine is on, which is required to support the use of the power

Outlet in Use

outlet (110V).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

106
Information Provided by:

Information Displays

Message

Action

Engine On due to Vehicle Engine is on due to the vehicle battery needing to be charged. Charging

Select Neutral and Select neutral and release the clutch for the system to restart

Release Clutch to Auto-

the engine.

Stop

Deactivated by Driver

You have disabled the Start Stop feature.

Automatic Engine Shutdown

Message

Action

Engine Shuts Off in XX Seconds

The engine is getting ready to shut off.

Engine Shut Off for Fuel Economy

The engine has shut off to help increase fuel economy.

Engine Shuts Off in XX The engine is getting ready to shut off. You can press OK on

Seconds Press Ok to

the left steering wheel button to override the shut down.

Override

All-Wheel Drive
Message AWD Temporarily
Disabled AWD Off
AWD Restored
AWD Malfunction Service Required

Action
The all-wheel drive system temporarily turns off to protect itself from overheating.
The all-wheel drive system temporarily turns off to protect itself from overheating or if you are using the temporary spare
tire.
The all-wheel drive system will resume normal function and clear this message after driving a short distance with the road
tire re-installed or after the system cools.
The all-wheel drive system is not operating properly. If the warning stays on or continues to come on, contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

107
Information Provided by:

Information Displays

Battery and Charging System

Message

Action

Check Charging System The charging system needs servicing. If the warning stays on or continues to come on, contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible.

Low Battery Features Temporarily Turned Off

The battery management system detects an extended lowvoltage condition. Your vehicle will disable various features to help preserve the battery. Turn off as many of the electrical loads as soon as possible to improve system voltage. If the
system voltage has recovered, the disabled features will operate again as normal.

Turn Power Off to Save Battery

The battery management system determines that the battery is at a low state of charge. Turn your ignition off as soon as possible to protect the battery. This message will clear once you restart your vehicle and the battery state of charge has
recovered. Turning off unnecessary electrical loads will allow faster battery state-of-charge recovery.

Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert System

Message

Action

Blindspot System Fault A fault with the system has occurred. Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible.

Blindspot Not Available The system sensors are blocked. See Blind Spot Informa-

Sensor Blocked See

tion System (page 199).

Manual

Cross Traffic Vehicle The system detects a vehicle. See Blind Spot Information

Coming From X

System (page 199).

Cross Traffic Not Avail- The blind spot information system and cross traffic alert

able Sensor Blocked See system sensors are blocked. See Blind Spot Information

Manual

System (page 199).

Cross Traffic System A fault with the system has occurred. Contact an authorized

Fault

dealer as soon as possible.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

108
Information Provided by:

Information Displays

Doors and Locks

Message
X Door Ajar
Trunk ajar
Hood ajar
Switches Inhibited Security Mode
Child Lock Malfunction Service Required
Factory Keypad Code XXXXX

Action The door(s) listed is not completely closed. The luggage compartment is not completely closed.
The hood is not completely closed. The system has disabled the door switches.
There is a system malfunction with the child locks. Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
The factory keypad code displays in the information display after system resets the keypad.

Driver Alert
Message
Driver Alert Warning Rest Now
Driver Alert Warning Rest Suggested

Action Stop and rest as soon as it is safe to do so.
Take a rest break soon.

Fuel
Message Fuel Level Low Check Fuel Fill Inlet

Action An early reminder of a low fuel condition. The fuel fill inlet may not be properly closed.

Hill Start Assist

Message
Hill Start Assist Not Available

Action
Hill start assist is not available. Contact an authorized dealer. See Hill Start Assist (page 174).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

109
Information Provided by:

Information Displays

Keys and Intelligent Access

Message

Action

Press Brake to START A reminder to press the brake while starting your vehicle.

No Key Detected

The system does not detect a key in your vehicle. See Keyless Starting (page 144).

Restart Now or Key is Needed

You pressed the start/stop button to switch off the engine and your vehicle does not detect your intelligent access key
inside your vehicle.

Run Power Active

Your vehicle is in the run ignition state.

Starting System Fault There is a problem with your vehicle's starting system. Contact an authorized dealer for service.

Press Brake and Clutch A reminder to press the brake and clutch while starting your

to Start

vehicle.

Press Clutch to Start A reminder to press the clutch in while starting your vehicle.

Key Program Successful You have successfully programmed an intelligent access key to the system.

Key Program Failure

You have failed to program an intelligent access key to the system.

Max Number of Keys You have programmed the maximum number of keys to the

Learned

system.

Not Enough Keys Learned

You have not programmed enough keys to the system.

Key Battery Low Replace The key battery is low. Change the battery as soon as possible. Soon

Could Not Program An attempt is made to program a spare key using two existing

Integrated Key

keys.

Engine On

A reminder that they are exiting your vehicle and the engine is on.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

110
Information Provided by:

Information Displays

Lane Keeping System

Message

Action

Lane Keeping Sys. Malfunction Service
Required

The system has malfunctioned. Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible.

Front Camera Tempor- The system has detected a condition that has caused the

arily Not Available

system to be temporarily unavailable.

Front Camera Low Visib- The system has detected a condition that requires the wind-

ility Clean Screen

shield to be cleaned to operate properly.

Front Camera Malfunc- The system has malfunctioned. Contact your authorized

tion Service Required

dealer as soon as possible.

Keep Hands on Steering The system requests your to keep your hands on the steering

Wheel

wheel.

Maintenance

Message

Action

LOW Engine Oil Pressure Stop your vehicle as soon as safely possible and turn off the engine. Check the oil level. If the warning stays on or continues to come on with your engine running, contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible.

Change Engine Oil Soon The engine oil life remaining is 10% or less. See Engine Oil Check (page 251).

Oil Change Required The oil life left is at 0%. See Engine Oil Check (page 251).

Brake Fluid Level LOW The brake fluid level is low, inspect the brake system immediately. See Brake and Clutch Fluid Check (page 255).

Check Brake System The brake system needs servicing. Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Contact an authorized dealer.

Engine Coolant Overtem- The engine coolant temperature is excessively high. Stop your

perature

vehicle in a safe place and allow the engine to cool. If the

problem persists, contact an authorized dealer. See Engine

Coolant Check (page 252).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

111
Information Provided by:

Information Displays

Message Power Reduced to Lower Engine Temp Transport / Factory
Mode
See Manual

Action
The engine has reduced power to help reduce high engine temperature.
Your vehicle is still in Transport or Factory mode. This may not allow some features to operate properly. See an author-
ized dealer.
The powertrain needs service due to a powertrain malfunction.

MyKey

Message

Action

MyKey Not Created

You cannot program a MyKey.

MyKey Active Drive Safely

MyKey is active.

Speed Limited to XX When switching on your vehicle and MyKey is in use, displays

MPH/km/h

that the MyKey speed limit is on.

Near Vehicle Top Speed MyKey is in use, the MyKey speed limit is on and your vehicle speed is approaching 80 mph (130 km/h).

Vehicle at Top Speed of MyKey Setting

You have reached the speed limit set for your MyKey.

Check Speed Drive Safely

You have an active MyKey with a programmed set speed limit.

Buckle Up to Unmute Audio

The belt-minder turns on with a MyKey in use.

AdvanceTrac On MyKey Setting

With a MyKey in use, AdvanceTrac turns on.

Traction Control On MyKey Setting

With a MyKey in use, traction control turns on.

MyKey Park Aid Cannot be Deactivated

With a MyKey in use, park aid is always on.

Lane Keeping Alert On MyKey Setting

With a MyKey in use, lane keeping alert turns on.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

112
Information Provided by:

Information Displays

Park Aid

Message Check Front Park Aid
Check Rear Park Aid
Front Park Aid On Off Rear Park Aid On Off

Action
The system has detected a condition that requires service. Contact an authorized dealer. See Parking Aid (page 178).
The system has detected a condition that requires service. Contact an authorized dealer. See Parking Aid (page 178).
Front park aid status.
Rear park aid status.

Park Brake

Message

Action

Park Brake Engaged

You have set the parking brake and you have driven the vehicle more than 3 mph (5 km/h). If the warning stays on after you have released the parking brake, contact an authorized dealer.

Park Brake Malfunction The electric parking brake system has detected a condition

Service Now

that requires service. Contact an authorized dealer.

Park Brake Not Applied Apply Park Brake

The electric parking brake is not set.

Park Brake Maintenance The electric parking brake is running a diagnostic check. Mode

Park Brake Use Switch The electric parking brake is set but you have not released it. to Release

Press Brake to Release The electric parking brake is set but you have not released it

Park Brake and Switch

and your vehicle is moving.

Park Brake Limited Function Service Required

The electric park brake system has detected a condition that requires service. Contact an authorized dealer.

Park Brake System Overheated

You have not released the electric parking brake causing it to overheat.

Release Park Brake

The electric parking brake is set and you have started your vehicle.

Park Brake Applied

The electric parking brake is set.

Park Brake Released

You have released the electric parking brake.

113

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Information Displays

Power Steering

Message
Steering Fault Service Now
Steering Loss Stop Safely
Steering Assist Fault Service Required

Action
The power steering system has detected a condition that requires service. Contact an authorized dealer.
The power steering system is not working. Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Contact an authorized dealer.
The power steering system has detected a condition within the power steering system, passive entry or passive start system that requires service. Contact an authorized dealer.

Pre-Collision Assist

Message

Action

Pre-Collision Assist Malfunction

There is a system malfunction with the pre-collision assist system. The system will be disabled. Contact an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.

Pre-Collision Assist Not Available Sensor
Blocked See Manual

The pre-collision assist system radar is blocked because of poor radar visibility due to bad weather or ice, mud, water in
front of the radar. Driver can typically clean the sensor to resolve. Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible.

Pre-Collision Assist Not There is a system malfunction with the pre-collision assist

Available

system. The system will be disabled. Contact an authorized

dealer as soon as possible.

Remote Start

Message

Action

To Drive: Turn Key to On A reminder to turn the key on to drive your vehicle after a remote start.

To Drive: Press Brake A reminder to apply the brake and push the gearshift button

and Start Button

to drive your vehicle after a remote start.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

114
Information Provided by:

Information Displays

Seats

Message

Action

Memory Recall Not A reminder that memory seats are not available while driving. Permitted While Driving

Memory X Saved

Shows where you have saved your memory setting.

Starting System

Message

Action

Press Brake to Start

A reminder to apply the brake when starting your vehicle.

Engine Start Pending Please Wait

The starter is attempting to start your vehicle.

Pending Start Cancelled

The system has cancelled the pending start.

Cranking Time Exceeded The starter has exceeded its cranking time in attempting to start your vehicle.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System

Message LOW Tire Pressure
Tire Pressure Monitor Fault
Tire Pressure Sensor Fault

Action
One or more tires on your vehicle has low tire pressure. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 301).
The tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning. If the warning stays on or continues to come on, contact an
authorized dealer. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 301).
A tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning or your spare tire is in use. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 301). If
the warning stays on or continues to come on, contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

115
Information Provided by:

Information Displays

Traction Control

Message
Traction Control Off / Traction Control On
Spinout Detected Hazards Activated

Action
The status of the traction control system after you switched it off or on. See Using Traction Control (page 176).
A spinout has occurred and the hazards are on.

Transmission

Message

Action

Transmission Malfunction Service Now

Contact an authorized dealer.

Transmission Over- The transmission is overheating and needs to cool. Stop in a

heating Stop Safely

safe place as soon as it is possible.

Transmission Overtem- The transmission has overheated and needs to cool. Stop in

perature Stop Safely

a safe place as soon as it is possible.

Transmission Service Required

Contact an authorized dealer.

Transmission Too Hot Press Brake

Transmission is getting hot. Stop to let it cool.

Transmission Limited The transmission has overheated and has limited functionality.

Function See Manual

See Automatic Transmission (page 162).

Transmission Warming Transmission is too cold. Wait for it to warm up before you

Up Please Wait

drive.

Transmission Not in Park

A reminder to shift into park.

Press Brake Pedal

You need to depress the brake pedal.

Transmission Adjusted

The transmission has adjusted the shift strategy.

Transmission Adapt Mode

The transmission is adjusting the shift strategy.

Transmission Indicate Mode Lockup On

The transmission is locked and unable to select gears.

Transmission Indicate Mode Lockup Off

The transmission is unlocked and free to select gears.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

116
Information Provided by:

Climate Control
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL (If Equipped)

E144491
A Fan speed control: Controls the volume of air circulated in your vehicle. Adjust to select the desired fan speed.
B A/C: Press the button to turn air conditioning compressor on or off. Use air conditioning with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency.
Note: In certain conditions (such as when using Max Defrost), the air conditioning compressor may continue to operate even after you switch off the air conditioning with the A/C button.
C Power: Press the button to turn the system on and off. Switching off the climate control system prevents outside air from entering the vehicle.
D Heated rear window: Turns the heated rear window on and off. See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 126).
E Temperature control: Controls the temperature of the airflow in your vehicle. Adjust to select the desired temperature.
F MAX Defrost: Turn the temperature control dial all the way past the full heat position to maximize defrosting. Outside air flows through the windshield vents, fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed and the temperature dial returns to the full heat position. You can use this setting to defog or clear a thin covering of ice from the windshield. The heated rear window also automatically turns on when you select MAX Defrost.
Note: To prevent window fogging, you cannot select recirculated air when MAX Defrost is on.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

117
Information Provided by:

Climate Control
G MAX A/C: Turn the temperature control dial all the way past the full cool position to maximize cooling. Recirculated air flows through the instrument panel vents, air conditioning automatically turns on, the fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed and the temperature dial returns to the full cool position.
H Air distribution control: Press these buttons to turn airflow from the windshield, instrument panel, or footwell vents on or off. The system can distribute air through any combination of these vents. Note: At least one of these buttons remain on while the system is on.
I Heated seats (if equipped): Turn the driver or passenger heated seats on and off. See Heated Seats (page 135).
J Recirculated air: Press the button to switch between outside air and recirculated air. When recirculated air is selected, the air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates. This may reduce the time needed to cool the interior(when used with A/C) and may also reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle. Note: Recirculated air may turn off automatically (or be prevented from turning on) in all airflow modes except MAX A/C to reduce risk of fogging. Recirculated air may also turn on and off automatically in Panel or Panel and Floor airflow modes during hot weather in order to improve cooling efficiency.
K Fan speed indicators: Illuminate to indicate fan speed.
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL (If Equipped)

E144492
Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

118
Information Provided by:

Climate Control

A Driver temperature control: Turn to increase or decrease the air temperature for the driver side of the vehicle. This control also adjusts the passenger side temperature when not in dual zone mode.
B Recirculated air: Press the button to switch between outside air and recirculated air. When you select recirculated air, the air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates. This may reduce the time needed to cool the interior (when used with A/C) and may reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle.
Note: Recirculated air may turn off automatically (or be prevented from turning on) in all airflow modes except MAX A/C to reduce risk of fogging. Recirculated air may also turn on and off automatically in Panel or Panel and Floor airflow modes during hot weather in order to improve cooling efficiency.
C Fan speed control -: Press to decrease the volume of air circulated in your vehicle.
D Fan speed indicator: Illuminates to indicate fan speed. When the system is controlling the fan automatically, all of the fan speed indicators turn off.
Note: When the system is controlling the fan speed automatically, all of the fan speed indicators turn off.
E Air distribution control: Press these buttons to turn airflow from the windshield, instrument panel, or footwell vents on or off. The system can distribute air through any combination of these vents.
Note: At least one of these buttons remains on while the system is on.
F Fan speed control +: Press to increase the volume of air circulated in your vehicle.
G AUTO: Press the button to turn on automatic operation. Select the desired temperature using the temperature control. The system adjusts fan speed, air distribution, air conditioning operation, and selects outside air or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle in order to maintain the desired temperature. You can also use the AUTO button to turn off dual zone operation by pressing and holding the button for more than two seconds.
H Passenger temperature control: Turn to increase or decrease the air temperature on the passenger side of the vehicle. This turns on dual zone mode.
I Heated rear window: Turns the heated rear window on and off. See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 126).
J MAX Defrost: Press the button to maximize defrosting. Outside air flows through the windshield vents, and the fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed. You can use this setting to defog or clear a thin covering of ice from the windshield. The heated rear window also automatically turns on when you select MAX Defrost.
Note: To prevent window fogging, you cannot select recirculated air when MAX Defrost is on.
119

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Climate Control
K Power: Press the button to turn the system on and off. Switching off the climate control system prevents outside air from entering the vehicle.
L Heated seat (if equipped): Turn the driver or passenger heated seats on and off. See Heated Seats (page 135).
M MAX A/C: Press the button to maximize cooling. Recirculated air flows through the instrument panel vents, air conditioning automatically turns on, and the fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed.
N A/C: Press the button to turn air conditioning compressor on or off. Use air conditioning with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency. Note: In certain conditions (such as when using Max Defrost), the air conditioning compressor may continue to operate even after you switch off the air conditioning with the A/C button.
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL (If Equipped)
Note: You can switch temperature units between Fahrenheit and Celsius. See Climate (page 426).

E144493
Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

120
Information Provided by:

Climate Control

A Driver heated seat control (if equipped): Turn the driver heated seat off and on. See Heated Seats (page 135).
B Driver temperature control: Press + or - to increase or decrease the air temperature for the driver side of the vehicle. This control also adjusts the passenger side temperature when not in dual zone mode.
C Power: Press the button to turn the system on and off. Switching off the climate control system prevents outside air from entering the vehicle.
D Fan speed control: Touch + or - to increase or decrease the volume of air circulated in the vehicle.
E Passenger temperature control: Press + or - to increase or decrease the air temperature on the passenger side of the vehicle. This turns on dual zone mode.
F Passenger heated seat control (if equipped): Turn the passenger heated seat off and on. See Heated Seats (page 135).
G Recirculated air: Press the button to switch between outside air and recirculated air. When you select recirculated air, the air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates. This may reduce the time needed to cool the interior (when used with A/C) and may reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle.
Note: Recirculated air may turn off automatically (or be prevented from turning on) in all airflow modes except MAX A/C to reduce risk of fogging. Recirculated air may also turn on and off automatically in Panel or Panel and Floor airflow modes during hot weather in order to improve cooling efficiency.
H A/C: Press the button to turn air conditioning compressor on or off. Use air conditioning with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency.
Note: In certain conditions (such as when using Max Defrost), the air conditioning compressor may continue to operate even after you switch off the air conditioning with the A/C button.
I MAX A/C: Press the button to maximize cooling. Recirculated air flows through the instrument panel vents, air conditioning automatically turns on, and the fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed.
J AUTO: Press the button to turn on automatic operation. Select the desired temperature using the temperature control. The system adjusts fan speed, air distribution, air conditioning operation, and selects outside air or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle in order to maintain the desired temperature. You can also use the AUTO button to turn off dual zone operation by pressing and holding the button for more than two seconds.
K Heated rear window: Turns the heated rear window on and off. See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 126).
L Defrost: Press the button to distribute air to the windshield vents and de-mister. Air distribution to instrument panel and footwell vents turn off. You can use this setting to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice.
121

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Climate Control
M MAX Defrost: Press the button to maximize defrosting. Outside air flows through the windshield vents, fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed and the temperature dial returns to the full heat position. You can use this setting to defog or clear a thin covering of ice from the windshield. The heated rear window also automatically turns on when you select MAX Defrost. Note: To prevent window fogging, you cannot select recirculated air when MAX Defrost is on.
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL (If Equipped)
Note: You can switch temperature units between Fahrenheit and Celsius. See Climate (page 426).

E144494
A AUTO: Press the button to turn on automatic operation. Select the desired temperature using the temperature control. The system adjusts fan speed, air distribution, air conditioning operation, and selects outside air or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle in order to maintain the desired temperature. You can also use the AUTO button to turn off dual zone operation by pressing and holding the button for more than two seconds.
B CLIMATE: Press the button to turn the system on and off. Switching off the climate control system prevents outside air from entering the vehicle.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

122
Information Provided by:

Climate Control
C MAX A/C: Press the button to maximize cooling. Recirculated air flows through the instrument panel vents, air conditioning automatically turns on, and the fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed.
D A/C: Press the button to turn air conditioning compressor on or off. Use air conditioning with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency.
Note: In certain conditions (such as when using Max Defrost), the air conditioning compressor may continue to operate even after you switch off the air conditioning with the A/C button.
E Recirculated air: Press the button to switch between outside air and recirculated air. When you select recirculated air, the air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates. This may reduce the time needed to cool the interior (when used with A/C) and may reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle.
Note: Recirculated air may turn off automatically (or be prevented from turning on) in all airflow modes except MAX A/C to reduce risk of fogging. Recirculated air may also turn on and off automatically in Panel or Panel and Floor airflow modes during hot weather in order to improve cooling efficiency.
F Passenger temperature control: Press + or - to increase or decrease the air temperature on the passenger side of the vehicle. This turns on dual zone mode.
G Fan speed control: Touch + or - to increase or decrease the volume of air circulated in the vehicle.
H Driver temperature control: Press + or - to increase or decrease the air temperature for the driver side of the vehicle. This control also adjusts the passenger side temperature when not in dual zone mode.
I MAX Defrost: Press the button to maximize defrosting. Outside air flows through the windshield vents, and the fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed. You can use this setting to defog or clear a thin covering of ice from the windshield. The heated rear window also automatically turns on when you select MAX Defrost.
Note: To prevent window fogging, you cannot select recirculated air when MAX Defrost is on.
J Heated rear window: Turns the heated rear window on and off. See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 126).
K Defrost: Press the button to distribute air to the windshield vents and de-mister. Air distribution to instrument panel and footwell vents turn off. You can use this setting to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

123
Information Provided by:

Climate Control

HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE INTERIOR CLIMATE
General Hints
Note: Prolonged use of recirculated air may cause the windows to fog up.
Note: You may feel a small amount of air from the footwell air vents regardless of the air distribution setting.
Note: To reduce humidity build-up inside your vehicle, do not drive with the system switched off or with recirculated air always switched on.
Note: Do not place objects under the front seats as this may interfere with the airflow to the rear seats.
Note: Remove any snow, ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield.
Note: To improve the time to reach comfort in hot weather, drive with the windows slightly open for 2-3 minutes after start-up or until your vehicle airs out.
Heating the Interior Quickly

Manual Climate Control
Note: To reduce fogging of the windshield during humid weather, adjust the air distribution control to the windshield air vents position.
Automatic Climate Control
Note: Adjusting the settings when your vehicle interior is extremely hot or cold is not necessary. The system automatically adjusts to heat or cool the cabin to your selected temperature as quickly as possible. For the system to function efficiently, the instrument panel and side air vents should be fully open.
Note: If you select AUTO during cold outside temperatures, the system directs airflow to the windshield and side window vents. In addition, the fan may run at a slower speed until the engine warms up.
Note: If you select AUTO during hot outside temperatures, or when the inside of the vehicle is hot, the system automatically uses recirculated air to maximize interior cooling. When the interior reaches the selected temperature, the system automatically switches to using outside air.

Vehicle with manual climate control
1 Adjust the fan speed to the highest speed setting.
2 Adjust the temperature control to the highest setting.
3 Select the footwell air vents using the air distribution buttons.

Vehicle with automatic climate control Press the AUTO button.
Adjust the temperature control to the desired setting.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

124
Information Provided by:

Climate Control

Recommended Settings for Heating

Vehicle with manual climate control 1 Adjust the fan speed to the center
setting. 2 Adjust the temperature control to the
midway point of the hot settings.
3 Select the footwell air vents using the air distribution buttons.

Vehicle with automatic climate control
Press the AUTO button.
Adjust the temperature control to the desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a starting point, then adjust the setting as necessary.

Cooling the Interior Quickly

Vehicle with manual climate control
1 Adjust the temperature control to the MAX A/C position.
2 Drive with the windows open for 2-3 minutes.

Vehicle with automatic climate control Press the MAX A/C button.

Recommended Settings for Cooling

Vehicle with manual climate control 1 Adjust the fan speed to the center
setting. 2 Adjust the temperature control to the
midway point of the cold settings.
3 Select the instrument panel air vents using the air distribution buttons.

Vehicle with automatic climate control
Press the AUTO button.
Adjust the temperature control to the desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a starting point, then adjust the setting as necessary.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

125
Information Provided by:

Climate Control

Side Window Defogging in Cold Weather

Vehicle With Manual Climate Control Vehicle With Automatic Climate Control

1 Select the instrument panel and footwell Press the defrost button. air vents positions through the air distribution control.

2 Press the A/C button.

Adjust the temperature control to the desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a starting point, then adjust the setting as necessary.

3 Adjust the temperature control to the Direct the instrument panel side air vents

desired setting.

toward the side windows.

4 Adjust the fan speed to the highest setting.

Close the instrument panel center vents.

5 Direct the instrument panel side air vents toward the side windows.

6 Close the instrument panel center vents.

HEATED WINDOWS AND MIRRORS

Heated Rear Window

Note: You must switch the ignition on to use this feature.

Press the button to clear the

E72507

rear window of thin ice and fog. It switches off automatically

after 10 minutes, or when you switch off

the ignition. You can also press the button

again to switch it off.

Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean the inside of the rear window or to remove decals from the inside of the rear window. This may cause damage to the heated grid lines. Your warranty does not cover this damage.

Heated Exterior Mirror (If Equipped)
Note: Do not remove ice from the mirrors with a scraper or attempt to readjust the mirror glass that has frozen in place. These actions could cause damage to the glass and mirrors.
Note: Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum-based cleaning products.
The heated mirrors remove ice, mist and fog when you switch on the heated rear window.
CABIN AIR FILTER
Your vehicle is equipped with a cabin air filter. It is located behind the glove box.
The particulate filtration system reduces the concentration of airborne particles such as dust, spores and pollen in the air supplied to the interior of your vehicle.

126

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Climate Control

Note: Make sure you have a cabin air filter installed at all times. This prevents foreign objects from entering the system. Running the system without a filter in place could result in degradation or damage to the system.
The particulate filtration system gives you and your passengers the following benefits:
· It improves your driving comfort by reducing particle concentration.
· It improves the interior compartment cleanliness.
· It protects the climate control components from particle deposits.
Replace the filter at regular intervals. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 458).
For additional cabin air filter information, or to replace the filter, see an authorized dealer.
REMOTE START (If Equipped)
The remote start feature allows you to pre-condition the interior of your vehicle. The climate control system works to achieve comfort according to your previous settings.
Note: You cannot adjust the system during remote start operation.
Turn the ignition on to return the system to its previous settings. You can now make adjustments normally, but you need to turn certain vehicle-dependent features back on, such as:
· Heated seats.
· Cooled seats.
· Heated steering wheel.
· Heated mirrors.
· Heated rear window.

You can adjust the default remote start settings using the information display controls. See Information Displays (page 93).
Automatic Settings
In hot weather, the system is set to 72°F (22°C). The cooled seats are set to high (if available, and selected to AUTO in the information display).
In moderate weather, the system either heats or cools (based on previous settings). The rear defroster, heated mirrors and heated seats do not automatically turn on.
In cold weather, the system is set to 72°F (22°C). The heated seats are set to high (if available, and selected to AUTO in the information display). The rear defroster and heated mirrors automatically turn on.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

127
Information Provided by:

Seats

SITTING IN THE CORRECT POSITION
WARNINGS Sitting improperly, out of position or with the seat back reclined too far can take weight off the seat cushion and affect the decision of the passenger sensing system, resulting in serious injury or death in the event of a crash. Always sit upright against your seat back, with your feet on the floor. Do not recline the seat back as this can cause the occupant to slide under the safety belt, resulting in serious injury in the event of a crash. Do not place objects higher than the seat back to reduce the risk of serious injury in the event of a crash or during heavy braking.
E68595
When you use them properly, the seat, head restraint, safety belt and air bags will provide optimum protection in the event of a crash.

We recommend that you follow these guidelines:
· Sit in an upright position with the base of your spine as far back as possible.
· Do not recline the seat back more than 30 degrees.
· Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible. Make sure that you remain comfortable.
· Keep sufficient distance between yourself and the steering wheel. We recommend a minimum of 10 inches (25 centimeters) between your breastbone and the air bag cover.
· Hold the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent.
· Bend your legs slightly so that you can press the pedals fully.
· Position the shoulder strap of the safety belt over the center of your shoulder and position the lap strap tightly across your hips.
Make sure that your driving position is comfortable and that you can maintain full control of your vehicle.
HEAD RESTRAINTS
WARNINGS Fully adjust the head restraint before you sit in or operate your vehicle. This will help minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a collision. Do not adjust the head restraint when your vehicle is moving.
The head restraint is a safety device. Whenever possible it should be installed and properly adjusted when the seat is occupied.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

128
Information Provided by:

Seats

WARNINGS Install the head restraint properly to help minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a collision.
Note: Adjust the seat back to an upright driving position before adjusting the head restraint. Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible. Make sure that you remain comfortable. If you are extremely tall, adjust the head restraint to its highest position. Front seat and rear seat outboard head restraints
E138642
Rear center head restraint

The head restraints consist of:
A An energy absorbing head restraint
B Two steel stems C Guide sleeve adjust and unlock
button D Guide sleeve unlock and remove
button
Adjusting the Head Restraint
Raising the Head Restraint
Pull the head restraint up.
Lowering the Head Restraint
1. Press and hold button C. 2. Push the head restraint down.
Removing the Head Restraint
1. Pull the head restraint up until it reaches its highest position.
2. Press and hold buttons C and D. 3. Pull the head restraint up.
Installing the Head Restraint
Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves and push the head restraint down until in locks.
Tilting Head Restraints
The front head restraints have a tilting feature for extra comfort. To tilt the head restraint, do the following:

E138645

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

129
Information Provided by:

Seats
The driver and passenger manual seats may consist of:

E144727
1. Adjust the seat back to an upright driving or riding position.
2. Pivot the head restraint forward toward your head to the desired position.
After the head restraint reaches the forward-most tilt position, pivoting it forward again will then release it to the rearward, un-tilted position.
MANUAL SEATS
WARNINGS Do not adjust the driver seat or seatback when your vehicle is moving.
Rock the seat backward and forward after releasing the lever to make sure that it is fully engaged.
Reclining the seatback can cause an occupant to slide under the seat's safety belt, resulting in severe personal injuries in the event of a crash.

E144631
A B C D

A BC D
A bar to move the seat backward and forward.
A control to adjust the lumbar of the seatback (driver seat only).
A lever to adjust the height of the seat (driver seat only).
A lever to adjust the angle of the seatback.

POWER SEATS (If Equipped)
WARNINGS Do not adjust the driver seat or seatback when your vehicle is moving. Do not place cargo or any objects behind the seatback before returning it to the original position.
Note: Driver seat shown, passenger seat similar.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

130
Information Provided by:

6-way power seat

Seats

E176793

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

131
Information Provided by:

10-way power seat

Seats

E144632
Power Lumbar (If Equipped)
E165608

MEMORY FUNCTION (If Equipped)
WARNINGS Before activating the seat memory, make sure that the area immediately surrounding the seat is clear of obstructions and that all occupants are clear of moving parts.
Do not use the memory function when your vehicle is moving.
This feature will automatically recall the position of the driver seat and power mirrors. The memory control is located on the driver door.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

132
Information Provided by:

Seats

E142554
Saving a PreSet Position
1. Switch the ignition on.
2. Adjust the seat and exterior mirrors to your desired position.
3. Press and hold the desired preset button until you hear a single tone.
You can save up to three preset memory positions. You can save a memory preset at any time.
Recalling a PreSet Position
Press and release the preset button associated with your desired driving position. The seat and mirrors will move to the position stored for that preset.
Note: A preset memory position can only be recalled when the ignition is off, or when the transmission is in park (P) or neutral (N) if the ignition is on.
You can also recall a preset memory position by:
· Pressing the unlock button on your intelligent access key fob if it is linked to a preset position.
· Unlocking the intelligent driver door handle if a linked key fob is present.
· Entering a personal entry code on the Securicode keypad. See Locks (page 57).

Note: Using a linked key fob to recall your memory position when the ignition is off will move the seat to the Easy Entry position.
Note: Pressing any seat or mirror adjustment control (or any memory button) during a memory recall cancels the operation.
Seat recall movement will also stop if you drive your vehicle.
Linking a PreSet Position to your Remote Control or Intelligent Access Key Fob
Your vehicle can save the preset memory positions for up to three remote controls or intelligent access (IA) keys.
1. With the ignition on, move the memory positions to the desired positions.
2. Press and hold the desired preset button for about five seconds. A tone will sound after about two seconds. Continue holding until a second tone is heard.
3. Within three seconds, press the lock button on the remote control you are linking.
To unlink a remote control, follow the same procedure except in step 3, press the unlock button on the remote control.
Note: If more than one linked remote control or intelligent access key is in range, the memory function will move to the settings of the first key stored.
Easy Entry and Exit Feature
If you enable the easy entry and exit feature, it automatically moves the driver seat position rearward up to two inches (five centimeters) when you switch the ignition off.
The driver seat will return to the previous position when you switch the ignition on.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

133
Information Provided by:

Seats
You can enable or disable this feature in the information display. See Information Displays (page 93).
REAR SEATS
Note: Your vehicle may have split seatbacks that you must fold individually. Note: Make sure the center safety belt is unbuckled before folding the seatback. To lower the seat back(s) from inside the vehicle, do the following:

E164098
3. Stow the safety belt in the stowage clip. This will prevent the safety belt from getting caught in the seat latch.
When raising the seat back(s), make sure you hear the seat latch into place.
E144634
1. Pull the handle to release the seatback. 2. Push the seatback forward.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

134
Information Provided by:

Seats

HEATED SEATS (If Equipped)
WARNING
People who are unable to feel pain to their skin because of advanced age, chronic illness, diabetes, spinal cord injury, medication, alcohol use, exhaustion or other physical conditions, must exercise care when using the heated seat. The heated seat may cause burns even at low temperatures, especially if used for long periods of time. Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat, such as a blanket or cushion. This may cause the heated seat to overheat. Do not puncture the seat with pins, needles or other pointed objects. This may damage the heating element which may cause the heated seat to overheat. An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury.
Do not do the following:
· Place heavy objects on the seat.
· Operate the heated seat if water or any other liquid is spilled on the seat. Allow the seat to dry thoroughly.
· Operate the heated seats unless the engine is running. Doing so can cause the battery to lose charge.

CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEATS
(If Equipped)
Heated Seats
WARNING
Persons who are unable to feel pain to the skin because of advanced age, chronic illness, diabetes, spinal cord injury, medication, alcohol use, exhaustion, or other physical conditions, must exercise care when using the seat heater. The seat heater may cause burns even at low temperatures, especially if used for long periods of time. Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat, such as a blanket or cushion, because this may cause the seat heater to overheat. Do not puncture the seat with pins, needles, or other pointed objects because this may damage the heating element which may cause the seat heater to overheat. An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury.
Do not do the following:
· Place heavy objects on the seat.
· Operate the seat heater if water or any other liquid is spilled on the seat. Allow the seat to dry thoroughly.
· Operate the heated seats unless the engine is running. Doing so can cause the battery to lose charge.

E146941
Press the heated seat symbol to cycle through the various heat settings and off. Warmer settings are indicated by more indicator lights.

E146322

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

135
Information Provided by:

Seats

Press the heated seat symbol to cycle through the various heat settings and off. Warmer settings are indicated by more indicator lights.
Cooled Seats (If Equipped)
The cooled seats will only function when the engine is running.

REAR SEAT ARMREST

E146309
To operate the cooled seats:
Press the cooled seat symbol to cycle through the various cooling settings and off. Cooler settings are indicated by more indicator lights.
If the engine falls below 350 RPM while the ventilated seats are on, the feature will turn itself off. You will need to reactivate it.
Heated and cooled seat air filter replacement (if equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with lifetime air filters that are integrated with the seats. Regular maintenance or replacement is not needed.

E144635
Fold the armrest down to use the armrest and cupholder.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

136
Information Provided by:

Universal Garage Door Opener

HomeLink Wireless Control System (If Equipped)
WARNING
Do not use the system with any garage door opener that does not have the safety stop and reverse feature as required by U.S. Federal Safety Standards (this includes any garage door opener manufactured before April 1, 1982). A garage door opener which cannot detect an object, signaling the door to stop and reverse, does not meet current federal safety standards. Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of serious injury or death.
Note: Make sure that the garage door and security device are free from obstruction when you are programming. Do not program the system with the vehicle in the garage.
Note: Make sure you keep the original remote control transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future system programming.
Note: We recommend that upon the sale or lease termination of your vehicle, you erase the programmed function buttons for security reasons. See Erasing the function button codes later in this section.
Note: You can program a maximum of three devices. To change or replace any of the three devices after it has been initially programmed, you must first erase the current settings. See Erasing the function button codes later in this section.

The universal garage door opener replaces the common hand-held garage door opener with a three-button transmitter that is integrated into the driver's sun visor. The system includes two primary features, a garage door opener and a platform for remote activation of devices within the home. As well as being programmed for garage doors, the system transmitter can be programmed to operate entry gate operators, security systems, entry door locks and home or office lighting. Additional system information can be found online at www.homelink.com or by calling the toll-free help line on 1-800-355-3515.
In-vehicle programming
This process is to program your hand-held transmitter and your in-vehicle HomeLink button. Note: Put a new battery in the hand-held transmitter. This will ensure quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio-frequency signal.
E142658
1. With your vehicle parked outside of the garage, turn your ignition to the on position, but do not start your vehicle.
2. Hold your hand-held garage door transmitter 13 inches (28 centimeters) away from the HomeLink button you want to program.

E142657

137

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Universal Garage Door Opener

3. Using both hands, simultaneously, press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the hand-held transmitter button. DO NOT release either one until the HomeLink indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator light flashes rapidly, both buttons may be released. The rapid flashing indicates successful training.
4. Press and hold the HomeLink button you programmed for five seconds, then release. You may need to do this twice to activate the door. If your garage door does not operate, watch the HomeLink indicator light.
If the indicator light stays on, the programming is complete. See Programming your garage door motor later in this section.
If the indicator light flashes rapidly for 2 seconds and then turns to a constant light, the HomeLink button is not programmed yet. Do the following:
Press and hold the HomeLink button while you press and release the hand-held transmitter button every 2 seconds. The HomeLink indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly once the HomeLink function button recognizes and accepts the hand-held transmitter's radio frequency signal.
After programming the HomeLink button, begin programming your garage door opener motor.
Note: You may need a ladder to reach the unit and you may need to remove the cover or lamp lens on your garage door opener.

E142659
To program additional buttons, repeat Steps 1 4. For questions or comments, please contact HomeLink at www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-3515. Programming your garage door opener motor 1. Press the learn button on the garage
door opener motor and then you have 30 seconds to complete the next two steps. 2. Return to your vehicle.
E142658
3. Press and hold the function button you want to program for 2 seconds, then release. Repeat this step. Depending on your brand of garage door opener, you may need to repeat this sequence a third time.
Erasing the Function Button Codes Note: You cannot erase individual buttons.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

138
Information Provided by:

Universal Garage Door Opener

E142660
1. Press and hold the outer two function buttons simultaneously for approximately 20 seconds until the indicator lights above the buttons flash rapidly.
2. When the indicator lights flash, release the buttons. The codes for all buttons are erased.
Reprogramming a Single Button
To program a device to a previously trained button, follow these steps:
1. Press and hold the desired button. Do NOT release the button.
2. The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds. Without releasing the button, follow Step 1 in the Programming section.
For questions or comments, contact HomeLink at www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-3515.
Programming to a Genie Intellicode 2 Garage Door Opener
Note: The Genie Intellicode 2 transmitter must already be programmed to operate with the garage door opener.
Note: To program HomeLink to the transmitter you must first put the transmitter into programming mode.

E142661

A. Red indicator light
B. Green indicator light
1. Press and hold one of the buttons on the hand-held transmitter for 10 seconds. The indicator light will change from green to red and green.
2. Press the same button twice to confirm the change to programming mode. If done properly the indicator light will appear red.
3. Hold the transmitter within 13 inches (28 centimeters) of the button on the visor you want to program.
4. Press and hold both the programmed Genie button on the hand-held transmitter and the button you want to program. The indicator light on the visor will flash rapidly when the programming is successful.
Note: The Genie transmitter will transmit for up to 30 seconds. If HomeLink does not program within 30 seconds the Genie transmitter will need to be pressed again. If the Genie transmitter indicator light displays green and red, release the button until the indicator light turns off before pressing the button again.
Once HomeLink has been programmed successfully, the Genie transmitter must be changed out of program mode. To do this:

139

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Universal Garage Door Opener

1. Press and hold the previously programmed Genie button on the hand-held transmitter for 10 seconds. The indicator light will change from red to red and green.
2. Press the same button twice to confirm the change. If done correctly the indicator light will turn green.
Programming HomeLink to the Genie Intellicode Garage Door Opener Motor Note: You may need a ladder to access the garage door opener motor.
E142662
1. Press and hold the program button on the garage door opener motor until both blue indicator lights turn on.
2. Release the program button. Only the smaller round indicator light should be on.
3. Press and release the program button. The larger purple indicator light will flash.
Note: The next two steps must be completed in 30 seconds. 4. Press and release the Genie Intellicode
2 hand-held transmitter's previously programmed button. Both indicator lights on the garage door opener motor unit should now flash purple.

5. Press and hold the previously programmed button on the visor for 2 seconds. Repeat this step up to 3 times until the garage door moves.
Programming is now complete.
Clearing a HomeLink Device
To erase programming from the three HomeLink buttons press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash. The indicator light will begin flashing in 10 to 20 seconds, at which time both buttons should be released. Programming has now been erased, and the indicator light should blink slowly to indicate the device is in train mode when any of the three HomeLink buttons are pressed.
FCC and RSS-210 Industry Canada Compliance
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Changes or modifications to your device not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance can void the user's authority to operate the equipment.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

140
Information Provided by:

Auxiliary Power Points

12 Volt DC Power Point
WARNING
Do not plug optional electrical accessories into the cigar lighter socket (if equipped). Improper use of the lighter can cause damage not covered by your warranty, and can result in fire or serious injury.
Note: If used when the vehicle is not running, the battery will discharge. There may be insufficient power to restart your vehicle.
Note: Do not insert objects other than an accessory plug into the power point. This will damage the outlet and blow the fuse.
Note: Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug.
Note: Do not use the power point over the vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watts or a fuse may blow.
Note: Do not use the power point for operating a cigar lighter element.
Note: Improper use of the power point can cause damage not covered by your warranty.
Note: Always keep the power point caps closed when not in use.
Run the vehicle for full capacity use of the power point. To prevent the battery from discharging accidentally:
· Do not use the power point longer than necessary when the vehicle is not running.
· Do not leave devices plugged in overnight or when you park your vehicle for extended periods.
Locations
Power points may be in the following locations:

· in the front of the center console · inside the center console storage bin · on the rear of the center console. 110 Volt AC Power Point (If Equipped)
WARNING Do not keep electrical devices plugged in the power point whenever the device is not in use. Do not use any extension cord with the 110 volt AC power point, since it will defeat the safety protection design. Doing so my cause the power point to overload due to powering multiple devices that can reach beyond the 150 watt load limit and could result in fire or serious injury.
Note: Keep the vehicle running to use the power point.
E143941
You can use the power point for powering electrical devices that require up to 150 watts. It is on the rear of the center console. When the indicator light, located on the power point, is: · on -- power point is ready to supply
power. · off -- power point power supply is off;
ignition is not on. · flashing -- power point is in fault mode.

141

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Auxiliary Power Points
The power point temporarily turns off power if it exceeds the 150 watt limit. It can also switch to a fault mode if it detects overloading, overheating, or shorting conditions. For overloading and shorting conditions, unplug your device and switch the ignition off then on. For an overheating condition, let the system cool off first. Switch the ignition off then on.
Do not use the power point for certain electric devices, including:
· Cathode ray tube type televisions
· Motor loads, for example vacuum cleaners, electric saws and other electric power tools, or compressor-driven refrigerators
· Measuring devices which process precise data, for example medical equipment or measuring equipment
· Other appliances requiring an extremely stable power supply, for example microcomputer-controlled electric blankets or touch sensor lamps

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

142
Information Provided by:

Storage Compartments

CENTER CONSOLE

Stow items in the cupholder carefully as items may become loose during hard braking, acceleration or collisions, including hot drinks which may spill.
Available console features include:

C
E143942
A Cupholder B Storage compartment with
auxiliary power point, auxiliary input jack, USB port and media hub C Auxiliary power point
OVERHEAD CONSOLE

E75193
Press near the rear edge of the door to open it.

143

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Starting and Stopping the Engine

GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNINGS
Extended idling at high engine speeds can produce very high temperatures in the engine and exhaust system, creating the risk of fire or other damage.
Do not park, idle or drive your vehicle on dry grass or other dry ground cover. The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system, creating the risk of fire.
Do not start the engine in a closed garage or in other enclosed areas. Exhaust fumes can be toxic. Always open the garage door before you start the engine.
If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle, have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer immediately. Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust fumes.
If you disconnect the battery, your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics for approximately 5 miles (8 kilometers) after you reconnect it. This is because the engine management system must realign itself with the engine. You can disregard any unusual driving characteristics during this period.
The powertrain control system meets all Canadian interference-causing equipment standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field or radio noise.
When you start the engine, avoid pressing the accelerator pedal before and during operation. Only use the accelerator pedal when you have difficulty starting the engine.

IGNITION SWITCH
E72128
0 (off) - The ignition is off. Note: When you switch the ignition off and leave your vehicle, do not leave your key in the ignition. This could cause your vehicle battery to lose charge. I (accessory) - Allows the electrical accessories, such as the radio, to operate while the engine is not running. Note: Do not leave the ignition key in this position for too long. This could cause your vehicle battery to lose charge. II (on) - All electrical circuits are operational and the warning lamps and indicators illuminate. III (start) - cranks the engine.
KEYLESS STARTING
Note: The keyless starting system may not function if the key is close to metal objects or electronic devices such as cellular phones. Note: A valid key must be located inside your vehicle to switch the ignition on and start the engine.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

144
Information Provided by:

Starting and Stopping the Engine

Ignition Modes
E144447
The keyless starting system has three modes: Off: Turns the ignition off. · Without applying the brake pedal,
press and release the button once when the ignition is in the on mode, or when the engine is running but the vehicle is not moving. On: All electrical circuits are operational and the warning lamps and indicators illuminate. · Without applying the brake pedal, press and release the button once. Start: Starts the engine. · Press the brake pedal, and then press the button for any length of time. An indicator light on the button illuminates when then ignition is on and when the engine starts.
STARTING A GASOLINE ENGINE
When you start the engine, the idle speed increases, this helps to warm up the engine. If the engine idle speed does not slow down automatically, have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer.

Note: You can crank the engine for a total of 60 seconds (without the engine starting) before the starting system temporarily disables. The 60 seconds does not have to be all at once. For example, if you crank the engine three times for 20 seconds each time, without the engine starting, you reached the 60-second time limit. A message appears in the information display alerting you that you exceeded the cranking time. You cannot attempt to start the engine for at least 15 minutes. After 15 minutes, you are limited to a 15-second engine cranking time. You need to wait 60 minutes before you can crank the engine for 60 seconds again.
Before starting the engine, check the following:
· Make sure all occupants have fastened their safety belts.
· Make sure the headlamps and electrical accessories are off.
· Make sure the parking brake is on.
· Move the transmission selector lever to position P (automatic transmission) or neutral (manual transmission).
· Turn the ignition key to position II. If your vehicle is equipped with a keyless ignition, see the following instructions.
Vehicles with an Ignition Key
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
1. Fully press the brake pedal. If your vehicle is equipped with a manual transmission, fully press the clutch pedal also.
2. Turn the key to position III to start the engine. Release the key when the engine starts.
Note: The engine may continue cranking for up to 15 seconds or until it starts.
Note: If you cannot start the engine on the first try, wait for a short period and try again.

145

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Starting and Stopping the Engine

Vehicles with Keyless Start Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal. Note: You must have your intelligent access key in the vehicle in order to shift the transmission out of position P. 1. Fully press the brake pedal. 2. Press the button. The system does not function if: · The key frequencies are jammed. · The key battery has no charge. If you are unable to start the engine, do the following:
E147165
1. Locate the key backup slot in center console utility compartment.
2. With the buttons facing the rear of the vehicle and the key ring up, place the key into backup slot.
3. With the key in this position, press the brake pedal, and then the button to switch on the engine.
Fast Restart The fast restart feature allows you to restart the engine within 20 seconds of switching it off, even if a valid key is not present.

Within 20 seconds of switching the engine off, press the brake pedal and press the button. After 20 seconds have expired, you can no longer restart the engine without the key present inside your vehicle.
Once the engine has started, it remains running until you press the button, even if the system does not detect a valid key. If you open and close a door while the engine is running, the system searches for a valid key. You cannot restart the engine if the system does not detect a valid key within 20 seconds.
Failure to Start
If you cannot start the engine after three attempts, wait 10 seconds and follow this procedure:
1. If your vehicle is equipped with an automatic transmission, fully press the brake pedal. If your vehicle is equipped with a manual transmission, fully press the clutch pedal and apply the handbrake.
2. Move the transmission selector lever to park (P) (automatic transmission) or neutral (manual transmission).
3. Fully press the accelerator pedal and hold it there.
4. Start the engine.
Automatic Engine Shutdown
If your vehicle is equipped with a keyless ignition, it has a feature that automatically shuts down the engine if it has been idling for an extended period. The ignition also turns off in order to save battery power. Before the engine shuts down, a message appears in the information display showing a timer counting down from 30 seconds.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

146
Information Provided by:

Starting and Stopping the Engine

If you do not intervene within 30 seconds, the engine shuts down. Another message appears in the information display to inform you that the engine has shut down in order to save fuel. Start your vehicle as you normally do.
Automatic Engine Shutdown Override
Note: You cannot permanently switch off the automatic engine shutdown feature. When you switch it off temporarily, it turns on at the next ignition cycle.
You can stop the engine shutdown, or reset the timer, at any point before the 30-second countdown has expired by doing any of the following:
· You can reset the timer by interacting with your vehicle (such as pressing the brake pedal or accelerator pedal).
· You can temporarily switch off the shutdown feature any time the ignition is on (for the current ignition cycle only). Use the information display to do so. See Information Displays (page 93).
· During the countdown before engine shutdown, you are prompted to press OK or RESET (depending on your type of information display) to temporarily switch the feature off (for the current ignition cycle only).
Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Stationary
Vehicles with an Ignition Key
1. Move the transmission selector lever to position P (automatic transmission) or 1 (manual transmission).
2. Turn the key to position 0.
3. Apply the parking brake.

Vehicles with Keyless Start
1. Move the transmission selector lever to position P.
2. Press the button once.
3. Apply the parking brake.
Note: This switches off the ignition, all electrical circuits, warning lamps and indicators.
Note: If the engine is idling for 30 minutes, the ignition and engine automatically shut down.
Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Moving
WARNING
Switching off the engine when the vehicle is still moving will result in a loss of brake and steering assistance. The steering will not lock, but higher effort will be required. When the ignition is switched off, some electrical circuits, warning lamps and indicators may also be off.
Vehicles with an Ignition Key
1. Move the transmission selector lever to position N (automatic transmission) or neutral (manual transmission) and use the brakes to bring your vehicle to a safe stop.
2. When your vehicle has stopped, move the transmission selector lever to position P (automatic transmission) or 1 (manual transmission) and turn the key to position 0.
3. Apply the parking brake.
Vehicles with Keyless Start
1. Move the transmission selector lever to position N and use the brakes to bring your vehicle to a safe stop.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

147
Information Provided by:

Starting and Stopping the Engine

2. When your vehicle has stopped, move the transmission selector lever to position P.
3. Press and hold the button for one second, or press it three times within two seconds.
4. Apply the parking brake.
Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes
WARNING
If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle, have your vehicle checked by your authorized dealer immediately. Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust fumes. Carbon monoxide is present in exhaust fumes. Take precautions to avoid its dangerous effects.
Important Ventilating Information
If you stop your vehicle and the leave the engine idling for long periods, we recommend that you do one of the following:
· Open the windows at least 1 inch (2.5 centimeters)
· Set your climate control to outside air.
ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (If
Equipped)
WARNINGS Failure to follow engine block heater instructions could result in property damage or serious personal injury.
Do not use your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or two-pronged adapters. There is a risk of electrical shock.

Note: The heater is most effective when outdoor temperatures are below 0°F (-18°C).
The heater acts as a starting aid by warming the engine coolant. This allows the climate control system to respond quickly. The equipment includes a heater element (installed in the engine block) and a wire harness. You can connect the system to a grounded 120-volt AC electrical source.
We recommend that you do the following for a safe and correct operation:
· Use a 16-gauge outdoor extension cord that is product certified by Underwriter's Laboratory (UL) or Canadian Standards Association (CSA). This extension cord must be suitable for use outdoors, in cold temperatures, and be clearly marked Suitable for Use with Outdoor Appliances. Do not use an indoor extension cord outdoors. This could result in an electric shock or become a fire hazard.
· Use as short an extension cord as possible.
· Do not use multiple extension cords.
· Make sure that when in operation, the extension cord plug and heater cord plug connections are free and clear of water. This could cause an electric shock or fire.
· Make sure your vehicle is parked in a clean area, clear of combustibles.
· Make sure the heater, heater cord and extension cord are firmly connected.
· Check for heat anywhere in the electrical hookup once the system has been operating for approximately 30 minutes.
· Make sure the heater system is checked for proper operation before winter.

148

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Starting and Stopping the Engine
Using the Engine Block Heater
The engine block heater plug is located in a housing in the left fog lamp bezel. Open the hinged, circular door and make sure the receptacle terminals are clean and dry prior to use. Clean them with a dry cloth if necessary.
The heater uses 0.4 to 1.0 kilowatt-hours of energy per hour of use. The system does not have a thermostat. It will achieve maximum temperature after approximately three hours of operation. If you use the heater longer than three hours, this will not improve system performance and will use unnecessary electricity.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

149
Information Provided by:

Unique Driving Characteristics

AUTO-START-STOP (If Equipped)
The system helps reduce fuel consumption by automatically shutting off and restarting the engine while your vehicle is stopped. The engine will restart automatically when you release the brake pedal. In some situations, your vehicle may restart automatically, for example:
· To maintain interior comfort
· To recharge the battery
Note: Power assist steering is turned off when the engine is off.
WARNINGS The engine may restart automatically if required by the system.
Switch the ignition off before opening the hood or performing any maintenance. Failure to do so may result in serious injuries due to automatic engine restart.
Always switch the ignition off before leaving your vehicle, as the system may have turned the engine off, but the ignition will still be on and automatic restart may occur.
The Auto StartStop system status is available at a glance within the information display. See Information Displays (page 93).
Enabling Auto StartStop
The system is automatically enabled every time you start your vehicle if the following conditions are met:
· The Auto StartStop button is not pressed (not illuminated).
· Your vehicle exceeds an initial speed of 3 mph (4 km/h) after the vehicle has been initially started.
· Your vehicle is stopped.

· Your foot is on the brake pedal.
· The transmission is in drive (D).
· The driver's door is closed.
· There is adequate brake vacuum.
· The interior compartment has been cooled or warmed to an acceptable level.
· The front windshield defroster and rear window defroster are off.
· The steering wheel is not turned rapidly or is not at a sharp angle.
· The vehicle is not on a steep road grade.
· The battery is within optimal operating conditions (battery state of charge and temperature in range).
· The engine coolant is at operating temperature.
· Elevation is below approximately 10000 feet (3048 meters).
· Ambient temperature is moderate.
Note: The system allows multiple successive Auto StartStop events, but it may not operate in conditions of heavy traffic or in extended low speed operation.
Note: The green Auto StartStop indicator light on the instrument cluster will illuminate to indicate when the automatic engine stop occurs.
Note: If the instrument cluster is equipped with a grey Auto E146361 StartStop indicator light, it is illuminated when automatic engine stop is not available due to one of the above noted conditions not being met.
Automatic Engine Restart
Any of the following conditions will result in an automatic restart of the engine:

150

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Unique Driving Characteristics

· Your foot is removed from the brake pedal.
· You press the accelerator pedal.
· You press the accelerator and the brake pedal at the same time.
· The driver safety belt becomes unfastened or the driver door is ajar.
· The transmission is moved from drive (D).
· Your vehicle is moving.
· The interior compartment does not meet customer comfort when air conditioning or heat is on.
· Fogging of the windows could occur and the air conditioning is on.
· The battery is not within optimal operating conditions.
· The maximum engine off time is exceeded.
· When you press the Auto StartStop button while the engine is stopped automatically.
· Either the front or rear defroster is turned on.
Any of the following conditions may result in an automatic restart of the engine:
· The blower fan speed is increased or the climate control temperature is changed.
· An electrical accessory is turned on or plugged in.

Disabling Auto StartStop
P R N D S
E146362
Press the Auto StartStop button located on the center console to switch the system off. The button will illuminate. The system will only be deactivated for the current ignition cycle. Press the button again to restore Auto StartStop function. Note: If the Shift to P, Restart Engine message appears and the amber Auto StartStop indicator light is flashing, automatic restart is not available. The vehicle must be restarted manually. See Information Displays (page 93).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

151
Information Provided by:

Fuel and Refueling

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNINGS Do not overfill the fuel tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and fire.
The fuel system may be under pressure. If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler door (Easy Fuel capless fuel system), do not refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may spray out, which could cause serious personal injury.
Automotive fuels can cause serious injury or death if misused or mishandled.
Flow of fuel through a fuel pump nozzle can produce static electricity. This can cause a fire if you are filling an ungrounded fuel container.
Fuel ethanol and gasoline may contain benzene, which is a cancer-causing agent.
When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the filler neck. Never smoke or use a cell phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes.
Observe the following guidelines when handling automotive fuel:
· Extinguish all smoking materials and any open flames before refueling your vehicle.
· Always turn off the vehicle before refueling.

· Automotive fuels can be harmful or fatal if swallowed. Fuel such as gasoline is highly toxic and if swallowed can cause death or permanent injury. If fuel is swallowed, call a physician immediately, even if no symptoms are immediately apparent. The toxic effects of fuel may not be visible for hours.
· Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling too much fuel vapor of any kind can lead to eye and respiratory tract irritation. In severe cases, excessive or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can cause serious illness and permanent injury.
· Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes. If fuel is splashed in the eyes, remove contact lenses (if worn), flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention. Failure to seek proper medical attention could lead to permanent injury.
· Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed through the skin. If fuel is splashed on the skin, clothing or both, promptly remove contaminated clothing and wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. Repeated or prolonged skin contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes skin irritation.
· Be particularly careful if you are taking "Antabuse" or other forms of disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism. Breathing gasoline vapors, or skin contact could cause an adverse reaction. In sensitive individuals, serious personal injury or sickness may result. If fuel is splashed on the skin, promptly wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. Consult a physician immediately if you experience an adverse reaction.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

152
Information Provided by:

Fuel and Refueling

FUEL QUALITY
Note: Use of any fuel other than those recommended may cause vehicle damage, a loss of vehicle performance and repairs may not be covered under warranty.
Choosing the Right Fuel (Gasoline Vehicles)
Use only UNLEADED gasoline or UNLEADED gasoline blended with a maximum of 15% ethanol in your gasoline vehicle. If your vehicle is a Flex Fuel Vehicle (FFV), it will have a yellow bezel placed over the fuel fill inlet.
Do not use:
· Fuels containing more than 15% ethanol or E-85 fuel.
· Fuels containing methanol.
· Fuels containing metallic based additives, including manganese-based compounds.
· Fuels containing the octane booster additive, methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).
· Leaded-fuel (The use of leaded fuel is prohibited by law).
Your vehicle was not designed to use fuel or fuel additives with metallic compounds, including manganese-based additives. The use of leaded fuel is prohibited by law.
Note: Use of any fuel other than recommended fuel can cause powertrain damage, impair the emission control system or cause loss of vehicle performance. Any damage to vehicle that is caused by use of fuel not recommended will not be covered under warranty.

Choosing the Right Fuel (Flex Fuel Vehicles)
Use only UNLEADED gasoline or UNLEADED gasoline blended with a maximum of 85% ethanol (E-85) in your flex fuel vehicle (FFV). If your vehicle is flex fuel capable, it will have a yellow bezel placed over the fuel fill inlet.
Do not use:
· Fuels containing more than 85% ethanol or E-100 fuel.
· Fuels containing methanol.
· Fuels containing metallic based additives, including manganese-based compounds.
· Fuels containing the octane booster additive, methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).
· Leaded-fuel (The use of leaded fuel is prohibited by law).
Note: Use of any fuel other than recommended fuel can cause powertrain damage, impair the emission control system or cause loss of vehicle performance. Any damage to vehicle that is caused by use of fuel not recommended will not be covered under warranty.
Octane Recommendations
2.5L engine
Regular unleaded gasoline with a pump (R+M)/2 octane rating of 87 is recommended. Some fuel stations offer fuels posted as regular with an octane rating below 87, particularly in high altitude areas. Fuels with octane levels below 87 are not recommended.
1.5L, 1.6L and 2.0L EcoBoost® engines

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

153
Information Provided by:

Fuel and Refueling

Regular unleaded gasoline with a pump (R+M)/2 octane rating of 87 is recommended. Some stations offer fuels posted as "Regular" with an octane rating below 87, particularly in high altitude areas. Fuels with octane levels below 87 are not recommended. Premium fuel will provide improved performance and is recommended for severe duty usage such as trailer tow.
Do not be concerned if your engine sometimes knocks lightly. However, if it knocks heavily while you are using fuel with the recommended octane rating, see your authorized dealer to prevent any engine damage.
RUNNING OUT OF FUEL
Avoid running out of fuel because this situation may have an adverse effect on powertrain components.
If you have run out of fuel:
· You may need to cycle the ignition from off to on several times after refueling to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel from the tank to the engine. On restarting, cranking time will take a few seconds longer than normal. With keyless ignition, just start the engine. Crank time will be longer than usual.
· Normally, adding 1 gallon (3.8 liters) of fuel is enough to restart the engine. If the vehicle is out of fuel and on a steep grade, more than 1 gallon (3.8 liters) may be required.
· The service engine soon indicator may come on. For more information on the service engine soon indicator, See Warning Lamps and Indicators (page 88).

Refilling With a Portable Fuel Container
WARNINGS
Do not insert the nozzle of portable fuel containers or aftermarket funnels into the capless fuel system. This could damage the fuel system and its seal, and may cause fuel to run onto the ground instead of filling the tank, which could result in serious personal injury.
Do not try to pry open or push open the capless fuel system with foreign objects. This could damage the fuel system and its seal and cause injury to you or others.
Note: Do not use aftermarket funnels; they will not work with the capless fuel system and can damage it. The included fuel funnel has been specially designed to work safely with your vehicle.
When filling the vehicle's fuel tank from a portable fuel container, use the funnel included with the vehicle.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

154
Information Provided by:

Fuel and Refueling

E162864
1. Locate the portable funnel that comes with your vehicle. The funnel is located behind the left-hand side rear seat, under the carpet. Fold down the left-hand side rear seat back. Pull back the piece of carpet to access the funnel.

E157279
2. Slowly insert the funnel into the capless fuel system.

E157280
3. Fill the vehicle with fuel from the portable fuel container.
4. When done, clean the funnel or properly dispose of it. Extra funnels can be purchased from your authorized dealer if you choose to dispose of the funnel.
REFUELING
WARNINGS Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause severe injuries.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

155
Information Provided by:

Fuel and Refueling

WARNINGS Read and follow all the instructions on the pump island.
Switch off your engine when you are refueling.
Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle.
Keep sparks, flames and smoking materials away from fuel.
Stay outside your vehicle and do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle. This is against the law in some places.
Keep children away from the fuel pump; never let children pump fuel.
Do not use personal electronic devices while refueling.

1. Put the vehicle in position P and switch the ignition off.
E166527
2. Press the center-rear edge of the fuel filler door and release to open.

Use the following guidelines to avoid electrostatic charge build-up when filling an ungrounded fuel container:
· Place approved fuel container on the ground.
· Do not fill a fuel container while it is in your vehicle (including the cargo area).
· Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container while filling.
· Do not use a device that would hold the fuel pump handle in the fill position.
Easy FuelTM Capless Fuel System
WARNING
The fuel system may be under pressure. If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler door, do not refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may spray out, which could cause serious personal injury.
When fueling your vehicle:

E156032
Note: Hold the handle of the fuel filler nozzle higher while you insert the nozzle for easier access.
3. Slowly insert the fuel filler nozzle fully into the fuel system to open both doors. Leave the nozzle fully inserted until you have stopped pumping fuel.

156

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Fuel and Refueling

E154765
Note: Allow about five to ten seconds after pumping fuel before removing the fuel filler nozzle. This allows residual fuel to drain back into the fuel tank and not spill onto the vehicle.
4. After you have stopped pumping fuel, slowly remove the fuel filler nozzle.
Note: A fuel spillage concern may occur if overfilling the fuel tank. Do not overfill the tank to the point that the fuel is able to bypass the fuel filler nozzle. The overfilled fuel may run down the drain located below and in front of the fuel filler door.
5. To close the fuel filler door, press the center-rear edge of the fuel filler door and then release. The fuel door will latch closed.
If the fuel fill inlet did not close properly, a Check Fuel Fill Inlet message may appear on the instrument cluster.
At the next opportunity, do the following:
1. Safely pull off the road.
2. Put the vehicle in position P and switch the ignition off.
3. Open the fuel filler door and remove any visible debris from the fuel fill opening.
4. Insert the fuel fill nozzle, or the fuel fill funnel provided with the vehicle, several times to allow the inlet to close properly. This will dislodge any debris preventing the inlet from sealing.

If this action corrects the problem, the message may not reset immediately. It may take several driving cycles for the message to turn off. A driving cycle consists of an engine start-up (after four or more hours with the engine off) followed by city or highway driving. Continuing to drive with the message on may cause the service engine soon lamp to turn on as well.
FUEL CONSUMPTION
Note: The amount of usable fuel in the empty reserve varies and should not be relied upon to increase driving range. When refueling your vehicle after the fuel gauge indicates empty, you might not be able to refuel the full amount of the advertised capacity of the fuel tank due to the empty reserve still present in the tank.
Empty reserve is the amount of fuel remaining in the tank after the fuel gauge indicates empty. Do not rely on this fuel for driving. The usable capacity of the fuel tank is the amount of fuel that can be put into the tank after the gauge indicates empty. The advertised capacity is the total fuel tank size it is the combined usable capacity plus the empty reserve.
Filling the Tank
For consistent results when filling the fuel tank:
· Turn the ignition off before fueling; an inaccurate reading results if the engine is left running.
· Use the same fill rate (low-medium-high) each time the tank is filled.
· Allow no more than two automatic click-offs when filling.
Results are most accurate when the filling method is consistent.

157

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Fuel and Refueling

Calculating Fuel Economy
Do not measure fuel economy during the first 1000 miles (1600 kilometers) of driving (this is your engine's break-in period); a more accurate measurement is obtained after 2000 miles - 3000 miles (3200 kilometers - 4800 kilometers). Also, fuel expense, frequency of fill ups or fuel gauge readings are not accurate ways to measure fuel economy.
1. Fill the fuel tank completely and record the initial odometer reading.
2. Each time you fill the tank, record the amount of fuel added.
3. After at least three to five tank fill ups, fill the fuel tank and record the current odometer reading.
4. Subtract your initial odometer reading from the current odometer reading.
5. Calculate fuel economy by dividing miles traveled by gallons used (For Metric: Multiply liters used by 100, then divide by kilometers traveled).
Keep a record for at least one month and record the type of driving (city or highway). This provides an accurate estimate of the vehicle's fuel economy under current driving conditions. Additionally, keeping records during summer and winter show how temperature impacts fuel economy. In general, lower temperatures mean lower fuel economy.
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
WARNINGS Do not park, idle, or drive your vehicle in dry grass or other dry ground cover. The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system, which can start a fire.

WARNINGS
Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment. If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle, have your dealer inspect your vehicle immediately. Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes.
Your vehicle is equipped with various emission control components and a catalytic converter that will enable your vehicle to comply with applicable exhaust emission standards. To make sure that the catalytic converter and other emission control components continue to work properly:
· Use only the specified fuel listed.
· Avoid running out of fuel.
· Do not turn off the ignition while your vehicle is moving, especially at high speeds.
· Have the items listed in scheduled maintenance information performed according to the specified schedule.
The scheduled maintenance items listed in scheduled maintenance information are essential to the life and performance of your vehicle and to its emissions system.
If you use parts other than Ford, Motorcraft or Ford-authorized parts for maintenance replacements, or for service of components affecting emission control, such non-Ford parts should be the equivalent to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in performance and durability.
Illumination of the service engine soon indicator, charging system warning light or the temperature warning light, fluid leaks, strange odors, smoke or loss of engine power could indicate that the emission control system is not working properly.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

158
Information Provided by:

Fuel and Refueling

An improperly operating or damaged exhaust system may allow exhaust to enter the vehicle. Have a damaged or improperly operating exhaust system inspected and repaired immediately.
Do not make any unauthorized changes to your vehicle or engine. By law, vehicle owners and anyone who manufactures, repairs, services, sells, leases, trades vehicles, or supervises a fleet of vehicles are not permitted to intentionally remove an emission control device or prevent it from working. Information about your vehicle's emission system is on the Vehicle Emission Control Information Decal located on or near the engine. This decal also lists engine displacement
Please consult your warranty information for complete details.
On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II)
Your vehicle is equipped with an on-board diagnostics system (OBD-II) that monitors the engine's emission control system. This system protects the environment by ensuring that your vehicle continues to meet government emission standards. The OBD-II system also assists your authorized dealer in properly servicing your vehicle.
When the service engine soon indicator illuminates, the OBD-II system has detected a malfunction. Temporary malfunctions may cause the service engine soon indicator to illuminate.
Examples of temporary malfunctions are:
· the vehicle has run out of fuel--the engine may misfire or run poorly
· poor fuel quality or water in the fuel--the engine may misfire or run poorly

· the fuel fill inlet may not have been properly closed See Refueling (page 155).
· driving through deep water--the electrical system may be wet.
You can correct these temporary malfunctions by filling the fuel tank with good quality fuel, properly closing the fuel fill inlet or letting the electrical system dry out. After three driving cycles without these or any other temporary malfunctions present, the service engine soon indicator should stay off the next time you start the engine. A driving cycle consists of a cold engine startup followed by mixed city/highway driving. No additional vehicle service is required.
If the service engine soon indicator remains on, have your vehicle serviced at the first available opportunity. Although some malfunctions detected by the OBD-II may not have symptoms that are apparent, continued driving with the service engine soon indicator on can result in increased emissions, lower fuel economy, reduced engine and transmission smoothness, and lead to more costly repairs.
Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Testing
Some state/provincial and local governments may have Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle. Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration.
If the service engine soon indicator is on or the bulb does not work, you may need to have the vehicle serviced. See On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

159
Information Provided by:

Fuel and Refueling
Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test if the service engine soon indicator is on or not working properly (bulb is burned out), or if the OBD-II system has determined that some of the emission control systems have not been properly checked. In this case, your vehicle is not ready for I/M testing.
If the vehicle's engine or transmission has just been serviced, or the battery has recently run down or been replaced, the OBD-II system may indicate that the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing. To determine if the vehicle is ready for I/M testing, turn the ignition key to the on position for 15 seconds without cranking the engine. If the service engine soon indicator blinks eight times, it means that the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing; if the service engine soon indicator stays on solid, it means that the vehicle is ready for I/M testing.
The OBD-II system monitors the emission control system during normal driving. A complete check may take several days. If the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing, you may need to perform the following driving cycle consisting of mixed city and highway driving:
Drive on an expressway or highway for a steady 15 minutes, followed by 20 minutes of stop-and-go driving with at least four 30-second idle periods.
Allow the vehicle to sit for at least eight hours without starting the engine. Then, start the engine and complete the above driving cycle. The engine must warm up to its normal operating temperature. Once started, do not turn off the engine until the above driving cycle is complete. If the vehicle is still not ready for I/M testing, you will have to repeat the above driving cycle.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

160
Information Provided by:

Transmission

MANUAL TRANSMISSION
Using the Clutch Note: Failure to fully press the clutch pedal to the floor may cause increased shift efforts, prematurely wear transmission components or damage the transmission. Note: Do not drive with your foot resting on the clutch pedal or use the clutch pedal to hold your vehicle at a standstill while waiting on a hill. These actions will reduce the life of the clutch and could nullify a clutch warranty claim.
E144954
Manual transmission vehicles have a starter interlock that prevents cranking the engine unless the clutch pedal is fully pressed. To start the vehicle: 1. Make sure the parking brake is fully set. 2. Press the clutch pedal to the floor, then
put the gearshift lever in the neutral position. 3. Start the engine. 4. Press the brake pedal and move the gearshift lever to the desired gear; first (1) or reverse (R). 5. Release the parking brake, then slowly release the clutch pedal while slowly pressing on the accelerator.

During each shift, the clutch pedal must be fully pressed to the floor. Make sure the floor mat is properly positioned so it doesn't interfere with the full extension of the clutch pedal.
Recommended Shift Speeds
Note: Do not downshift into first (1) when your vehicle is moving faster than 15 mph (24 km/h). This will damage the clutch.

Recommended upshifts (for best fuel economy) when accelerating

Shift from:

1 - 2

15 mph (24 km/h)

2 - 3

25 mph (40 km/h)

3 - 4

40 mph (64 km/h)

4 - 5

45 mph (72 km/h)

5 - 6

50 mph (80 km/h)

Reverse
Note: Make sure that your vehicle is at a complete stop before you shift into reverse (R). Failure to do so may damage the transmission.
1. Press the clutch pedal to the floor to disengage clutch.
2. Move the gearshift lever into the neutral position and wait at least three seconds before shifting into reverse (R).
3. Shift into reverse (R) by raising the collar below the gearshift knob up, then moving the lever fully to the left, then forward.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

161
Information Provided by:

Transmission

E99067
Note: The gearshift lever can only be moved to reverse (R) by raising the collar below the gearshift knob up before shifting to reverse. This is a lockout feature which protects the transmission from accidentally engaging reverse (R) when intending to select first (1).
If reverse (R) is not fully engaged, press the clutch pedal down and return the gearshift to the neutral position. Release the clutch pedal for a moment, then raise the collar and shift to reverse (R) again.
Parking Your Vehicle
WARNING
Do not park your vehicle with the gearshift lever in the neutral position. Your vehicle may move unexpectedly and injure someone. Shift the gearshift lever to first gear and set the parking brake fully.
To park your vehicle:
1. Press the brake pedal and shift the gearshift lever to the neutral position.
2. Fully apply the parking brake and switch the ignition off.
3. Hold the clutch pedal down and shift the gearshift lever to first gear.

P R N D S

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
(If Equipped)
WARNINGS Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P (Park). Turn the ignition to the off position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle. Do not apply the brake pedal and accelerator pedal simultaneously. Applying both pedals simultaneously for more than three seconds will limit engine rpm, which may result in difficulty maintaining speed in traffic and could lead to serious injury.
Understanding the Positions of Your Automatic Transmission Putting your vehicle in gear: 1. Fully press down the brake pedal. 2. Press and hold the button on the front
of the gearshift lever. 3. Move the gearshift lever into the
desired gear. 4. Release the button and your
transmission will remain in the selected gear.
E142628

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

162
Information Provided by:

Transmission

P (Park)
This position locks the transmission and prevents the front wheels from turning. Come to a complete stop before putting your vehicle into and out of P (Park)
R (Reverse)
With the gearshift lever in R (Reverse), the vehicle will move backward. Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of R (Reverse).
N (Neutral)
With the gearshift lever in N (Neutral), the vehicle can be started and is free to roll. Hold the brake pedal down while in this position.
D (Drive)
The normal driving position for the best fuel economy. Transmission operates in gears one through six.
S (Sport)
Moving the gearshift lever to S (Sport): · Provides additional grade (engine)
braking and extends lower gear operation to enhance performance for uphill climbs, hilly terrain or mountainous areas. This will increase engine RPM during engine braking. · Provides additional lower gear operation through the automatic transmission shift strategy. · Gears are selected more quickly and at higher engine speeds.
SelectShift AutomaticTM Transmission (If Equipped)
Your SelectShift Automatic transmission gives you the ability to change gears manually.

If equipped with the toggle on the gearshift lever: · Press the (+) button to upshift. · Press the (-) button to downshift.
E142629
If equipped with steering wheel paddles: With your vehicle in D (Drive), the paddle shifters provide temporary manual control. They allow you the ability to shift gears quickly, without taking your hands off the steering wheel. You can achieve extensive manual control by moving the gearshift lever to S (Sport) position. · Pull the right paddle (+) to upshift. · Pull the left paddle () to downshift.
E144821
The system determines when temporary manual control is no longer in use and returns to automatic control. Upshift to the recommended shift speeds according to the following chart:

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

163
Information Provided by:

Transmission

Upshifts when accelerating (recommended for best fuel economy)

Shift from:

1 - 2

15 mph (24 km/h)

2 - 3

25 mph (40 km/h)

3 - 4

40 mph (64 km/h)

4 - 5

45 mph (72 km/h)

5 - 6

50 mph (80 km/h)

The instrument cluster will display your currently selected gear.
The transmission will automatically upshift if your engine speed is too high or downshift if your engine speed is too low.
Note: The system will stay in manual control until you make another shift button selection. For example, D (Drive).
Note: Engine damage may occur if excessive engine revving is held without shifting.
Brake-Shift Interlock
WARNINGS Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the brake lamps are working.
When doing this procedure, you will be taking the vehicle out of park which means the vehicle can roll freely. To avoid unwanted vehicle movement, always fully set the parking brake prior to doing this procedure. Use wheel chocks if appropriate.
If the parking brake is fully released, but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated, the brakes may not be working properly. See your authorized dealer.

Note: See your authorized dealer as soon as possible if this procedure is used. Note: For some markets this feature will be disabled. Use the brake shift interlock lever to move the gearshift lever from the park position in the event of an electrical malfunction or if your vehicle has a dead battery. Apply the parking brake and turn the ignition off before performing this procedure.
E155984
1. Remove the side panel on the right side of the gearshift lever.
E155985
2. Locate the access hole.

164

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Transmission
If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow, it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears, stopping between shifts in a steady pattern. Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear.

E155983
3. Insert the screwdriver (or similar tool) into the access hole and press the lever foreword while pulling the gearshift lever out of the P (Park) position and into the N (Neutral) position.
4. Remove the tool and reinstall the panel.
5. Start the vehicle and release the parking brake.
Automatic Transmission Adaptive Learning
This feature is designed to increase durability and provide consistent shift feel over the life of the vehicle. A new vehicle or transmission may have firm and/or soft shifts. This operation is considered normal and will not affect function or durability of the transmission. Over time, the adaptive learning process will fully update transmission operation. Additionally, whenever the battery is disconnected or a new battery installed, the strategy must be relearned.
If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or Snow
Note: Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur.
Note: Do not rock the vehicle for more than a minute or damage to the transmission and tires may occur, or the engine may overheat.
165

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

All-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)

USING ALL-WHEEL DRIVE
All-wheel drive uses all four wheels to power the vehicle. This increases traction, enabling you to drive over terrain and road conditions that a conventional two-wheel drive vehicle cannot. The AWD system is active all the time and requires no input from the operator.
Note: Your AWD vehicle is not intended for off-road use. The AWD feature gives your vehicle some limited off-road capabilities in which driving surfaces are relatively level, obstruction-free and otherwise similar to normal on-road driving conditions. Operating your vehicle under other than those conditions could subject the vehicle to excessive stress which might result in damage which is not covered under your warranty.
Note: A warning message will be displayed in the information display when an AWD system fault is present See Information Messages (page 103). An AWD system fault will cause the AWD system to default to front-wheel drive only mode. When this warning message is displayed, have your vehicle serviced at an authorized dealer
Note: A warning message will be displayed in the information display if the AWD system has overheated See Information Messages (page 103). This condition may occur if the vehicle was operated in extreme conditions with excessive wheel slip, such as deep sand. To resume normal AWD function as soon as possible, stop the vehicle in a safe location and stop the engine for at least 10 minutes. After the engine has been restarted and the AWD system has adequately cooled, the warning message will turn off and normal AWD function will return.

Do not use a spare tire of a different size other than the tire provided. If the mini-spare tire is installed, the AWD system may disable automatically and enter front-wheel drive only mode to protect driveline components. This condition will be indicated by a warning in the information display See Information Messages (page 103). If there is a warning message in the information display from using the spare tire, this indicator should turn off after reinstalling the repaired or replaced normal road tire and cycling the ignition off and on. It is recommended to reinstall the repaired or replaced road tire as soon as possible. Major dissimilar tire sizes between the front and rear axles could cause the AWD system to stop functioning and default to front-wheel drive or damage the AWD system.
Driving In Special Conditions With All-Wheel Drive (AWD)
AWD vehicles are equipped for driving on sand, snow, mud and rough roads and have operating characteristics that are somewhat different from conventional vehicles, both on and off the highway.
Under severe operating conditions, the A/C may cycle on and off to protect overheating of the engine.
Basic operating principles in special conditions
· Drive slower in strong crosswinds which can affect the normal steering characteristics of your vehicle.
· Be extremely careful when driving on pavement made slippery by loose sand, water, gravel, snow or ice.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

166
Information Provided by:

All-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)

If Your Vehicle Goes Off the Edge of the Pavement
· If your vehicle goes off the edge of the pavement, slow down, but avoid severe brake application, ease the vehicle back onto the pavement only after reducing your speed. Do not turn the steering wheel too sharply while returning to the road surface.
· It may be safer to stay on the apron or shoulder of the road and slow down gradually before returning to the pavement. You may lose control if you do not slow down or if you turn the steering wheel too sharply or abruptly.
· It often may be less risky to strike small objects, such as highway reflectors, with minor damage to your vehicle rather than attempt a sudden return to the pavement which could cause the vehicle to slide sideways out of control or rollover. Remember, your safety and the safety of others should be your primary concern.
If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck
WARNINGS
Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the transmission is in P (Park). Turn the ignition to the lock position or turn the vehicle off using the start/stop button and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle.
If the parking brake is fully released, but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated, the brakes may not be working properly. See your authorized dealer.
Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph (56 km/h). The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander.
Note: Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur.

Note: Do not rock the vehicle for more than a few minutes or damage to the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may overheat.
If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears, stopping between shifts, in a steady pattern. Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear.
If your vehicle is equipped with AdvanceTrac® with Roll Stability ControlTM, it may be beneficial to disengage the AdvanceTrac® with Roll Stability ControlTM system while attempting to rock the vehicle.
Emergency Maneuvers
· In an unavoidable emergency situation where a sudden sharp turn must be made, remember to avoid "over-driving" your vehicle (i.e., turn the steering wheel only as rapidly and as far as required to avoid the emergency). Excessive steering will result in less vehicle control, not more. Additionally, smooth variations of the accelerator and/or brake pedal pressure should be utilized if changes in vehicle speed are called for. Avoid abrupt steering, acceleration or braking which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover and/or personal injury. Use all available road surface to return the vehicle to a safe direction of travel.
· In the event of an emergency stop, avoid skidding the tires and do not attempt any sharp steering wheel movements.
· If the vehicle goes from one type of surface to another (i.e., from concrete to gravel) there will be a change in the way the vehicle responds to a maneuver (steering, acceleration or braking). Again, avoid these abrupt inputs.

167

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

All-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)

Sand
When driving over sand, try to keep all four wheels on the most solid area of the trail. Avoid reducing the tire pressures but shift to a lower gear and drive steadily through the terrain. Apply the accelerator slowly and avoid spinning the wheels.
Do not drive your AWD vehicle in deep sand. This will cause the AWD system to overheat. After the system has cooled down, normal AWD function will return.
Under severe operating conditions, the A/C may cycle on and off to protect overheating of the engine.
Avoid excessive speed because vehicle momentum can work against you and cause the vehicle to become stuck to the point that assistance may be required from another vehicle. Remember, you may be able to back out the way you came if you proceed with caution.
Mud and Water
If you must drive through high water, drive slowly. Traction or brake capability may be limited.
When driving through water, determine the depth; avoid water higher than the bottom of the wheel rims (for cars) or the bottom of the hubs (for trucks) (if possible) and proceed slowly. If the ignition system gets wet, the vehicle may stall.

Once through water, always try the brakes. Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as effectively as dry brakes. Drying can be improved by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal.
Be cautious of sudden changes in vehicle speed or direction when you are driving in mud. Even AWD vehicles can lose traction in slick mud. As when you are driving over sand, apply the accelerator slowly and avoid spinning your wheels. If the vehicle does slide, steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of the vehicle.
After driving through mud, clean off residue stuck to rotating driveshafts and tires. Excess mud stuck on tires and rotating driveshafts causes an imbalance that could damage drive components.
Note: Driving through deep water may damage the transmission.
If the front or rear axle is submerged in water, the axle lubricant and AWD PTU (Power Transfer Unit) lubricant should be checked and changed if necessary.
E143950
"Tread Lightly" is an educational program designed to increase public awareness of land-use regulations and responsibilities in our nations wilderness areas. Ford Motor Company joins the U.S. Forest Service and the Bureau of Land Management in encouraging you to help preserve our national forest and other public and private lands by "treading lightly."

E142667
Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

168
Information Provided by:

All-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)

Driving on Hilly or Sloping Terrain Note: Avoid driving crosswise or turning on steep slopes or hills. A danger lies in losing traction, slipping sideways and possibly rolling over. Whenever driving on a hill, determine beforehand the route you will use. Do not drive over the crest of a hill without seeing what conditions are on the other side. Do not drive in reverse over a hill without the aid of an observer. Although natural obstacles may make it necessary to travel diagonally up or down a hill or steep incline, you should always try to drive straight up or straight down. When climbing a steep slope or hill, start in a lower gear rather than downshifting to a lower gear from a higher gear once the ascent has started. This reduces strain on the engine and the possibility of stalling. If you do stall out, do not try to turnaround because you might roll over. It is better to back down to a safe location. Apply just enough power to the wheels to climb the hill. Too much power will cause the tires to slip, spin or lose traction, resulting in loss of vehicle control.
E143949

Descend a hill in the same gear you would use to climb up the hill to avoid excessive brake application and brake overheating. Do not descend in neutral; instead, disengage overdrive or manually shift to a lower gear. When descending a steep hill, avoid sudden hard braking as you could lose control. The front wheels have to be turning in order to steer the vehicle.
Your vehicle has anti-lock brakes, therefore apply the brakes steadily. Do not "pump" the brakes.
Driving on Snow and Ice
WARNING
If you are driving in slippery conditions that require tire chains or cables, then it is critical that you drive cautiously. Keep speeds down, allow for longer stopping distances and avoid aggressive steering to reduce the chances of a loss of vehicle control which can lead to serious injury or death. If the rear end of the vehicle slides while cornering, steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of the vehicle.
Note: Excessive tire slippage can cause driveline damage.
AWD vehicles have advantages over 2WD vehicles in snow and ice but can skid like any other vehicle.
Should you start to slide while driving on snowy or icy roads, turn the steering wheel in the direction of the slide until you regain control.
Avoid sudden applications of power and quick changes of direction on snow and ice. Apply the accelerator slowly and steadily when starting from a full stop.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

169
Information Provided by:

All-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
Avoid sudden braking as well. Although an AWD vehicle may accelerate better than a two-wheel drive vehicle in snow and ice, it won't stop any faster, because as in other vehicles, braking occurs at all four wheels. Do not become overconfident as to road conditions.
Make sure you allow sufficient distance between you and other vehicles for stopping. Drive slower than usual and consider using one of the lower gears. In emergency stopping situations, apply the brake steadily. Since your vehicle is equipped with a four wheel (ABS), do not "pump" the brakes. See Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Brakes (page 171). for more information on the operation of the anti-lock brake system (ABS).
Maintenance and Modifications
The suspension and steering systems on your vehicle have been designed and tested to provide predictable performance whether loaded or empty and durable load carrying capability. For this reason, Ford Motor Company strongly recommends that you do not make modifications such as adding or removing parts (such as lowering kits or stabilizer bars) or by using replacement parts not equivalent to the original factory equipment.
Any modifications to a vehicle that raise the center of gravity can make it more likely the vehicle will rollover as a result of a loss of control. Ford Motor Company recommends that caution be used with any vehicle equipped with a high load or device (such as ladder or luggage racks).
Failure to maintain your vehicle properly may void the warranty, increase your repair cost, reduce vehicle performance and operational capabilities and adversely affect driver and passenger safety. Frequent inspection of vehicle chassis components is recommended if the vehicle is subjected to off-highway usage.
170

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Brakes

GENERAL INFORMATION

Note: Occasional brake noise is normal. If a metal-to-metal, continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present, the brake linings may be worn-out. Have the system checked by an authorized dealer. If your vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking, have it checked by an authorized dealer.

Note: Brake dust may accumulate on the wheels, even under normal driving conditions. Some dust is inevitable as the brakes wear and does not contribute to brake noise. See Cleaning the Alloy Wheels (page 270).

E144522

See Warning Lamps and Indicators (page 88).

Wet brakes result in reduced braking efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal a few times when driving from a car wash or standing water to dry the brakes.

Brake Over Accelerator

In the event the accelerator pedal becomes stuck or entrapped, apply steady and firm pressure to the brake pedal to slow the vehicle and reduce engine power. If you experience this condition, apply the brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe stop. Move the transmission selector lever to position P, switch the engine off and apply the parking brake. Inspect the accelerator pedal for any interference. If none are found and the condition persists, have your vehicle towed to the nearest authorized dealer.

Brake Assist
Brake assist detects when you brake rapidly by measuring the rate at which you press the brake pedal. It provides maximum braking efficiency as long as you press the pedal, and can reduce stopping distances in critical situations.
Anti-lock Brake System
This system helps you maintain steering control during emergency stops by keeping the brakes from locking.
This lamp momentarily illuminates when you turn the ignition on. If the light does not illuminate during start up, remains on or flashes, the system may be disabled. Have the system checked by an authorized dealer.
If the system is disabled, normal braking is still effective. If the E144522 brake warning lamp illuminates when you release the parking brake, have the system checked by an authorized dealer.
HINTS ON DRIVING WITH ANTI-LOCK BRAKES
Note: When the system is operating, the brake pedal will pulse and may travel further. Maintain pressure on the brake pedal. You may also hear a noise from the system. This is normal.
The anti-lock braking system will not eliminate the risks when:
· You drive too closely to the vehicle in front of you.
· Your vehicle is hydroplaning.
· You take corners too fast.
· The road surface is poor.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

171
Information Provided by:

Brakes

ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE
The electric parking brake replaces the conventional handbrake. The operating switch is located in the center console.
WARNING
Always set the parking brake and leave your vehicle with the transmission in park (P) (automatic transmission) or in first gear (1) or reverse (R) (manual transmission).
Note: When you apply the electric parking brake in certain conditions, for example, on a steep hill, the electric parking brake may reapply the brakes within three to ten minutes.
Note: You may notice various noises when you apply and release the electric parking brake. This is normal and no cause for concern.
Parking on a hill (vehicles with a manual transmission)
If you park your vehicle facing uphill, move the transmission to first gear (1) and turn the steering wheel away from the curb. If you park your vehicle facing downhill, move the transmission to reverse (R) and turn the steering wheel toward the curb.
Applying the electric parking brake
WARNING
If the brake system warning lamp flashes, there could be a problem with your electric parking brake. Have the system checked by an authorized dealer as soon as possible.

Note: The brake system warning lamp will illuminate for ten seconds, if the ignition is turned off after the electric parking brake has been applied, or the electric parking brake has been applied after the ignition has been turned off. Note: The electric parking brake will not automatically apply. You must apply the electric parking brake using the electric parking brake switch.
E147230
Pull the switch up to apply the electric parking brake.
The brake system warning lamp will illuminate to confirm that the electric parking brake has been applied. See Information Displays (page 93). Applying the electric parking brake when the vehicle is moving
WARNINGS Applying the electric parking brake while moving will result in use of the anti-lock braking system. Do not use the electric parking brake system when the vehicle is moving unless the normal brake system is unable to stop the vehicle.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

172
Information Provided by:

Brakes

WARNINGS With the exception of emergency conditions (for example, the brake pedal does not work or is blocked), do not apply the electric parking brake while the vehicle is moving. On bends, or poor road surfaces or weather conditions, emergency braking can cause the vehicle to skid out of control or off the road.
If you apply the electric parking brake when your vehicle is moving, the brake system warning lamp will illuminate and a warning chime will sound. See Information Displays (page 93). If your vehicle speed is above 4 mph (6 km/h), the braking force is applied as long as the switch is pulled. Releasing or pressing the switch or pressing the accelerator pedal will stop the braking force. Releasing the electric parking brake
E147231
You can release the electric parking brake either manually by pressing the switch or automatically.

Manual release
WARNING
If the brake system warning light remains illuminated or flashes after you have released the parking brake, there could be a problem with you braking system. Have the system checked by an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
You can manually release the electric parking brake by:
1. Turning the ignition on. 2. Pressing the brake pedal. 3. Pressing the electric parking brake
switch.
When the electric parking brake is released, the brake system warning lamp will turn off.
Driving with a Trailer
Depending on the slope and the weight of the trailer, your vehicle and trailer may roll backwards slightly when you start on a slope.
To prevent this from happening, do the following:
1. Pull the switch up and hold it in this position.
2. Drive your vehicle, then release the switch when you notice that the engine has developed sufficient driving force.
Automatic release - drive away release
Your vehicle will automatically release the parking brake if all of the following conditions exist: · The driver door is closed. · The driver safety belt is fastened. · The vehicle is accelerated. · There are no faults detected in the
parking brake system.

173

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Brakes

Note: If the electric parking brake warning lamp stays illuminated, the electric parking brake will not automatically release. You must release the electric parking brake using the electric parking brake switch.
Note: On manual transmission vehicles, if the transmission is not in neutral (N) when you release the clutch pedal and press the accelerator pedal, the electric parking brake will release automatically.
Note: On manual transmission vehicles, you must fully press the clutch pedal before the drive away release feature will operate. Drive as normal using the accelerator and clutch pedals and the electric parking brake will be automatically released.
The brake system warning lamp will go off to confirm that the electric parking brake has been released.
Note: The electric parking brake drive away release makes starting on a hill easier. This feature will release the parking brake automatically when the vehicle has sufficient drive force to move up the hill. To assure drive away release when starting uphill, press the accelerator pedal quickly.
Battery With No Charge
WARNING
You will not be able to apply or release the electric parking brake if the battery is low or has no charge.
If the battery is low or has no charge, use jumper cables and a booster battery.
HILL START ASSIST
WARNINGS The system does not replace the parking brake. When you leave your vehicle, always apply the parking brake and put the transmission in park (P).

WARNINGS
You must remain in your vehicle once you have activated the system.
During all times, you are responsible for controlling your vehicle, supervising the system and intervening, if required.
If the engine is revved excessively, or if a malfunction is detected, the system will be deactivated.
The system makes it easier to pull away when your vehicle is on a slope without the need to use the parking brake.
When the system is active, your vehicle will remain stationary on the slope for two to three seconds after you release the brake pedal. This allows you time to move your foot from the brake to the accelerator pedal. The brakes are released automatically once the engine has developed sufficient drive to prevent your vehicle from rolling down the slope. This is an advantage when pulling away on a slope, (for example from a car park ramp, traffic lights or when reversing uphill into a parking space).
The system will activate automatically on any slope that will cause significant vehicle rollback.
Using Hill Start Assist
1. Press the brake pedal to bring your vehicle to a complete standstill. Keep the brake pedal pressed.
2. If the sensors detect that your vehicle is on a slope, the system will activate automatically.
3. When you remove your foot from the brake pedal, your vehicle will remain on the slope without rolling away for about two or three seconds. This hold time will automatically be extended if you are in the process of driving off.

174

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Brakes
4. Drive off in the normal manner. The brakes will release automatically.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

175
Information Provided by:

Traction Control

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
The traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction.
If your vehicle begins to slide, the system applies the brakes to individual wheels and, when needed, reduces engine power at the same time. If the wheels spin when accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces, the system reduces engine power in order to increase traction.
USING TRACTION CONTROL
In certain situations for example, stuck in snow or mud, turning the traction control off may be beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin with full engine power. Depending on the type of system you have on your vehicle, you can either turn the system off using the information display or by pressing the button.
Switching the System Off Using the Information Display Controls
(If Equipped)
Your vehicle comes with this feature already enabled. If required, you can switch this feature off using the information display controls. See (page 93).
Switching the System Off Using a Switch (If Equipped)
The button is located in the instrument panel.
Press the button. You will see a message in conjunction with an illuminated icon in the display. Press the button again to return the system to normal mode.
When you switch the traction control system off, stability control remains fully active.

System Indicator Lights and Messages
WARNING
If a failure has been detected within the AdvanceTrac system, the stability control light will illuminate steadily. Verify that the AdvanceTrac system was not manually disabled through the information display. If the stability control light still illuminates steadily, have the system serviced by an authorized dealer immediately. Operating your vehicle with AdvanceTrac disabled could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death.
The stability control light temporarily illuminates on E138639 engine start-up and flashes when a driving condition activates the stability system.
The stability control off light temporarily illuminates on engine start-up and stays on when you turn the traction control system off.
When you turn the traction control system off or on, a message appears in the information display showing system status.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

176
Information Provided by:

Stability Control

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
Vehicle modifications involving braking system, aftermarket roof racks, suspension, steering system, tire construction and wheel and tire size may change the handling characteristics of the vehicle and may adversely affect the performance of the AdvanceTrac system. In addition, installing any stereo loudspeakers may interfere with and adversely affect the AdvanceTrac system. Install any aftermarket stereo loudspeaker as far as possible from the front center console, the tunnel, and the front seats in order to minimize the risk of interfering with the AdvanceTrac sensors. Reducing the effectiveness of the AdvanceTrac system could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death.
Remember that even advanced technology cannot defy the laws of physics. It's always possible to lose control of a vehicle due to inappropriate driver input for the conditions. Aggressive driving on any road condition can cause you to lose control of your vehicle increasing the risk of personal injury or property damage. Activation of the AdvanceTrac system is an indication that at least some of the tires have exceeded their ability to grip the road; this could reduce the operator's ability to control the vehicle potentially resulting in a loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death. If your AdvanceTrac system activates, SLOW DOWN.

The AdvanceTrac Control system helps you keep control of your vehicle when on a slippery surface. The electronic stability control portion of the system helps avoid skids and lateral slides. The traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction. See Using Traction Control (page 176).

E72903
A B

Vehicle without AdvanceTrac skidding off its intended route.
Vehicle with AdvanceTrac maintaining control on a slippery surface.

USING STABILITY CONTROL
AdvanceTrac®
The system automatically activates when you start your vehicle. The AdvanceTrac system cannot be completely turned off, but the electronic stability control system is disabled when the transmission selector lever is in position R. You can turn off the traction control portion of the system independently. See Using Traction Control (page 176).

177

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Parking Aids

PARKING AID (If Equipped)
WARNINGS
To help avoid personal injury, please read and understand the limitations of the system as contained in this section. Sensing is only an aid for some (generally large and fixed) objects when moving in reverse on a flat surface at parking speeds. Traffic control systems, inclement weather, air brakes, and external motors and fans may also affect the function of the sensing system; this may include reduced performance or a false activation.
To help avoid personal injury, always use caution when in reverse (R) and when using the sensing system.
This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects. The system is designed to provide a warning to assist the driver in detecting large stationary objects to avoid damaging the vehicle. The system may not detect smaller objects, particularly those close to the ground.
Certain add-on devices such as large trailer hitches, bike or surfboard racks and any device that may block the normal detection zone of the system, may create false beeps.
Note: Keep the sensors, located on the bumper or fascia, free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt. If the sensors are covered, the system's accuracy can be affected. Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects.
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper or fascia, leaving it misaligned or bent, the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms.

Note: If your vehicle is equipped with MyKey®, it is possible to prevent turning the sensing system off. See MyKeyTM (page 52).
The sensing system warns the driver of obstacles within a certain range of the bumper area. The system turns on automatically whenever the ignition is switched on.
When receiving a detection warning, the radio volume is reduced to a predetermined level. After the warning goes away, the radio volume returns to the previous level.
The system can be switched off through the information display menu or from the pop-up message that appears once the transmission is shifted into reverse (R) or a front obstacle is detected. See (page 93).
If a fault is present in the system, a warning message appears in the information display and does not allow the driver to switch the faulted system on. See Information Messages (page 103).
Rear Sensing System
The rear sensors are only active when the transmission is in reverse (R). As the vehicle moves closer to the obstacle, the rate of the audible warning increases. When the obstacle is fewer than 9.84 in (25 cm) away, the warning sounds continuously. If a stationary or receding object is detected farther than 9.84 in (25 cm) from the side of the vehicle, the tone sounds for only three seconds. Once the system detects an object approaching, the warning sounds again.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

178
Information Provided by:

Parking Aids

E130178
A Coverage area of up to 6 feet (2 meters) from the rear bumper. There is decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper.
The system detects certain objects while the transmission is in reverse (R):
· and moving toward a stationary object at a speed of 3 mph (5 km/h)or less.
· but not moving, and a moving object is approaching the rear of the vehicle at a speed of 3 mph (5 km/h) or less.
· and moving at a speed of less than 3 mph (5 km/h) and a moving object is approaching the rear of the vehicle at a speed of less than 3 mph (5 km/h).
Front Sensing System
The front sensors are active when the gearshift is in any position other than park (P) or neutral (N) and the vehicle speed is below 7 mph (12 km/h).

E130382
A Coverage area of up to 27 inches (70 centimeters) from the front of the vehicle and about 614 inches (1535 centimeters) to the side of the front end of the vehicle. Refer to the reverse sensing section for details on coverage area.
The system sounds an audible warning when obstacles are near either bumper in the following manner:
· Objects detected by the front sensors are indicated by a high-pitched tone from the front radio speakers.
· Objects detected by the rear sensors are indicated by a lower pitched tone from the rear radio speakers.
· The sensing system reports the obstacle which is closest to the front or rear of the vehicle. For example, if an obstacle is 24 inches (60 centimeters) from the front of the vehicle and, at the same time, an obstacle is only 16 inches (40 centimeters) from the rear of the vehicle, the lower pitched tone sounds.
· If there are objects located at the same distance in the front and rear of the vehicle, the system sounds the rear warning.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

179
Information Provided by:

Parking Aids

For specific information on the reverse sensing portion of the system, refer to that section.
ACTIVE PARK ASSIST (If Equipped)
WARNING
Designed to be a supplementary park aid, this system may not work in all conditions. This system cannot replace the driver's attention and judgment. The driver is responsible for avoiding hazards and maintaining a safe distance and speed, even when the system is in use.
Note: The driver is always responsible for controlling the vehicle, supervising the system and intervening if required.
The system detects an available parallel parking space and automatically steers your vehicle into the space (hands-free) while you control the accelerator, gearshift and brakes. The system visually and audibly instructs you to park your vehicle.
The system may not function correctly if something passes between the front bumper and the parking space (a pedestrian or cyclist) or if the edge of the neighboring parked vehicle is high off the ground (for example, a bus, tow truck or flatbed truck).

Note: The sensors may not detect objects in heavy rain or other conditions that cause disruptive reflections.
Note: The sensors may not detect objects with surfaces that absorb ultrasonic waves.
Do not use the system if:
· You have attached a foreign object (bike rack or trailer) to the front or rear of your vehicle or attached close to the sensors.
· You have attached an overhanging object (surfboard) to the roof.
· The front bumper or side sensors are damaged or obstructed by a foreign object (front bumper cover).
· A mini-spare tire is in use.

Using Active Park Assist

E146186

Press the button located on the center console near the gearshift lever.

The touchscreen displays a message and a corresponding graphic to indicate it is searching for a parking space. Use the direction indicator to indicate which side of your vehicle you want the system to search.
Note: If the turn signal is not on, the system automatically searches on your vehicle's passenger side.

E130107
Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

180
Information Provided by:

Parking Aids

When the system finds a suitable space, the touchscreen displays a message and a tone sounds. Slow down, continue moving forward and stop when another tone sounds and a message displays on the touchscreen (at approximately position A), then follow the instructions on the touchscreen.
Note: You must observe that the selected space remains clear of obstructions at all times in the maneuver.
Note: Active park assist may not detect vehicles with overhanging loads (a bus or a truck), street furniture and other items. You must make sure the selected space is suitable for parking.
Note: You should drive your vehicle as parallel to the other vehicles as possible while passing a parking space.
Note: The system always offers the last detected parking space (for example, if the vehicle detects multiple spaces while you are driving, it offers the last one).

Note: If driven above approximately 20 mph (35 km/h), the touchscreen shows a message to alert you to reduce your vehicle speed.
Automatic Steering into Parking Space
Note: If your vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph (10 km/h), the system switches off and you need to take full control of your vehicle.
Note: If a maneuver is interrupted before completion, the system switches off. The steering wheel position will not indicate the actual position of the steering and you have to full take control of your vehicle.
When you shift the transmission into Reverse (R), with your hands off the wheel (and nothing obstructing its movement), your vehicle steers itself into the space. Indicated by tones, instructions to move your vehicle back and forth in the space, display on the touchscreen.

E130108
When you think your vehicle has enough space in front and behind it, or you hear a solid tone from the parking aid (accompanied by a touchscreen display message and a chime), bring your vehicle to a complete stop.

When automatic steering is finished, the touch screen displays a message and a tone sounds, indicating that the active park assist process is done. The driver is responsible for checking the parking job and making any necessary corrections before putting the transmission in Park (P).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

181
Information Provided by:

Parking Aids

Deactivating the Park Assist Feature
Manually deactivate the system by:: · Pressing the active park assist button. · Grabbing the steering wheel. · Driving above approximately 50 mph
(80 km/h) for 10 seconds during an active park search. · Driving above 6 mph (10 km/h) during automatic steering. · Turning off the traction control system.
Troubleshooting the System

Certain vehicle conditions can also deactivate the system, such as:
· Traction control has activated on a slippery or loose surface.
· There is an anti-lock brake system activation or failure.
· Something touches the steering wheel.
If a problem occurs with the system, a warning message is displayed, followed by a tone. Occasional system messages may occur in normal operation. For recurring or frequent system faults, contact an authorized dealer to have your vehicle serviced.

The system does not look for a space
The traction control system may be off
The transmission is in Reverse (R); your vehicle must be moving forward to detect a parking space

The system does not offer a particular space
Something may be contacting the front bumper or side sensors There is not enough room on both sides of your vehicle in order to park There is not enough space for the parking maneuver on the opposite side of the parking space Your vehicle is farther than 5 ft (1.5 m) from the parking space Your vehicle is closer than 16 in. (40 cm) from neighboring parked vehicles The transmission is in Reverse (R); your vehicle must be moving forward to detect a parking space Your vehicle is going faster than 20 mph (35 km/h)

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

182
Information Provided by:

Parking Aids

The system does not position the vehicle where I want in the space
Your vehicle is rolling in the opposite direction of the transmission (rolling forward when Reverse [R] is selected)
An irregular curb along the parking space prevents the system from aligning your vehicle properly
Vehicles or objects bordering the space may not be positioned correctly
You pulled your vehicle too far past the parking space. The system performs best when you drive the same distance past the parking space
The tires may not be installed or maintained correctly (not inflated correctly, improper size, or of different sizes)
A repair or alteration has changed detection capabilities
A parked vehicle has a high attachment (salt sprayer, snowplow, moving truck bed, etc.)
The parking space length or position of parked objects changed after your vehicle passed
The temperature around your vehicle changes quickly (driving from a heated garage into the cold, or after leaving a car wash)

REAR VIEW CAMERA (If Equipped)
WARNINGS The rear view camera system is a reverse aid supplement device that still requires the driver to use it in conjunction with the interior and exterior mirrors for maximum coverage.
Objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper, might not be seen on the screen due to the limited coverage of the camera system.
Back up as slow as possible since higher speeds might limit your reaction time to stop your vehicle.

WARNINGS
Use caution when using the rear video camera and the trunk is ajar. If the trunk is ajar, the camera will be out of position and the video image may be incorrect. All guidelines (if enabled) have been removed when the trunk is ajar.
Use caution when turning camera features on or off while in reverse (R). Make sure your vehicle is not moving.
The rear view camera system provides a video image of the area behind your vehicle. The image will display in either in the rear view mirror or the touchscreen display in the center of the instrument panel.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

183
Information Provided by:

Parking Aids

During operation, lines appear in the display which represent your vehicle's path and proximity to objects behind your vehicle.
E142435
The camera is located on the trunk.
Using the Rear View Camera System The rear view camera system displays what is behind your vehicle when you place the transmission in reverse (R). The system uses three types of guides to help you see what is behind your vehicle: · Active guidelines: Show the intended
path of your vehicle when reversing. · Fixed guidelines: Show the actual path
your vehicle is moving in while reversing in a straight line. This can be helpful when backing into a parking space or aligning your vehicle with another object behind you. · Centerline (if applicable): Helps align the center of your vehicle with an object (trailer). Note: If the transmission is in reverse (R) and the luggage compartment is ajar, no rear view camera features will display. Note: If the image comes on while the transmission is not in reverse (R), have the system inspected by an authorized dealer.

Note: When towing, the camera only sees what you are towing behind your vehicle. This might not provide adequate coverage and you might not see some objects. In some vehicles, the guidelines may disappear once you connect the trailer tow connector.
The camera may not operate correctly under the following conditions:
· Nighttime or dark areas if the reverse lamps are not operating.
· Mud, water or debris obstructs the camera's view. Clean the lens with a soft, lint-free cloth and non-abrasive cleaner.
· The camera is misaligned due to damage to the rear of your vehicle.
To access any of the rear view camera system settings, make the following selections in the touch screen when the transmission is not in reverse (R):
· Menu > Vehicle > Camera Settings
After changing a system setting, the touch screen shows a preview of the selected features.
Guidelines and the Centerline
Note: Active guidelines and fixed guidelines are only available when the transmission is in reverse (R).
Note: The centerline is only available if Active or Fixed guidelines are on.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

184
Information Provided by:

Parking Aids

BC D E

F
E142436
A Active guidelines
B Centerline
C Fixed guideline: Green zone
D Fixed guideline: Yellow zone
E Fixed guideline: Red zone
F Rear bumper
Active guidelines are only shown with fixed guidelines. To use active guidelines, turn the steering wheel to point the guidelines toward an intended path. If you change the steering wheel position while reversing, your vehicle might deviate from the original intended path.
The fixed and active guidelines fade in and out depending on the steering wheel position. When your steering wheel position is straight, the active guidelines are not visible.

Always use caution while reversing. Objects in the red zone are closest to your vehicle and objects in the green zone are farther away. Objects are getting closer to your vehicle as they move from the green zone to the yellow or red zones. Use the side view mirrors and rear view mirror to get better coverage on both sides and rear of the vehicle.
Enhanced Park Aids
Note: Enhanced park aids are only available when the transmission is in reverse (R).
Note: The reverse sensing system is not effective at speeds above 3 mph (5 km/h) and may not detect certain angular or moving objects.
The system uses red, yellow and green highlights that appear on top of the video image when the reverse sensing system detects an object. The alert highlights the closest object detected. You can disable the reverse sensing alert if you have enhanced park aid alert enabled, you will still see the displayed highlighted areas.
Selectable settings for this feature are ON and OFF.
Manual Zoom
WARNING
When manual zoom is on, the full area behind your vehicle is not shown. Be aware of your surroundings when using the manual zoom feature.
Note: Manual zoom is only available when the transmission is in reverse (R).
Note: Only the centerline shows when you enable manual zoom.

185

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Parking Aids
This allows you to get a closer view of an object behind your vehicle. The zoomed image keeps the bumper in the image to provide a reference. The zoom is only active while the transmission is in reverse (R). When you shift the transmission out of reverse (R), the feature automatically turns off and you must enable it to use it again.
Selectable settings for this feature are ON and OFF.
Rear Camera Delay
When shifting the transmission out of reverse (R) and into any gear other than park (P), the camera image remains in the display until your vehicle speed reaches 5 mph (8 km/h) or until you select the radio button.
Selectable settings for this feature are ON and OFF. The default setting for the rear camera delay is OFF.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

186
Information Provided by:

Cruise Control

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
Cruise control lets you maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal. You can use cruise control when your vehicle speed is greater than 20 mph (30 km/h).
USING CRUISE CONTROL
WARNINGS Do not use cruise control in heavy traffic, on winding roads or when the road surface is slippery. This could result in loss of vehicle control, serious injury or death. When you are going downhill, your vehicle speed may increase above the set speed. The system will not apply the brakes. Change down a gear to assist the system in maintaining the set speed. Failure to do so could result in loss of vehicle control, serious injury or death.
Note: Cruise control will disengage if the vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph (16 km/h) below your set speed while driving uphill.
E144500
The cruise controls are located on the steering wheel.

Switching Cruise Control On

Press and release ON.

E71340

The indicator will appear in the instrument cluster.

Setting a Speed
1. Accelerate to the desired speed. 2. Press and release SET+. 3. Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal.
The indicator will change colors in the instrument cluster.

Changing the Set Speed
Note: If you accelerate by pressing the accelerator pedal, the set speed will not change. When you release the accelerator pedal, you will return to the speed that you previously set.
· Press and hold SET+ or SET-. Release the control when you reach the desired speed.
· Press and release SET+ or SET-. The set speed will change in approximately 1 mph (2 km/h) increments.
· Press the accelerator or brake pedal until you reach the desired speed. Press and release SET+.

Canceling the Set Speed
Press CNCL or tap the brake pedal. You will not erase the set speed.

Resuming the Set Speed Press and release RES.

Switching Cruise Control Off
Note: You will erase the set speed if you switch the system off.
Press and release OFF or switch the ignition off.

187

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Cruise Control

USING ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL (If Equipped)
WARNINGS Always pay close attention to changing road conditions, especially when using adaptive cruise control. Adaptive cruise control cannot replace attentive driving. Failing to follow any of the warnings below or failing to pay attention to the road may result in a crash, serious injury or death.
Adaptive cruise control is not a crash warning or avoidance system.
Adaptive cruise control does not detect stationary or slow moving vehicles below 6 mph (10 km/h).
Adaptive cruise control does not detect pedestrians or objects in the roadway.
Adaptive cruise control does not detect oncoming vehicles in the same lane.
Do not use the adaptive cruise control when entering or leaving a highway, in heavy traffic or on roads that are winding, slippery or unpaved.
Do not use in poor visibility, specifically fog, rain, spray or snow.
Note: It is your responsibility to stay alert, drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
The system adjusts your speed to maintain a proper distance between you and the vehicle in front of you in the same lane. You can select from one of four gap settings.

E144501
The controls for using your cruise control are located on the steering wheel.

Switching the System On

Press and release ON.

E144529

The information display shows the grey indicator light.

E164805
The current gap setting and SET also display.
Setting a Speed
1. Accelerate to the desired speed. 2. Press and release SET+. The vehicle
speed is stored in the memory. 3. The information display shows a green
indicator light, current gap setting and desired set speed. 4. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

188
Information Provided by:

Cruise Control

E164805
5. A lead vehicle graphic illuminates when the system detects a vehicle in front of you.
Note: When adaptive cruise control is active, the speedometer may vary slightly from the set speed displayed in the information display.
Following a Vehicle
WARNINGS When following a vehicle in front of you, your vehicle does not decelerate automatically to a stop, nor does your vehicle always decelerate quickly enough to avoid a crash without driver intervention. Always apply the brakes when necessary. Failing to do so may result in a crash, serious injury or death.
Adaptive cruise control only warns of radar-sensor-detected vehicles. In some cases there may be no warning or a delayed warning. You should always apply the brakes when necessary. Failing to do so may result in a crash, serious injury or death.
Note: The brakes may emit a sound when the adaptive cruise control system is active.
When a vehicle ahead of you enters the same lane or a slower vehicle is ahead in the same lane, the vehicle speed adjusts to maintain a preset gap distance. The distance setting is adjustable.
The lead vehicle graphic illuminates.

When you are following a vehicle and you switch on your left directional indicator, adaptive cruise control may provide a small temporary acceleration to help you pass.
The vehicle maintains a constant distance between the vehicle ahead until:
· The vehicle in front of you accelerates to a speed above the set speed.
· The vehicle in front of you moves out of your lane or out of view.
· The vehicle speed falls below 12 mph (20 km/h).
· A new gap distance is set.
The vehicle applies brakes to slow the vehicle to maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front. The maximum braking which the system can apply is limited. You can override the system by applying the brakes.
If the system predicts that its maximum braking level is insufficient, an audible warning sounds while the system continues to brake. The red warning bar appears on the windshield. You should take immediate action.
Setting the Gap Distance
Note: It is your responsibility to select a gap appropriate to the driving conditions.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

189
Information Provided by:

Cruise Control
You can decrease or increase the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you by pressing the gap control.

E144502
A B

Gap decrease. Gap increase.

E164805
The selected gap appears in the information display as shown by the bars in the graphic. Four gap distance settings are available.

Adaptive cruise control, distance between vehicle settings

Set speed mph ( km/h)

Graphic display, bars indicated
between vehicles

Time gap, seconds

Distance gap yd (m)

62 (100)

31 (28)

62 (100)

1.4

43 (39)

62 (100)

1.8

55 (50)

62 (100)

2.2

67 (61)

Dynamic behavior
Sport. Normal. Normal. Comfort.

Each time you start the vehicle, the system selects the last chosen gap for the current driver.
Disengaging the System
Press the brake pedal or press CNCL. The last set speed displays in grey but does not erase.

Overriding the System
WARNING
Whenever the driver presses the accelerator pedal and overrides the system, the system does not automatically apply the brakes to maintain the set distance from any vehicle ahead.
Press the accelerator pedal to override the set speed and gap distance.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

190
Information Provided by:

Cruise Control

When you override the system, the green indicator light E144529 illuminates and the lead vehicle graphic does not show in the information display.
The system resumes operation when you release the accelerator pedal. The vehicle speed decreases to the set speed, or a slower speed if following a slower vehicle.
Changing the Set Speed
· Accelerate or brake to the desired speed, then press and release SET+.
· Press and hold SET+ or SET- until the desired set speed shows on the information display. The vehicle speed gradually changes to the selected speed.
· Press and release SET+ or SET-. The set speed changes in approximately 1 mph (2 km/h) increments.
The system may apply the brakes to slow the vehicle to the new set speed. The set speed displays continuously in the information display when the system is active.
Resuming the Set Speed
Note: Only use resume if you are aware of the set speed and intend to return to it.
Press and release RES. The vehicle returns to the previously set speed. The set speed displays continuously in the information display while the system is active.
Low Speed Automatic Cancellation
The system does not function at speeds below 12 mph (20 km/h). An audible alarm sounds and the automatic braking releases if your vehicle drops below this speed.

Hilly Condition Usage
Note: An audible alarm sounds and the system shuts down if it is applying brakes for an extended period of time. This allows the brakes to cool. The system functions normally again when the brakes cool.
Select a lower gear during prolonged downhill driving on steep slopes, such as mountainous areas, when the system is active. In such situations, the system needs additional engine braking to reduce the load on the vehicle's regular brake system to prevent the brakes from overheating.
Switching the System Off
Note: The set speed memory erases when you switch off the system.
Press and release OFF or turn off the ignition.
Detection Issues
The radar sensor has a limited field of vision. It may not detect vehicles at all or detect a vehicle later than expected in some situations. The lead vehicle graphic does not illuminate if the system does not detect a vehicle in front of you.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

191
Information Provided by:

Cruise Control

E71621
Detection issues can occur:
A When driving on a different line than the vehicle in front.
B With vehicles that edge into your lane. The system can only detect these vehicles once they move fully into your lane.
C There may be issues with the detection of vehicles in front when driving into and coming out of a bend or curve in the road.
In these cases the system may brake late or unexpectedly. The driver should stay alert and intervene when necessary.

If something hits the front end of your vehicle or damage occurs, the radar-sensing zone may change. This could cause missed or false vehicle detections. See an authorized dealer to have the radar checked for proper coverage and operation.
System Not Available
Conditions that can cause the system to deactivate or prevent the system from activating when requested include:
· A blocked sensor.
· High brake temperature.
· A failure in the system or a related system.
Blocked Sensor
WARNINGS
Do not use the system when towing a trailer with brake controls. Aftermarket trailer brakes do not function properly when you switch the system on because the brakes are electronically controlled. Failing to do so may result in loss of vehicle control, which could result in serious injury. The system does operate with non-electronic trailer brake controllers, such as over-run or surge brakes.
Do not use tire sizes other than those recommended because this can affect the normal operation of the system. Failing to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control, which could result in serious injury.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

192
Information Provided by:

Cruise Control

E145632

A message appears if something obstructs the sensor's radar signals. The sensor is located behind a cover near the driver side of the lower grille. The system cannot detect a vehicle ahead and does not function when something obstructs the radar signal. The following table lists possible causes and actions for this message displaying.

Cause

Action

The surface of the radar in the grille is dirty Clean the grille surface in front of the radar

or obstructed in some way.

or remove the object causing the obstruc-

tion.

The surface of the radar in the grille is clean Wait a short time. It may take several but the message remains in the display. minutes for the radar to detect that it is free from obstruction.

Heavy rain or snow is interfering with the Do not use the system in these conditions

radar signals.

because it may not detect any vehicles

ahead.

Swirling water, or snow or ice on the surface Do not use the system in these conditions

of the road may interfere with the radar because it may not detect any vehicles

signals.

ahead.

You are in a desert or remote area with no Wait a short time or switch to normal cruise

other vehicles and no roadside objects.

control.

Due to the nature of radar technology, it is possible to get a blockage warning with no actual block. This happens, for example, when driving in sparse rural or desert environments. A false blocked condition either self clears or clears after a you restart your vehicle.
Switching to Normal Cruise Control
WARNING
Normal cruise control does not brake for slower vehicles. Always be aware of which mode you have selected and apply the brakes when necessary.

You can manually change from adaptive cruise control to normal cruise control through the information display.

The cruise control indicator light

replaces the adaptive cruise

E71340

control indicator light if you

select normal cruise control. The gap

setting does not display, the system does

not automatically respond to lead vehicles

and automatic braking does not activate.

193

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Driving Aids

DRIVER ALERT (If Equipped)
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNING
The driver alert system is designed to aid you. It is not intended to replace your attention and judgment. You are still responsible to drive with due care and attention.
Note: The system will store the on or off setting in the information display menu through ignition cycles.
Note: If enabled in the menu, the system will be active at speeds above 40 mph (64 km/h). When below the activation speed, the information display will inform the driver that the system is unavailable.
Note: The system works as long as one lane marking can be detected by the camera.
Note: If the camera is blocked or if the windshield is damaged, the system may not function.
Note: The system may not be available in poor weather or other low visibility conditions.
The system automatically monitors your driving behavior using various inputs including the front camera sensor.
If the system detects that your driving alertness is reduced below a certain threshold, the system will alert you using a chime and a message in the cluster display.
USING DRIVER ALERT
Switching the system on and off
Note: The system will remain on or off depending on how it was last set.
Switch the system on or off using the information display. See (page 93).

When activated, the system will monitor your alertness level based upon your driving behavior in relation to the lane markings, and other factors.
System Warnings
Note: Note: The system will not issue warnings below approximately 40 mph (64 km/h). The warning system has two stages. At first, the system issues a temporary warning that you need to take a rest. This message will only appear for a short time. If the system detects further reduction in driving alertness, it may issue another warning that will remain in the information display for a longer time. You can press OK on the steering wheel control to clear the warning.
System Display
When active the system will run automatically in the background and only issue a warning if required. You can view the status at any time using the information display. See (page 93). The alertness level is shown by six steps in a colored bar.
E131358
The current assessment of your alertness is within a typical range.

194

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Driving Aids

E131359
The current assessment of your alertness indicates that you should rest as soon as safely possible.
The status bar will travel from left to right as the calculated alertness level decreases. As the rest icon is approached the color turns from green to yellow to red.
The yellow position indicates the first warning is active and the red position indicates the second warning is active.
Note: If you have recently received a warning; you should consider resting, even if the current assessment is within the typical range.
Note: If the camera sensor cannot track the road lane markings or if your vehicle speed drops below approximately 40 mph (64 km/h), the alertness level will change to grey for a short time and the information display will inform you that the system is unavailable.
Resetting the System
You can reset the system by either:
· Switching the ignition off and on.
· Stopping the vehicle and then opening and closing the driver's door.

LANE KEEPING SYSTEM (If
Equipped)
WARNING
The system is designed to aid the driver. It is not intended to replace your attention and judgment. You are still responsible to drive with due care and attention.
Note: The system works above 40 mph (64 km/h).
Note: The system works as long as the camera can detect one lane marking.
Note: The system may not function if the camera is blocked or there is damage to the windshield.
Note: When Aid mode is on and the system detects no steering activity for a short period, the system will alert you to put your hands on the steering wheel. The system may detect a light grip or touch on the steering wheel as hands off driving.
The system notifies you to stay in your lane through the steering system and the instrument cluster display when the front camera detects an unintentional drift out of your lane is likely to occur. The system automatically detects and tracks the road lane markings using a camera mounted behind the interior rear view mirror.
Switching the System On and Off
Note: The system on or off setting is stored until it is manually changed, unless a MyKey® is detected. If the system detects a MyKey® it defaults to on and the mode is set to Alert.
Note: If a MyKey® is detected, pressing the button will not affect the on or off status of the system. You can only change the Mode and Intensity settings.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

195
Information Provided by:

Driving Aids

E144813

Press the button located on the left steering wheel stalk to switch the system on or off.

System Settings
The system has two optional setting menus available. To view or adjust the settings, See (page 93). The system stores the last-known selection for each of these settings. You do not need to readjust your settings each time you turn on the system.
Mode: This setting allows you to select which of the system features you can enable.

E165515
Alert only Provides a steering wheel vibration when the system detects an unintended lane departure.

Aid only Provides an assistance steering torque input toward the lane center when the system detects an unintended lane departure.
A
B

E165517

A Alert
B Aid
Alert + Aid Provides an assistance steering torque input toward the lane center. If your vehicle continues drifting out of the lane, the system provides a steering wheel vibration.
Note: The alert and aid diagrams illustrate general zone coverage. They do not provide exact zone parameters.
Intensity: This setting affects the intensity of the steering wheel vibration used for the alert and alert + aid modes. This setting does not affect the aid mode.
· Low
· Medium
· High

E165516
Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

196
Information Provided by:

Driving Aids

System Display
E151660
When you switch on the system, an overhead graphic of a vehicle with lane markings will display in the information display. If you select aid mode when you switch on the system, a separate white icon will also appear or in some vehicles arrows will display with the lane markings. When you switch off the system, the lane marking graphics will not display. While the system is on, the color of the lane markings will change to indicate the system status. Gray: Indicates that the system is temporarily unable to provide a warning or intervention on the indicated side(s). This may be because: · Your vehicle is under the activation
speed. · The turn indicator is active.
Troubleshooting

· Your vehicle is in a dynamic maneuver.
· The road has no or poor lane markings in the camera field-of-view.
· The camera is obscured or unable to detect the lane markings due to environmental conditions (significant sun angles, shadows, snow, heavy rain or fog), traffic conditions (following a large vehicle that is blocking or shadowing the lane), or vehicle conditions (poor headlamp illumination).
See Troubleshooting for additional information.
Green: Indicates that the system is available or ready to provide a warning or intervention, on the indicated side(s).
Yellow: Indicates that the system is providing or has just provided a lane keeping aid intervention.
Red: Indicates that the system is providing or has just provided a lane keeping alert warning.
The system can be temporarily suppressed at any time by the following:
· Quick braking.
· Fast acceleration.
· Using the turn signal indicator.
· Evasive steering maneuver.

Why is the feature not available (line markings are gray) when I can see the lane markings on the road?
Vehicle speed is outside the operational range of the feature Sun is shining directly into the camera lens Quick intentional lane change Staying too close to the lane marking

197

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Driving Aids
Why is the feature not available (line markings are gray) when I can see the lane markings on the road?
Driving at high speeds in curves Previous feature activation happened within the last one second Ambiguous lane markings (mainly in construction zones) Rapid transition from light to dark or vice versa Sudden offset in lane markings ABS or AdvanceTrac activation Camera blockage due to dirt, grime, fog, frost or water on the windshield Driving too close to the vehicle in front of you Transitioning between no lane markings to lane markings or vice versa Standing water on the road Faint lane markings (partial yellow lane markings on concrete roads) Lane width too narrow or too wide Camera not calibrated after a windshield replacement Driving on tight roads or on uneven roads
Why does the vehicle not come back into the middle of the lane always, as expected, in the Aid or Aid + Alert mode?
High cross winds Large road crown Rough roads, grooves, shoulder drop-offs Heavy uneven loading of the vehicle or improper tire inflation pressure If the tires have been exchanged (including snow tires), or the suspension has been modified

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

198
Information Provided by:

Driving Aids

BLIND SPOT INFORMATION SYSTEM
Blind Spot Information System (BLISTM) with Cross Traffic Alert
(If Equipped)
WARNING To help avoid injuries, NEVER use the Blind Spot Information System as a replacement for using the interior and exterior mirrors and looking over your shoulder before changing lanes. The Blind Spot Information System is not a replacement for careful driving.
A
A
E124788
The Blind Spot Information System aids you in detecting vehicles that may have entered the blind spot zone (A). The detection area is on both sides of your vehicle, extending rearward from the exterior mirrors to approximately 10 ft (3 m)beyond the bumper. The system is designed to alert you if certain vehicles enter the blind spot zone while driving. Cross Traffic Alert is designed to warn you of vehicles approaching from the sides when the transmission is in reverse (R).

Note: The Blind Spot Information System does not prevent contact with other vehicles or objects; nor detect parked vehicles, people, animals or infrastructure (fences, guardrails, trees, etc.). It only alerts you to vehicles in the blind zones.
Note: When a vehicle passes quickly through the blind zone, typically fewer than two seconds, the system does not trigger.
Using the Systems
The Blind Spot Information System turns on when you start the engine and you drive you vehicle forward above 5 mph (8 km/h); it remains on while the transmission is in drive (D) or neutral (N). If shifted out of drive (D) or neutral (N), the system enters cross traffic alert mode. Once shifted back into drive (D), the Blind Spot Information System turns back on when you drive your vehicle above 5 mph (8 km/h).
Note: The Blind Spot Information System does not function in reverse (R) or park (P) or provide any additional warning when a turn signal is on.
Note: Cross Traffic Alert is designed to detect approaching vehicles from up to 46 ft (14 m) away, though coverage decreases when the sensors are blocked. Reversing slowly helps increase the coverage area and effectiveness.
Note: For manual transmission vehicles, the Cross Traffic Alert will be active only if the transmission is in reverse (R). If your vehicle is rolling backwards and the transmission is not in reverse (R) then Cross Traffic Alert will not be active.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

199
Information Provided by:

Driving Aids
WARNING To help avoid personal injury, NEVER use the Cross Traffic Alert system as a replacement for using the interior and exterior mirrors and looking over your shoulder before backing out of a parking space. Cross Traffic Alert is not a replacement for careful driving.
E142440
In this first example, the left sensor is only partially obstructed; zone coverage is nearly maximized.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

200
Information Provided by:

Driving Aids

E142441
Zone coverage also decreases when parking at shallow angles. Here, the left sensor is mostly obstructed; zone coverage on that side is severely limited. System Lights and Messages
E142442
The Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert systems illuminate a yellow alert indicator in the outside mirror on the side of your vehicle the approaching vehicle is coming from. Note: The alert indicator dims when the system detects nighttime darkness.

Cross Traffic Alert also sounds a series of tones and a message appears in the information display indicating a vehicle is coming from the right or left. Cross Traffic Alert works with the reverse sensing system that sounds its own series of tones. See Parking Aid (page 178).
System Sensors
WARNING
Just prior to the system recognizing a blocked condition and alerting the driver, the number of missed objects will increase. To help avoid injuries, NEVER use the Blind Spot Information System as a replacement for using the side and rear view mirrors and looking over your shoulder before changing lanes. The Blind Spot Information System is not a replacement for careful driving.
Note: It is possible to get a blockage warning with no blockage present; this is rare and known as a false blockage warning. A false blocked condition either self-corrects or clears after a key cycle.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

201
Information Provided by:

Driving Aids

E142443
The system uses radar sensors which are located behind the bumper fascia on each side of your vehicle. Do not allow mud, snow or bumper stickers to obstruct these areas, this can cause degraded system performance.
If the system detects a degraded performance condition, a message warning of a blocked sensor or low visibility will appear in the information display along with a warning indicator. You can clear the information display warning but the warning indicator will remain illuminated.
When you remove a blockage, you can reset the system in two ways:
· While driving, the system detects at least two objects.
· You cycle the ignition from on to off and then back on.
If the blockage is still present after the key cycle and driving in traffic, check again for a blockage.

Reasons for messages being displayed

The radar Clean the fascia area in

surface is front of the radar or remove

dirty or

the obstruction.

obstructed

The radar surface is not dirty or obstructed

Drive normally in traffic for a few minutes to allow the
radar to detect passing vehicles so it can clear the
blocked state.

Heavy rain- No action required. The

fall or

system automatically

snowfall resets to an unblocked

interferes state once the rainfall or

with the snowfall rate decreases or

radar stops. Do not use the Blind

signals Spot Information System or

Cross Traffic Alert in these

conditions.

System Limitations
The Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert systems do have their limitations; situations such as severe weather conditions or debris build-up on the sensor area may limit vehicle detection.
The following are other situations that may limit the Blind Spot Information System:
· Certain maneuvering of vehicles entering and exiting the blind zone.
· Vehicles passing through the blind zone at very fast rates.
· When several vehicles forming a convoy pass through the blind zone.
The following are other situations that may limit the Cross Traffic Alert system:
· Adjacently parked vehicles or objects obstructing the sensors.
· Approaching vehicles passing at speeds greater than 15 mph (24 km/h).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

202
Information Provided by:

Driving Aids

· Driving in reverse faster than 5 mph (8 km/h).
· Backing out of an angled parking spot.
False Alerts
Note: If your vehicle has a factory equipped tow bar and it is towing a trailer, the sensors will detect the trailer and turn the Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert systems off to avoid false alerts. For non-factory equipped tow bars, you may want to turn the Blind Spot Information System off manually.
There may be certain instances when there is a false alert by either the Blind Spot Information or the Cross Traffic Alert systems that illuminates the alert indicator with no vehicle in the coverage zone. Some amount of false alerts are normal; they are temporary and self-correct.
System Errors
If either system senses a problem with the left or right sensor, the Blind Spot Information System warning indicator will illuminate and a message will appear in the information display.
All other system faults will display only with a message in the information display. See Information Messages (page 103).
Switching the Systems Off and On
You can temporarily switch off one or both systems in the information display. See (page 93). When you switch off the Blind Spot Information System, you will not receive alerts and the information display will display a system off message.
One or both systems cannot be switched off when MyKey is used. See Principle of Operation (page 52).

You can also have one or both systems switched off permanently at an authorized dealer. Once switched off, the system can only be switched back on at an authorized dealer.
STEERING
Electric Power Steering
WARNINGS The electric power steering system has diagnostic checks that continuously monitor the system to ensure proper operation. When a system error is detected a steering message will appear in the information display.
The electric power steering system has diagnostic checks that continuously monitor the system to ensure proper operation of the electronic system. When an electronic error is detected, a message will be displayed in the information display. If this happens, stop the vehicle in a safe place, and turn off the engine. After at least 10 seconds, reset the system by restarting the engine, and watch the information display for a steering message. If a steering message returns, or returns while driving, take the vehicle to your dealer to have it checked.
Obtain immediate service if a system error is detected. You may not notice any difference in the feel of your steering, but a serious condition may exist. Failure to do so may result in loss of steering control.
Your vehicle has an electric power steering system. There is no fluid reservoir to check or fill.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

203
Information Provided by:

Driving Aids

If your vehicle loses electrical power while you are driving (or if you switch the ignition off), you can steer your vehicle manually, but it takes more effort. Extreme continuous steering may increase the effort it takes for you to steer. This occurs to prevent internal overheating and permanent damage to your steering system. If this should occur, you will neither lose the ability to steer your vehicle manually nor will it cause permanent damage. Typical steering and driving maneuvers allows the system to cool and steering assist to return to normal.
Steering Tips
If the steering wanders or pulls, check for:
· An improperly inflated tire.
· Uneven tire wear.
· Loose or worn suspension components.
· Loose or worn steering components.
· Improper vehicle alignment.
A high crown in the road or high crosswinds may also make the steering seem to wander or pull.
Adaptive Learning
The electronic power steering system adaptive learning helps correct road irregularities and improves overall handling and steering feel. It communicates with the brake system to help operate advanced stability control and accident avoidance systems. Additionally, whenever the battery is disconnected or a new battery installed, you must drive your vehicle a short distance before the system relearns the strategy and reactivates all systems.

COLLISION WARNING SYSTEM
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION (If
Equipped)
WARNINGS This system is designed to be a supplementary driving aid. It is not intended to replace the driver's attention, and judgment, or the need to apply the brakes. This system does NOT activate the brakes automatically. Failure to press the brake pedal to activate the brakes may result in a collision.
The collision warning system with brake support cannot help prevent all collisions. Do not rely on this system to replace driver judgment and the need to maintain distance and speed.
Note: The system does not detect, warn or respond to potential collisions with vehicles to the rear or sides of the vehicle.
Note: The collision warning system is active at speeds above approximately 5 mph (8 km/h).
E156130
This system is designed to alert the driver of certain collision risks. A radar detects if your vehicle is rapidly approaching another vehicle traveling in the same direction as yours.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

E156131
204
Information Provided by:

Driving Aids

If it is, a red warning light illuminates and an audible warning chime sounds.
The brake support system assists the driver in reducing the collision speed by charging the brakes. If the risk of collision further increases after the warning light illuminates, the brake support prepares the brake system for rapid braking. This may be apparent to the driver. The system does not automatically activate the brakes but, if the brake pedal is pressed, full force braking is applied even if the brake pedal is lightly pressed.
Using the Collision Warning System
WARNING
The collision warning system's brake support can only help reduce the speed at which a collision occurs if the driver applies the vehicle's brakes. The brake pedal must be pressed just like any typical braking situation.
The warning system sensitivity can be adjusted to one of three possible settings by using the information display control. See (page 93).

Note: If collision warnings are perceived as being too frequent or disturbing then the warning sensitivity can be reduced, though the manufacturer recommends using the highest sensitivity setting where possible. Setting lower sensitivity would lead to fewer and later system warnings. See (page 93).
Blocked Sensors
E145632
If a message regarding a blocked sensor appears in the information display, the radar signals from the sensor have been obstructed. The sensors are located behind a fascia cover near the driver side of the lower grille. When the sensors are obstructed, a vehicle ahead cannot be detected and the collision warning system does not function. The following table lists possible causes and actions for this message being displayed.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

205
Information Provided by:

Driving Aids

Cause

Action

The surface of the radar in the grille is dirty Clean the grille surface in front of the radar

or obstructed in some way

or remove the object causing the obstruc-

tion

The surface of the radar in the grille is clean Wait a short time. It may take several but the message remains in the display minutes for the radar to detect that it is no longer obstructed

Heavy rain, spray, snow, or fog is interfering The collision warning system is temporarily

with the radar signals

disabled. Collision warning should automat-

ically reactivate a short time after the

weather conditions improve

Swirling water, or snow or ice on the surface The collision warning system is temporarily

of the road may interfere with the radar disabled. Collision warning should automat-

signals

ically reactivate a short time after the

weather conditions improve

System Limitations
WARNING
The collision warning system's brake support can only help reduce the speed at which a collision occurs if the driver applies the vehicle's brakes. The brake pedal must be pressed just like any typical braking situation.
Due to the nature of radar technology, there may be certain instances where vehicles do not provide a collision warning. These include:
· Stationary vehicles or vehicles moving below 6 mph (10 km/h).
· Pedestrians or objects in the roadway.
· Oncoming vehicles in the same lane.
· Severe weather conditions (see blocked sensor section).
· Debris build-up on the grille near the headlamps (see blocked sensor section).
· Small distance to vehicle ahead.

· Steering wheel and pedal movements are large (very active driving style).
·
If the front end of the vehicle is hit or damaged, the radar sensing zone may be altered causing missed or false collision warnings. See your authorized dealer to have your collision warning radar checked for proper coverage and operation.

206

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Load Carrying

LOAD LIMIT
Vehicle Loading - with and without a Trailer
This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle, trailer or both, to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability, with or without a trailer. Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance. Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with

the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings, with or without a trailer, from the vehicle's Tire Label or Safety Compliance Certification Label:
Base Curb Weight - is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.
Vehicle Curb Weight - is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your authorized dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.

PAYLOAD

E143816
Payload - is the combined weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is carrying. The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire Label on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver door (vehicles exported outside the US and Canada may not have a Tire Label). Look for "THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg OR XXX lb." for maximum

payload. The payload listed on the Tire Label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant. If you install any aftermarket or authorized-dealer installed equipment on the vehicle, you must subtract the weight of the equipment from the payload listed on the Tire Label in order to determine the new payload.

207

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Load Carrying
WARNING The appropriate loading capacity of your vehicle can be limited either by volume capacity (how much space is available) or by payload capacity (how much weight the vehicle should carry). Once you have reached the maximum payload of your vehicle, do not add more cargo, even if there is space available. Overloading or improperly loading your vehicle can contribute to loss of vehicle control and vehicle rollover.
Example only:
E142516

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

208
Information Provided by:

Load Carrying

E142517

CARGO

E143817
Cargo Weight - includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo and optional equipment. When towing, trailer tongue load or king pin weight is also part of cargo weight.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight) - is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) including vehicle curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) - is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label. The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver's seating position. The total load on each axle must never exceed its Gross Axle Weight Rating.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

209
Information Provided by:

Load Carrying
Note: For trailer towing information refer to the RV and Trailer Towing Guide available at an authorized dealer.

GVW

E143818
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) is the Vehicle Curb Weight, plus cargo, plus passengers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) - is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). It is shown on the
Example only:

Safety Compliance Certification Label. The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver's seating position. The Gross Vehicle Weight must never exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating.

E142523
Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

210
Information Provided by:

Load Carrying

E142524
WARNING
Exceeding the Safety Compliance Certification Label vehicle weight rating limits could result in substandard vehicle handling or performance, engine, transmission and/or structural damage, serious damage to the vehicle, loss of control and personal injury.

GCW

GVW

E143819
GCW (Gross Combined Weight) - is the Gross Vehicle Weight plus the weight of the fully loaded trailer.

GCWR (Gross Combined Weight Rating) - is the maximum allowable weight of the vehicle and the loaded trailer, including all cargo and passengers, that the vehicle can handle without risking damage. (Important: The towing vehicle's braking system is rated

211

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Load Carrying

for operation at Gross Vehicle Weight Rating, not at Gross Combined Weight Rating.) Separate functional brakes should be used for safe control of towed vehicles and for trailers where the Gross Combined Weight of the towing vehicle plus the trailer exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating of the towing vehicle. The Gross Combined Weight must never exceed the Gross Combined Weight Rating.
Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight - is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailer the vehicle can tow. It assumes a vehicle with mandatory options, driver and front passenger weight (150 pounds [68 kilograms] each), no cargo weight (internal or external) and a tongue load of 1015% (conventional trailer) or king pin weight of 1525% (fifth wheel trailer). Consult an authorized dealer (or the RV and Trailer Towing Guide available at an authorized dealer) for more detailed information.
Tongue Load or Fifth Wheel King Pin Weight - refers to the amount of the weight that a trailer pushes down on a trailer hitch.

Examples: For a 5000 pound (2268 kilogram) conventional trailer, multiply 5000 by 0.10 and 0.15 to obtain a proper tongue load range of 500 to 750 pounds (227 to 340 kilograms). For an 11500 pound (5216 kilogram) fifth wheel trailer, multiply by 0.15 and 0.25 to obtain a proper king pin load range of 1725 to 2875 pounds (782 to 1304 kilograms).
WARNINGS
Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the Safety Compliance Certification Label.
Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the original tires because they may lower the vehicle's GVWR and GAWR limitations. Replacement tires with a higher limit than the original tires do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations.
Exceeding any vehicle weight rating limitation could result in serious damage to the vehicle and/or personal injury.
Steps for determining the correct load limit:
1. Locate the statement "The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lb." on your vehicle's placard.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

212
Information Provided by:

Load Carrying

2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lb.
4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the "XXX" amount equals 1,400 lb. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lb. (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lb.)
5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
The following gives you a few examples on how to calculate the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity:

*Suppose your vehicle has a 1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo and luggage capacity. You decide to go golfing. Is there enough load capacity to carry you, four of your friends and all the golf bags? You and four friends average 220 pounds (99 kilograms) each and the golf bags weigh approximately 30 pounds (13.5 kilograms) each. The calculation would be: 1400 (5 x 220) - (5 x 30) = 1400 - 1100 - 150 = 150 pounds. Yes, you have enough load capacity in your vehicle to transport four friends and your golf bags. In metric units, the calculation would be: 635 kilograms - (5 x 99 kilograms) (5 x 13.5 kilograms) = 635 - 495 67.5 = 72.5 kilograms.
*Suppose your vehicle has a 1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo and luggage capacity. You and one of your friends decide to pick up cement from the local home improvement store to finish that patio you have been planning for the past two years. Measuring the inside of the vehicle with the rear seat folded down, you have room for twelve 100-pound (45-kilogram) bags of cement. Do you have enough load capacity to transport the cement to your home? If you and your friend each weigh 220 pounds (99 kilograms), the calculation would be: 1400 (2 x 220) - (12 x 100) = 1400 - 440 - 1200 = - 240 pounds. No, you do not have enough cargo capacity to carry that much weight. In metric units, the calculation would

213

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Load Carrying
be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99 kilograms) - (12 x 45 kilograms) = 635 - 198 - 540 = -103 kilograms. You will need to reduce the load weight by at least 240 pounds (104 kilograms). If you remove three 100-pound (45-kilogram) cement bags, then the load calculation would be: 1400 - (2 x 220) - (9 x 100) = 1400 - 440 900 = 60 pounds. Now you have the load capacity to transport the cement and your friend home. In metric units, the calculation would be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99 kilograms) - (9 x 45 kilograms) = 635 - 198 - 405 = 32 kilograms.
The above calculations also assume that the loads are positioned in your vehicle in a manner that does not overload the Front or the Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating specified for your vehicle on the Safety Compliance Certification Label. The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver's seating position.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

214
Information Provided by:

Towing

TOWING A TRAILER
WARNINGS Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label.
Towing trailers beyond the maximum recommended gross trailer weight exceeds the limit of your vehicle and could result in engine damage, transmission damage, structural damage, loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover and personal injury.
The electrical system on your vehicle may have fuses or relays related to the towing equipment. See Fuses (page 235).
The load capacity of your vehicle is designated by weight not volume. You will not necessarily be able to use all available space when loading your vehicle or trailer.
Towing a trailer places extra load on the engine, transmission, axle, brakes, tires and suspension. Inspect these components before, during and after towing.

Load Placement
To help minimize how trailer movement affects your vehicle when driving:
· Load the heaviest items closest to the trailer floor.
· Load the heaviest items centered between the left and right side trailer tires.
· Load the heaviest items above the trailer axles or just slightly forward toward the trailer tongue. Do not allow the final trailer tongue weight to go above 15% or below 10% of the loaded trailer weight.
· Select a tow bar with the correct rise or drop. When both the loaded vehicle and trailer are connected, the trailer frame should be level, or slightly angled down toward your vehicle, when viewed from the side.
Note: A slight vibration or shudder may be present when you start to drive away due to increased payload weight.
Information on correct trailer loading and preparing your vehicle is available in the load carrying section. See Load Limit (page 207). Further information is available in the RV and Trailer Towing Guide. See an authorized dealer.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

215
Information Provided by:

Towing

RECOMMENDED TOWING WEIGHTS
Note: Do not exceed the trailer weight for your vehicle configuration listed in the chart below.
Note: Make sure to take into consideration trailer frontal area. Do not exceed 12 feet2 (1.11 meters2) for 1.5L GTDI, 1.6L GTDI, and 2.5L TiVCT or 20 feet2 (1.86 meters2) for 2.0L GTDI.
Note: For high altitude operation, reduce the gross combined weight by 2% per 1000 feet (300 meters) starting at the 1000 foot (300 meter) elevation point.

Note: Certain states require electric trailer brakes for trailers over a specified weight. Be sure to check state regulations for this specified weight. The maximum trailer weights listed may be limited to this specified weight, as the vehicle's electrical system may not include the wiring connector needed to activate electric trailer brakes.
Your vehicle may tow a trailer provided the maximum trailer weight is less than or equal to the maximum trailer weight listed for your vehicle configuration on the following chart.

Powertrain 1.5L GTDI 1.6L GTDI 2.0L GTDI 2.5L TiVCT *Calculated with SAE J2807 method.

Maximum trailer weight* 1000 lb (454 kg) 1000 lb (454 kg) 2000 lb (907 kg) 1000 lb (454 kg)

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

216
Information Provided by:

Towing

ESSENTIAL TOWING CHECKS
Follow these guidelines to ensure safe towing:
· Do not tow a trailer until you drive your vehicle at least 1000 miles (1600 kilometers).
· Consult your local motor vehicle laws for towing a trailer.
· See the instructions included with towing accessories for the proper installation and adjustment specifications.
· Service your vehicle more frequently if you tow a trailer. Refer to your scheduled maintenance information.
· If you use a rental trailer, follow the instructions the rental agency gives you.
You can find information on load specification terms found on the tire label and Safety Compliance label as well as instructions on calculating your vehicle's load in the Load Carrying chapter. See Load Limit (page 207).
Remember to account for the trailer tongue weight as part of your vehicle load when calculating the total vehicle weight.
Hitches
Do not use a hitch that either clamps onto the bumper or attaches to the axle.
Distribute the trailer load so 10-15% of the total trailer weight is on the tongue.
Safety Chains
Note: Never attach safety chains to the bumper.
Always connect the trailer's safety chains to the hook retainers of your vehicle hitch.

To connect the trailer's safety chains, cross them under the trailer tongue and allow enough slack for turning tight corners. Do not allow the chains to drag on the ground.
Trailer Brakes
WARNING
Do not connect a trailer's hydraulic brake system directly to your vehicle's brake system. Your vehicle may not have enough braking power and your chances of having a collision greatly increase.
Electric brakes and manual, automatic or surge-type trailer brakes are safe if you install them properly and adjust them to the manufacturer's specifications. The trailer brakes must meet local and federal regulations.
The rating for the tow vehicle's braking system operation is at the gross vehicle weight rating, not the gross combined weight rating.
Separate functioning brake systems are required for safe control of towed vehicles and trailers weighing more than 1500 pounds (680 kilograms) when loaded.
Trailer Lamps
WARNING
Never connect any trailer lamp wiring to the vehicle's tail lamp wiring; this may damage the electrical system resulting in a fire. Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible for assistance in proper trailer tow wiring installation. Additional electrical equipment may be required.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

217
Information Provided by:

Towing

Trailer lamps are required on most towed vehicles. Make sure all running lights, brake lights, turn signals and hazard lights are working.
Before Towing a Trailer
Practice turning, stopping and backing-up to get the feel of your vehicle-trailer combination before starting on a trip. When turning, make wider turns so the trailer wheels clear curbs and other obstacles.
When Towing a Trailer
· Do not drive faster than 70 mph (113 km/h) during the first 500 miles (800 kilometers).
· Do not make full-throttle starts.
· Check your hitch, electrical connections and trailer wheel lug nuts thoroughly after you have traveled 50 miles (80 kilometers).
· When stopped in congested or heavy traffic during hot weather, place the gearshift in position P (automatic transmission) or neutral (manual transmission) to aid engine and transmission cooling and to help A/C performance.
· Turn off the speed control with heavy loads or in hilly terrain. The speed control may turn off automatically when you are towing on long, steep grades.
· Shift to a lower gear when driving down a long or steep hill. Do not apply the brakes continuously, as they may overheat and become less effective.
· If your transmission is equipped with a Grade Assist or Tow/Haul feature, use this feature when towing. This provides engine braking and helps eliminate excessive transmission shifting for optimum fuel economy and transmission cooling.

· Allow more distance for stopping with a trailer attached. Anticipate stops and brake gradually.
· Avoid parking on a grade. However, if you must park on a grade:
1. Turn the steering wheel to point your vehicle tires away from traffic flow.
2. Set your vehicle parking brake.
3. Place the automatic transmission in position P or manual transmission in a low gear.
4. Place wheel chocks in front and back of the trailer wheels. (Chocks not included with vehicle.)
Launching or Retrieving a Boat or Personal Watercraft (PWC)
Note: Disconnect the wiring to the trailer before backing the trailer into the water.
Note: Reconnect the wiring to the trailer after removing the trailer from the water.
When backing down a ramp during boat launching or retrieval:
· Do not allow the static water level to rise above the bottom edge of the rear bumper.
· Do not allow waves to break higher than 6 inches (15 centimeters) above the bottom edge of the rear bumper.
Exceeding these limits may allow water to enter vehicle components:
· Causing internal damage to the components.
· Affecting drivability, emissions, and reliability.
Replace the rear axle lubricant anytime the rear axle has been submerged in water. Water may have contaminated the rear axle lubricant, which is not normally checked or changed unless a leak is suspected or other axle repair is required.

218

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Towing

TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE
E143886
If you need to have your vehicle towed, contact a professional towing service or, if you are a member of a roadside assistance program, your roadside assistance service provider. We recommend the use of a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment to tow your vehicle. Do not tow with a slingbelt. Ford Motor Company has not approved a slingbelt towing procedure. Vehicle damage may occur if towed incorrectly, or by any other means. Ford Motor Company produces a towing manual for all authorized tow truck operators. Have your tow truck operator refer to this manual for proper hook-up and towing procedures for your vehicle.

It is acceptable to have your front-wheel drive vehicle towed from the front if using proper wheel lift equipment to raise the front wheels off the ground. When towing in this manner, the rear wheels can remain on the ground.
Front-wheel drive vehicles must have the front wheels placed on a tow dolly when towing your vehicle from the rear using wheel lift equipment. This prevents damage to the transmission.
Towing an all-wheel drive vehicle requires that all wheels be off the ground, such as using a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment. This prevents damage to the transmission, all-wheel drive system and vehicle.
TOWING THE VEHICLE ON FOUR WHEELS
Emergency Towing
If your vehicle becomes inoperable (without access to wheel dollies, car-hauling trailer, or flatbed transport vehicle), it can be flat-towed (all wheels on the ground, regardless of the powertrain and transmission configuration) under the following conditions:
· Your vehicle is facing forward for towing in a forward direction.
· Place the transmission in position N. If you cannot move the transmission into N, you may need to override it. See Transmission (page 161).
· Maximum speed is 35 mph (56 km/h).
· Maximum distance is 50 miles (80 kilometers).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

219
Information Provided by:

Towing
Recreational Towing
Note: Put your climate control system in recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust fumes from entering the vehicle. See Climate Control (page 117).
Follow these guidelines if you have a need for recreational (RV) towing. An example of recreational towing would be towing your vehicle behind a motorhome. We designed these guidelines to prevent damage to your transmission.
Front-wheel Drive Vehicles
Front-wheel drive vehicles CANNOT be flat-towed (all wheels on the ground) as vehicle or transmission damage may occur. It is recommended to tow your vehicle with the front wheels off the ground by using a tow dolly. If you are using a tow dolly, follow the instructions specified by the equipment provider.
All-wheel Drive Vehicles
All-wheel drive vehicles CANNOT be flat-towed (all wheels on the ground) as vehicle or transmission damage may occur. It is recommended to tow your vehicle with all four (4) wheels off the ground such as when using a car-hauling trailer. Otherwise, you cannot recreational tow your vehicle.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

220
Information Provided by:

Driving Hints

BREAKING-IN
You need to break in new tires for approximately 300 miles (480 kilometers). During this time, your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics.
Avoid driving too fast during the first 1000 miles (1600 kilometers). Vary your speed frequently and change up through the gears early. Do not labor the engine.
Do not tow during the first 1000 miles (1600 kilometers).
ECONOMICAL DRIVING
Fuel economy is affected by several things such as how you drive, the conditions you drive under and how you maintain your vehicle.
There are some things to keep in mind that may improve your fuel economy:
· Accelerate and slow down in a smooth, moderate fashion.
· Drive at steady speeds.
· Anticipate stops; slowing down may eliminate the need to stop.
· Combine errands and minimize stop-and-go driving.
· When running errands, go to the furthest destination first and then work your way back home.
· Close the windows for high-speed driving.
· Drive at reasonable speeds. (Traveling at 65 mph/105 kph uses about 15% less fuel than traveling at 75 mph/121 kph).
· Keep the tires properly inflated and use only the recommended size.

· Use the recommended engine oil. · Perform all regularly scheduled
maintenance.
There are also some things you may want to avoid doing because they reduce your fuel economy: · Avoid sudden or hard accelerations. · Avoid revving the engine before turning
off the car. · Avoid long idle periods. · Do not warm up your vehicle on cold
mornings. · Reduce the use of air conditioning and
heat. · Avoid using speed control in hilly
terrain. · Do not rest your foot on the brake
pedal while driving. · Avoid carrying unnecessary weight
(approximately 1 mpg [0.4 kilometers/liter] is lost for every 400 lbs [180 kilograms] of weight carried). · Avoid adding particular accessories to your vehicle (e.g. bug deflectors, rollbars/light bars, running boards, ski racks). · Avoid driving with the wheels out of alignment.
DRIVING THROUGH WATER
WARNING
Do not drive through flowing or deep water as you may lose control of your vehicle.
Note: Driving through standing water can cause vehicle damage.
Note: Engine damage can occur if water enters the air filter.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

221
Information Provided by:

Driving Hints

Before driving through standing water, check the depth. Never drive through water that is higher than the bottom of the front rocker area of your vehicle.
E176360
When driving through standing water, drive very slowly and do not stop your vehicle. Your brake performance and traction may be limited. After driving through water and as soon as it is safe to do so: · Lightly press the brake pedal to dry the
brakes and to check that they work. · Check that the horn works. · Check that the exterior lights work. · Turn the steering wheel to check that
the steering power assist works.
FLOOR MATS
WARNINGS Always use floor mats that are designed to fit the foot well of your vehicle. Only use floor mats that leave the pedal area unobstructed. Only use floor mats that are firmly secured to retention posts so that they cannot slip out of position and interfere with the pedals or impair safe operation of your vehicle in other ways. Pedals that cannot move freely can cause loss of vehicle control and increase the risk of serious personal injury.

WARNINGS
Always make sure that the floor mats are properly attached to the retention posts in the carpet that are supplied with your vehicle. Floor mats must be properly secured to both retention posts to make sure mats do not shift out of position.
Never place floor mats or any other covering in the vehicle foot well that cannot be properly secured to prevent them from moving and interfering with the pedals or the ability to control the vehicle.
Never place floor mats or any other covering on top of already installed floor mats. Floor mats should always rest on top of vehicle carpeting surface and not another floor mat or other covering. Additional floor mats or any other covering will reduce the pedal clearance and potentially interfere with pedal operation.
Check attachment of floor mats on a regular basis. Always properly reinstall and secure floor mats that have been removed for cleaning or replacement.
Always make sure that objects cannot fall into the driver foot well while the vehicle is moving. Objects that are loose can become trapped under the pedals causing a loss of vehicle control.
Failure to properly follow floor mat installation or attachment instructions can potentially cause interference with pedal operation causing a loss of vehicle control.

222

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Driving Hints
E142666
To install floor mats, position the floor mat so that the eyelet is over the retention post and press down to lock in. To remove the floor mat, reverse the installation procedure.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

223
Information Provided by:

Roadside Emergencies

ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE
Vehicles Sold In The U.S.: Getting Roadside Assistance
To fully assist you should you have a vehicle concern, Ford Motor Company offers a complimentary roadside assistance program. This program is separate from the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. The service is available:
· 24 hours, seven days a week.
· for the coverage period listed on the Roadside Assistance Card included in your Owner's Manual portfolio.
Roadside assistance will cover:
· a flat tire change with a good spare, if provided with the vehicle (except vehicles that have been supplied with a tire inflation kit).
· battery jump start.
· lock-out assistance (key replacement cost is the customer's responsibility).
· fuel delivery -- Independent Service Contractors, if not prohibited by state, local or municipal law, shall deliver up to 2.0 gallons (7.5 liters) of gasoline or 5.0 gallons (18.9 liters) of diesel fuel to a disabled vehicle. Fuel delivery service is limited to two no-charge occurrences within a 12-month period.
· winch out -- available within 100 feet (30.5 meters) of a paved or county maintained road, no recoveries.
· towing -- Ford and Lincoln eligible vehicles towed to an authorized dealer within 35 miles (56.3 kilometers) of the disablement location or to the nearest authorized dealer. If a member requests to be towed to an authorized dealer more than 35 miles (56.3 kilometers) from the disablement location, the member shall be responsible for any mileage costs in excess of 35 miles (56.3 kilometers).

Trailers shall be covered up to $200 if the disabled eligible vehicle requires service at the nearest authorized dealer. If the trailer is disabled, but the towing vehicle is operational, the trailer does not qualify for any roadside services.
Vehicles Sold In The U.S. : Using Roadside Assistance
Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your wallet for quick reference. This card is found in the owner's information portfolio in the glove compartment.
U.S. Ford vehicle customers who require Roadside Assistance, call 1-800-241-3673.
If you need to arrange roadside assistance for yourself, Ford Motor Company will reimburse a reasonable amount for towing to the nearest dealership within 35 miles (56.3 kilometers). To obtain reimbursement information, U.S. Ford vehicle customers call 1-800-241-3673. Customers will be asked to submit their original receipts.
Vehicles Sold In Canada : Getting Roadside Assistance
Canadian customers who require roadside assistance, call 1-800-665-2006.
Vehicles Sold In Canada : Using Roadside Assistance
For your convenience, you may complete the roadside assistance identification card found in the centerfold of your warranty guide and retain for future reference.
Canadian roadside coverage and benefits may differ from the U.S. coverage. If you require more information, please refer to the coverage section of your warranty guide, call us in Canada at 1-800-665-2006, or visit our website at www.ford.ca.

224

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Roadside Emergencies

HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS
Note: If used when the vehicle is not running, the battery will lose charge. There may be insufficient power to restart your vehicle.
The hazard warning button is located on the instrument panel. Use it when your vehicle is creating a safety hazard for other motorists.
· Press the button to turn on the hazard warning function, and the front and rear direction indicators will flash.
· Press the button again to turn them off.
FUEL SHUTOFF
WARNING
Failure to inspect and, if necessary, repair fuel leaks after a collision may increase the risk of fire and serious injury. Ford Motor Company recommends that the fuel system be inspected by an authorized dealer after any collision.
In the event of a moderate to severe collision, this vehicle includes a fuel pump shutoff feature that stops the flow of fuel to the engine. Not every impact will cause a shutoff.
Should your vehicle shut off after a collision, you may restart your vehicle. For vehicles equipped with a key system: 1. Switch off the ignition. 2. Switch on the ignition. 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to re-enable the
fuel pump.

For vehicles equipped with a push button start system:
1. Press the START/STOP button to switch off the ignition.
2. Press the brake pedal and press the START/STOP button to start the vehicle.
3. Remove your foot from the brake pedal and press the START/STOP button to switch off the ignition.
4. You can either attempt to start the engine by pressing the brake pedal and the START/STOP button, or switch on the ignition only by pressing the START/STOP button without pressing the brake pedal. Both ways re-enable the fuel system.
Note: When you try to restart your vehicle after a fuel shutoff, the vehicle makes sure that various systems are safe to restart. Once your vehicle determines that the systems are safe, then the vehicle will allow you to restart.
Note: In the event that your vehicle does not restart after your third attempt, contact an authorized dealer.
JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE
WARNINGS The gases around the battery can explode if exposed to flames, sparks, or lit cigarettes. An explosion could result in personal injury or vehicle damage.
Batteries contain sulfuric acid which can burn skin, eyes and clothing, if contacted.
Use only an adequate-sized cable with insulated clamps.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

225
Information Provided by:

Roadside Emergencies

Preparing Your Vehicle
Note: Do not attempt to push-start your automatic transmission vehicle. Automatic transmissions do not have push-start capability. Attempting to push-start a vehicle with an automatic transmission may cause transmission damage.
Note: Use only a 12-volt supply to start your vehicle.
Note: Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled vehicle as this could damage the vehicle's electrical system.
Park the booster vehicle close to the hood of the disabled vehicle, making sure the two vehicles do not touch. Turn all accessories off.
Connecting the Jumper Cables
WARNING
Do not attach the cables to fuel lines, engine rocker covers, the intake manifold or electrical components as grounding points. Stay clear of moving parts. To avoid reverse polarity connections, make sure that you correctly identify the positive (+) and negative (-) terminals on both the disabled and booster vehicles before connecting the cables.
Note: In the illustration, the bottom vehicle represents the booster vehicle.

E142664
1. Connect the positive (+) jumper cable to the positive (+) terminal of the discharged battery.
2. Connect the other end of the positive (+) cable to the positive (+) terminal of the assisting battery.
3. Connect the negative (-) cable to the negative (-) terminal of the assisting battery.
4. Make the final connection of the negative (-) cable to an exposed metal part of the stalled vehicle's engine, or connect the negative (-) cable to a ground connection point if available.
WARNING
Do not connect the end of the second cable to the negative (-) terminal of the battery to be jumped. A spark may cause an explosion of the gases that surround the battery.

226

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Roadside Emergencies

Jump Starting 1. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and rev the engine moderately, or press the accelerator gently to keep your engine speed between 2000 and 3000 rpms, as shown in your tachometer. 2. Start the engine of the disabled vehicle. 3. Once the disabled vehicle has been started, run both vehicle engines for an additional three minutes before disconnecting the jumper cables. Removing the Jumper Cables Remove the jumper cables in the reverse order that they were connected.
4
1 2
3
E142665
1. Remove the jumper cable from the ground metal surface or connecting point, if available.

2. Remove the jumper cable on the negative (-) terminal of the booster vehicle's battery.
3. Remove the jumper cable from the positive (+) terminal of the booster vehicle's battery.
4. Remove the jumper cable from the positive (+) terminal of the disabled vehicle's battery.
After the disabled vehicle has been started and the jumper cables removed, allow it to idle for several minutes so the battery can recharge.
POST-CRASH ALERT SYSTEM
The system flashes the turn signal lamps and sounds the horn (intermittently) in the event of a serious impact that deploys an airbag (front, side, side curtain or Safety Canopy) or the safety belt pretensioners.
The horn and lamps will turn off when:
· The hazard control button is pressed
· The panic button (if equipped) is pressed on the remote entry transmitter
· Your vehicle runs out of power
SPINOUT DETECTION
If your vehicle detects a spinout and it comes to a stop, the hazard warning flashers turn on. A spinout detected message appears in the information display. The message may not appear if your vehicle runs out of power.
After your vehicle's hazard warning flashers turn on, you can switch them off by:
· Pressing the hazard warning flasher button.
· Pressing the remote control unlock button.

227

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Roadside Emergencies
· Pressing the remote control panic button.
· Switching the ignition on and off twice.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

228
Information Provided by:

Customer Assistance

GETTING THE SERVICES YOU NEED
Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be performed by an authorized dealer. While any authorized dealer handling your vehicle line will provide warranty service, we recommend you return to your selling authorized dealer who wants to ensure your continued satisfaction.
Please note that certain warranty repairs require special training and equipment, so not all authorized dealers are authorized to perform all warranty repairs. This means that, depending on the warranty repair needed, you may have to take your vehicle to another authorized dealer.
A reasonable time must be allowed to perform a repair after taking your vehicle to the authorized dealer. Repairs will be made using Ford or Motorcraft® parts, or remanufactured or other parts that are authorized by Ford.
Away From Home
If you are away from home when your vehicle needs service, contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center or use the online resources listed below to find the nearest authorized dealer.
In the United States:
Mailing address
Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center P.O. Box 6248 Dearborn, MI 48121
Telephone
1-800-392-3673 (FORD) (TDD for the hearing impaired: 1-800-232-5952)
Online
Additional information and resources are available online at www.fordowner.com

These are some of the items that can be found online: · U.S. dealer locator by Dealer Name,
City/State or Zip Code. · Owner Manuals. · Maintenance Schedules. · Recalls. · Ford Extended Service Plans. · Ford Genuine Accessories. · Service specials and promotions.
In Canada:
Mailing address
Customer Relationship Centre Ford Motor Company of Canada, Limited P.O. Box 2000 Oakville, Ontario L6K 0C8
Telephone
1-800-565-3673 (FORD)
Online
www.ford.ca
Additional Assistance
If you have questions or concerns, or are unsatisfied with the service you are receiving, follow these steps:
1. Contact your Sales Representative or Service Advisor at your selling/servicing authorized dealer.
2. If your inquiry or concern remains unresolved, contact the Sales Manager, Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager.
3. If you require assistance or clarification on Ford Motor Company policies, please contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center.

229

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Customer Assistance

In order to help us serve you better, please have the following information available when contacting a Customer Relationship Center:
· Vehicle Identification Number.
· Your telephone number (home and business).
· The name of the authorized dealer and city where located.
· The vehicle's current odometer reading.
In some states, you must directly notify Ford in writing before pursuing remedies under your state's warranty laws. Ford is also allowed a final repair attempt in some states.
In the United States, a warranty dispute must be submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE before taking action under the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, or to the extent allowed by state law, before pursuing replacement or repurchase remedies provided by certain state laws. This dispute handling procedure is not required prior to enforcing state created rights or other rights which are independent of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act or state replacement or repurchase laws.
IN CALIFORNIA (U.S. ONLY)
California Civil Code Section 1793.2(d) requires that, if a manufacturer or its representative is unable to repair a motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle's applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts, the manufacturer shall be required to either replace the vehicle with one substantially identical or repurchase the vehicle and reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to the actual price paid or payable by the consumer (less a reasonable allowance for consumer use). The consumer has the right to choose whether to receive a refund or replacement vehicle.

California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b) presumes that the manufacturer has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties if, within the first 18 months of ownership of a new vehicle or the first 18000 miles (29 000 km), whichever occurs first:
1. Two or more repair attempts are made on the same non-conformity likely to cause death or serious bodily injury OR
2. Four or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity (a defect or condition that substantially impairs the use, value or safety of the vehicle) OR
3. The vehicle is out of service for repair of nonconformities for a total of more than 30 calendar days (not necessarily all at one time).
In the case of 1 or 2 above, the consumer must also notify the manufacturer of the need for the repair of the nonconformity at the following address:
Ford Motor Company 16800 Executive Plaza Drive Mail Drop 3NE-B Dearborn, MI 48126
You are required to submit your warranty dispute to BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b). You are also required to use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by the Federal Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seek redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b) or the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE is not required by those statutes.

230

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Customer Assistance

THE BETTER BUSINESS
BUREAU (BBB) AUTO LINE
PROGRAM (U.S. ONLY)
Your satisfaction is important to Ford Motor Company and to your dealer. If a warranty concern has not been resolved using the three-step procedure outlined earlier in this chapter in the Getting the Services you need section, you may be eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO LINE program.
The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of two parts mediation and arbitration. During mediation, a representative of the BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor Company to explore options for settlement of the claim. If an agreement is not reached during mediation or you do not want to participate in mediation, and if your claim is eligible, you may participate in the arbitration process. An arbitration hearing will be scheduled so that you can present your case in an informal setting before an impartial person. The arbitrator will consider the testimony provided and make a decision after the hearing.
Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE program are usually decided within forty days after you file your claim with the BBB. You are not bound by the decision, and may reject the decision and proceed to court where all findings of the BBB Auto Line dispute, and decision, are admissible in the court action. Should you choose to accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision, Ford is then bound by the decision, and must comply with the decision within 30 days of receipt of your acceptance letter.
BBB AUTO LINE Application: Using the information provided below, please call or write to request a program application. You will be asked for your name and address, general information about your new vehicle, information about your warranty concerns, and any steps you have

already taken to try to resolve them. A Customer Claim Form will be mailed that will need to be completed, signed and returned to the BBB along with proof of ownership. Upon receipt, the BBB will review the claim for eligibility under the Program Summary Guidelines.
You can get more information by calling BBB AUTO LINE at 1-800-955-5100, or writing to:
BBB AUTO LINE 4200 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 800 Arlington, Virginia 22203-1833
BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be requested by calling the Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center at 1-800-392-3673.
Note: Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change eligibility limitations, modify procedures, or to discontinue this process at any time without notice and without obligation.
UTILIZING THE MEDIATION/ARBITRATION PROGRAM (CANADA ONLY)
For vehicles delivered to authorized Canadian dealers. In those cases where you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford of Canada and the authorized dealer to resolve a factory-related vehicle service concern have been unsatisfactory, Ford of Canada participates in an impartial third party mediation/arbitration program administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).
The CAMVAP program is a straight forward and relatively speedy alternative to resolve a disagreement when all other efforts to produce a settlement have failed. This procedure is without cost to you and is designed to eliminate the need for lengthy and expensive legal proceedings.

231

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Customer Assistance

In the CAMVAP program, impartial third-party arbitrators conduct hearings at mutually convenient times and places in an informal environment. These impartial arbitrators review the positions of the parties, make decisions and, when appropriate, render awards to resolve disputes. CAMVAP decisions are fast, fair, and final as the arbitrator's award is binding on both you and Ford of Canada.
CAMVAP services are available in all Canadian territories and provinces. For more information, without charge or obligation, call your CAMVAP Provincial Administrator directly at 1-800-207-0685 or visit www.camvap.ca.
GETTING ASSISTANCE OUTSIDE THE U.S. AND CANADA
Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign country, contact the appropriate foreign embassy or consulate. These officials can inform you of local vehicle registration regulations and where to find unleaded fuel.
If you cannot find unleaded fuel or can only get fuel with an anti-knock index lower than is recommended for your vehicle, contact our Customer Relationship Center.
The use of leaded fuel in your vehicle without proper conversion may damage the effectiveness of your emission control system and may cause engine knocking or serious engine damage. Ford Motor Company or Ford of Canada is not responsible for any damage caused by use of improper fuel. Using leaded fuel may also result in difficulty importing your vehicle back into the United States.

If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Asia-Pacific Region, Sub-Saharan Africa, U.S. Virgin Islands, Central America, the Caribbean, and Israel, contact the nearest authorized dealer. If the authorized dealer cannot help you, contact:
FORD MOTOR COMPANY Customer Relationship Center 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park #3 Allen Park, Michigan 48101 U.S.A. Telephone: (313) 594-4857 Fax: (313) 390-0804 Email: expcac@ford.com
For customers in Guam, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands (CNMI), America Samoa, and the U.S. Virgin Islands, please feel free to call our Toll-Free Number: (800) 841-FORD (3673).
If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Puerto Rico, contact the nearest authorized dealer. If the authorized dealer cannot help you, contact:
FORD MOTOR COMPANY Customer Relationship Center 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park #3 Allen Park, Michigan 48101 U.S.A. Telephone: (800) 841-FORD (3673) FAX: (313) 390-0804 Email: prcac@ford.com www.ford.com.pr
If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in the Middle East, contact the nearest authorized dealer. If the authorized dealer cannot help you, contact:

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

232
Information Provided by:

Customer Assistance

FORD MOTOR COMPANY Customer Relationship Center 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park #3 Allen Park, Michigan 48101 U.S.A. Telephone: +971 4 3326084 Toll-Free Number of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia: 800 8971409 Local Telephone Number of Kuwait: 24810575 FAX: +971 4 3327299 Email: menacac@ford.com www.me.ford.com
If you buy your vehicle in North America and then relocate to any of the above locations, register your vehicle identification number (VIN) and new address with Ford Motor Company Export Operations & Global Growth Initiatives by emailing expcac@ford.com.
If you are in another foreign country, contact the nearest authorized dealer. In the event your inquiry is unresolved, communicate your concern with the dealership's Sales Manager, Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager. If you require additional assistance or clarification, please contact the respective Customer Relationship Center as previously listed.
Customers in the U.S. should call 1-800-392-3673.
ORDERING ADDITIONAL OWNER'S LITERATURE
To order the publications in this portfolio, contact Helm, Incorporated at:
HELM, INCORPORATED 47911 Halyard Drive Plymouth, Michigan 48170 Attention: Customer Service
Or to order a free publication catalog, call toll free: 1-800-782-4356

Monday-Friday 8:00 a.m. - 6:00 p.m. EST
Helm, Incorporated can also be reached by their website:
www.helminc.com
(Items in this catalog may be purchased by credit card, check or money order.)
Obtaining a French Owner's Manual
French Owner's Manual can be obtained from your authorized dealer or by contacting Helm, Incorporated using the contact information listed previously in this section.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (U.S. ONLY)
E142557
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Ford Motor Company.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Ford Motor Company.

233

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Customer Assistance

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:
Administrator
1200 New Jersey Avenue, Southeast
Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (CANADA ONLY)
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Transport Canada.

Website Phone

Transport Canada Contact Information http://www.tc.gc.ca/eng/roadsafety/menu.htm 18003330510

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

234
Information Provided by:

Fuses

FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART
Power Distribution Box
WARNINGS Always disconnect the battery before servicing high-current fuses.
To reduce risk of electrical shock, always replace the cover to the power distribution box before reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid reservoirs.

The power distribution box is located in the engine compartment. It has high-current fuses that protect your vehicle's main electrical systems from overloads.
If the battery has been disconnected and reconnected, some features will need to be reset. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 255).

E144783

Fuse or relay number 1 2 3

Fuse amp rating 30A3 15A1

Protected components Moonroof 1. Starter relay. Autowipers.

235

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Fuses

Fuse or relay number 4 5 6 7
8
9 10 11
12
13
14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23

Fuse amp rating --
20A3 --
20A1
20A1 --
20A3 15A2
15A2
10A2
10A2 --
20A3 20A3 20A1 10A1 10A1 15A1
10A1 15A1

Protected components Blower motor relay. Power point 3 - Back of console.
Not used. Powertrain control module - vehicle power 1. Powertrain control module - vehicle power 2. Powertrain control module relay. Power point 1 - driver front.
Powertrain control module - vehicle power 4. Powertrain control module - vehicle power 3. Powertrain control module - vehicle power 5. Powertrain control module - vehicle power 6. Run-start relay. Power point 2 - console.
Not used (spare).
Not used (spare).
Run-start electronic power assist steering.
Run/start lighting.
Run/start transmission control. Transmission oil pump start/stop. Air conditioner clutch solenoid.
Run-start. Blind spot information system. Rear view camera.

236

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Fuses

Fuse or relay number
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45

Fuse amp rating
10A1 10A2 10A2 10A1 10A1 5A1
-- -- -- -- 15A1 -- -- 10A1 -- -- -- -- -- 10A1 20A1 --

Protected components Adaptive cruise control. Heads-up display. Voltage stability module. Run-start 7.
Run-start anti-lock brake system.
Run-start powertrain control module.
Not used (spare).
Not used (spare).
Mass air flow monitor.
Not used. Not used. Electronic fan 1 relay. A/C clutch relay. Not used.
Not used. Not used. Not used.
Electronic fan 2 relay Not used. Electronic fan coil 2 and 3 relay. Horn relay. Fuel pump coil relay. Not used.
Not used (spare).
Not used.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

237
Information Provided by:

Fuses

Fuse or relay number 46 47 48 49
50
51 52 53
54
55 1Micro fuse. 2Dual micro fuse. 3M-type fuse.

Fuse amp rating -- -- --
10A1 20A1
-- -- 10A1 10A2 10A2

Protected components Not used. Not used. Not used. Keep alive power. Horn. Not used. Not used. Power seats. Brake on off switch. ALT sensor.

Power Distribution Box - Bottom
There are fuses located on the bottom of the fuse box. To access the bottom of the fuse box, do the following:

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

238
Information Provided by:

Fuses
1. Release the two latches, located on both sides of the fuse box.
2. Raise the inboard side of the fuse box from the cradle.
3. Move the fuse box toward the center of the engine compartment.
4. Pivot the outboard side of the fuse box to access the bottom side.
E145983

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

239
Information Provided by:

Fuses

E144949

Fuse or relay number 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65

Fuse amp rating --
30A1 30A1 30A2 30A2
-- 50A2 20A1 30A1 20A1

Protected components Not used. Diesel vaporizer or E100. Fuel pump feed. 500W Electronic fan 3. 500W Electronic fan 1. Not used. Body control module 1. 500W Electronic fan 2. Not used (spare). Front heated seat.

240

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Fuses

Fuse or relay number 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78
79 80 81 82 83 84 85

Fuse amp rating --
50A2 40A1 30A1 30A1 50A2 20A1 20A1 30A1 25A1 30A1 30A1 40A1
-- 40A2 25A1 40A1
25A1 30A1 30A1

Protected components Not used. Body control module 2. Heated rear window. Anti-lock brake system valves. Passenger seat. Active front steering. Trans oil pump. Rear heated seats. Driver seat module. Wiper motor 1. Power lift-gate module. Climate control seat module. Not used (spare).
Blower motor. Wiper motor 2. 110 volt inverter. Not used. TRCM shifter. Starter solenoid. Moonroof 2.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

241
Information Provided by:

Fuses

Fuse or relay number 86 87
1 M-type fuse. 2J-type fuse.

Fuse amp rating
60A2

Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel
The fuse panel is located under the instrument panel to the left of the steering column.

Protected components Not used. Anti-lock brake system pump.
Note: It may be easier to access the fuse panel if you remove the finish trim piece.

E145984

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

242
Information Provided by:

Fuses

Fuse or relay number 1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13
14 15 16
17 18
19

Fuse amp rating 10A1
7.5A1 20A1 5A1 20A1 10A2 10A2 10A2 10A2 5A2
5A2 7.5A2 7.5A2
10A2 10A2 15A1
5A2 5A2
5A2

Protected components Lighting (ambient, glove box, vanity, dome, trunk). Memory seats, lumbar, power mirror.
Driver door unlock.
Not used (spare).
Subwoofer amplifier.
Heated seat relay coil.
Not used (spare).
Not used (spare).
Not used (spare).
Keypad. Power decklid module. Not used.
Climate control.
Steering wheel column lock. Cluster. Datelink logic. Not used.
Datalink gateway module.
Child lock. Decklid-liftglass release. Not used (spare).
Ignition. Push button stop start switch. Passenger airbag disabled indicator. Transmission range

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

243
Information Provided by:

Fuses

Fuse or relay number 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
33 34 35 36

Fuse amp rating 5A2 5A2
5A2 10A1 20A1 30A1 30A1 30A1 20A1 30A1 30A1
10A1
20A1 30A1 5A1 15A1

Protected components Not used (spare).
Humidity and incar temperature sensor. Blind spot information system. Rear video camera. Adaptive cruise control. Occupant classification sensor.
Delayed accessory (power inverter logic, moonroof logic). Central lock unlock.
Driver door (window, mirror).
Front passenger door (window, mirror).
Moonroof.
Amplifier.
Rear driver side door (window).
Rear passenger side door (window).
Spare. Global positioning system. Display. Voice control. Adaptive cruise control. Radio frequency receiver. Radio.
Run-start bus (fuse 19, 20, 21, 22, 35, 36, 37, circuit breaker). Restraints control module.
Auto-dimming rear view mirror. Heated seat. All-wheel drive.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

244
Information Provided by:

Fuses

Fuse or relay number 37
38 1Micro fuse. 2Dual micro fuse.

Fuse amp rating 15A1 30A

Protected components Voltage stability module logic power. Not used (spare).

CHANGING A FUSE
Fuses
WARNING
Always replace a fuse with one that has the specified amperage rating. Using a fuse with a higher amperage rating can cause severe wire damage and could start a fire.

E142430
If electrical components in the vehicle are not working, a fuse may have blown. A break in the fuse wire will indicate a blown fuse. Check the appropriate fuses before replacing any electrical components.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

245
Information Provided by:

Maintenance

GENERAL INFORMATION
Have your vehicle serviced regularly to help maintain its roadworthiness and resale value. There is a large network of Ford authorized dealers that are there to help you with their professional servicing expertise. We believe that their specially trained technicians are best qualified to service your vehicle properly and expertly. They are supported by a wide range of highly specialized tools developed specifically for servicing your vehicle.
To help you service your vehicle, we provide scheduled maintenance information which makes tracking routine service easy. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 458).
If your vehicle requires professional service, your authorized dealer can provide the necessary parts and service. Check your warranty information to find out which parts and services are covered.
Use only recommended fuels, lubricants, fluids and service parts conforming to specifications. Motorcraft® parts are designed and built to provide the best performance in your vehicle.
Precautions
· Do not work on a hot engine.
· Make sure that nothing gets caught in moving parts.
· Do not work on a vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed space, unless you are sure you have enough ventilation.
· Keep all open flames and other burning material (such as cigarettes) away from the battery and all fuel related parts.

Working with the Engine Off 1. Set the parking brake and shift to P
(Park). 2. Turn off the engine and remove the key
(if equipped). 3. Block the wheels. Working with the Engine On
WARNING To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and/or personal burn injuries, do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running.
1. Set the parking brake and shift to P (Park).
2. Block the wheels
OPENING AND CLOSING THE HOOD
E142457
1. To open the hood, go inside the vehicle and pull the hood release handle located under the left-hand side of the instrument panel.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

246
Information Provided by:

Maintenance

2. Go to the front of the vehicle and locate the secondary release lever, which is located under the front of the hood, to your right of the center of the vehicle (driver's side), near the headlight.
3. Release the hood latch by pushing the yellow secondary release lever to your left, toward the center of the vehicle.

4. Raise the hood and support it with the prop rod by securing the prop rod in the proper hole in the hood.
5. To close the hood, lift the hood slightly and separate the prop rod from the hood and secure the prop rod in the clip.
6. Lower the hood and allow it to drop the last 10-12 inches (25 to 30 centimeters).
Note: Make sure that you close the hood properly and that it fully latches on both sides of the hood.

E169261

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

247
Information Provided by:

Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 1.5L ECOBOOSTTM/1.6L ECOBOOSTTM

E184600
A Engine coolant reservoir B Engine oil filler cap C Engine oil dipstick D Brake fluid reservoir cap E Battery F Power distribution box G Engine air filter assembly H Windshield washer fluid reservoir cap

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

248
Information Provided by:

Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 2.0L ECOBOOSTTM

E159754
A Engine coolant reservoir cap B Engine oil dipstick C Engine oil filler cap D Brake fluid reservoir cap E Battery F Power distribution box G Engine air filter assembly H Windshield washer fluid reservoir cap

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

249
Information Provided by:

Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 2.5L

E169801
A. Engine coolant reservoir cap B. Engine oil filler cap C. Engine oil dipstick D. Brake fluid reservoir cap E. Battery F. Power distribution box G. Air filter housing cover H. Windshield washer fluid reservoir cap

ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK - 1.5L ECOBOOSTTM

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

E146020
A B

MIN MAX

250

Information Provided by:

Maintenance

ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK - 2.0L ECOBOOSTTM/2.5L

E169062
A B

MIN MAX

ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK - 1.6L ECOBOOSTTM

1. Make sure that your vehicle is on level ground.
2. Turn the engine off and wait 10 minutes for the oil to drain into the oil pan.
3. Remove the dipstick and wipe it with a clean, lint-free cloth. Replace the dipstick and remove it again to check the oil level.
If the level is at the MIN mark, add oil immediately.
Adding Engine Oil
Note: Do not remove the filler cap when the engine is running.
Note: Do not add oil further than the MAX mark. Oil levels above the MAX mark may cause engine damage.

E95540
A B

Minimum Maximum

ENGINE OIL CHECK
Note: Check the level before starting the engine. Note: Make sure that the level is between the MIN and the MAX marks.

E142732
Only use oils certified for gasoline engines by the American Petroleum Institute (API). An oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the International Lubricants Specification Advisory Council (ILSAC), comprised of U.S. and Japanese automobile manufacturers.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

251
Information Provided by:

Maintenance

1. Remove the filler cap. 2. Add engine oil that meets the Ford
specifications. See Capacities and Specifications (page 312). 3. Replace the filler cap. Turn it until you feel a strong resistance.
OIL CHANGE INDICATOR RESET
To reset the oil monitoring system after an oil change, See (page 93).
ENGINE COOLANT CHECK
WARNINGS Do not add engine coolant when the engine is hot. Steam and scalding liquids released from a hot cooling system can burn you badly. Also, spilling coolant on hot engine parts can burn you.
Do not put engine coolant in the windshield washer fluid container. If sprayed on the windshield, engine coolant could make it difficult to see through the windshield.
To reduce the risk of personal injury, make sure the engine is cool before unscrewing the coolant pressure relief cap. The cooling system is under pressure. steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when you loosen the cap slightly.
Do not add coolant further than the MAX mark.
Checking the Engine Coolant
When the engine is cold, check the concentration and level of the engine coolant at the intervals listed in the scheduled maintenance information. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 458).

Note: Make sure that the coolant level is between the MIN and MAX marks on the coolant reservoir.
Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The level may extend beyond the MAX mark.
Note: If the level is at the MIN mark, below the MIN mark, or empty, add coolant immediately. See Adding Engine Coolant in this chapter.
Maintain coolant concentration within 48% to 50%, which equates to a freeze point between -30°F (-34°C) and -34°F (-37°C).
Note: For best results, coolant concentration should be tested with a refractometer such as Robinair Coolant and Battery Refractometer 75240. We do not recommend the use of hydrometers or coolant test strips for measuring coolant concentrations.
Note: Automotive fluids are not interchangeable. Do not use engine coolant, antifreeze or windshield washer fluid outside of its specified function and vehicle location.
Adding Engine Coolant
Note: Do not use stop leak pellets, cooling system sealants or additives as they can cause damage to the engine cooling or heating systems. Your warranty may not cover these damages.
Note: During normal vehicle operation, the engine coolant may change color from orange to pink or light red. As long as the engine coolant is clear and uncontaminated, this color change does not indicate that the engine coolant has degraded, nor does it require that you drain the engine coolant, flush the system or replace the engine coolant.

252

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Maintenance

Do not mix different colors or types of coolant in your vehicle. Mixing of engine coolants may harm your engine's cooling system. The use of an improper coolant may harm engine and cooling system components and may void the warranty. Use prediluted engine coolant meeting the Ford specification. See Capacities and Specifications (page 312).
In case of emergency, you can add a large amount of water without engine coolant in order to reach a vehicle service location. In this instance, qualified personnel:
1. Must drain the cooling system.
2. Chemically clean the coolant system with Motorcraft Premium Cooling System Flush.
3. Refill with engine coolant as soon as possible.
Water alone, without engine coolant, can cause engine damage from corrosion, overheating or freezing.
Do not use the following as a coolant substitute:
· Alcohol.
· Methanol.
· Brine.
· Any engine coolant mixed with alcohol or methanol antifreeze or coolant.
Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine damage from overheating or freezing.
Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to the coolant. These can be harmful and compromise the corrosion protection of the engine coolant.
When adding coolant:
1. Unscrew the cap slowly. Any pressure will escape as you unscrew the cap.
2. Add prediluted engine coolant meeting the Ford specification. See Capacities and Specifications (page 312).

3. Check the coolant level in the coolant reservoir the next few times you drive your vehicle.
4. If necessary, add enough prediluted engine coolant to bring the coolant level to the proper level.
Recycled Engine Coolant
Ford Motor Company does not recommend the use of recycled engine coolant since a Ford-approved recycling process is not yet available.
Used engine coolant should be disposed of in an appropriate manner. Follow your community's regulations and standards for recycling and disposing of automotive fluids.
Severe Climates
If you drive in extremely cold climates:
· It may be necessary to have a Ford authorized dealer increase the coolant concentration above 50%.
· A coolant concentration of 60% will provide improved freeze point protection. Engine coolant concentrations above 60% will decrease the overheat protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage.
If you drive in extremely hot climates:
· It may be necessary to have a Ford authorized dealer decrease the coolant concentration to 40%.
· A coolant concentration of 40% will provide improved overheat protection. Engine coolant concentrations below 40% will decrease the corrosion/freeze protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage.

253

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Maintenance

Vehicles driven year-round in non-extreme climates should use prediluted engine coolant for optimum cooling system and engine protection.
What You Should Know About FailSafe Cooling
If the engine coolant supply is depleted, this feature allows the vehicle to be driven temporarily before incremental component damage is incurred. The fail-safe distance depends on outside temperatures, vehicle load and terrain.
How Fail-Safe Cooling Works
If the engine begins to overheat, the engine coolant temperature gauge will move to the red (hot) area and:
A high engine temperature message will appear in the information display.
The service engine soon indicator will light.
If the engine reaches a preset over-temperature condition, the engine will automatically switch to alternating cylinder operation. Each disabled cylinder acts as an air pump and cools the engine.
When this occurs, your vehicle will still operate. However:
· The engine power will be limited.
· The air conditioning system will be disabled.
Continued operation will increase the engine temperature and the engine will completely shut down, causing steering and braking effort to increase.
Once the engine temperature cools, the engine can be re-started. Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer as soon as possible to minimize engine damage.

When Fail-Safe Mode Is Activated
WARNINGS Fail-safe mode is for use during emergencies only. Operate your vehicle in fail-safe mode only as long as necessary to bring your vehicle to rest in a safe location and seek immediate repairs. When in fail-safe mode, your vehicle will have limited power, will not be able to maintain high-speed operation, and may completely shut down without warning, potentially losing engine power, power steering assist, and power brake assist, which may increase the possibility of a crash resulting in serious injury.
Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot.
You have limited engine power when in the fail-safe mode, so drive your vehicle with caution. Your vehicle will not maintain high-speed operation and the engine will operate poorly.
Remember that the engine is capable of automatically shutting down to prevent engine damage. In this situation:
1. Pull off the road as soon as safely possible and switch off the engine.
2. Tow your vehicle to an authorized dealer.
3. If this is not possible, wait a short period for the engine to cool.
4. Check the coolant level and add if low.
5. Re-start the engine and drive your vehicle to an authorized dealer.
Note: Driving your vehicle without repair increases the chance of engine damage. See an authorized dealer as soon as possible.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

254
Information Provided by:

Maintenance

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID CHECK
Note: Transmission fluid should be checked by an authorized dealer. If required, fluid should be added by an authorized dealer.
The automatic transmission does not have a transmission fluid dipstick.
Have an authorized dealer check and change the transmission fluid and filter at the correct service interval. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 458). Your transmission does not consume fluid. However, the fluid level should be checked if the transmission is not working properly, (i.e., if the transmission slips or shifts slowly) or if you notice some sign of fluid leakage.
Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives, treatments or cleaning agents. The use of these materials may affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components.
BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID CHECK
Fluid levels between the MIN and MAX lines are within the normal operating range; there is no need to add fluid. If the fluid levels are outside of the normal operating range, the performance of the system could be compromised; seek service from your authorized dealer immediately.
POWER STEERING FLUID CHECK
Your vehicle is equipped with an electric power steering (EPS) system. There is no fluid reservoir to check or fill.

WASHER FLUID CHECK
WARNING
If you operate your vehicle in temperatures below 40°F (5°C), use washer fluid with antifreeze protection. Failure to use washer fluid with antifreeze protection in cold weather could result in impaired windshield vision and increase the risk of injury or accident.
Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is low. Only use a washer fluid that meets Ford specifications. See Capacities and Specifications (page 312).
State or local regulations on volatile organic compounds may restrict the use of methanol, a common windshield washer antifreeze additive. Washer fluids containing non-methanol antifreeze agents should be used only if they provide cold weather protection without damaging the vehicle's paint finish, wiper blades or washer system.
FUEL FILTER
Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel tank. Regular maintenance or replacement is not needed.
CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY
WARNINGS Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause personal injury. Therefore, do not allow flames, sparks or lighted substances to come near the battery. When working near the battery, always shield your face and protect your eyes. Always provide proper ventilation.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

255
Information Provided by:

Maintenance

WARNINGS
When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the end walls could cause acid to flow through the vent caps, resulting in personal injury and damage to the vehicle or battery. Lift the battery with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners.
Keep batteries out of reach of children. Batteries contain sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect against possible splashing of acid solution. In case of acid contact with skin or eyes, flush immediately with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention. If acid is swallowed, call a physician immediately.
Your vehicle is equipped with a Motorcraft® maintenance-free battery which normally does not require additional water during its life of service.
Note: If your battery has a cover/shield, make sure it is reinstalled after the battery has been cleaned or replaced.
Note: See an authorized dealer for low voltage battery access, testing, or replacement.
When a low voltage battery replacement is necessary, see an authorized dealer to replace the low voltage battery with a Ford recommended replacement low voltage battery that matches the electrical requirements of the vehicle
To ensure proper operation of the battery management system (BMS), do not allow a technician to connect any electrical device ground connection directly to the low voltage battery negative post. A connection at the low voltage battery negative post can cause inaccurate measurements of the battery condition and potential incorrect system operation.

Note: If a person adds electrical or electronic accessories or components to the vehicle, the accessories or components may adversely affect the low voltage battery performance and durability and may also affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle.
For longer, trouble-free operation, keep the top of the battery clean and dry. Also, make certain the battery cables are always tightly fastened to the battery terminals.
If you see any corrosion on the battery or terminals, remove the cables from the terminals and clean with a wire brush. You can neutralize the acid with a solution of baking soda and water.
When a battery replacement is required, the battery should only be replaced with a Ford recommended replacement battery that matches the electrical requirements of the vehicle.
Because your vehicle's engine is electronically-controlled by a computer, some engine control settings are maintained by power from the low voltage battery. Some engine computer settings, like the idle trim and fuel trim strategy, optimize the driveability and performance of the engine. Some other computer settings, like the clock and radio station presets, are also maintained in memory by power from the low voltage battery. When a technician disconnects and connects the low voltage battery, these settings are erased. Complete the following procedure in order to restore the settings:
1. With the vehicle at a complete stop, set the parking brake.
2. Shift the transmission into P.
3. Turn off all accessories.
4. Step on the brake pedal and start the vehicle.

256

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Maintenance

5. Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature. While the engine is warming up, complete the following: Reset the clock. See Audio System (page 320). Reset the power windows bounce-back feature. See Windows and Mirrors (page 81). Reset the radio station presets. See Audio System (page 320).
6. Allow the engine to idle for at least one minute. If the engine turns off, step on the accelerator to start the engine.
7. While the engine is running, step on the brake pedal and shift the transmission to N.
8. Allow the engine to run for at least one minute by pressing on the accelerator pedal.
9. Drive the vehicle at least 10 miles (16 kilometers) to completely relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy.
Note: If you do not allow the engine to relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy, the idle quality of your vehicle may be adversely affected until the engine computer eventually relearns the idle trim and fuel trim strategy.
Note: Always dispose of automotive batteries in a responsible manner. Follow your local authorized standards for disposal. Call your local authorized recycling center to find out more about recycling automotive batteries.
Note: It is recommended that the negative battery cable terminal be disconnected from the battery if you plan to store your vehicle for an extended period of time.

CHECKING THE WIPER BLADES

E142463
Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of the blade to check for roughness. Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid or water applied with a soft sponge or cloth.
CHANGING THE WIPER BLADES
The wiper arms can be manually moved when the ignition is off. This allows for ease of blade replacement and cleaning under the blades.
1

E129990

1. Pull the wiper blade and arm away from the glass.
2. Press the locking buttons together. 3. Rotate and remove the wiper blade. 4. Install in the reverse order.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

257
Information Provided by:

Maintenance

Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks into place. Lower the wiper arm and blade back to the windshield. The wiper arms will automatically return to their normal position when the ignition is turned on.
Replace wiper blades at least once per year for optimum performance.
Poor wiper quality can be improved by cleaning the wiper blades and the windshield.
ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS
Vertical Aim Adjustment
The headlamps on your vehicle are properly aimed at the assembly plant. If your vehicle has been in an accident, the alignment of your headlamps should be checked by your authorized dealer.
Headlamp Aiming Target

Vertical Aim Adjustment Procedure
1. Park the vehicle directly in front of a wall or screen on a level surface, approximately 25 feet (7.6 meters) away.
2. Measure the height of the headlamp bulb center from the ground and mark an 8 foot (2.4 meter) horizontal reference line on the vertical wall or screen at this height.
Note: To see a clearer light pattern for adjusting, you may want to block the light from one headlamp while adjusting the other.
3. Turn on the low beam headlamps to illuminate the wall or screen and open the hood.

E142592
A B C D

8 feet (2.4 meters) Center height of lamp to ground 25 feet (7.6 meters) Horizontal reference line

E142465
4. On the wall or screen you will observe a flat zone of high intensity light located at the top of the right hand portion of the beam pattern. If the top edge of the high intensity light zone is not at the horizontal reference line, the headlamp will need to be adjusted.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

258
Information Provided by:

Maintenance

E145594
REMOVING A HEADLAMP

5. Locate the vertical adjuster on each headlamp. Using a Phillips #2 screwdriver, turn the adjuster either clockwise or counterclockwise in order to adjust the vertical aim of the headlamp. The horizontal edge of the brighter light should touch the horizontal reference line.
6. Close the hood and turn off the lamps.
Horizontal Aim Adjustment
Horizontal aim is not required for this vehicle and is not adjustable.

E159693
1. Make sure the headlamp control is in the off position and open the hood.
2. Remove the six fasteners securing the front fascia to the front trim cover.
3. Remove the three bumper cover upper screws.
4. Remove the fastener at the inboard side of the headlamp you are servicing.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

259
Information Provided by:

Maintenance

E159694
5. Remove the two headlamp assembly screws.

E159697
8. Separate the front bumper cover from the fender and pull the fender outward 1.2 inches (3 centimeters).

E159695
6. Remove the lower three wheel housing fasteners.

E159698
9. From the front of the vehicle, pull the front bumper cover forward 4 inches (10 centimeters).

E159696
7. Remove the three front bumper cover lower fasteners, only on the side of the headlamp you are servicing.

E159699
10. Carefully pull the headlamp assembly outward to disengage it from the lower fixing point.

260

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Maintenance

11. Carefully lift the headlamp and remove it from the vehicle.
12. Disconnect the electrical connector.
CHANGING A BULB
Replacing the Headlamp Bulbs
WARNING Handle a halogen headlamp bulb carefully and keep out of children's reach. Grasp the bulb by only its plastic base and do not touch the glass. The oil from your hand could cause the bulb to break the next time the headlamps are operated.
Note: If the bulb is accidentally touched, it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol before being used.
A

E159753

Headlamp assembly: A. Side marker lamp bulb B. High beam headlamp bulb C. Low beam headlamp bulb D. Front parking/Turn signal lamp bulb

Replacing the High Beam Headlamp Bulb

1. Remove the headlamp assembly. 2. Remove the service cap. 3. Disconnect the electrical connector.

4. Turn the bulb counterclockwise and remove it from the headlamp assembly.
5. Install the new bulb in reverse order.
Replacing the Low Beam Headlamp Bulb
1. Remove the headlamp assembly. 2. Remove the service cap. 3. Disconnect the electrical connector. 4. Release the retainer spring and remove
it from the headlamp assembly. 5. Install the new bulb in reverse order.
Replacing the Front Parking/Turn Signal Lamp Bulb
1. Remove the headlamp assembly. 2. Turn the bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it from the headlamp assembly. 3. Separate the bulb from the bulb socket. 4. Install the new bulb in reverse order.
Replacing the Side Marker Lamp Bulb
1. Remove the headlamp assembly. 2. Remove the service cap. 3. Depress the tabs on the socket and
remove the socket and bulb together. 4. Separate the bulb from the bulb
socket. 5. Install the new bulb in reverse order.
Replacing the Tail, Brake, HighMount Brake Lamp, and Turn Signal Lamp Bulbs
These lamps are designed with LED light sources. For replacement, see your authorized dealer.

261

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Maintenance
Replacing a Reverse Lamp Bulb 1. Make sure the lighting control is in the
off position. 2. Open the trunk deck lid.

E145777
3. Remove the push pins and reposition the inner body side trim.
E145779
6. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise and remove the bulb holder.
E145778
4. Remove the three lamp assembly nuts. 5. Gently pull the lamp assembly away
from the vehicle.
E145780
7. Remove the bulb from the bulb holder. Install the new bulb in reverse order.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

262
Information Provided by:

Maintenance

Replacing the License Plate Lamp Bulb

E72789
1. Carefully release the spring clip.
Function *Headlamp high beam (Halogen) *Headlamp low beam (Halogen) *Side marker lamp - front *Park lamp - front *Turn lamp - front *Fog lamp - front *Tail and brake lamp - high series *Tail and brake lamp - low series Reverse lamp *Turn lamp - rear - high series *Turn lamp - rear - low series *Side marker lamp - rear License plate lamp *Trunk lamp *High-mount brake lamp

2. Remove the lamp. 3. Remove the bulb. Install the new bulb in reverse order.
BULB SPECIFICATION CHART
Replacement bulbs are specified in the chart below. Headlamp bulbs must be marked with an authorized "D.O.T." for North America to make sure they have the proper lamp performance, light brightness, light pattern, and safe visibility. The correct bulbs will not damage the lamp assembly or void the lamp assembly warranty and will provide quality bulb illumination time.
Trade name
H7LL H11LL LED W5W PWY24W
H11 LED LED 921 LED LED LED W5W W5W or LED** LED

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

263
Information Provided by:

Maintenance

Function

Trade name

*Side repeater lamp

LED

*Interior lamp

LED

*To replace these bulbs, see your authorized dealer. To replace all instrument panel bulbs, see your authorized dealer. **If so equipped.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

264
Information Provided by:

Maintenance

CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR FILTER
WARNING
To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and/or personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running.
When changing the air filter element, use only the air filter element listed. See Capacities and Specifications (page 312).
For EcoBoost equipped vehicles: When servicing the air cleaner, it is important that no foreign material enter the air induction system. The engine and turbocharger are susceptible to damage from even small particles.
Change the air filter element at the proper interval. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 458).
Note: Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage. The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if the correct air filter element is not used.
EcoBoost Engines

2.5L Engine
E146047
1. Release the clamps that secure the air filter housing cover.
2. Carefully lift the air filter housing cover. 3. Remove the air filter element from the
air filter housing. 4. Wipe any dirt or debris from the air filter
housing and cover to make sure no dirt gets in the engine and to make sure you have a good seal. 5. Install a new air filter element. Be careful not to crimp the filter element edges between the air filter housing and cover. This could cause filter damage and allow unfiltered air to enter the engine if not properly seated. 6. Install the air filter housing cover. 7. Engage the clamps to secure the air filter housing cover to the air filter housing.

E144365
Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

265
Information Provided by:

Vehicle Care

GENERAL INFORMATION
Your Ford or Lincoln authorized dealer has many quality products available to clean your vehicle and protect its finishes.
CLEANING PRODUCTS
For best results, use the following products or products of equivalent quality:
· Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover (ZC-42)
· Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner (ZC-15)
· Motorcraft Detail Wash (ZC-3-A)
· Motorcraft Dusting Cloth (ZC-24)
· Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser (U.S. only) (ZC-20)
· Motorcraft Engine Shampoo (Canada only) (CXC-66-A)
· Motorcraft Multi-Purpose Cleaner (Canada only) (CXC-101)
· Motorcraft Premium Glass Cleaner (Canada only) (CXC-100)
· Motorcraft Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid (Canada only) [CXC-37-(A, B, D or F)]
· Motorcraft Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant (U.S. only) (ZC-32-B2)
· Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner (ZC-54)
· Motorcraft Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner (ZC-56)
· Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover (U.S. only) (ZC-14)
· Motorcraft Ultra-Clear Spray Glass Cleaner (ZC-23)
· Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner (ZC-37-A)

CLEANING THE EXTERIOR
Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo, such as Motorcraft Detail Wash.
· Never use strong household detergents or soap, such as dish washing or laundry liquid. These products can discolor and spot painted surfaces.
· Never wash a vehicle that is "hot to the touch" or during exposure to strong, direct sunlight.
· Dry your vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel in order to eliminate water spotting.
· Immediately remove items such as gasoline, diesel fuel, bird droppings and insect deposits because they can cause damage to your vehicle's paintwork and trim over time. Use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover.
· Remove any exterior accessories, such as antennas, before entering a car wash.
Note: Suntan lotions and insect repellents can damage any painted surface; if these substances come in contact with your vehicle, wash off as soon as possible.
Stripes or Graphics (if equipped)
Do not use a commercial or high-pressure sprayer on the surface or edge of stripes and graphics. This can cause damage to the film and cause the edge of the film to peel away from the vehicle surface.
Exterior Chrome
Note: Never use abrasive materials such as steel wool or plastic pads as they can scratch the chrome surface.
Note: Do not use chrome cleaner, metal cleaner or polish on wheels and wheel covers

266

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Vehicle Care

· Wash your vehicle first, using cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo, such as Motorcraft Detail Wash.
· Use Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner. Apply the product as you would a wax to clean bumpers and other chrome parts; allow the cleaner to dry for a few minutes, then wipe off the haze with a clean, dry rag.
· Do not apply cleaning product to hot surfaces and do not leave cleaning product on chrome surfaces longer than the time recommended.
· Using other non-recommended cleaners can result in severe and permanent cosmetic damage.
Underbody
Flush the complete underside of your vehicle frequently. Keep body and door drain holes free from packed dirt.
Cleaning Plastic Exterior Parts
Use only approved products to clean plastic parts
· For routine cleaning, use Motorcraft Detail Wash.
· If tar or grease spots are present, use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover.
WAXING
Regular waxing is necessary to protect your car's paint from the elements. We recommend that you wash and wax the painted surface once or twice a year.
When washing and waxing, park your vehicle in a shaded area out of direct sunlight. Always wash your vehicle before applying wax.

· Use a quality wax that does not contain abrasives.
· Follow the manufacturer's instructions to apply and remove the wax.
· Apply a small amount of wax in a back-and-forth motion, not in circles.
· Do not allow wax to come in contact with any non-body (low-gloss black) colored trim. The wax will discolor or stain the parts over time.
· Roof racks.
· Bumpers.
· Grained door handles.
· Side moldings.
· Mirror housings.
· Windshield cowl area.
· Do not apply wax to glass areas.
· After waxing, your car's paint should feel smooth, and be free of streaks and smudges.
CLEANING THE ENGINE
Engines are more efficient when they are clean because grease and dirt buildup keep the engine warmer than normal.
When washing:
· Take care when using a power washer to clean the engine. The high-pressure fluid could penetrate the sealed parts and cause damage.
· Do not spray a hot engine with cold water to avoid cracking the engine block or other engine components.
· Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser on all parts that require cleaning and pressure rinse clean. In Canada, use Motorcraft Engine Shampoo.
· Never wash or rinse the engine while it is hot or running; water in the running engine may cause internal damage.

267

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Vehicle Care

· Never wash or rinse any ignition coil, spark plug wire or spark plug well, or the area in and around these locations.
· Cover the battery, power distribution box, and air filter assembly to prevent water damage when cleaning the engine.
CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND WIPER BLADES
Car wash chemicals and environmental fallout can result in windshield and wiper blade contamination. Dirty windshield and wipers will result in poor windshield wiper operation. Keep the windshield and wiper blades clean to maintain windshield wiper performance.
To clean the windshield and wiper blades:
· Clean the windshield with a non-abrasive glass cleaner.
· For windshields contaminated with tree sap, chemicals, wax or bugs, clean the entire windshield using steel wool (no greater than 0000 grade) in a circular motion and rinse with water.
· Clean the wiper blades with isopropyl rubbing alcohol or windshield washer fluid.
Note: Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean or remove decals from the inside of the heated rear window. The vehicle warranty does not cover damage caused to the heated rear window grid lines.
CLEANING THE INTERIOR
WARNINGS Do not use cleaning solvents, bleach or dye on the vehicle's safety belts, as these actions may weaken the belt webbing.

WARNINGS On vehicles equipped with seat-mounted airbags, do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents. Such products could contaminate the side airbag system and affect performance of the side airbag in a collision.
For fabric, carpets, cloth seats, safety belts and seats equipped with side airbags:
· Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner.
· Remove light stains and soil with Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner.
· If grease or tar is present on the material, spot-clean the area first with Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover. In Canada, use Motorcraft Multi-Purpose Cleaner.
· If a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning, clean the entire area immediately (but do not oversaturate) or the ring will set.
· Do not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners, which can stain and discolor the fabric and affect the flame retardant abilities of the seat materials.
CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT PANEL AND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LENS
WARNING
Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when cleaning the steering wheel or instrument panel to avoid contamination of the airbag system.

268

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Vehicle Care

Note: Follow the same procedure as cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather instrument panels and leather interior trim surfaces. See Cleaning Leather Seats (page 269).
Clean the instrument panel and cluster lens with a clean, damp and soft cloth, then use a clean, dry and soft cloth to dry these areas.
· Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase the gloss of the upper portion of the instrument panel. The dull finish in this area helps protect you from undesirable windshield reflection.
· Do not use any household cleaning products or glass cleaners as these may damage the finish of the instrument panel, interior trim and cluster lens.
· Wash or wipe your hands clean if you have been in contact with certain products such as insect repellent and suntan lotion to avoid possible damage to the interior painted surfaces.
· Do not allow air fresheners and hand sanitizers to spill onto interior surfaces. If a spill occurs, wipe off immediately. Your warranty may not cover these damages.
If a staining liquid like coffee or juice has been spilled on the instrument panel or on interior trim surfaces:
1. Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean, soft cloth as quickly as possible.
2. Use Motorcraft Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner or a commercially available leather cleaning product for automotive interiors. Test any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous area.
3. Alternatively, wipe the surface with a clean, soft cloth and a mild soap and water solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth.

4. If necessary, apply more soap and water solution or cleaning product to a clean, soft cloth and press it onto the soiled area. Allow this to set at room temperature for 30 minutes.
5. Remove the soaked cloth, then with a clean, damp cloth, use a rubbing motion for 60 seconds on the soiled area.
6. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth.
CLEANING LEATHER SEATS (If
Equipped)
Note: Follow the same procedure as cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather instrument panels and leather interior trim surfaces.
For routine cleaning, wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth and a mild soap and water solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth.
For cleaning and removing spots and stains such as dye transfer, use Motorcraft Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner or a commercially available leather cleaning product for automotive interiors.
Note: Test any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous area.
You should:
· Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner.
· Clean and treat spills and stains as soon as possible.
Do not use the following products as these may damage the leather:
· Oil and petroleum or silicone-based leather conditioners.
· Household cleaners.

269

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Vehicle Care

· Alcohol solutions.
· Solvents or cleaners intended specifically for rubber, vinyl and plastics.
REPAIRING MINOR PAINT DAMAGE
Authorized dealers have touch-up paint to match your vehicle's color. Your vehicle color code is printed on a sticker on the front, left-hand side door jamb. Take your color code to your authorized dealer to make sure you get the correct color.
Before repairing minor paint damage, use a cleaner such as Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover to remove particles such as bird droppings, tree sap, insect deposits, tar spots, road salt and industrial fallout.
Always read the instructions before using cleaning products.
CLEANING THE ALLOY WHEELS
Note: Do not apply a cleaning chemical to warm or hot wheel rims and covers.
Note: Some automatic car washes may cause damage to the finish on your wheel rims and covers.
Note: Industrial-strength or heavy-duty cleaners in combination with brush agitation to remove brake dust and dirt, could wear away the clear coat finish over a period time.
Note: Do not use hydrofluoric acid-based or high caustic-based wheel cleaners, steel wool, fuels or strong household detergents.
Note: If you intend parking your vehicle for an extended period after cleaning the wheels with a wheel cleaner, drive your vehicle for a few minutes before doing so. This will reduce the risk of increased corrosion of the brake discs.

Alloy wheels and wheel covers are coated with a clear coat paint finish. To maintain their condition we recommend that you:
· Clean the wheels weekly using Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner. Apply using manufacturer's instructions.
· Use a sponge to remove heavy deposits of dirt and brake dust accumulation.
· Rinse thoroughly with a strong stream of water when you have completed the cleaning process.
· To remove tar and grease, use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover.
VEHICLE STORAGE
If you plan on storing your vehicle for 30 days or more, read the following maintenance recommendations to make sure your vehicle stays in good operating condition.
We engineer and test all motor vehicles and their components for reliable, regular driving. Under various conditions, long-term storage may lead to degraded engine performance or failure unless you use specific precautions to preserve engine components.
General
· Store all vehicles in a dry, ventilated place.
· Protect from sunlight, if possible.
· If vehicles are stored outside, they require regular maintenance to protect against rust and damage.

270

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Vehicle Care

Body
· Wash your vehicle thoroughly to remove dirt, grease, oil, tar or mud from exterior surfaces, rear-wheel housing and the underside of front fenders.
· Periodically wash your vehicle if it is stored in exposed locations.
· Touch-up exposed or primed metal to prevent rust.
· Cover chrome and stainless steel parts with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent discoloration. Re-wax as necessary when you wash your vehicle.
· Lubricate all hood, door and trunk lid hinges, and latches with a light grade oil.
· Cover interior trim to prevent fading.
· Keep all rubber parts free from oil and solvents.
Engine
· The engine oil and filter should be changed prior to storage because used engine oil contains contaminates that may cause engine damage.
· Start the engine every 15 days for a minimum of 15 minutes. Run at fast idle with the climate controls set to defrost until the engine reaches normal operating temperature.
· With your foot on the brake, shift through all the gears while the engine is running.
· We recommend that you change the engine oil before you use your vehicle again.
Fuel system
· Fill the fuel tank with high-quality fuel until the first automatic shutoff of the fuel pump nozzle.

Cooling system
· Protect against freezing temperatures. · When removing your vehicle from
storage, check coolant fluid level. Confirm that there are no cooling system leaks and that fluid is at the recommended level.
Battery
· Check and recharge as necessary. Keep connections clean.
· If storing your vehicle for more than 30 days without recharging the battery, we recommend that you disconnect the battery cables to maintain battery charge for quick starting.
Note: It is necessary to reset memory features if battery cables are disconnected.
Brakes
· Make sure the brakes and parking brake release fully.
Tires
· Maintain recommended air pressure.
Miscellaneous
· Make sure all linkages, cables, levers and pins under your vehicle are covered with grease to prevent rust.
· Move vehicles at least 25 ft (7.5 m) every 15 days to lubricate working parts and prevent corrosion.
Removing Vehicle From Storage
When your vehicle is ready to come out of storage, do the following: · Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt
or grease film build-up on window surfaces. · Check windshield wipers for any deterioration.

271

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Vehicle Care
· Check under the hood for any foreign material that may have collected during storage such as mice or squirrel nests.
· Check the exhaust for any foreign material that may have collected during storage.
· Check tire pressures and set tire inflation per the Tire Label.
· Check brake pedal operation. Drive your vehicle 15 ft (4.5 m) back and forth to remove rust build-up.
· Check fluid levels (including coolant, oil and gas) to make sure there are no leaks, and fluids are at recommended levels.
· If you remove the battery, clean the battery cable ends and inspect.
Contact an authorized dealer if you have any concerns or issues.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

272
Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires
TEMPORARY MOBILITY KIT (If
Equipped)
Type 1
Note: The temporary mobility kit canister contains enough sealant compound for one tire repair only. See your authorized Ford dealer for additional replacement sealant canisters. The kit is located under the load floor of the trunk. The kit consists of an air compressor to inflate the tire and a sealing compound in a canister that will effectively seal most punctures caused by nails or similar objects. This kit will provide a temporary tire repair allowing you to drive your vehicle up to 120 mi (200 km) at a maximum speed of 50 mph (80 km/h) to reach a tire service location.
E144618
A Air compressor (inside) B Diverter knob C On and off button D Air pressure gauge E Sealant bottle and canister F Sealant filling clear tube G Sealant tube - tire valve
connector H Yellow cap tool I Air compressor hose J Air hose -tire valve connector K Accessory power plug L Casing/housing

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

273
Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

General Information
WARNING
Failure to follow these guidelines could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, injury or death.
Note: Do not use the kit if a tire has become severely damaged by driving the vehicle with a tire that has insufficient air pressure. Only punctured areas located within the tire tread can be sealed with the kit.
Do not attempt to repair punctures larger than 0.24 in (6 mm) or damage to the tire's sidewall. The tire may not completely seal.
Loss of air pressure may adversely affect tire performance. For this reason:
Note: Do not drive the vehicle above 50 mph (80 km/h).
Note: Do not drive further than 120 mi (200 km). Drive only to the closest authorized Ford dealer or tire repair shop to have your tire inspected.
· Drive carefully and avoid abrupt steering maneuvers.
· Periodically monitor tire inflation pressure in the affected tire. If the tire is losing pressure, have the vehicle towed.
· Read the information in the Tips for Use of the Kit section to make sure safe operation of the kit and your vehicle.
Tips for Use of the Kit
To ensure safe operation of the kit:
· Read all instructions and cautions fully.
· Before operating the kit, make sure your vehicle is safely off the road and away from moving traffic. Turn on the hazard lights.
· Always set the parking brake to ensure the vehicle does not move unexpectedly.

· Do not remove any foreign objects, such as nails or screws, from the tire.
· When using the kit, leave the engine running (only if the vehicle is outdoors or in a well-ventilated area) so the compressor does not drain the vehicle battery.
· Do not allow the compressor to operate continuously for more than 15 minutes. This will help prevent the compressor from overheating.
· Never leave the kit unattended when it is operating.
· Sealant compound contains latex. Make sure that you use the non-latex gloves provided to avoid an allergic reaction.
· Keep the kit away from children.
· Only use the kit when the ambient temperature is between -22°F (-30°C) and 158°F (70°C).
· Only use the sealing compound before the use by date. The use by date is on the lower right hand corner of the label located on the sealant canister (bottle). Check the use by date regularly and replace the canister after four years.
· Do not store the kit unsecured inside the passenger compartment of the vehicle as it may cause injury during a sudden stop or crash. Always store the kit in its original location.
· After sealant use, the tire pressure monitoring system sensor and valve stem on the wheel must be replaced by an authorized Ford dealer.
· When inflating a tire or other objects, use the black air hose only. Do not use the transparent hose which is designed for sealant application only.
· Operating the kit could cause an electrical disturbance in radio, CD, and DVD player operation.

274

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

What to do when a Tire Is Punctured
A tire puncture within the tire tread area can be repaired in two stages with the kit.
· In the first stage, the tire will be reinflated with a sealing compound and air. After the tire has been reinflated, you will need to drive the vehicle a short distance 4 mi (6 km) to distribute the sealant in the tire.
· In the second stage, you will need to check the tire pressure and adjust, if necessary, to the vehicle tire inflation pressure.
First Stage: Reinflating the Tire with Sealing Compound and Air
WARNINGS Do not stand directly over the kit while inflating the tire. If you notice any unusual bulges or deformations in the tire sidewall during inflation, stop and call roadside assistance.
If the tire does not inflate to the recommended tire pressure within 15 minutes, stop and call roadside assistance.
Preparation: Park the vehicle in a safe, level and secure area, away from moving traffic. Turn the hazard lights on. Apply the parking brake and turn the engine off. Inspect the flat tire for visible damage.
Sealant compound contains latex. To avoid any allergic reactions, use the non-latex gloves located in the accessory box on the underside of the kit housing.
Do not remove any foreign object that has pierced the tire. If a puncture is located in the tire sidewall, stop and call roadside assistance.
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve.

2. Unwrap the clear tube from the compressor housing.
3. Remove the tube cap and fasten the metal connector of the tube to the tire valve, turning clockwise. Make sure the connection is tightly fastened.
E144619
4. Plug the power cable into the 12-volt power point in the vehicle.
5. Remove the warning sticker found on the canister and place it on the top of the instrument panel or the center of the dash.
6. Start the vehicle only if the vehicle is outdoors or in a well-ventilated area.
E144924
7. Push and turn dial (A) counterclockwise to the sealant position. Turn on the kit by pressing the on/off button (B).

275

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

E144621
8. Inflate the tire to the pressure specified by the tire label located on the driver door or the door jamb area. While the sealant compound is being pumped into the tire, the air pressure gauge will indicate a pressure above the actual tire pressure. This is normal and should be no reason for concern. The pressure gauge will provide a correct tire pressure reading after about 30 seconds of operation. The tire pressure has to be checked with the compressor in the off position to get an accurate tire pressure reading.
9. When the recommended tire pressure is reached, turn off the kit by pressing the on/off button. Disconnect the kit from the tire valve and the power point. Re-install the valve cap on the tire valve, place the tube cap on the metal connector, and return the kit to the stowage area
10. Immediately and cautiously, drive the vehicle 4 miles (6 kilometers) to distribute the sealant evenly inside the tire. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
11. After 4 miles (6 kilometers), stop and check the tire pressure. See Second stage: Checking tire pressure.

Note: If you experience any unusual vibration, ride disturbance or noise while driving, reduce your speed until you can safely pull off to the side of the road to call for roadside assistance. Note: Do not proceed to the second stage of this operation.
Second Stage: Checking Tire Pressure
WARNINGS If you are proceeding from the First stage: Reinflating the tire with sealing compound and air section and have injected sealant in the tire and the pressure is below 20 psi (1.4 bar), stop and call roadside assistance. If tire pressure is above 20 psi (1.4 bar), continue to the next step.
The power plug may get hot after use and should be handled carefully while unplugging.
Check the air pressure of your tires as follows:
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve.
2. Unhook the black hose from the side of the compressor and fasten firmly on the valve stem by turning clockwise.
3. Push and turn the dial clockwise to the air position. Turn on the kit by pressing the on button.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

276
Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

E144622
4. Adjust the tire to the recommended inflation pressure from the tire label located on the driver door or door jamb area. The tire pressure has to be checked with the compressor in the OFF position to get the correct tire pressure reading.
5. Turn the compressor off by pressing the on/off button.
6. When the tire pressure reading with the compressor in the off position is correct, disconnect the hose, re-install the valve cap on the tire valve, unplug the compressor, and return the kit to the stowage area.
What to do after the Tire has been Sealed
After using the kit to seal your tire, you will need to replace the sealant canister and clear tube (hose). You can obtain and replace sealing compound and spare parts at an authorized Ford dealer or tire dealer. Empty sealant bottles may be disposed of at home. However, liquid residue from the sealing compound should be disposed by your local Ford Motor Company dealer or tire dealer, or in accordance with local waste disposal regulations.
Note: After the sealing compound has been used, the maximum vehicle speed is 50 mph (80 km/h) and the maximum driving distance is 120 mi (200 km). The sealed tire should be inspected immediately.

Note: After sealant use, the tire pressure monitoring system sensor and valve stem on the wheel must be replaced by an authorized Ford dealer. You can check the tire pressure any time within the 120 mi (200 km) by performing the procedure from Second stage: Checking tire pressure listed previously. Removal of the sealant canister from the kit
E144623
1. Unwrap the clear tube from the compressor housing.
E144624
2. Locate the yellow cap at the end of the clear tube.

277

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires
2. Once aligned, seat the sealant canister by lightly pushing down until you hear an audible click.

E144625
3. Using the yellow cap tool, press the tab located on the kit compressor housing while pulling up on the sealant canister.
Installation of the sealant canister to the kit

E144628
3. Wrap the clear tube around the compressor housing.
Note: If you experience any difficulties with the removal or installation of the sealant canister, consult your Ford Motor Company authorized dealer for assistance.

E144626
1. Align the sealant canister with the kit housing.
E161567

E144629
Be sure to check the sealant compound's use by date regularly. The use by date is on the lower right hand corner of the label located on the sealant canister (bottle). The sealant canister should be replaced after four years of non-use.
Type 2
Note: The temporary mobility kit contains enough sealant compound in the canister for one tire repair only. See your authorized Ford dealer for replacement sealant canisters.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

278
Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

The kit is located under the load floor in the trunk. The kit consists of an air compressor to re-inflate the tire and a canister of sealing compound that will effectively seal most punctures caused by nails or similar objects. This kit will provide a temporary tire repair allowing you to drive your vehicle up to 120 (200 km) at a maximum speed of 50 mph (80 km/h) to reach a tire service location.

E175977
A B C D E F G H

Air compressor (inside) Selector switch On and off button Air pressure gauge Sealant bottle and canister Dual purpose hose: air and repair Tire valve connector Accessory power plug

I Casing/housing
J Bike/raft/sports ball adapters
General Information
WARNING
Failure to follow these guidelines could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, injury or death.
Note: Do not use the kit if a tire has become severely damaged. Only punctures located within the tire tread can be sealed with the kit.
Do not attempt to repair punctures larger than ¼ inch (6 millimeters) or damage to the tire's sidewall. The tire may not completely seal.
Loss of air pressure may adversely affect tire performance. For this reason:
Note: Do not drive the vehicle above 50 mph (80 km/h).
Note: Do not drive further than 120 mi (200 km). Drive only to the closest authorized Ford dealer or tire repair shop to have your tire inspected.
· Drive carefully and avoid abrupt steering maneuvers.
· Periodically monitor tire inflation pressure in the affected tire; if the tire is losing pressure, have the vehicle towed.
· Read the information in the Tips for Use of the Kit section to make sure safe operation of the kit and your vehicle.
Tips for Use of the Kit
To ensure safe operation of the kit:

279

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

· Read all instructions and cautions fully.
· Before operating the kit, make sure your vehicle is safely off the road and away from moving traffic. Turn on the hazard lights.
· Always set the parking brake to ensure the vehicle doesn't move unexpectedly.
· Do not remove any foreign objects, such as nails or screws, from the tire.
· When using the kit, leave the engine running (only if the vehicle is outdoors or in a well-ventilated area) so the compressor does not drain the vehicle's battery.
· Do not allow the compressor to operate continuously for more than 15 minutes. This will help prevent the compressor from overheating.
· Never leave the kit unattended during operation.
· Sealant compound contains latex. Those with latex sensitivities should use appropriate precautions to avoid an allergic reaction.
· Keep the kit away from children.
· Only use the kit when the ambient temperature is between -22°F (-30°C) and 158°F (70°C).
· Only use the sealing compound before the use-by date. The use-by date is on a label on the sealant canister and can be seen through the rectangular viewing window on the bottom of the compressor. Check the use-by date regularly and replace the canister after four years of non-use.
· Do not store the kit unsecured inside the passenger compartment of the vehicle as it may cause injury during a sudden stop or crash. Always store the kit in its original location.

· After sealant use, the tire pressure monitoring system sensor and valve stem on the wheel must be replaced by an authorized Ford dealer.
· Operating the kit could cause an electrical disturbance in radio, CD, and DVD player operation.
* When inflation only is required for a tire or other objects, the E175978 selector must be in the Air position.
What to do when a Tire Is Punctured
A tire puncture within the tire's tread area can be repaired in two stages with the kit.
· In the first stage, the tire will be reinflated with a sealing compound and air. After the tire has been inflated, you will need to drive the vehicle a short distance (about 4 miles [6 kilometers]) to distribute the sealant in the tire.
· In the second stage, you will need to check the tire pressure and adjust, if necessary, to the vehicle's specified tire inflation pressure.
First Stage: Reinflating the Tire with Sealing Compound and Air
WARNINGS
Do not stand directly over the kit while inflating the tire. If you notice any unusual bulges or deformations in the tire's sidewall during inflation, stop and call roadside assistance.
If the tire does not inflate to the recommended tire pressure within 15 minutes, stop and call roadside assistance.
Do not run the engine during kit operation unless the vehicle is outdoors or in a well-ventilated area.

280

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

Preparation: Park the vehicle in a safe, level and secure area, away from moving traffic.
Turn the hazard lights on. Apply the parking brake and turn the engine off. Inspect the flat tire for visible damage.
Sealant compound contains latex. Use appropriate precautions to avoid any allergic reactions.
Do not remove any foreign object that has pierced the tire. If a puncture is located in the tire sidewall, stop and call roadside assistance.
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve.
2. Unwrap the dual purpose hose (black tube) from the back of the compressor housing.
3. Fasten the hose to the tire valve by turning the connector clockwise. Tighten the connection securely.

4. Plug the power cable into the 12-volt power point in the vehicle.
5. Remove the warning sticker found on the casing/housing and place it on the top of the instrument panel or the center of the dash.
6. Start the vehicle leave the engine running so the compressor does not drain the vehicle's battery.

E175979
Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

E175981
7. Turn dial (A) clockwise to the sealant position. Turn the kit on by pressing the on/off button (B).
8. Inflate the tire to the pressure listed on the tire label located on the driver's door or the door jamb area. The initial air pressure gauge reading may indicate a value higher than the label pressure while the sealing compound is being pumped into the tire. This is normal and should be no reason for concern. The
281
Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

pressure gauge reading will indicate the tire inflation pressure after about 30 seconds of operation. The final tire pressure should be checked with the compressor turned OFF in order to get an accurate pressure reading.

E175982
9. When the recommended tire pressure is reached, turn off the kit, unplug the power cable, and disconnect the hose from the tire valve. Re-install the valve cap on the tire valve and return the kit to the stowage area.
10. Immediately and cautiously, drive the vehicle 4 miles (6 kilometers) to distribute the sealant evenly inside the tire. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
11. After 4 miles (6 kilometers), stop and check the tire pressure. See Second stage: Checking tire pressure.

E175983
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve.
2. Firmly screw the air compressor hose onto the valve stem by turning clockwise.
3. Push and turn the dial clockwise to the air position.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

282
Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

4. If required, turn on the compressor and adjust the tire to the recommended inflation pressure shown on the tire label located on the driver's door or door jamb area. The tire pressure should be checked with the compressor turned OFF in order to get an accurate pressure reading.
5. Unplug the hoses, re-install the valve cap on the tire and return the kit to the stowage area.
What to do after the Tire has been Sealed
After using the kit to seal your tire, you will need to replace the sealant canister. Sealant canisters and spare parts can be obtained at an authorized Ford dealer. Empty sealant canisters may be disposed of at home. However, canisters still containing liquid sealant should be disposed of by your local authorized Ford dealer or tire dealer, or in accordance with local waste disposal regulation.
Note: After the sealing compound has been used, the maximum vehicle speed is 50 mph (80 km/h) and the maximum driving distance is 120 mi (200 km). The sealed tire should be inspected immediately.
You can check the tire pressure any time within the 120 mi (200 km) by performing the steps listed previously in the Second stage: Checking Tire Pressure procedure.

Removal of the sealant canister from the kit
E175984
1. Unwrap the dual purpose hose (black tube) from the compressor housing.
E175985
2. Unwrap the power cord.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

E175986
3. Remove the back cover.
283
Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

E175987
4. Rotate the sealant canister up 90 degrees and pull away from casing/housing to remove.
Installation of the sealant canister to the kit
1. With the canister held perpendicular to the housing, insert the canister nozzle into the connector and push until seated.
2. Rotate the canister 90 degrees down into the housing/casing.

E175989
4. Wrap the dual purpose hose (black tube) around the channel on the bottom of the housing/casing.

E175988
3. Snap the back cover back into place.

E175990
5. Wrap the power cord around the housing and stow the accessory power plug into its storage area.
Note: If you experience any difficulties with the removal or installation of the sealant canister, consult your authorized Ford dealer for assistance.
Be sure to check the sealant compound's use-by date regularly. The use-by date is on a label located on the sealant canister and can be seen through the rectangular viewing window on the bottom of the kit. The sealant canister should be replaced after four years of non-use.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

284
Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

TIRE CARE
Important information for 235/40R19 low-profile tires and wheels If your vehicle is equipped with 235/40R19 tires, they are low-profile tires. These tires and wheels are designed to give your vehicle a sport appearance. With low-profile tires, you may notice an increase in road noise and faster tire wear, depending on road conditions and driving styles. Due to their design, low-profile tires and wheels are more prone to road damage from potholes, rough or unpaved roads, car wash rails and curb contact than standard tires and wheels. Note: Your vehicle's warranty does not cover these types of damage. Tires should always be kept at the correct inflation pressures and extra caution should be taken when operating on rough roads to avoid impacts that could cause wheel and tire damage.
Information About Uniform Tire Quality Grading
E142542

Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires. The Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A.
These Tire Quality Grades are determined by standards that the United States Department of Transportation has set.
Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires. They do not apply to deep tread, winter-type snow tires, space-saver or temporary use spare tires, light truck or LT type tires, tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches or limited production tires as defined in Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 575.104 (c)(2).
U.S. Department of Transportation Tire quality grades: The U.S. Department of Transportation requires Ford Motor Company to give you the following information about tire grades exactly as the government has written it.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear 1 ½ times as well on

285

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices, and differences in road characteristics and climate.
Traction AA A B C
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics.
The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.

Temperature A B C
WARNING
The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 139. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
Glossary of Tire Terminology
* Tire label: A label showing the original equipment tire sizes, recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry.

286

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

*Tire Identification Number (TIN): A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant, tire size and date of manufacture. Also referred to as DOT code.
*Inflation pressure: A measure of the amount of air in a tire.
*Standard load: A class of P-metric or Metric tires designed to carry a maximum load at set pressure. For example: For P-metric tires 35 psi (2.4 bar) or 36 (2.5 bar) depending on tire size and for Metric tires 36 psi (2.5 bar). Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire's load carrying capability.
*Extra load: A class of P-metric or Metric tires designed to carry a heavier maximum load at 42 psi (2.9 bar). Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire's load carrying capability.
*kPa: Kilopascal, a metric unit of air pressure.
*PSI: Pounds per square inch, a standard unit of air pressure.
*Cold tire pressure: The tire pressure when the vehicle has been stationary and out of direct sunlight for an hour or more and prior to the vehicle being driven for 1 mile (1.6 kilometers).

*Recommended inflation pressure: The cold inflation pressure found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver's seating position), or Tire Label located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver's door.
*B-pillar: The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door
* Bead area of the tire: Area of the tire next to the rim.
* Sidewall of the tire: Area between the bead area and the tread.
* Tread area of the tire: Area of the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when mounted on the vehicle.
*Rim: The metal support (wheel) for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated.
Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall
Both United States and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires. This information identifies and

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

287
Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall.
Information on P Type Tires

B A

CD E F G H
I

L K
E142543
P215/65R15 95H is an example of a tire size, load index and speed rating. The definitions of these items are listed below. (Note that the tire size, load index and speed rating for your vehicle may be different from this example.)

A. P: Indicates a tire, designated by the Tire and Rim Association, that may be used for service on cars, sport utility vehicles, minivans and light trucks. Note: If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either the European Tire and Rim Technical Organization or the Japan Tire Manufacturing Association.
B. 215: Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger the number, the wider the tire.
C. 65: Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire's ratio of height to width.
D. R: Indicates a radial type tire.
E. 15: Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches. If you change your wheel size, you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter.
F. 95: Indicates the tire's load index. It is an index that relates to how much weight a tire can carry. You may find this information in your owner's manual. If not, contact a local tire dealer.
Note: You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

288
Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

G. H: Indicates the tire's speed rating. The speed rating denotes the speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for extended periods of time under a standard condition of load and inflation pressure. The tires on your vehicle may operate at different conditions for load and inflation pressure. These speed ratings may need to be adjusted for the difference in conditions. The ratings range from 81 mph (130 km/h) to 186 mph (299 km/h). These ratings are listed in the following chart.
Note: You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law.

Letter rating
M N Q R S T U H V

mph ( km/h)
81 mph (130 km/h) 87 mph (140 km/h) 99 mph (159 km/h) 106 mph (171 km/h) 112 mph (180 km/h) 118 mph (190 km/h) 124 mph (200 km/h) 130 mph (210 km/h) 149 mph (240 km/h)

Letter rating

mph ( km/h)

168 mph (270 km/h)

186 mph (299 km/h)

Note: For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph (240 km/h), tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR. For those with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph (299 km/h), tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR.

H. U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN): This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards. The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured, the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built. For example, the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. For example, 2501 means the 25th week of 2001. The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability. This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall.
I. M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow, or
AT: All Terrain, or
AS: All Season.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

289
Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

J. Tire Ply Composition and Material Used: Indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall. Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and the sidewall, which include steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
K. Maximum Load: Indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire. Refer to the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver's seating position), for the correct tire pressure for your vehicle.
L. Treadwear, Traction and Temperature Grades:
*Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.

*Traction: The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
*Temperature: The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
M. Maximum Inflation Pressure: Indicates the tire manufacturers' maximum permissible pressure or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire. This pressure is normally higher than the vehicle manufacturer's recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver's seating position), or Tire Label which is located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver's door. The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the vehicle label.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

290
Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

The tire suppliers may have additional markings, notes or warnings such as standard load, radial tubeless, etc.
Additional Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall for LT Type Tires
Note: Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire.
B C
A

C. Maximum Load Dual lb (kg) at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a dual; defined as four tires on the rear axle (a total of six or more tires on the vehicle).
D. Maximum Load Single lb (kg) at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a single; defined as two tires (total) on the rear axle.
Information on T Type Tires
T145/80D16 is an example of a tire size.
Note: The temporary tire size for your vehicle may be different from this example. Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire.

E142544

LT type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires; these differences are described below.

A. LT: Indicates a tire, designated by the Tire and Rim Association, that is intended for service on light trucks.

B. Load Range and Load Inflation Limits: Indicates the tire's load-carrying capabilities and its inflation limits.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

291
Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

BCD

E142545
T type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires; these differences are described below:
A. T: Indicates a type of tire, designated by the Tire and Rim Association, that is intended for temporary service on cars, sport utility vehicles, minivans and light trucks.
B. 145: Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger the number, the wider the tire.

C. 80: Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire's ratio of height to width. Numbers of 70 or lower indicate a short sidewall.
D. D: Indicates a diagonal type tire.
R: Indicates a radial type tire.
E. 16: Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches. If you change your wheel size, you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter.
Location of the Tire Label
You will find a Tire Label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important information located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver's door.
Inflating Your Tires
Safe operation of your vehicle requires that your tires are properly inflated. Remember that a tire can lose up to half of its air pressure without appearing flat.
Every day before you drive, check your tires. If one looks lower than the others, use a tire gauge to check pressure of all tires and adjust if required.
At least once a month and before long trips, inspect each tire and check the tire pressure with a tire gauge (including spare, if equipped). Inflate all tires to the inflation pressure recommended by Ford Motor Company.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

292
Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

You are strongly urged to buy a reliable tire pressure gauge, as automatic service station gauges may be inaccurate. Ford recommends the use of a digital or dial-type tire pressure gauge rather than a stick-type tire pressure gauge.
Use the recommended cold inflation pressure for optimum tire performance and wear. Under-inflation or over-inflation may cause uneven treadwear patterns
WARNING
Under-inflation is the most common cause of tire failures and may result in severe tire cracking, tread separation or blowout, with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance, resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire. It also may result in unnecessary tire stress, irregular wear, loss of vehicle control and accidents. A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat!
Always inflate your tires to the Ford recommended inflation pressure even if it is less than the maximum inflation pressure information found on the tire. The Ford recommended tire inflation pressure is found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label

(affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver's seating position), or Tire Label which is located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver's door. Failure to follow the tire pressure recommendations can cause uneven treadwear patterns and adversely affect the way your vehicle handles
Maximum Inflation Pressure is the tire manufacturer's maximum permissible pressure and the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire. This pressure is normally higher than the manufacturer's recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver's seating position), or Tire Label which is located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver's door. The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label.

293

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

When weather temperature changes occur, tire inflation pressures also change. A 10°F (6°C) temperature drop can cause a corresponding drop of 1 psi (7 kPa) in inflation pressure. Check your tire pressures frequently and adjust them to the proper pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label.
To check the pressure in your tire(s):
1. Make sure the tires are cool, meaning they are not hot from driving even a mile.
Note: If you are checking tire pressure when the tire is hot, (for example, driven more than 1 mile [1.6 kilometers]), never bleed or reduce air pressure. The tires are hot from driving and it is normal for pressures to increase above recommended cold pressures. A hot tire at or below recommended cold inflation pressure could be significantly under-inflated.
Note: If you have to drive a distance to get air for your tire(s), check and record the tire pressure first and add the appropriate air pressure when you get to the pump. It is normal for tires to heat up and the air pressure inside to go up as you drive.
2. Remove the cap from the valve on one tire, then firmly press the tire gauge onto the valve and measure the pressure.

3. Add enough air to reach the recommended air pressure.
Note: If you overfill the tire, release air by pressing on the metal stem in the center of the valve. Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge.
4. Replace the valve cap.
5. Repeat this procedure for each tire, including the spare.
Note: Some spare tires operate at a higher inflation pressure than the other tires. For T type mini-spare tires, (see the Dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly information for a description. Store and maintain at 60 psi (4.15 bar). For full-size and dissimilar spare tires, see the Dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly information for a description. Store and maintain at the higher of the front and rear inflation pressure as shown on the Tire Label.
6. Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak.
7. Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges, cuts or bulges.

294

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

Inspecting Your Tires and Wheel Valve Stems
Periodically inspect the tire treads for uneven or excessive wear and remove objects such as stones, nails or glass that may be wedged in the tread grooves. Check the tire and valve stems for holes, cracks, or cuts that may permit air leakage and repair or replace the tire and replace the valve stem. Inspect the tire sidewalls for cracking, cuts, bruises and other signs of damage or excessive wear. If internal damage to the tire is suspected, have the tire demounted and inspected in case it needs to be repaired or replaced. For your safety, tires that are damaged or show signs of excessive wear should not be used because they are more likely to blow out or fail.
Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally. Inspect all your tires, including the spare, frequently, and replace them if one or more of the following conditions exist:

Tire Wear
E142546
When the tread is worn down to one sixteenth of an inch (2 mm), tires must be replaced to help prevent your vehicle from skidding and hydroplaning. Built-in treadwear indicators, or wear bars, which look like narrow strips of smooth rubber across the tread will appear on the tire when the tread is worn down to one sixteenth of an inch (2 millimeters) When the tire tread wears down to the same height as these wear bars, the tire is worn out and must be replaced.
Damage Periodically inspect the tire treads and sidewalls for damage (such as bulges in the tread or sidewalls, cracks in the tread groove and separation in the tread or sidewall). If damage is observed

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

295
Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

or suspected have the tire inspected by a tire professional. Tires can be damaged during off-road use, so inspection after off-road use is also recommended.
Age
WARNING
Tires degrade over time depending on many factors such as weather, storage conditions, and conditions of use (load, speed, inflation pressure) the tires experience throughout their lives.
In general, tires should be replaced after six years regardless of tread wear. However, heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process and may require tires to be replaced more frequently.
You should replace your spare tire when you replace the road tires or after six years due to aging even if it has not been used.
U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN)
Both U.S. and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires. This information identifies and

describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall.
This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards. The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured, the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built. For example, the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. For example, 2501 means the 25th week of 2001. The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability. This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall.
Tire Replacement Requirements
Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide a safe ride and handling capability.
WARNINGS
Only use replacement tires and wheels that are the same size, load index, speed rating and type (such as P-metric versus LT-metric or all-season versus all-terrain) as those originally provided by Ford. The recommended tire and wheel size

296

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

WARNINGS
may be found on either the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver's seating position), or the Tire Label which is located on the B-Pillar or edge of the driver's door. If this information is not found on these labels then you should contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible. Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death. Additionally the use of non-recommended tires and wheels could cause steering, suspension, axle, transfer case or power transfer unit failure. If you have questions regarding tire replacement, contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible.
To reduce the risk of serious injury, when mounting replacement tires and wheels, you should not exceed the maximum pressure indicated on the sidewall of the tire to set the beads without additional precautions listed below. If the beads do not seat at the maximum pressure indicated, re-lubricate and try again

WARNINGS When inflating the tire for mounting pressures up to 20 psi (1.38 bar) greater than the maximum pressure on the tire sidewall, the following precautions must be taken to protect the person mounting the tire:
1. Make sure that you have the correct tire and wheel size.
2. Lubricate the tire bead and wheel bead seat area again.
3. Stand at a minimum of 12 feet (3.66 meters) away from the wheel and tire assembly.
4. Use both eye and ear protection.
For a mounting pressure more than 20 psi (1.38 bar) greater than the maximum pressure, a Ford dealer or other tire service professional should do the mounting.
Always inflate steel carcass tires with a remote air fill with the person inflating standing at a minimum of 12 feet (3.66 meters) away from the wheel and tire assembly
Important: Remember to replace the wheel valve stems when the road tires are replaced on your vehicle

297

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

It is recommended that the two front tires or two rear tires generally be replaced as a pair.
The tire pressure sensors mounted in the wheels (originally installed on your vehicle) are not designed to be used in aftermarket wheels.
The use of wheels or tires not recommended by Ford Motor Company may affect the operation of your tire pressure monitoring system.
If the TPMS indicator is flashing, your TPMS is malfunctioning. Your replacement tire might be incompatible with your TPMS, or some component of the TPMS may be damaged.
Safety Practices
WARNINGS
If your vehicle is stuck in snow, mud or sand, do not rapidly spin the tires; spinning the tires can tear the tire and cause an explosion. A tire can explode in as little as three to five seconds.
Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph (56 km/h). The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander.

*Avoid potholes and objects on the road
*Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against a curb when parking
Highway Hazards
No matter how carefully you drive there's always the possibility that you may eventually have a flat tire on the highway. Drive slowly to the closest safe area out of traffic. This may further damage the flat tire, but your safety is more important.
If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving, or you suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged, immediately reduce your speed. Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road. Stop and inspect the tires for damage. If a tire is under-inflated or damaged, deflate it, remove wheel and replace it with your spare tire and wheel. If you cannot detect a cause, have the vehicle towed to the nearest repair facility or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected.

Driving habits have a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety.
*Observe posted speed limits
*Avoid fast starts, stops and turns

298

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

Tire and Wheel Alignment
A bad jolt from hitting a curb or pothole can cause the front end of your vehicle to become misaligned or cause damage to your tires. If your vehicle seems to pull to one side when you're driving, the wheels may be out of alignment. Have an authorized dealer check the wheel alignment periodically.
Wheel misalignment in the front or the rear can cause uneven and rapid treadwear of your tires and should be corrected by an authorized dealer. Front-wheel drive vehicles and those with an independent rear suspension (if equipped) may require alignment of all four wheels.
The tires should also be balanced periodically. An unbalanced tire and wheel assembly may result in irregular tire wear.
Tire Rotation
Note: If your tires show uneven wear, ask an authorized dealer to check for and correct any wheel misalignment, tire imbalance or mechanical problem involved before tire rotation.

Note: Your vehicle may be equipped with a dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly. A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly is defined as a spare wheel and tire assembly that is different in brand, size or appearance from the road tires and wheels. If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly it is intended for temporary use only and should not be used in a tire rotation.
Note: After having your tires rotated, inflation pressure must be checked and adjusted to the vehicle requirements.
Rotating your tires at the recommended interval (as indicated in the Scheduled Maintenance chapter) will help your tires wear more evenly, providing better tire performance and longer tire life.
Front-wheel drive and all-wheel drive vehicles (front tires on the left side of the diagram)

E142547

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

299
Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

All vehicles with directional tires (front tires on the left side of the diagram)
E147237
Sometimes irregular tire wear can be corrected by rotating the tires.
Summer Tires
Your Ford vehicle may be equipped with summer tires to provide superior performance on wet and dry roads. Summer tires do not have the Mud and Snow (M+S or M/S) tire traction rating on the tire side wall. Since summer tires do not have the same traction performance as All-season or Snow tires, Ford does not recommend using summer tires when temperatures drop to approximately 40°F (5°C) or below (depending on tire wear and environmental conditions) or in snow and ice conditions. Like any tire, summer tire performance is affected by tire wear and environmental conditions. If you must drive in those conditions, Ford recommends using Mud and Snow (M+S, M/S), All-season or Snow tires.

USING SNOW CHAINS
WARNING
Snow tires must be the same size, load index, speed rating as those originally provided by Ford. Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death. Additionally, the use of non-recommended tires and wheels could cause steering, suspension, axle, transfer case or power transfer unit failure.
The tires on your vehicle may have all-weather treads to provide traction in rain and snow. However, in some climates, you may need to use snow tires and cables. If you need to use cables, it is recommended that steel wheels (of the same size and specifications) be used, as cables may chip aluminum wheels.
Follow these guidelines when using snow tires and traction devices
· If possible, avoid fully loading your vehicle
· Purchase chains or cables from a manufacturer that clearly labels body to tire dimension restrictions.
· Use no larger than 15 mm cables or chains ONLY on front axle with 215/60R16 tires. Do not use chains or cables on any other size tires.
· The snow chains or cables must be mounted in pairs on the front axle.
· When driving with tire cables do not exceed 30 mph (48 km/h) or the maximum speed recommended by the chain manufacturer, whichever is less.

300

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

· Drive cautiously. If you hear the cables rub or bang against the vehicle, stop and retighten them. If this does not work, remove the cables to prevent vehicle damage.
· Remove the cables when they are no longer needed. Do not use cables on dry roads.
If you have any questions regarding snow chains or cables, please contact your authorized dealer.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM
WARNING
The tire pressure monitoring system is not a substitute for manually checking tire pressure. The tire pressure should be checked periodically (at least monthly) using a tire gauge, see Inflating your tires in this chapter. Failure to properly maintain your tire pressure could increase the risk of tire failure, loss of control, vehicle rollover and personal injury.
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly,

when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.

301

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

The tire pressure monitoring system complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure Monitoring System
E142549
Note: Each road tire is equipped with a tire pressure sensor located inside the wheel and tire assembly cavity. The pressure sensor is attached to the valve stem. The pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is not visible unless the tire is removed. Take care when changing the tire to avoid damaging the sensor You should always have your tires serviced by an authorized dealer. Check the tire pressure periodically (at least monthly) using an accurate tire gauge. See Inflating Your Tires in this chapter.

Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System
The tire pressure monitoring system measures pressure in your four road tires and sends the tire pressure readings to your vehicle. The low tire pressure warning light will turn on if the tire pressure is significantly low. Once the light is illuminated, your tires are under-inflated and need to be inflated to the manufacturer's recommended tire pressure. Even if the light turns on and a short time later turns off, your tire pressure still needs to be checked.
When Your Temporary Spare Tire is Installed
When one of your road tires needs to be replaced with the temporary spare, the system will continue to identify an issue to remind you that the damaged road wheel and tire assembly needs to be repaired and put back on your vehicle.
To restore the full function of the tire pressure monitoring system, have the damaged road wheel and tire assembly repaired and remounted on your vehicle.
When You Believe Your System is Not Operating Properly
The main function of the tire pressure monitoring system is to warn you when your tires need air. It can also warn you in the event the system is no longer capable of functioning as intended. See the following chart for information concerning your tire pressure monitoring system:

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

302
Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

Low tire pressure warning light
Solid warning light
Flashing warning light

Possible cause Tire(s) under-inflated
Spare tire in use TPMS malfunction
Spare tire in use TPMS malfunction

Customer action required
Make sure tires are at the proper pressure. See Inflating your tires in this chapter. After inflating your tires to the manufacturer's recommended pressure as shown on the Tire Label (located on the edge of driver's door or the B-Pillar), the vehicle must be driven for at least two minutes over 20 mph (32 km/h) before the light turns off.
Repair the damaged road wheel and tire assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system function. For a description on how the system functions, see When your temporary spare tire is installed in this section.
If the tires are properly inflated and the spare tire is not in use but the light remains on, contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Repair the damaged road wheel and tire assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system function. For a description on how the system functions, see When your temporary spare tire is installed in this section.
If the tires are properly inflated and the spare tire is not in use but the light remains on, contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible.

When Inflating Your Tires
When putting air into your tires (such as at a gas station or in your garage), the tire pressure monitoring system may not respond immediately to the air added to your tires.

It may take up to two minutes of driving over 20 mph (32 km/h) for the light to turn off after you have filled your tires to the recommended inflation pressure

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

303
Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

How Temperature Affects Your Tire Pressure
The tire pressure monitoring system monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic tire. While driving in a normal manner, a typical passenger tire inflation pressure may increase about 2 to 4 psi (14 to 28 kPa) from a cold start situation. If the vehicle is stationary overnight with the outside temperature significantly lower than the daytime temperature, the tire pressure may decrease about 3 psi (21 kPa) for a drop of 30°F (17°C) in ambient temperature. This lower pressure value may be detected by the tire pressure monitoring system as being significantly lower than the recommended inflation pressure and activate the system warning light for low tire pressure. If the low tire pressure warning light is on, visually check each tire to verify that no tire is flat. If one or more tires are flat, repair as necessary. Check the air pressure in the road tires. If any tire is under-inflated, carefully drive the vehicle to the nearest location where air can be added to the tires. Inflate all the tires to the recommended inflation pressure.
CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL
WARNINGS
The use of tire sealant may damage your tire pressure monitoring system and should only be used in roadside emergencies. If you must use a sealant, the Ford Tire Mobility Kit sealant should be used. The tire pressure monitoring system sensor and valve stem on the wheel must be replaced by an authorized dealer after use of the sealant.
If the tire pressure monitor sensor becomes damaged, it will no longer function. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 301).

Note: The tire pressure monitoring system indicator light will illuminate when the spare tire is in use. To restore the full function of the monitoring system, all road wheels equipped with tire pressure monitoring sensors must be mounted on the vehicle.
If you get a flat tire while driving, do not apply the brake heavily. Instead, gradually decrease your speed. Hold the steering wheel firmly and slowly move to a safe place on the side of the road.
Have a flat serviced by an authorized dealer in order to prevent damage to the tire pressure monitoring system sensors. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 301). Replace the spare tire with a road tire as soon as possible. During repairing or replacing of the flat tire, have an authorized dealer inspect the tire pressure monitoring system sensor for damage.
Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire Assembly Information
WARNING
Failure to follow these guidelines could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, injury or death.
If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and tire, then it is intended for temporary use only. This means that if you need to use it, you should replace it as soon as possible with a road wheel and tire assembly that is the same size and type as the road tires and wheels that were originally provided by Ford. If the dissimilar spare tire or wheel is damaged, it should be replaced rather than repaired.
A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly is defined as a spare wheel and tire assembly that is different in brand, size or appearance from the road tires and wheels and can be one of three types:

304

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

1. T-type mini-spare: This spare tire begins with the letter T for tire size and may have Temporary Use Only molded in the sidewall.
2. Full-size dissimilar spare with label on wheel: This spare tire has a label on the wheel that states: THIS WHEEL AND TIRE ASSEMBLY FOR TEMPORARY USE ONLY.
When driving with one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above, do not:
· Exceed 50 mph (80 km/h)
· Load the vehicle beyond maximum vehicle load rating listed on the Safety Compliance Label.
· Tow a trailer.
· Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire.
· Use more than one dissimilar spare tire at a time.
· Use commercial car washing equipment.
· Try to repair the dissimilar spare tire.
Use of one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above at any one wheel location can lead to impairment of the following:
· Handling, stability and braking performance.
· Comfort and noise.
· Ground clearance and parking at curbs.
· Winter weather driving capability.
· Wet weather driving capability.
· All-wheel driving capability (if applicable).
3. Full-size dissimilar spare without label on wheel
When driving with the full-size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly, do not:
· Exceed 70 mph (113 km/h).
· Use more than one dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly at a time.

· Use commercial car washing equipment.
· Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly.
The usage of a full-size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly can lead to impairment of the following:
· Handling, stability and braking performance.
· Comfort and noise.
· Ground clearance and parking at curbs.
· Winter weather driving capability.
· Wet weather driving capability.
· All-wheel driving capability
When driving with the full-size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly additional caution should be given to:
· Towing a trailer.
· Driving vehicles equipped with a camper body.
· Driving vehicles with a load on the cargo rack.
Drive cautiously when using a full-size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly and seek service as soon as possible.
Tire Change Procedure (If Equipped)
WARNINGS When one of the front wheels is off the ground, the transmission alone will not prevent the vehicle from moving or slipping off the jack, even if the transmission is in park (P).
To help prevent your vehicle from moving when you change a tire, be sure to place the transmission in park (P), set the parking brake and block (in both directions) the wheel that is diagonally opposite (other side and end of the vehicle) to the tire being changed.

305

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

WARNINGS Never get underneath a vehicle that is supported only by a jack. If your vehicle slips off the jack, you or someone else could be seriously injured.
Do not attempt to change a tire on the side of the vehicle close to moving traffic. Pull far enough off the road to avoid the danger of being hit when operating the jack or changing the wheel.
Always use the jack provided as original equipment with your vehicle. If using a jack other than the one provided as original equipment with your vehicle, make sure the jack capacity is adequate for the vehicle weight, including any vehicle cargo or modifications.
Note: Passengers should not remain in your vehicle when the vehicle is being jacked.
Type 1
1. Park on a level surface, set the parking brake and activate the hazard flashers.
2. Place the transmission in park (P) and turn the engine off. For vehicles with a manual transmission, place the transmission in reverse (R) after the engine is turned off.

3. Block both the front and rear of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire. For example, if the left front tire is flat, block the right rear wheel.
4. Remove the carpeted wheel cover. 5. Remove the spare tire bolt securing the
spare tire by turning it counterclockwise. 6. Remove the spare tire from the spare tire compartment.
E142550
7. Remove the lug wrench and jack from the foam holder.
8. Loosen each wheel lug nut one-half turn counterclockwise, but do not remove them until the wheel is raised off the ground.

E175447
Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

E145908
306
Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

9. The vehicle jacking points are shown here, and can be identified by the triangle markings on the molding. The triangle marking may be located on the side or the underside of the molding. The jacking points are identified on vehicles without moldings by a pair of arrows on the metal flange pointing to the jacking point between them. Details are depicted on the warning label on the jack.

12. Replace the flat tire with the spare tire, making sure the valve stem is facing outward. Reinstall the lug nuts until the wheel is snug against the hub. Do not fully tighten the lug nuts until the wheel has been lowered. If you are using the temporary tire, the lug nut washers will not appear to be flush with the rim. This is normal only when using the temporary spare tire.
13. Lower the wheel by turning the jack handle counterclockwise.

E174775
10. Place the jack at the jacking point next to the tire you are changing. Turn the jack handle clockwise until the wheel is completely off the ground.
11. Remove the lug nuts with the lug wrench.

E75442
14. Remove the jack and fully tighten the lug nuts in the order shown. See Changing a Road Wheel (page 304).
15. Put the flat tire, jack and lug wrench away. Make sure the jack is fastened securely before you drive.
16. Unblock the wheel.
Type 2
1. Park on a level surface, set the parking brake and activate the hazard flashers.
2. Place the transmission in park (P) and turn the engine off. For vehicles with a manual transmission, place the transmission in reverse (R) after the engine is turned off.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

307
Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

E175447
3. Block both the front and rear of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire. For example, if the left front tire is flat, block the right rear wheel.
4. Remove the carpeted wheel cover.
5. Remove the spare tire bolt securing the spare tire by turning it counterclockwise.
6. Remove the spare tire from the spare tire compartment.

E145908
9. The vehicle jacking points are shown here, and can be identified by the triangle markings on the molding. The triangle marking may be located on the side or the underside of the molding. The jacking points are identified on vehicles without moldings by a pair of arrows on the metal flange pointing to the jacking point between them. Details are depicted on the warning label on the jack.

E178186
7. Remove the lug wrench and jack from the spare tire compartment.
8. Loosen each wheel lug nut one-half turn counterclockwise, but do not remove them until the wheel is raised off the ground.
E174775

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

308
Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

10. Place the jack at the jacking point next to the tire you are changing. Turn the jack handle clockwise until the wheel is completely off the ground.
11. Remove the lug nuts with the lug wrench.
12. Replace the flat tire with the spare tire, making sure the valve stem is facing outward. Reinstall the lug nuts until the wheel is snug against the hub. Do not fully tighten the lug nuts until the wheel has been lowered. If you are using the temporary tire, the lug nut washers will not appear to be flush with the rim. This is normal only when using the temporary spare tire.
13. Lower the wheel by turning the jack handle counterclockwise.

1. Lift the carpeted wheel cover at an angle to access the spare tire compartment.
2. Place the wheel in the spare tire well with the valve stem facing down. Use the mini-spare bolt to secure the wheel through one of the lug holes.
3. Place the jack, tools and foam block back into the spare tire compartment.
4. Replace the carpeted wheel cover.

E75442
14. Remove the jack and fully tighten the lug nuts in the order shown. See Changing a Road Wheel (page 304).
15. Put the flat tire, jack and lug wrench away. Make sure the jack is fastened securely before you drive.
16. Unblock the wheel.
Stowing the flat tire (Type 1)
You can stow the full-size road wheel in the spare tire compartment.

E146026
Stowing the flat tire (Type 2)
You can stow the full-size road wheel in the spare tire compartment.
1. Lift the carpeted wheel cover at an angle to access the spare tire compartment.
2. Place the wheel in the spare tire well with the valve stem facing down. Use the mini-spare bolt to secure the wheel through one of the lug holes.
3. Place the jack and tools back into the spare tire compartment.
4. Replace the carpeted wheel cover.

309

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires

E178187
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications
WARNING When a wheel is installed, always remove any corrosion, dirt or foreign materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub, brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel. Make sure that any fasteners that attach the rotor to the hub are secured so they do not interfere with the mounting surfaces of the wheel. Installing wheels without correct metal-to-metal contact at the wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off while your vehicle is in motion, resulting in loss of control.

Bolt size

Ib-ft (Nm)*

M12 x 1.5

100 (135)

*Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust. Use only Ford recommended replacement fasteners.
Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque within 100 miles (160 kilometers) after any wheel disturbance (such as tire rotation, changing a flat tire, wheel removal).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

310
Information Provided by:

Wheels and Tires
E145950
A Wheel pilot bore Inspect the wheel pilot bore and mounting surface prior to installation. Remove any visible corrosion or loose particles.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

311
Information Provided by:

Capacities and Specifications

ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

Engine

1.5L EcoBoost engine

1.6L EcoBoost engine

2.0L EcoBoost engine

Cubic inches

122

Required fuel

Minimum 87 Minimum 87 octane Minimum 87

octane

Compression ratio

10.0:1

9.3:1

Spark plug 0.025-0.029 in.

gap

(0.65-0.75 mm)

0.027-0.031 in. (0.70- 0.80 mm)

0.027-0.031 in. (0.70-0.80 mm)

2.5L engine
152 Minimum 87
octane 9.7:1
0.049-0.053 in. (1.25-1.35
mm)

Drivebelt Routing (If Equipped) 1.5L engine

2.0L and 2.5L engines
A

E167586
1.6L engine

B
E161383
A. Long drivebelt is on first pulley groove closest to engine
B. Short drivebelt is on second pulley groove farthest from engine

E161372
Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

312
Information Provided by:

Capacities and Specifications

MOTORCRAFT PARTS

Component

1.5L EcoBoost 1.6L EcoBoost 2.0L EcoBoost

Engine

2.5L Engine

Air filter element

FA-1912

Oil filter

FL-910S

Battery

BXT-90T5500
BXT-90T55901

BXT-90T5-500 BXT-90T5-5901

BAGM-48H6- BAGM-48H6-

7602

BXT-90T5-5901

Spark plugs

SP-539

SP-532

SP-537

SP-530

Cabin air filter

FP-71

Windshield wiper blade

WW-2601 (driver side) WW-2700 (passenger side)

We recommend Motorcraft replacement parts available at your Ford dealer or at fordparts.com for scheduled maintenance. These parts meet or exceed Ford Motor Company's specifications and are engineered for your vehicle. Use of other parts may impact vehicle performance, emissions and durability. Your warranty may be void for any damage related to use of other parts.
If a Motorcraft oil filter is not available, use an oil filter that meets industry performance specification SAE/USCAR-36.
For spark plug replacement, contact an authorized dealer. Replace the spark plugs at the appropriate intervals. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 458).
1This part is designed for vehicles with Intelligent Access.
2This part is designed for vehicles with Automatic-Start-Stop.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

313
Information Provided by:

Capacities and Specifications

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
The vehicle identification number is located on the left-hand side of the instrument panel.

C Make, vehicle line, series, body type
D Engine type E Check digit F Model year G Assembly plant H Production sequence number
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL

E142476
Please note that in the graphic, XXXX is representative of your vehicle identification number.
The Vehicle Identification Number contains the following information:

E142477
A B

World manufacturer identifier
Brake system, Gross Vehicle Weight Rating, Restraint Devices and their locations

E167469
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Regulations require that a Safety Compliance Certification Label be affixed to a vehicle and prescribe where the Safety Compliance Certification Label may be located. The Safety Compliance Certification Label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar, the door latch post, or the edge of the door near the door latch, next to the driver's seating position.

314

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Capacities and Specifications

TRANSMISSION CODE DESIGNATION

The transmission code is on the Safety Compliance Certification Label. The following table shows the transmission code along with the transmission description.

E167814

Description Six-speed automatic transmission
Six-speed manual transmission

Code W B

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

315
Information Provided by:

Capacities and Specifications

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
WARNING The air conditioning refrigerant system contains refrigerant R-134a under high pressure. Opening the air conditioning refrigerant system can cause personal injury. Have the air conditioning refrigerant system serviced only by qualified personnel.

Item
Brake fluid 1
Door latch, hood latch, trunk latch and seat tracks
Lock cylinder
Automatic transmission fluid 2, 3 6-Speed Manual transaxle fluid
Rear differential (All Wheel Drive)
fluid Power Transfer Unit (PTU) fluid (All Wheel Drive) 4 1.5L EcoBoost
engine oil 5, 6, 7

Capacity Between MIN and MAX on reservoir
Not applicable
Not applicable
9.0 qt (8.5 L) 1.76 qt (1.67 L) 1.22 qt (1.15 L) 11.83 fl oz (0.35 L) 4.3 qt (4.1 L)

Ford part name or equivalent

Ford part number / Ford specification

Motorcraft DOT 4 Low Viscosity (LV) High Performance Motor Vehicle Brake
Fluid

PM-1-C / WSSM6C65-A2

Multi-Purpose Grease Spray (lithium grease)

Motorcraft XL-5 (aerosol) or CRC SL3151ESB / ESB-
M1C93-B

Motorcraft Penetrating and Lock Lubricant (U.S.)

XL-1 (U.S.)

Motorcraft Penet- CXC-51-A (Canada) rating fluid (Canada)

Motorcraft MERCON XT-10-QLV MERCON

Motorcraft Dual Clutch Transmission
Fluid XT-11-QDC
Motorcraft SAE 80W-90 Premium Rear Axle Lubricant
Motorcraft SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle Lubricant

WSS-M2C200-D2
XY-80W90-QL / WSP-M2C197-A
XY-75W140-QL / WSL-M2C192-A

Motorcraft SAE 5W20 Full Synthetic Motor Oil or

XO-5W20-QFS or XO-5W20-QSP (U.S.);

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

316
Information Provided by:

Capacities and Specifications

Item 1.6L EcoBoost engine oil 5, 6, 7
2.0L EcoBoost engine oil 5, 6, 7
2.5L engine oil 5, 6, 7
1.5L EcoBoost engine coolant 8 1.6L EcoBoost engine coolant 8 2.0L EcoBoost engine coolant 8
2.5L engine coolant 8
Windshield washer fluid
Front-wheel drive fuel tank

Capacity 4.3 qt (4.1 L) 5.7 qt (5.4 L)
5.71 qt (5.4 L)
11.1 qt (10.5 L) 8.45 qt (8 L) 8.9 qt (8.4 L) 7.2 qt (6.8 L) Fill as required
16.5 gal (62.5 L)

Ford part name or equivalent

Ford part number / Ford specification

Motorcraft SAE 5W- CXO-5W20-LFS12 or

20 Premium

CXO-5W20-LSP12

Synthetic Blend

(Canada) /

Motor Oil

WSS-M2C945-A

Motorcraft SAE 5W- XO-5W30-QFS or

30 Full Synthetic

XO-5W30-QSP

Motor Oil or

(U.S.);

Motorcraft SAE 5W- CXO-5W30-LFS12 or

30 Premium

CXO-5W30-LSP12

Synthetic Blend

(Canada)

Motor Oil

WSS-M2C946-A

Motorcraft SAE 5W- XO-5W20-QFS or

20 Full Synthetic

XO-5W20-QSP

Motor Oil or

(U.S.);

Motorcraft SAE 5W- CXO-5W20-LFS12 or

20 Premium

CXO-5W20-LSP12

Synthetic Blend

(Canada) /

Motor Oil

WSS-M2C945-A

Motorcraft Orange Antifreeze/Coolant
Prediluted

VC-3DIL-B (U.S.); CVC-3DIL-B (Canada) /
WSS-M97B44-D2

Motorcraft Premium Windshield Washer Concentrate With
Bitterant (U.S.)

ZC-32-B2 (U.S.) / WSB-M8B16-A2

Premium Quality CXC-37-(A, B, D, and

Windshield Washer

F) (Canada) /

Fluid (Canada)

WSB-M8B16-A2

Not applicable

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

317
Information Provided by:

Capacities and Specifications

Item

Capacity

All-wheel drive fuel tank
A/C refrigerant 2.5L Engine
(except E100)

17.5 gal (66.2 L) 1.50 lb (0.68 kg)

A/C refrigerant 1.5L/1.6L, 2.0L and
2.5L (E100) Engines

1.23 lb (0.56 kg)

A/C refrigerant compressor oil

5.2 fl oz (153.8 ml)

Ford part name or equivalent

Ford part number / Ford specification

Motorcraft R-134a Refrigerant
Motorcraft R-134a Refrigerant
Motorcraft PAG Refrigerant
Compressor Oil

YN-19 (U.S.) / WSH-M17B19-A
CYN-16-R (Canada) /
WSH-M17B19-A
YN-19 (U.S.) / WSH-M17B19-A
CYN-16-R (Canada) /
WSH-M17B19-A
YN-12-D /

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

318
Information Provided by:

Capacities and Specifications

Item

Capacity

Ford part name or equivalent

Ford part number / Ford specification

WSH-M1C231-A

1Ford recommends using Motorcraft (Ford) DOT 4 Low Viscosity (LV) High Performance Brake Fluid, or equivalent meeting WSS-M6C65-A2. Use of any fluid other than the recommended fluid may cause degraded brake performance and not meet the Ford performance standards. Keep brake fluid clean and dry. Contamination with dirt, water, petroleum products or other materials may result in brake system damage and possible failure.
2Approximate dry fill capacity. Actual amount may vary during fluid changes.
3Automatic transmissions that require Motorcraft MERCON LV transmission fluid should only use Motorcraft MERCON LV transmission fluid.
Use of any fluid other than the recommended fluid may cause transmission damage.
Change the automatic transmission fluid and filter at the correct service interval. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 458).
4See your authorized dealer for fluid level checking or filling.
5Use of synthetic or synthetic blend motor oil is not mandatory. Only use fluid that meets Ford specifications. Motor oils of the recommended viscosity grade that meet API SN requirements and display the API Certification Mark for gasoline engines are also acceptable. Do not use oil labeled with API SN service category unless the label also displays the API certification mark.
6Do not use oils labeled as API SN unless the label also displays the API certification mark. These oils do not meet the requirements of your vehicle's engine and emissions system.
7Do not use supplemental engine oil additives in your engine. They are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage not covered by your Ford warranty.
8Add the coolant type originally equipped in your vehicle.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

319
Information Provided by:

Audio System

GENERAL INFORMATION
Radio Frequencies and Reception Factors

AM and FM frequencies are established by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and the Canadian Radio and Telecommunications Commission (CRTC). Those frequencies are:
· AM: 530, 540-1700, 1710 kHz
· FM: 87.9-107.7, 107.9 MHz

Distance and Strength Terrain Station overload

Radio Reception Factors
The further you travel from an FM station, the weaker the signal and the weaker the reception.
Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with the reception.
When you pass a ground-based broadcast repeating tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and result in the audio system muting.

CD and CD Player Information
Note: CD units play commercially pressed 4.75-inch (12 centimeter) audio compact discs only. Due to technical incompatibility, certain recordable and re-recordable compact discs may not function correctly when used in Ford CD players.
Note: Do not insert CDs with homemade paper (adhesive) labels into the CD player as the label may peel and cause the CD to become jammed. You should use a permanent felt tip marker rather than adhesive labels on your homemade CDs. Ballpoint pens may damage CDs. Please contact an authorized dealer for further information.
Note: Do not use any irregularly shaped discs or discs with a scratch protection film attached.
Always handle discs by their edges only. Clean the disc with an approved CD cleaner only. Wipe it from the center of the disc toward the edge. Do not clean in a circular motion.

Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or heat sources for extended periods.
MP3 and WMA Track and Folder Structure
Audio systems capable of recognizing and playing MP3 and WMA individual tracks and folder structures work as follows:
· There are two different modes for MP3 and WMA disc playback: MP3 and WMA track mode (system default) and MP3 and WMA folder mode.
· MP3 and WMA track mode ignores any folder structure on the MP3 and WMA disc. The player numbers each MP3 and WMA track on the disc (noted by the MP3 or WMA file extension) from T001 to a maximum of T255. The maximum number of playable MP3 and WMA files may be less depending on the structure of the CD and exact model of radio present.

320

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Audio System

· MP3 and WMA folder mode represents a folder structure consisting of one level of folders. The CD player numbers all MP3 and WMA tracks on the disc (noted by the MP3 or WMA file extension) and all folders containing MP3 and WMA files, from F001 (folder) T001 (track) to F253 T255.
· Creating discs with only one level of folders helps with navigation through the disc files.
If you are burning your own MP3 and WMA discs, it is important to understand how the system reads the structures you create. While various files may be present, (files with extensions other than MP3 and WMA), only files with the MP3 and WMA extension are played; other files are ignored by the system. This enables you to use the same MP3 and WMA disc for a variety of tasks on your work computer, home computer and your in-vehicle system.
In track mode, the system displays and plays the structure as if it were only one level deep (all MP3 and WMA files play, regardless of being in a specific folder). In folder mode, the system only plays the MP3 and WMA files in the current folder.

AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH: AM/FM/CD/SYNC/SATELLITE RADIO
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
Note: Depending on your vehicle option package, your system may look different from what you see here.
Note: Some features, such as Sirius satellite radio, may not be available in your location. Check with an authorized dealer.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

321
Information Provided by:

Audio System

E144488
A CD: Press this button to listen to a CD. Press the function buttons below the radio screen to select on-screen options of Repeat or Shuffle.
B SOUND: Press this button to access settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade and Balance. Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the various settings. When you make your selection, press the left and right arrow buttons to change the settings. Press OK to set or press MENU to exit. Sound settings can be set for each audio source independently.
C Display screen: Shows audio and SYNC information.
D Number block: In radio mode, store your favorite stations for later access. When tuned to any station, press and hold a preset button until sound returns. In CD mode, press a button to select a track. In phone mode, press the buttons to enter a phone number.
E Function buttons: Select different functions of the audio system depending on which mode you are in (such as Radio mode or CD mode).
F TUNE: Turn to search the frequency band in individual increments.
G Eject: Press this button to eject a CD.
H Seek: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press this button. The system stops at the first station up the band. Press and hold the button to move quickly to the next strong radio station or memory preset. In CD mode, press this button to select the next track. Press and hold the button to move quickly forward through the current track.
I End phone call: Press this button to end a phone call.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

322
Information Provided by:

Audio System
J Cursor arrows and OK: Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the various settings. When you make your selection, press the left and right arrow buttons to change the settings. Press OK to set or press MENU to exit.
K CD slot: Insert a CD.
L Pick-up or Make phone call: Press this button to either pick-up an incoming phone call or to make a phone call.
M Seek: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press this button. The system stops at the first station down the band. Press and hold the button to move quickly to the previous strong radio station or memory preset. In CD mode, press this button to select the previous track. Press and hold the button to move quickly backward through the current track.
N Play/Pause: Press to either play or pause a track when listening to a CD.
O VOL and Power: Press this button to turn the system off and on. Turn it to adjust the volume.
P PHONE: Press this button to access the phone features of the SYNC® system. See SYNCTM (page 336).
Q MENU: Press this button to access different audio system features. See Menu Structure later in this section.
R MEDIA: Press this button to access your auxiliary input jack or switch between devices you plug into the input jack or USB port.
S Clock: Press this button to access the clock setting. Use the center arrow controls to change the hours and minutes. You can also set the clock by pressing the MENU button and scrolling to Clock Settings.
T RADIO: Press this button to listen to the radio or change radio frequencies bands. Press the function buttons below the radio screen to select different radio functions.
U SIRIUS or MUTE: If your vehicle is equipped with Sirius satellite radio, press this button to listen to Sirius satellite radio. If your vehicle is not equipped with Sirius satellite radio, press the button to mute the playing media.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

323
Information Provided by:

Audio System

AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH: PREMIUM AM/FM/CD
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

Note: The MyFord Touch system controls most of the audio features. See MyFord TouchTM (page 375).

E144489
A VOL and Power: Press this button to turn the system off and on. Turn it to adjust the volume.
B CD slot: Insert a CD. C TUNE: Once you select a frequency band, turn the control to find the desired
station manually. D Eject: Press this button to eject a CD.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

324
Information Provided by:

Audio System

E Seek and Fast Forward: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press this button. The system stops at the first station up the band. Press and hold the button to move quickly to the next strong radio station or memory preset. In CD mode, press this button to select the next track. Press and hold the button to move quickly forward through the current track.
F Seek and Reverse: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press this button. The system stops at the first station down the band. Press and hold the button to move quickly to the previous strong radio station or memory preset. In CD mode, press this button to select the previous track. Press and hold the button to move quickly backward through the current track.

AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH: SONY AM/FM/CD

Note: The MyFord Touch system controls most of the audio features. See MyFord TouchTM (page 375).

WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

325
Information Provided by:

Audio System

E144490

A Power: Press this button to turn the system off and on.
B CD slot: Insert a CD.
C Eject: Press this button to eject a CD.
D TUNE + and TUNE -: Press these buttons to search the frequency bands in individual increments.
E SOUND: Press this button to access settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade and Balance.
F VOL: Turn the control to adjust the volume.
G SOURCE: Press this button to access different audio modes such as AM, FM and A/V Input.
H Seek, Reverse and Fast Forward: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press one of these buttons. The system stops at the first station it finds in that direction. Press and hold one of these buttons to move quickly in that direction to the next strong radio station or memory preset. In CD mode, press one of these buttons to select the previous or next track. Press and hold one of these buttons to move quickly in that direction within the current track.

Menu Structure
Note: Depending on your system, some options may appear slightly different. Press MENU.

Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through the options.
Press the right arrow to enter a menu. Press the left arrow to exit a menu.
Press OK to confirm a selection.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

326
Information Provided by:

Audio System

Manual tune Scan AST PTY/Set Category RBDS/RDS
Scan Show ESN Channel Guide
Set Category Alerts Unlock All Stations Skip No stations Parental Lock (PIN)

Radio
Use the left and right arrows to go up or down the frequency band.
Select for a brief sampling of all available channels.
Select to store the six strongest local stations on the AMAST and FM-AST frequency bands.
Select to have the system search by certain music categories (such as Rock, Pop or Country).
Select to view additional broadcast data, if available. This feature defaults to off. RBDS must be on for you to set a category.
SIRIUS
Select for a brief sampling of all available channels.
Select to view your satellite radio electronic serial number (ESN). You will need this number when communicating with Sirius to activate, modify or track your account.
Select to view available satellite radio channels. Press OK to open a list of the following options for this channel: Tune Channel, Skip Channel or Lock Channel. Once you skip or lock a channel, you can only access it by pressing Direct and entering the channel number. Locking or unlocking a channel requires your PIN.
Select to view channel categories (such as Pop, Rock or News). If you select a category, seek and scan functions only stop on channels in that category.
Select to turn off or turn on alerts for songs, artists or teams. The system alerts you when the selection is playing on another channel. Save up to 20 alerts.
Use your PIN to unlock previously locked stations.
Use to restore any channels you previously skipped.
Select to create a PIN, which allows you to lock or unlock channels. Your initial PIN is 1234.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

327
Information Provided by:

Audio System

Speed Compensated Volume Sound Occupancy Mode RBDS/RDS Text
DSP
Scan All Scan Folder CD Compression
Set Time Set Date 24h Mode
Dimming Language Temp. setting

Audio Settings Automatically adjusts the volume to compensate for speed and wind noise. You can set the system between 0 and +7. Select to adjust settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade and Balance. Select to optimize sound quality for the chosen seating position. Select to view additional broadcast data, if available. This feature defaults to off. RBDS must be on for you to set a category. Choose between STEREO SURROUND mode and STEREO mode.
CD Settings Select to scan all disc selections. Select to scan all music in the current MP3 folder. Select to bring soft and loud passages together for a more consistent listening level.
Clock Settings Select to set the time. Select to set the calendar date. Select to view clock time in a 12-hour mode or 24-hour mode.
Display Settings Select to change display brightness. Select to display the language in English, French or Spanish. Select to display the outside temperature in Fahrenheit or Celsius.
328

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Audio System

DIGITAL RADIO
Note: HD Radio broadcasts are not available in all markets.
HD Radio technology is the digital evolution of analog AM/FM radio. Your system has a special receiver that allows it to receive digital broadcasts (where available) in addition to the analog broadcasts, it already receives. Digital broadcasts provide a better sound quality than analog broadcasts with free, crystal-clear audio and no static or distortion. For more information, and a guide to available stations and programming, please visit www.hdradio.com.
When HD Radio is on and you tune to a station broadcasting HD Radio technology, you may notice the HD Radio logo on your screen. When this logo is available, you may also see Title and Artist fields on-screen.
The multicast indicator appears in FM mode (only) if the current station is broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts. The highlighted numbers signify available digital channels where new or different content is available. HD1 signifies the main programming status and is available in analog and digital broadcasts. Other multicast stations (HD2 through HD7) are only available digitally.

When HD Radio broadcasts are active, you can access the following functions:
When HD Radio broadcasts are active, you can access the following functions:
· Scan allows you to hear a brief sampling of all available stations. This feature still works when HD Radio reception is on, although it does not scan for HD2-HD7 channels. You may see the HD logo appear if the station has a digital broadcast.
· Memory presets allow you to save an active channel as a memory preset. Touch and hold a memory preset slot until the sound returns. There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station. Sound returns when finished. When switching to an HD2 or HD3 memory preset, the sound mutes before the digital audio plays, because the system has to reacquire the digital signal.
Note: As with any saved radio station, you cannot access the saved station if your vehicle is outside the station's reception area.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

329
Information Provided by:

Audio System

HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting

Reception area Station blending

Potential reception issues
If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on the fringe of the reception area, the station may mute due to weak signal strength.
If you are listening to HD1, the system switches back to the analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available again. However, if you are listening to any of the possible HD2-HD7 multicast channels, the station mutes and stays muted unless it is able to connect to the digital signal again.
When the system first receives a station (aside from HD2HD7 multicast stations), it first plays the station in the analog version. Once the receiver verifies the station is an HD Radio station, it shifts to the digital version. Depending on the station quality, you may hear a slight sound change when the station changes from analog to digital. Blending is the shift from analog to digital sound or digital back to analog sound.

In order to provide the best possible experience, use the contact form to report any station issues found while listening to a station broadcasting with HD Radio technology. Independent entities own and operate each station. These stations are responsible for ensuring all audio streams and data fields are accurate.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

330
Information Provided by:

Audio System

Potential station issues

Issues

Cause

Action

Echo, stutter, skip or repeat in audio. Increase or decrease in audio volume.

This is poor time alignment by the radio broadcaster.

No action required. This is a broadcast issue.

Sound fading or blending in The radio is shifting between No action required. The

and out.

analog and digital audio. reception issue may clear up

as you continue to drive.

There is an audio mute

The digital multicast is not No action required. This is

delay when selecting HD2 or available until the HD Radio normal behavior. Wait until

HD3, multicast preset or broadcast is decoded. Once the audio is available.

Direct Tune.

decoded, the audio is avail-

able.

Cannot access HD2 or HD3 multicast channel when recalling a preset or from a direct tune.

The previously stored multicast preset or direct tune is not available in your current reception area.

No action required. The station is not available in your current location.

Text information does not match currently playing audio.

Data service issue by the radio broadcaster.

Fill out the station issue form at website listed
below.*

There is no text information Data service issue by the shown for currently selected radio broadcaster. frequency.

Fill out the station issue form at website listed
below.*

HD2-HD7 stations not found Pressing Scan disables

No action required. This is

when Scan is pressed.

HD2-HD7 channel search. normal behavior.

* http://www.ibiquity.com/automotive/report_radio_station_experiences

HD Radio Technology manufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corp. U.S. and foreign patents. HD Radio and the HD and HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp. Ford Motor Company and iBiquity Digital Corp. are not responsible for the content sent using HD Radio technology. Content may be changed, added or deleted at any time at the station owner's discretion.

SATELLITE RADIO (If Equipped)
SIRIUS® broadcasts a variety of music, news, sports, weather, traffic and entertainment satellite radio channels. For more information and a complete list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels, visit www.siriusxm.com in the United States, www.sirius.ca in Canada, or call SIRIUS at 1-888-539-7474.

331

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Audio System

Note: This receiver includes the eCos real-time operating system. eCos is published under the eCos License.
Satellite Radio Reception Factors

Potential satellite radio reception issues

Antenna obstructions

For optimal reception performance, keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build-up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the antenna as possible.

Terrain

Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception.

Station overload

When you pass a ground-based broadcast-repeating tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio system may mute.

Satellite radio signal interfer- Your display may show ACQUIRING . . . to indicate the

ence

interference and the audio system may mute.

SIRIUS® Satellite Radio Service Note: SIRIUS reserves the unrestricted right to change, rearrange, add or delete programming including canceling, moving or adding particular channels, and its prices, at any time, with or without notice to you. Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming changes.
E142593

SIRIUS satellite radio is a subscription-based satellite radio service that broadcasts a variety of music, sports, news, weather, traffic and entertainment programming. Your factory-installed SIRIUS satellite radio system includes hardware and a limited subscription term, which begins on the date of sale or lease of your vehicle. See an authorized dealer for availability.
For more information on extended subscription terms (a service fee is required), the online media player and a complete list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels, and other features, please visit www.siriusxm.com in the United States, www.sirius.ca in Canada, or call SIRIUS at 1-888-539-7474.
Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number (ESN)
You need your ESN to activate, modify or track your satellite radio account. When in satellite radio mode, press Options.

332

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Audio System

Troubleshooting
Message Acquiring...
Satellite antenna fault SIRIUS system failure
Invalid Channel Unsubscribed Channel
No Signal
Updating...
Questions? Call 1-888-539-7474 None found Check Channel Guide Subscription Updated

Condition

Action

Radio requires more than two seconds to produce audio for the selected channel.

No action required. This message should disappear shortly.

There is an internal module or system failure present.

If this message does not clear shortly, or with an ignition key cycle, your receiver may have a fault. See an authorized dealer for service.

The channel is no longer available.

Tune to another channel or choose another preset.

Your subscription does not include this channel.

Contact SIRIUS at 1-888539-7474 to subscribe to the channel, or tune to another channel.

The signal is lost from the SIRIUS satellite or SIRIUS tower to your vehicle antenna.

The signal is blocked. When you move into an open area, the signal should return.

Update of channel programming in progress.

No action required. The process may take up to three minutes.

Your satellite service is no longer available.

Contact SIRIUS at 1-888539-7474 to resolve subscription issues.

All the channels in the

Use the channel guide to

selected category are either turn off the Lock or Skip

skipped or locked.

function on that station.

SIRIUS has updated the No action required. channels available for your vehicle.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

333
Information Provided by:

Audio System

AUDIO INPUT JACK
WARNINGS
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
For safety reasons, do not connect or adjust the settings on your portable music player while your vehicle is moving.
Store the portable music player in a secure location, such as the center console or the glove box, when your vehicle is moving. Hard objects may become projectiles in a collision or sudden stop, which may increase the risk of serious injury. The audio extension cable must be long enough to allow the portable music player to be safely stored while your vehicle is moving.

The auxiliary input jack allows you to connect and play music from your portable music player through your vehicle speakers. You can use any portable music player designed for use with headphones. Your audio extension cable must have male 1/8th-inch (3.5 millimeter) connectors at each end.
1. Switch off the engine, radio and portable music player. Set the parking brake and put the transmission in position P (vehicle with an automatic transmission) or neutral (vehicle with a manual transmission).
2. Plug the extension cable from the portable music player into the auxiliary input jack.
3. Switch the radio on. Select either a tuned FM station or a CD.
4. Adjust the volume as desired.
5. Switch your portable music player on and adjust its volume to half its maximum level.
6. Press AUX until LINE or LINE IN appears in the display. You should hear music from your device even if it is low.
7. Adjust the volume on your portable music player until it reaches the volume level of the FM station or CD. Do this by switching back and forth between the AUX and FM or CD controls.

E149149
Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

334
Information Provided by:

Audio System
USB PORT (If Equipped)

E149148
The USB port allows you to plug in media playing devices, memory sticks and charge devices (if supported).
MEDIA HUB (If Equipped)
The media hub is located in the center console and has the following features:

E142605

A A/V inputs B SD card slot C USB ports

See MyFord TouchTM (page 375).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

335
Information Provided by:

SYNCTM
GENERAL INFORMATION

E142598
SYNC is an in-vehicle communications system that works with your Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone and portable media player. This allows you to:
· Make and receive calls.
· Access and play music from your portable music player.
· Use 911 Assist, Vehicle Health Report and SYNC Services (Traffic, Directions & Information).*
· Use applications, such as Pandora and Stitcher, via SYNC AppLink.
· Access phonebook contacts and music using voice commands.
· Stream music from your connected phone.
· Text message.

· Use the advanced voice recognition system
· Charge your USB device (if your device supports this).
*These features require activation.
Make sure that you review your device's manual before using it with SYNC.
Support
The SYNC support team is available to help you with any questions you cannot answer on your own.
Monday-Saturday, 8:30am-9:00pm EST.
Sunday, 10:30am-7:30pm EST.
In the United States, call 1-800-392-3673.
In Canada, call 1-800-565-3673.

336

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

Times are subject to change due to holidays.
SYNC Owner Account
Why do I need a SYNC owner account?
· Required to activate Vehicle Health Report and to view the reports online.
· Required to activate the subscription-based SYNC Services and to personalize your Saved Points and Favorites.
· Essential for keeping up with the latest software downloads available for SYNC.
· Access to customer support for any questions you may have.
Driving Restrictions
For your safety, certain features are speed-dependent and restricted when your vehicle is traveling over 3 mph (5 km/h).
Safety Information
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

When using SYNC:
· Do not operate playing devices if the power cords or cables are broken, split or damaged. Place cords and cables out of the way, so they do not interfere with the operation of pedals, seats, compartments or safe driving abilities.
· Do not leave playing devices in your vehicle during extreme conditions as it could cause them damage. See your device's manual for further information.
· Do not attempt to service or repair the system. See an authorized dealer.
Privacy Information
When a cellular phone is connected to SYNC, the system creates a profile within your vehicle that is linked to that cellular phone. This profile is created in order to offer you more cellular features and to operate more efficiently. Among other things, this profile may contain data about your cellular phone book, text messages (read and unread), and call history, including history of calls when your cellular phone was not connected to the system. In addition, if you connect a media device, the system creates and retains an index of supported media content. The system also records a short development log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity. The log profile and other system data may be used to improve the system and help diagnose any problems that may occur.
The cellular profile, media device index, and development log will remain in the vehicle unless you delete them and are generally accessible only in the vehicle when the cellular phone or media player is connected. If you no longer plan to use the system or the vehicle, we recommend you perform a Master Reset to erase all stored information.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

337
Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

System data cannot be accessed without special equipment and access to the vehicle's SYNC module. Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada will not access the system data for any purpose other than as described absent consent, a court order, or where required by law enforcement, other government authorities, or other third parties acting with lawful authority. Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada. For further privacy information, see the sections on 911 Assist, Vehicle Health Report, and Traffic, Directions and Information.

USING VOICE RECOGNITION
This system helps you control many features using voice commands. This allows you to keep your hands on the wheel and focus on what is in front of you.
Initiating a Voice Session
Push the voice icon. A tone sounds and Listening appears in E142599 the display. Say any of the following:

Say

If You Want To

"Bluetooth audio"

Stream audio from your phone.

"Cancel"

Cancel the requested action.

"Line in"

Access the device connected to the auxiliary input jack.

"Mobile apps" *

Access mobile applications.

"Phone"

Make calls.

"Services" *

Access the SYNC Services portal.

"SYNC"

Return to the main menu.

"USB"

Access the device connected to your USB port.

"Vehicle health report" *

Run a vehicle health report.

"Voice settings"

Adjust the level of voice interaction and feedback.

"Help"

Hear a list of voice commands available in the current mode.

* This is an optional feature and available in the United States only.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

338
Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

System Interaction and Feedback
The system provides feedback through audible tones, prompts, questions and spoken confirmations depending on the situation and the chosen level of interaction (voice settings). You can customize the voice recognition system to provide more or less instruction and feedback.

The default setting is to a higher level of interaction in order to help you learn to use the system. You can change these settings at any time.

Adjusting the Interaction Level

E142599

Push the voice icon. Say "Voice settings" when prompted, then any of the following:

When you say:

The system:

"Interaction mode standard"

Provides more detailed interaction and guidance.

"Interaction mode advanced"

Provides less audible interaction and more tone prompts.

The system defaults to the standard interaction mode.

Confirmation prompts are short questions the system asks when it is not sure of your request or when there are multiple possible responses to your request. For example, the system may ask "Phone, is that correct?". If turned off, the system simply makes a best guess as to what you requested and may ask you to confirm settings.

When you say: "Confirmation prompts off"
"Confirmation prompts on"

The system:
Makes a best guess from the command; you may still occasionally be asked to confirm settings.
Clarifies your voice command with a short question.

The system creates candidate lists when it has the same confidence level of several options based on your voice command. When turned on, it may prompt you with as many as four possibilities for clarification.

For example, say "Say 1 after the tone to call John Doe at home. Say 2 after the tone to call Johnny Doe on mobile. Say 3 after the tone to call Jane Doe at home." You could also say "Say 1 after the tone to play John Doe, Say 2 after the tone to play Johnny Doe."

339

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

When you say: "Media candidate lists off"
"Media candidate lists on" "Phone candidate lists off"
"Phone candidate lists on"

The system:
Makes a best guess from the media candidate list. You may still occasionally
be asked questions.
Clarifies your voice command for media candidates.
Makes a best guess from the phone candidate list. You may still occasionally
be asked questions.
Clarifies your voice command for phone candidates

Helpful Hints
· Make sure the interior of your vehicle is as quiet as possible. Wind noise from open windows and road vibrations may prevent the system from correctly recognizing spoken commands.
· After pressing the voice icon, wait until after the tone sounds and Listening appears before saying a command. Any command spoken before this does not register with the system.
· Speak naturally, without long pauses between words.
· At any time, you can interrupt the system while it is speaking by pressing the voice icon.

USING SYNCTM WITH YOUR PHONE
Hands-free calling is one of the main features of SYNC. While the system supports a variety of features, many are dependent on your cellular phone's functionality. At a minimum, most cellular phones with Bluetooth wireless technology support the following functions:
· Answering an incoming call.
· Ending a call.
· Using privacy mode.
· Dialing a number.
· Redialing.
· Call waiting notification.
· Caller ID.
Other features, such as text messaging using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook download, are phone-dependent features. To check your phone's compatibility, see your phone's manual and visit www.SYNCMyRide.com.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

340
Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

Pairing a Phone for the First Time
Note: SYNC can support downloading up to approximately 1000 entries per Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone.
Note: Make sure to switch on the ignition and the radio. Put the transmission in position P.
Note: To scroll through the menus, press the up and down arrows on your audio system.
Wirelessly pairing your phone with SYNC allows you to make and receive hands-free calls.
1. Press the phone button. When the display indicates there is no phone paired, press OK.
2. When Find SYNC appears in the display, press OK.
3. Put your phone into Bluetooth discovery mode. See your device's manual if necessary.
4. When prompted on your phone's display, enter the six-digit PIN provided by SYNC in the radio display. The display indicates when the pairing is successful.
Depending on your phone's capability and your market, the system may prompt you with questions, such as setting the current phone as the primary phone (the phone SYNC automatically tries to connect with first upon vehicle start-up) and downloading your phonebook.
Pairing Subsequent Phones
Note: Make sure to switch on the ignition and the radio. Put the transmission in position P.
Note: To scroll through the menus, press the up and down arrows on your audio system.

1. Press the phone button, and then scroll to System Settings. Press OK.
2. Scroll to Bluetooth Devices. Press OK. 3. Scroll to Add Bluetooth Device. Press
OK. 4. When Find SYNC appears in the
display, press OK. 5. Put your phone into Bluetooth
discovery mode. See your phone's manual if necessary. 6. When prompted on your phone's display, enter the six-digit PIN provided by SYNC in the radio display. The display indicates when the pairing is successful. The system then prompts with questions, such as if you would like to set the current phone as the primary phone (the phone SYNC automatically tries to connect with first upon vehicle start-up) and download your phone book.
Phone Voice Commands
"PHONE"
"Call <name>"1,2
"Call <name> at home"1,2
"Call <name> at work"1,2
"Call <name> in office"1,2
"Call <name> on mobile OR cell"1,2
"Call <name> on other"1,2
"Call history incoming"2
"Call history missed"2
"Call history outgoing"2

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

341
Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

"PHONE"
"Connections"2
"Dial"1,3
"Go to privacy"
"Hold"
"Join"
"Menu"2,4
"Phone book <name>"2
"Phone book <name> at home"2
"Phone book <name> at office"2
"Phone book <name> at work" 2
"Phone book <name> on mobile OR cell"2
"Phone book <name> on other"2 1 These commands do not require you to say "Phone" first. 2 These commands are not available until phone information is completely downloaded using Bluetooth. 3 See Dial table below. 4 See Menu table below.
Phone book commands: When you ask SYNC to access things such as a phonebook name or number, the requested information appears in the display to view. Press the phone button and say, "Call" to call the contact.

"DIAL" "411 (four-one-one)", "911" (nine-one-
one) "700" (seven hundred) "800" (eight hundred) "900" (nine hundred)
"Pound" (#) "Number <0-9>"
"Asterisk" (*) "Clear" (deletes all entered digits)
"Delete" (deletes one digit) "Plus" "Star"
Note: To exit dial mode, press and hold the phone button or press MENU to go to the phone menu.
"MENU" "(Phone) connections" "(Phone) settings (message) notification
off" "(Phone) settings (message) notification
on" "(Phone) settings (set) phone ringer"
"(Phone) settings (set) ringer 1" "(Phone) settings (set) ringer 2" "(Phone) settings (set) ringer 3" "(Phone) settings (set) ringer off"
"Battery" "Phone name"

342

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

"MENU"
"Signal"
"Text message inbox"
Words in ( ) are optional and do not have to be spoken for the system to understand the command.
Making Calls
Press the voice icon and when prompted say:
1. Say "Call <name>" or "Dial", then the desired number.
2. When the system confirms the number, say, "Dial" again to initiate the call.
To erase the last spoken digit, say, "Delete" or press the left arrow button. To erase all spoken digits, say "Clear" or press and hold the left arrow button.
To end the call, press and hold the phone button.

Receiving Calls
When receiving a call, you can: · Answer the call by pressing the phone
button. · Reject the call by pressing and holding
the phone button. · Ignore the call by doing nothing.
Phone Options during an Active Call
During an active call, you have more menu features that become available, such as putting a call on hold or joining calls. Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the menu options.
1. Press MENU during an active call.
2. After selecting Active Call Menu, press OK.
3. Scroll to cycle through the following options:

When you select: Mute Call? Privacy
Call Hold Enter Tones
Join Calls

You can:
Mute the call.
Switch a call from an active hands-free environment to your cellular phone for a more private conversation. Press OK when Privacy on/off appears. (The display indicates In Privacy and the system transfers your call.)
Put an active call on hold. Press OK when Hold on/off appears. To answer another call at this time, press the phone button.
Enter "tones", such as numbers for passwords. Scroll until the desired number appears in the display, then press OK; a tone sounds as confirmation. Repeat as necessary.
Join two separate calls. (SYNC supports a maximum of three callers on a multiparty call or conference call.) 1. Press the phone button.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

343
Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

When you select: Phonebook Call History Return

You can:
2. Access the desired contact through SYNC or use voice commands to place the second call. Once actively in the second call, press MENU. 3. Scroll to Join Calls, and press OK. Press OK again when Join Calls? appears.
Access your phonebook contacts. 1. Press OK to select, and then scroll through your phonebook contacts. 2. Press OK again when the desired selection appears in the display. 3. Press the phone button.
Access your call history log. 1. Press OK to select, then scroll through your call history options (incoming, outgoing or missed). 2. Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display. 3. Press the phone button to call the selection.
Exit the current menu.

Accessing Features through the Phone Menu
SYNC's phone menu allows you to redial a number, access your call history and phonebook and sends text messages as well as access phone and system settings.

1. Press the phone button to enter the phone menu.
2. Scroll to cycle through:

When you select: Phone Redial
Call History1

You can:
Redial the last number called (if available). Press OK to select, and then press OK again to confirm.
Access any previously dialed, received or missed calls after you connect your Bluetooth-enabled phone to SYNC. 1. Press OK to select. 2. Scroll to select from Call History Incoming, Call History Outgoing or Call History Missed. Press OK to make your selection. 3. Press OK or the phone button to call the desired selection.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

344
Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

When you select:

You can:

Note: The system attempts to automatically re-download your phonebook and call history each time your phone connects to SYNC (if the auto download feature is on and your Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone supports this feature).

Phonebook1,2

Access and call any contacts in your previously downloaded phonebook. 1. Press OK to confirm and enter. If your phonebook has fewer than 255 listings, they appear alphabetically in flat file mode. If there are more than 255 entries, the system organizes them into alphabetical categories. 2. Scroll until the desired contact appears, then press OK. 3. Press OK or the phone button.

Text Message1

Send, download and delete text messages.

Phone Settings 1

View your phone's status, set ring tones, select your message notification, change phone book entries and automatically download your cellular phone among other features.

SYNC Services

Access the SYNC Services portal where you can request various types of information, for example traffic reports
and directions3.

911 Assist

Automatically place an emergency call to a 911 operator following a crash4.

Vehicle Health Report

Create and receive a diagnostic report card on your vehicle3.

Mobile Apps

Interact with SYNC-capable mobile applications on your smartphone3.

System Settings

Access Bluetooth Devices menu listings (Add, Connect, Set as Primary, On and Off, Delete) as well as Advanced menu listings (prompts, languages, defaults, master reset, install application and system information).

Exit Phone Menu

Exit the phone menu by pressing OK.

1 This is a phone-dependent feature. 2 This is a phone-dependent and speed-dependent feature. 3 This is an optional feature and available in the United States only.

345

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

Text Messaging
Note: This is a phone-dependent feature.
SYNC allows you to receive, send, download and delete text messages. The system can also read incoming text messages to you so that you do not have to take your eyes off the road.
Receiving a Text Message
Note: This is a phone-dependent feature. Your phone must support downloading text messages using Bluetooth to receive incoming text messages.
When a new message arrives, an audible tone sounds and the display indicates you have a new message. You have these options:
· Press the voice button, wait for the prompt and say "Read message" to have SYNC read the message to you.
· Press OK to receive and open the text message or do nothing and the message goes into your text message inbox. Press OK again and SYNC reads your message aloud as you are not able to view the message. You can then also choose to reply or forward the message.
· Press OK and scroll to choose between:
· Reply to Text Message: Press OK to access and then scroll through the list of pre-defined messages to send.
· Forward Text Message: Press OK to forward the message to anyone in your Phonebook or Call History. You can also choose Enter Number.

Sending, Downloading and Deleting Your Text Messages
Note: Forwarding a text message is a speed-dependent feature and is only available when your vehicle is traveling at 3 mph (5 km/h) or less.
Note: You can only have one recipient per text message.
Text messaging is a phone-dependent feature. If your phone is compatible, SYNC allows you to receive, send, download and delete text messages.
1. Press the phone button.
2. Scroll to Text Message, and then press OK.
Scroll to select from the following options:
· Send Text Message? allows you to send a new text message based on a pre-defined set of 15 messages.
· Download Unread Msgs allows you to download your unread messages (only) to SYNC. To download the messages, press OK to select. The display indicates that it is downloading your messages. When it is complete, SYNC takes you to your inbox.
· Delete All Messages? allows you to delete current text messages from SYNC (not your phone). To delete the messages, press OK to select. The display indicates when it is finished deleting all your text messages. SYNC returns you to the text message menu.
· Return exits the current menu when you press OK.
If you select Send Text Message?:
1. Press OK to select. If the system detects your phone does not support this feature, Unsupported appears in the display and SYNC returns to the main menu.
2. Scroll to cycle through the message options in the following chart.

346

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

3. Press OK when the desired selection is in the display.
4. Enter the name of the recipient. Scroll to cycle through Phonebook or Call History entries. You can also select Enter Number to say the desired number.
5. Press OK to enter the desired menu and scroll to select the specific contact.
6. Press OK when the contact appears and press OK again to confirm when the system asks if you would like to send the message. The system sends each text message with the following signature: "This message was sent from my <Ford or Lincoln>".
Pre-defined text message options
Can't talk right now
Call me
Call U later
Be there in 10 minutes
Be there in 20 minutes
Yes

Pre-defined text message options
No
Why?
Thanks
Where R you?
I need more directions
I love you
Too funny
Can't wait to see you
I'm stuck in traffic
Accessing Your Phone Settings
These are phone-dependent features. Your phone settings allow you to access and adjust features such as your ring tone, text message notification, modify your phonebook and set up automatic download. 1. Press the phone button. 2. Scroll to Phone Settings, and then
press OK. 3. Scroll to select from the following
options:

When you select: Phone Status
Set Ringer

You can:
See the provider, name, signal power, battery power and roaming status of your connected phone. Press OK to select and scroll to view the information. When done, press OK again to return to the phone status menu.
Select which ring tone sounds during an incoming call (one of the system's or your phone's). 1. Press OK to select and scroll to hear Ringer 1, Ringer 2, Ringer 3 and Phone Ringer. 2. Press OK to select.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

347
Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

When you select:

You can:

If your phone supports in-band ringing, your phone's ring tone plays when you choose Phone Ringer.

Message Notification

Have the option of hearing an audible tone to notify you when a text message arrives. 1. Press OK to select and scroll between Message Notification On and Message Notification Off. 2. Press OK to select.

Modify Phonebook

Modify the contents of your phonebook (such as add, delete or download). Press OK to choose between:

Add Contacts: Press OK to add more contacts from your phone book. Push the desired contact(s) on your phone. See your phone's manual on how to push contacts.

Delete Phonebook: Press OK to delete the current phone book and call history. When Delete Phonebook appears, press OK to confirm. SYNC takes you back to the Phone Settings menu.

Download Phonebook: Press OK to select, then and press OK again when Confirm Download? appears.

Auto Download

Automatically download your phone book each time your
phone connects to SYNC.* Press OK to select. When Auto Download On? appears, press OK to have your phonebook automatically down-
loaded each time.** Select Off if you do not want to download your phonebook every time your phone connects to SYNC. Your phonebook, call history and text messages can only be accessed when your specific phone is connected to SYNC.

Return

Exit the current menu.

*Downloading times are phone-dependent and quantity-dependent.
**When Auto Download is on, it automatically deletes any changes, additions or deletions saved since your last download.

System Settings
This menu provides access to your Bluetooth Devices and Advanced menu features. Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the menu options.

Bluetooth Devices
The Bluetooth Devices menu allows you to add, connect and delete devices, set a phone as primary as well as turn your Bluetooth feature on and off.

348

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

1. Press the phone button to enter the phone menu
2. Scroll to System Settings. Press OK.

3. Scroll to Bluetooth Devices. Press OK.
4. Scroll to select from the following options:

If You Select

You Can

Add Bluetooth Device*

See Using SYNCTM With Your Phone (page 340).

Connect Bluetooth Device

Connect a previously paired Bluetooth-enabled phone.** 1. Press OK to select and view a list of previously paired phones. 2. Scroll until you find the desired device, and then press OK to connect the phone.

Set as Primary Phone?

Set a previously paired phone as your primary phone. Press OK to select and scroll to select the desired phone. Press OK to confirm. SYNC attempts to connect with the primary phone at every ignition cycle. When you select a phone as a primary phone, it appears first in the list and the system marks it with an asterisk.

Set Bluetooth

Turn the Bluetooth feature on and off. Press OK and scroll to toggle between On and Off. Make a selection, and then press OK. Setting Bluetooth to off disconnects all Bluetooth devices and turns off all Bluetooth features.

Delete Device

Delete a paired phone. Press OK and scroll to select the device. Press OK to confirm.

Delete All Devices

Delete all previously paired phones (and all information originally saved with those phones). Press OK to select.

Return

Exit the current menu.

* This is a speed-dependent feature.
**You can only connect one device at a time. When another phone is connected, the previous one is disconnected.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

349
Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

Advanced
The Advanced menu allows you to access and set prompts, languages, defaults, perform a master reset, install an application and view system information.

1. Press the phone button to enter the phone menu
2. Scroll to System Settings. Press OK.
3. Scroll to Advanced. Press OK.
4. Scroll to select from the following options:

If you select: Prompts
Languages
Factory Defaults Master Reset Install Application? Delete All Devices

You can:
Get help from SYNC by using questions, helpful hints or asking you for a specific action. To turn these prompts on or off: 1. Press OK to select and scroll to select between On and Off. 2. Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display. SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu.
Choose between English, Français and Español. Once selected, all of the radio displays and prompts are in the selected language. 1. Press OK to select and then scroll through the languages. 2. Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display. If you change the language setting, the display indicates that the system is updating. When complete, SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu.
Return to the factory default settings. This selection does not erase your indexed information (phonebook, call history, text messages and paired devices). 1. Press OK to select and then press OK again when Restore Defaults? appears in the display. 2. Press OK to confirm.
Completely erase all information stored on SYNC (phonebook, call history, text messages and paired devices) and return to the factory default settings. Press OK to select. The display indicates when complete and SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu.
Install applications you have downloaded. Press the OK button and scroll to select. Press the OK button to confirm.
Delete all previously paired phones (and all information originally saved with those phones). Press OK to select.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

350
Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

If you select: System Info
MAP Profile Return

You can:
Access the Auto Version number as well as the FDN number. Press OK to select.
This is a Bluetooth component, which can further help your phone with the exchange of text messages.
Exit the current menu.

SYNCTM APPLICATIONS AND SERVICES (If Equipped)
In order for the following features to work, your cellular phone must be compatible with SYNC. To check your phone's compatibility, visit www.SYNCMyRide.com, www.SYNCMyRide.ca or www.syncmaroute.ca. · SYNC Services*: Provides access to
traffic, directions and information such as travel, horoscopes, stock prices and more.
· 911 Assist: Can alert 911 in the event of an emergency.
· Vehicle Health Report*: Provides a diagnostic and maintenance report card of your vehicle.
· SYNC AppLink: Allows you to connect to and use certain applications such as Pandora and Stitcher (if your phone is compatible).
*This is an optional feature and available in the United States only.
911 Assist (If Equipped)
WARNINGS Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on before a crash, the system will not dial for help which could delay response time, potentially increasing the risk of serious injury or death after a crash.

WARNINGS
Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an emergency call if you can do it yourself. Dial emergency services immediately to avoid delayed response time which could increase the risk of serious injury or death after a crash. If you do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds of the crash, the system or phone may be damaged or non-functional.
Always place your phone in a secure location in your vehicle so it does not become a projectile or get damaged in a crash. Failure to do so may cause serious injury to someone or damage the phone which could prevent 911 Assist from working properly.
Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on before the incident.
Note: Before setting this feature on, make sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy Notice later in this section for important information.
Note: If any user turns 911 Assist on or off, that setting applies for all paired phones. If 911 Assist is turned off, either a voice message plays or a display message (or icon) comes on (or both) when your vehicle is started after a previously paired phone connects.

351

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

Note: Every phone operates differently. While SYNC 911 Assist works with most cellular phones, some may have trouble using this feature.
If a crash deploys an airbag (excluding knee airbags and rear inflatable safety belts [if equipped]) or activates the fuel pump shut-off, your SYNC-equipped vehicle may be able to contact emergency services by dialing 911 through a paired and connected Bluetooth-enabled phone. You can learn more about the 911 Assist feature, visit www.SYNCMyRide.com, www.SYNCMyRide.ca or www.syncmaroute.ca.
See Supplementary Restraints System (page 36). Important information about airbag deployment is in this chapter.
See Roadside Emergencies (page 224). Important information about the fuel pump shut-off is in this chapter.
Setting 911 Assist On or Off
1. Press the phone button to enter the phone menu.
2. Scroll to select 911 Assist.
3. Press OK to confirm and enter the 911 Assist menu.
4. Scroll to select between On or Off.
5. Press OK when the desired option appears in the radio display. Set On or Set Off appears in the display as confirmation.
Off selections include:
· Off with reminder: Provides a display and voice reminder at phone connection at vehicle start.
· Off without reminder: Provides a display reminder only without a voice reminder at phone connection.

To make sure that 911 Assist works properly:
· SYNC must be powered and working properly at the time of the incident and throughout feature activation and use.
· The 911 Assist feature must be set on before the incident.
· You must pair and connect a Bluetooth-enabled and compatible cell phone to SYNC.
· A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone must have the ability to make and maintain an outgoing call at the time of the incident.
· A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone must have adequate network coverage, battery power and signal strength.
· The vehicle must have battery power and be located in the U.S., Canada or in a territory in which 911 is the emergency number.
In the Event of a Crash
Not all crashes will deploy an airbag or activate the fuel pump shut-off (the triggers for 911 Assist). If a connected cell phone sustains damage or loses its connection to SYNC during a crash, SYNC will search for and try to connect to a previously paired cell phone; SYNC will then attempt to call the emergency services.
Before making the call:
· SYNC provides a short window of time (about 10 seconds) to cancel the call. If you fail to cancel the call, SYNC attempts to dial 911.
· SYNC says the following, or a similar message: "SYNC will attempt to call 911, to cancel the call, press Cancel on your screen or press and hold the phone button on your steering wheel."

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

352
Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

If you do not cancel the call, and SYNC makes a successful call, a pre-recorded message plays for the 911 operator, and then the occupant(s) in your vehicle is able to talk with the operator. Be prepared to provide your name, phone number and location immediately, because not all 911 systems are capable of receiving this information electronically.
911 Assist May Not Work If
· Your cellular phone or 911 Assist hardware sustains damage in a crash.
· The vehicle's battery or the SYNC system has no power.
· The phone(s) previously paired or connected to the system are thrown from your vehicle.
911 Assist Privacy Notice
When you turn on 911 Assist, it may disclose to emergency services that your vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to 911 operators your vehicle location or other details about your vehicle or crash to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services. If you do not want to disclose this information, do not turn the feature on.

Vehicle Health Report
WARNING
Always follow scheduled maintenance instructions, regularly inspect your vehicle, and seek repair for any damage or problem you suspect. Vehicle Health Report supplements, but cannot replace, normal maintenance and vehicle inspection. Vehicle Health Report only monitors certain systems electronically monitored by your vehicle and will not monitor or report the status of any other system, (such as brake lining wear). Failure to perform scheduled maintenance and regularly inspect your vehicle may result in vehicle damage and serious injury.
Note: This feature is only available in the United States.
Note: Your Vehicle Health Report feature requires activation before use. Visit www.SYNCMyRide.com to register. There is no fee or subscription associated with Vehicle Health Report, but you must register to use this feature.
Note: This feature may not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your cellular phone. Before running a report, review the Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice.
Note: In order to allow a break-in period for your vehicle, you may not be able to create a Vehicle Health Report until your vehicle odometer has reached 200 miles.
Note: Cellular phone and SMS charges may apply when making a report.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

353
Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

Register for Vehicle Health Report and set your report preferences at www.SYNCMyRide.com. After registering, you can request a Vehicle Health Report (inside your vehicle). Return to your account at www.SYNCMyRide.com to view your report. You can also choose for SYNC to remind you automatically to run reports at specific mileage intervals.
The system allows you to check your vehicle's overall health in the form of a diagnostic report card. The Vehicle Health Report contains valuable information such as:
· Vehicle diagnostic information
· Scheduled maintenance

· Open recalls and Field Service Actions
· Items noted during vehicle inspections by an authorized dealer that still need servicing.
You can run a report (after your vehicle has been running a minimum of 60 seconds) by pressing the voice button and saying "Vehicle Health Report", or pressing the phone button.
To run a report using the phone button:
1. Press the phone button to enter phone menu.
2. Scroll to select Vehicle Health, and then press OK.
3. Scroll to select from the following options:

Vehicle Health Report options

User Preferences: Press OK Automatic Reports: Press OK to and select On or Off.

to select and enter the

Select On to have SYNC automatically prompt you to run

menu. Scroll to select from: a health report at certain mileage intervals.*

Mileage Intervals: Press OK. Scroll to select between 5000, 7500 or 10000-mile intervals and press OK to make your selection.

Return: Press OK to exit the menu.

Run Report?

Press OK for SYNC to run a health report of your vehicle's diagnostic systems and send the results to Ford where it combines with scheduled maintenance information, open recalls and other field service actions and vehicle inspection items that still need servicing from an authorized dealer.

Return

Exit the current menu.

*You must first turn this feature on before you can select the desired mileage interval.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

354
Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice
When you create a Vehicle Health Report, Ford Motor Company may collect your cellular phone number (to process your report request) and diagnostic information about your vehicle. Certain versions or updates to Vehicle Health Report may also collect more vehicle information. Ford may use your vehicle information it collects for any purpose. If you do not want to disclose your cellular phone number or vehicle information, do not run the feature or set up your Vehicle Health Report profile at www.SYNCMyRide.com. See www.SYNCMyRide.com (Vehicle Health Report Terms and Conditions, and Privacy Statement) for more information.
SYNC Services: Traffic, Directions & Information (TDI) (If Equipped, Unites States Only)
Note: SYNC Services varies by trim level and model year and may require a subscription. Traffic alerts and turn-by-turn directions available in select markets. Message and data rates may apply. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change or discontinue this product service at any time without prior notification or incurring any future obligation.
Note: SYNC Services requires activation before use. Visit www.SYNCMyRide.com to register and check your eligibility for complimentary services. Standard phone and message rates may apply. Subscription may be required. You must also have the active SYNC Services Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone paired and connected to the system in order to connect to, and use, SYNC Services. See Using SYNCTM With Your Phone (page 340).
Note: This feature does not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your cellular phone. Make sure your cellular phone is not blocking caller ID before using SYNC Services.

Note: The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle, and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions. Any navigation features provided are only an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations. Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver, place you in an unsafe situation, or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of errors, changes in roads, traffic conditions or driving conditions.
Note: When you connect, the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect your vehicle's current location, travel direction and speed to help provide you with the directions, traffic reports, or business searches you request. Further, to provide the services you request, for continuous improvement, the service may collect and record call details and voice communications. For more information, see SYNC Services Terms and Conditions at www.SYNCMyRide.com. If you do not want Ford or its service providers to collect your vehicle travel information or other information identified in the Terms and Conditions, do not subscribe or use the service.
SYNC Services uses advanced vehicle sensors, integrated GPS technology and comprehensive map and traffic data, to give you personalized traffic reports, precise turn-by-turn directions, business search, news, sports, weather and more. For a complete list of services, or to learn more, please visit www.SYNCMyRide.com.
Connecting to SYNC Services Using Voice Commands
1. Press the voice button.

355

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

2. When prompted, say "Services". This initiates an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your paired and connected Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone.
3. Once you connect to the service, follow the voice prompts to request the desired service, such as Traffic or Directions. You can also say, "What are my choices?" to receive a list of available services from which to choose.
4. Say, "Services" to return to the Services main menu or for help, say, "Help".
Connecting to SYNC Services Using the Phone Menu
1. Press the phone button to enter the phone menu.
2. Scroll to Services.
3. Press OK to confirm and enter the Services menu. The display indicates the system is connecting.
4. Press OK. SYNC initiates the call to the Services portal.
5. Once you connect to the service, follow the voice prompts to request the desired service, such as Traffic or Directions. You can also say, "What are my choices?" to receive a list of available services from which to choose.
6. Say, "Services" to return to the Services main menu or for help, say, "Help".
Receiving Turn-by-Turn Directions
1. When connected to SYNC Services, say "Directions" or "Business search". To find the closest business or type of business to your current location, just say "Business search" and then "Search near me". If you need further

assistance in finding a location you can say "Operator" at any time within a Directions or Business search to speak with a live operator. The system may prompt you to speak with an operator when it has difficulty matching your voice request. The live operator can assist you by searching for businesses by name or by category, residential addresses by street address or by name or specific street intersections. Operator Assist is a feature of your SYNC Services subscription. For more information on Operator Assist, visit www.SYNCMyRide.com/support.
2. Follow the voice prompts to select your destination. Once you select your destination, the system uploads your current vehicle location, calculates a route based on current traffic conditions and sends it back to your vehicle. After the route download is complete, the phone call automatically ends. You then receive audible and visual driving instructions as you travel toward your destination.
3. While on an active route, you can select or say "Route summary" or "Route status" to view the Route Summary turn list or the Route Status ETA. You can also turn voice guidance on or off, cancel the route or update the route.
If you miss a turn, SYNC automatically asks if you want the route updated. Just say, "Yes" when prompted and the system sends a new route to your vehicle.
Disconnecting from SYNC Services
1. Press and hold the phone button on the steering wheel.
2. Say "Goodbye" from the SYNC Services main menu.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

356
Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

Personalizing
Push to interrupt Portable

SYNC Services quick tips
You can personalize your Services feature to provide quicker access to your most used or favorite information. You can save address points such as work or home. You can also save favorite information like sports teams or a news category. You can learn more about personalization by logging onto www.SYNCMyRide.com.
Press the voice button at any time (while connected to SYNC Services) to interrupt a voice prompt or an audio clip (such as a sports report) and say your voice command.
Your subscription is associated with your Bluetoothenabled cellular phone number, not your VIN (Vehicle Identification Number). You can pair and connect your phone to any vehicle equipped with SYNC Services and continue enjoying your personalized services. You can even access your account outside your vehicle. Just use the number on your phone's call history. Traffic and Directions features do not function properly but information services and the 411 connect and text message features are available.

SYNC AppLink
Note: This feature is only available in the United States.
Note: You must pair and connect your smartphone to SYNC to access AppLink.
Note: iPhone users need to connect the phone to the USB port in order to start the application. We recommend you lock your iPhone after starting an application.
Note: The AppLink feature is not available if your vehicle is equipped with the MyFord Touch or MyLincoln Touch system.
Note: Depending on your display type, you can access AppLink from the media menu, the phone menu, or by using voice commands. Once an app is running through AppLink, you can control main features of the app through voice commands and steering wheel controls.

To Access Using the Phone Menu
1. Press the phone button to access the SYNC phone menu on-screen.
2. Scroll to Mobile Apps and press OK to access a list of available applications.
3. Scroll through the list of available applications and press OK to select a particular app.
4. Once an app is running through SYNC, you can access an app's menu by pressing the MENU button to first access the SYNC menu.
5. Select "SYNC-Media" by pressing OK.
6. Scroll until "<App name> Menu" is displayed (such as, Pandora Menu), then press OK. From here, you can access an application's features, such as Thumbs up and Thumbs down. For more information, please visit www.SYNCMyRide.com.

357

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

To Access Using the Media Menu
1. Press the AUX button on the center console.
2. Press MENU to access the SYNC menu.
3. Select "SYNC-Media" by pressing OK.
4. Scroll to Mobile Apps and press OK to access a list of available applications.
5. Scroll through the list of available applications and press OK to select a particular app.
6. Once an app is running through SYNC, you can access an app's menu by pressing the MENU button to first access the SYNC menu.
7. Select "SYNC-Media" by pressing OK.
8. Scroll until "<App name> Menu" is displayed (such as, Pandora Menu), then press OK. From here, you can access an application's features, such as Thumbs up and Thumbs down. For more information, please visit www.SYNCMyRide.com.
To Access Using Voice Commands
1. Press the voice icon.
2. When prompted, say "Mobile Apps".
3. Say the name of the application after the tone.
4. The app should start. While an app is running through SYNC, you can press the voice button and speak commands specific to the app, such as "Play Station Quickmix". Say "Help" to discover available voice commands.

USING SYNCTM WITH YOUR MEDIA PLAYER
You can access and play music from your digital music player over your vehicle's speaker system using the system's media menu or voice commands. You can also sort and play your music by specific categories, such as artist and album.
Note: The system is capable of indexing up to 6,000 songs.
SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any digital media player including: iPod®, ZuneTM, Plays from device players, and most USB drives. SYNC also supports audio formats, such as MP3, WMA, WAV and ACC.
Connecting Your Digital Media Player to the USB Port
Note: If your digital media player has a power switch, make sure you switch it on before plugging it in.
To Connect Using Voice Commands
1. Plug the device into the USB port.
2. Press the voice icon and when prompted, say "USB".
3. You can now play music by saying any of the appropriate voice commands. See the media voice commands.
To Connect Using the System Menu
1. Plug the device into the USB port.
2. Press AUX and then MENU to enter the media menu.
3. Scroll to Select Source. Press OK.
4. Scroll to USB. Press OK.
5. Depending on how many digital media files are on your connected device, Indexing may appear in the radio display. When indexing is complete, the screen returns to the Play menu.

358

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

Press OK and scroll through selections of: · Play All · Albums · Genres · Playlists · Tracks · Explore USB · Similar Music · Return

What's Playing?

At any time when a track is playing, you can press the voice icon and ask the system "What's playing?". The system reads the metadata tags (if populated) of the playing track to you.

Media Voice Commands

E142599

Press the voice icon. When prompted, say "USB", then any of the following:

"USB" "Autoplay off" "Autoplay on" "Connections"
"Pause" "Play" "Play album <name>"1,2 "Play all" "Play artist <name>"1,2 "Play genre <name>"1,2 "Play next folder"3 "Play next track"

"USB" "Play playlist <name>"1,2
"Play previous folder"3 "Play previous track" "Play song <name>"1,2 "Play track <name>"1,2 "Refine album <name>"1,2 "Refine artist <name>"1,2 "Refine song <name>"1,2 "Refine track <name>"1,2
"Repeat off" "Repeat on" "Search album <name>"1,2 "Search artist <name>"1,2 "Search genre <name>"1,2 "Search song <name>"1,2 "Search track <name>"1,2 "Shuffle off" "Shuffle on"

359

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

"USB" "Similar music" "What's playing?"

1 <name> is a dynamic listing, meaning that it could be the name of anything, such as a group, artist or song.
2 This voice command is not available until indexing is complete.
3 This voice command is only available in folder mode.

Voice command guide

"Autoplay"

Turn autoplay on to listen to music processed during indexing. Turn autoplay off to allow the indexing process
to finish before the system plays any of your music.*

"Search genre" or "Play genre"

The system searches all the data from your indexed music and, if available, begins to play the chosen type of music. You can only play genres of music that are present in the GENRE metadata tags that you have on your digital media player.

"Similar music"

The system compiles a playlist and then plays music similar to what is currently playing from the USB port using indexed metadata information.

"Search" or "Play" artist, track or album

The system searches for specific artist, track or album information from the music indexed through the USB port.

"Refine"

This allows you to make your previous command more specific. For example, if you asked to search and play all music by a certain artist, you could then say, "Refine album" and choose a specific album from the list to view. If you then select Play, the system only plays music from that specific album.

*Indexing times can vary from device to device and with regard to the number of songs the system needs to process.

Press the voice icon. When prompted, say, "Bluetooth audio", then any of the following:

"BLUETOOTH AUDIO" "Connections" "Pause" "Play"
"Play next track" "Play previous track"

360

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

Media Menu Features
The media menu allows you to select your media source, how to play your music (such as by artist, genre, shuffle or repeat),

and also to add, connect or delete devices.
1. Press AUX and then MENU to enter the media menu.
2. Scroll to cycle through:

When you select: Play Menu Select Source
Media Settings
Mobile Apps

You can:
Play your music by artist, album, genre, playlist, track, similar music or play all music. You can also choose to Explore USB to view the supported digital music files on your playing device.
Select and play music from your USB port, auxiliary input jack (line in) or stream music from your Bluetooth-enabled phone.
SYNC USB: Press OK to access music plugged into your USB port. You can also plug in devices to charge them (if supported by your device). Once connected, the system indexes any readable media files.1
Bluetooth Audio: This is a phone-dependent feature that allows you to stream music playing on your Bluetoothenabled phone. If supported by your device, you can press SEEK to play the previous or next track.
SYNC Line In: Press OK to select and play music from your portable music player over your vehicle's speakers.2
Choose to shuffle or repeat your music and select your Autoplay settings. Once you turn these selections on, they remain on until you turn them off. Press SEEK to play the previous or next track.3
Shuffle: Press OK to shuffle available media files in the current playlist. To shuffle all media tracks, you must select Play All in the play menu and then select Shuffle.
Repeat: Press OK to repeat any song.
Autoplay: Turn autoplay on to listen to music processed during indexing. Turn autoplay off to allow the indexing process to finish before the system plays any of your music.4
Interact with SYNC-capable mobile applications on your smartphone.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

361
Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

When you select:

You can:

System Settings

Access Bluetooth Device menu listings (Add, Connect, Set as Primary, On and Off, Delete) as well as Advanced menu listings (prompts, languages, defaults, master reset, install application and system information).

Exit Media Menu

Press OK to exit the media menu.

1The time required to complete this depends on the size of the media the system needs to index. If autoplay is on, you can listen to media processed during indexing. If autoplay is off, you cannot listen to music until the system finishes indexing media. SYNC is capable of indexing thousands of average size media and notifies you if it reaches the maximum indexing file size.
2If you have already connected a device to the USB port, you cannot access the line in feature. Some digital media players require both USB and line in ports to stream data and music separately.
3Some digital media players require both USB and line in ports to stream data and music separately
4Indexing times can vary from device to device and with regard to the number of songs the system needs to process.

Accessing Your Play Menu
This menu allows you to select and play your media by artist, album, genre, playlist, track, similar music or even to explore what is on your USB device.
Note: If your digital media player has a power switch, make sure you switch it on before plugging it in.

1. Press AUX and then MENU to enter the media menu.
2. Scroll to Play. Press OK.
If there are no media files to access, the display indicates there is no media. If there are media files, you have the following options:

When you select: Play All
Artists

You can:
Play all indexed media (tracks) from your playing device in flat file mode, one at a time in numerical order. Press OK to select. The first track title appears in the display.
Sort all indexed media by artist. Once selected, the system lists and then play all artists and tracks alphabetically. If there are fewer than 255 indexed artists, the system lists them alphabetically in flat file mode. If there are more than 255, the system categorizes them alphabetically.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

362
Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

When you select: Albums Genres Playlists Tracks Explore USB Similar Music*

You can:
1. Press OK to select. You can select to play All Artists or any indexed artist. 2. Scroll to choose the desired artist. Press OK.
Sort all indexed media by albums. If there are fewer than 255 indexed albums, the system lists them alphabetically in flat file mode. If there are more than 255, the system categorizes them alphabetically. 1. Press OK to enter the album menu and select from playing all albums or from any individual indexed album. 2. Scroll to choose the desired album. Press OK.
Sort indexed music by genre (category) type. SYNC lists the genres alphabetically in flat file mode. If there are more than 255, the system categorizes them alphabetically. 1. Press OK to select. 2. Scroll to select the desired genre. Press OK.
Access your playlists (from formats, such as .ASX, .M3U, .WPL or .MTP). The system lists your playlists alphabetically in flat-file mode. If there are more than 255, the system categorizes them alphabetically. 1. Press OK to select. 2. Scroll to select the desired playlist. Press OK.
Search for and play a specific indexed track. SYNC lists your tracks alphabetically in flat file mode. If there are more than 255, the system categorizes them alphabetically. 1. Press OK to select. 2. Scroll to select the desired track. Press OK.
Explore all supported digital media on your media device connected to the USB port. You can only view media content which is compatible with SYNC; other files saved are not visible. 1. Press OK to select. 2. Scroll to explore indexed media on your flash drive.
Play music similar to what is currently playing from the USB port. The system uses the metadata information of each song to compile a playlist for you.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

363
Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

When you select:

You can:

Press OK to select. The system creates a new list of similar songs and begins playing. This feature does not include tracks with incomplete metadata information.

Return

Exit the current menu.

*With certain playing devices, if your metadata tags are not populated, the tracks are not
available in voice recognition, play menu or similar music. However, if you place these tracks onto your playing device in "Mass Storage Device Mode", they are available in voice recognition, play menu browsing and similar music. The system places Unknown items into any unpopulated metadata tag.

System Settings
Bluetooth Devices
The Bluetooth Devices menu allows you to add, connect and delete a device as turn the Bluetooth feature on and off.

1. Press AUX and then MENU to enter the media menu.
2. Scroll to System Settings. Press OK.
3. Scroll to Bluetooth Devices. Press OK.

When you select: Add Bluetooth Device*
Connect Bluetooth Device Set Bluetooth Delete Device Delete All Devices

You can:
Pair more devices to the system. 1. Press OK to select and press OK again when Find SYNC appears in the display. 2. Follow the directions in your phone's manual to put your phone into discovery mode. A six-digit PIN appears in the display. 3. When prompted on your phone's six-digit display, enter the PIN.
Connect a previously paired Bluetooth-enabled device. 1. Press OK to select and view a list of previously paired devices. 2. Scroll until you find the desired device, and then press OK to connect the device.
Turn the Bluetooth feature on and off.** 1. Press OK and scroll to toggle between On and Off. 2. Make a selection, and then press OK.
Delete a paired media device. 1. Press OK and scroll to select the device. 2. Press OK to confirm.
Delete all previously paired devices.

364

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

When you select:

You can:

Press OK to select.

Return

Exit the current menu.

*This is a speed-dependent feature.
**Setting Bluetooth to off disconnects all Bluetooth devices and turns off all Bluetooth features.

Advanced
The Advanced menu allows you to access and set prompts, languages, defaults and perform a master reset.

1. Press AUX and then MENU to enter the media menu.
2. Scroll to System Settings. Press OK.
3. Scroll to Advanced. Press OK.

When you select: Prompts Languages
Factory Defaults

You can:
Have SYNC guide you by asking questions, helpful hints or ask you for a specific action. 1. Press OK to select and scroll to select between on or off. 2. Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display. SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu.
Choose from English, Français or Español. The displays and prompts are in the selected language. 1. Press OK to select and then scroll through the languages. 2. Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display. 3. If you change the language setting, the display indicates that the system is updating. When complete, SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu.
Return to the factory default settings. This selection does not erase your indexed information (phonebook, call history, text messages and paired devices). 1. Press OK to select. 2. Press OK again when Restore Defaults? appears in the display. 3. Press OK to confirm.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

365
Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

When you select: Master Reset
Application
Return

You can:
Completely erase all information stored on SYNC (all phonebook, call history, text messages and all paired devices) and return to the factory default settings.
Download new software applications (if available) and then load the desired applications through your USB port. See the web site for more information.
Exit the current menu.

SYNCTM TROUBLESHOOTING
Your SYNC system is easy to use. However, should questions arise, see the tables below.

Use the website at any time to check your phone's compatibility, register your account and set preferences as well as access a customer representative via an online chat (during certain hours). Visit www.SYNCMyRide.com, www.SYNCMyRide.ca or www.syncmaroute.ca for more information.

Phone issues

Issue

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

There is excessive back- The audio control settings

ground noise during a phone on your phone may be

call.

affecting SYNC perform-

ance.

Review your phone's manual about audio adjustments.

During a call, I can hear the This may be a possible

other person but they

phone malfunction.

cannot hear me.

Try turning off the device, resetting the device, removing the device's battery, then trying again.

SYNC is not able to download my phonebook.

This is a phone-dependent feature. This may be a possible phone malfunction.

Go to the website to review your phone's compatibility. Try turning off the device, resetting the device or removing the device's battery, then trying again. Try pushing your phonebook contacts to SYNC by using the Add Contacts feature. Use the SYNCmyphone feature available on the website.

366

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

Phone issues

Issue

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

The system says Phonebook This may be a limitation on

Downloaded but the

your phone's capability.

phonebook in SYNC is

empty or missing contacts.

Try pushing your phonebook contacts to SYNC by using the Add Contacts feature. If the missing contacts are stored on your SIM card, try moving them to the device memory. Remove any pictures or special ring tones associated with the missing contact. Depending upon your phone, you may have to grant SYNC permission to access your phonebook contacts. Make sure to confirm when prompted by your phone during the phonebook download.

I am having trouble connecting my phone to SYNC.

This is a phone-dependent feature. This may be a possible phone malfunction.

Go to the website to review your phone's compatibility. Try turning off the device, resetting the device or removing the device's battery, then trying again. Try deleting your device from SYNC, deleting SYNC from your device and trying again. Check the security and auto accept and prompt always settings relative to the SYNC Bluetooth connection on your phone. Update your device's firmware. Turn off the Auto phonebook download setting.

Text messaging is not working on SYNC.

This is a phone-dependent Go to the website to review

feature.

your phone's compatibility.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

367
Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

Issue

Phone issues
Possible cause(s)
This may be a possible phone malfunction.

Possible solution(s)
Try turning off the device, resetting the device or removing the device's battery, then trying again.

USB and media issues

Issue

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

I am having trouble connecting my device.

This may be a possible device malfunction.

Try turning off the device, resetting the device, removing the device's battery, then trying again. Make sure you are using the manufacturer's cable. Make sure you insert the USB cable correctly into the device and the USB port. Make sure that the device does not have an autoinstall program or active security settings.

SYNC does not recognize This is a device limitation. my device when I turn on the car.

Make sure you are not leaving the device in your vehicle during very hot or cold temperatures.

Bluetooth audio does not stream.

This is a phone-dependent Review the device compatib-

feature.

ility chart on the SYNC

The device is not connected. website to confirm your

phone supports the

Bluetooth audio streaming

function.

Make sure you correctly

connect the device to SYNC,

and that you have pressed

play on your device.

SYNC does not recognize music that is on my device.

Your music files may not contain the correct artist, song title, album or genre information.

Make sure that all song details are populated.

368

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

Issue

USB and media issues

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

The file may be corrupted. Some devices require you to

The song may have copy- change the USB settings

right protection, which does from mass storage to MTP

not allow it to play.

class.

Vehicle Health Report and Services (Traffic, Directions and Information) issues

Issue

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

I received a text that I did not activate Vehicle Health Report.

You did not activate your account on the website. You may have the wrong VIN (vehicle identification number) listed.

This is a free feature, but you must first register online to use it. Make sure that your VIN is correctly listed in your account.

I am unable to retrieve the report on the website, or I receive a system error.

The preferred dealer information did not load correctly.

When you register your account, you must choose a preferred dealer. If it already lists a dealer, try selecting another dealer and logging out. Log back in, change it back to your preferred dealer, and retrieve the report.

I am unable to submit a report.

This could be due to your phone's compatibility. Bad signal strength. You did not register your phone correctly on the website.

Update your cellular number in your account on the website. Make sure you have full signal strength and that your Bluetooth volume level has been turned up. Make sure the currently connected phone is registered on your SYNCMyRide account. Try deleting your phone and performing a clean pairing.

I heard a commercial when I tried to use Traffic, Directions and Information.

You did not activate this phone for this service. Your phone has ID blocker active.

This is a free feature, but you must first register online to use it.

369

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

Vehicle Health Report and Services (Traffic, Directions and Information) issues

Issue

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

Turn off ID blocker on your phone as the system recognizes you by your phone number. Make sure the currently connected phone is the same one that is registered on your SYNCMyRide account.

Voice command issues

Issue

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

SYNC does not understand what I am saying.

You may be using the wrong voice commands. You may be speaking too soon or at the wrong time.

Review the phone voice commands and the media voice commands at the beginning of their respective sections. After pressing the voice icon, wait until after the tone sounds and Listening appears before saying a command. Any command spoken before this does not register with the system.

SYNC does not understand You may be using the wrong Review the media voice

the name of a song or artist. voice commands.

commands at the beginning

You may be saying the

of the media section.

name differently than the Say the song or artist

way you saved it.

exactly as listed. If you say

The system may not be

"Play Artist Prince", the

reading the name the same system does not play music

way you are saying it.

by Prince and the Revolution

or Prince and the New

Power Generation.

Make sure you are saying the

complete title, such as

"California remix featuring

Jennifer Nettles".

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

370
Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

Voice command issues

Issue

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

If the song titles are in all CAPS, you have to spell them. LOLA requires you to say "L-O-L-A". Do not use special characters in the title. The system does not recognize them.

SYNC does not understand or is calling the wrong contact when I want to make a call.

You may be using the wrong voice commands. You may be saying the name differently than the way you saved it. The system may not be reading the name the same way you are saying it. Contacts in your phonebook may be very short and similar, or they may contain special characters. Your phonebook contacts may be in CAPS.

Review the Phone voice commands at the beginning of the phone section. Make sure you are saying the contacts exactly as they are listed. For example, if you save a contact as Joe Wilson, say "Call Joe Wilson". Using the SYNC phone menu, open the phonebook and scroll to the name SYNC is having trouble understanding. SYNC will read the name to you, giving you some idea of the pronunciation SYNC is expecting. The system works better if you list full names, such as "Joe Wilson" rather than "Joe". Do not use special characters, such as 123 or ICE, as the system does not recognize them. If a contact is in CAPS, you have to spell it. JAKE requires you to say "Call JA-K-E".

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

371
Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

AppLink issues

Issue

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

AppLink Mobile Applica- An AppLink capable phone tions: When I select "Find is not connected to SYNC. New Apps," SYNC does not find any applications.

Ensure you have a compatible smartphone; an Android with OS 2.3 or higher or an iPhone 3GS or newer with iOS 5.0 or higher. Additionally, ensure your phone is paired and connected to SYNC in order to find AppLink-capable apps on your device. iPhone users must also connect to SYNC's USB port with an Apple USB cable.

My phone is connected, but AppLink-enabled apps are Ensure you have down-

I still cannot find any apps. not installed and running on loaded and installed the

your mobile device.

latest version of the app

from your phone's app store.

Ensure the app is running on

your phone. Some apps

require you to register or

phone before using them

with AppLink. Also, some

may have a "Ford SYNC"

setting, so check the app's

settings menu on the phone.

My phone is connected, my Sometime apps do not

app(s) are running, but I still properly close and re-open

cannot find any apps.

their connection to SYNC,

over ignition cycles, for

example.

Closing and restarting apps may help SYNC find the application if you cannot discover it inside the vehicle. On an Android device, if apps have an "Exit' or 'Quit' option, select that then restart the app. If the app does not have that option, you can also manually "Force Close" the app by going to the phone's settings

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

372
Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

Issue
My Android phone is connected, my app(s) are running, I restarted them, but I still cannot find any apps.

AppLink issues

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

menu, selecting 'Apps.' then finding the particular app and choosing 'Force stop.' Don't forget to restart the app afterwards, then select "Find New Apps" on SYNC.

On an iPhone with iOS7+, to force close an app, double tab the home button then swipe up on the app to close it. Tab the home button again, then select the app again to restart it. After a few seconds, the app should then appear in SYNC's Mobile App's Menu.

There is a bluetooth bug on Reset the Bluetooth on your

some order versions of the phone by turning it off and

Android OS that may cause then turning Bluetooth back

apps that were found on on. If you are in your vehicle,

your previous vehicle drive SYNC should be able to

to not be found again if you automatically re-connect to

have not turned off

your phone if you press the

bluetooth.

"Phone" button.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

373
Information Provided by:

SYNCTM

AppLink issues

Issue

Possible cause(s)

Possible solution(s)

My iPhone phone is connected, my app is running, I restarted the app but I still cannot find it on SYNC.

The USB connection to

Unplug the USB cable from

SYNC may need to be reset. the phone, wait a moment,

and plug the USB cable

back in to the phone. After a

few seconds, the app should

appear in SYNC's Mobile

Apps Menu. If not, "Force

Close" the application and

restart it.

I have an Android phone. I The bluetooth volume on found and started my media the phone may be low. app on SYNC, but there is no sound or the sound is very low.

Try increasing the Bluetooth volume of the device by using the device's volume control buttons which are most often found on the side of the device.

I can only see some of the Some Android devices have Force close or uninstall the

AppLink apps running on my a limited number of

apps you do not want SYNC

phone listed in SYNC's

bluetooth ports apps can to find. If the app has a "Ford

Mobile Apps Menu.

use to connect. If you have SYNC" setting, disable that

more AppLink apps on your setting in the app's settings

phone than the number of menu on the phone.

availble Bluetooth ports, you

will not see all of your apps

listed in SYNC's mobile apps

menu.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

374
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

GENERAL INFORMATION

FED

E161891
A Phone B Navigation (or Information if your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation) C Climate D Settings E Home F Information G Entertainment

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

375
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

This system uses a four-corner strategy to provide quick access to several vehicle features and settings. The touchscreen provides easy interaction with your cellular phone, multimedia, climate control and navigation system. The corners display any active modes within those menus, such as phone status or the climate temperature.
Note: Some features are not available while your vehicle is moving.
Note: Your system is equipped with a feature that allows you to access and control audio features for 30 minutes after you switch the ignition off (and no doors open).
PHONE
Press to select any of the following: · Phone · Quick Dial · Phonebook · History · Messaging · Settings
NAVIGATION
Press to select any of the following: · My Home · Favorites · Previous Destinations · Point of Interest · Emergency · Street Address · Intersection · City Center · Map · Edit Route · Cancel Route
CLIMATE

Press to select any of the following: · Driver Settings · Recirculated Air · Auto · Dual · Passenger Settings · A/C · Defrost
SETTINGS

E142607

Press to select any of the following: · Clock · Display · Sound · Vehicle · Settings · Help

HOME

E142613

Press to access your home screen. Depending on your

vehicle's option package and software,

your screens may vary in appearance from

the descriptions in this section. Your

features may also be limited depending on

your market. Check with an authorized

dealer for availability.

INFORMATION

E142608
Press to select any of the following: · Services · Travel Link · Alerts · Calendar · Apps ENTERTAINMENT

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

376
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

Press to select any of the following:
· AM
· FM
· SIRIUS
· CD
· USB
· BT Stereo
· SD Card
· A/V In
Using the Touch-Sensitive Controls on Your System
To turn a feature on and off, just touch the graphic with your finger. To get the best performance from the touch-sensitive controls:
· Do not press hard on the controls. They are sensitive to light touch.
· Use your bare finger to touch the center of a touch-control graphic. Touching off-center of the graphic may affect operation of a nearby control.
· Make sure your hands are clean and dry.
· Since the touchscreen operates based on the touch of a finger, you may have trouble using it if you are wearing gloves.
· Keep metal and other conductive material away from the surface of the touchscreen as this may cause electronic interference (for example, inadvertently turning on a feature other than the one you meant to turn on).
Depending on your vehicle and option package, you may also have these controls on your bezel:
· Power: Switch the media or climate features off and on.
· VOL: Control the volume of playing media.

· Seek and Tune: Use as you normally would in media modes.
· Eject: Eject a CD from the entertainment system.
· SOURCE: Touch the word repeatedly to see all available media modes. The screen does not change, but you see the media change in the lower left status bar.
· Climate control: Control the temperature, fan speed or settings of the climate control system.
· SOUND: Touch the word to access the Sound menu where you can adjust settings such as: Bass, Treble, Midrange, Balance and Fade, DSP (Digital Signal Processing), Occupancy Mode and Speed Compensated Volume. (Your vehicle may not have all of these sound options.)
Using Your Steering Wheel Controls
Depending on your vehicle and option package, you can use your steering wheel controls to interact with the touchscreen system.
· VOL: Control the volume of audio output.
· Mute: Mute the audio output.
· Voice: Press to start a voice session. Press again and hold to end a voice session.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

377
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

· SEEK and PHONE ACCEPT:
· While in radio mode, press to seek between memory presets or press and hold to seek between stations.
· While in USB or CD mode, press to seek between stations or press and hold to fast seek.
· While in phone mode, press to answer a call, or to switch between calls.
· SEEK and PHONE REJECT:
· While in radio mode, press to seek between memory presets or press and hold to seek between stations.
· While in USB or CD mode, press to seek between stations or press and hold to fast seek.
· While in phone mode, press to end a call, or to reject and incoming call.
See Steering Wheel (page 68).
Cleaning the Touchscreen Display
Use a clean, soft cloth such as one used for cleaning glasses. If dirt or fingerprints are still visible, apply a small amount of alcohol to the cloth. Do not pour or spray alcohol onto the display. Do not use detergent or any type of solvent to clean the display.
Support
The SYNC support team is available to help you with any questions you are not able to answer on your own.
Monday-Saturday, 8:30am-9:00pm EST.
Sunday, 10:30am-7:30pm EST.
In the United States, call: 1-800-392-3673.
In Canada, call: 1-800-565-3673.
Times are subject to change due to holidays.

Safety Information
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
· Do not attempt to service or repair the system. See an authorized dealer.
· Do not operate playing devices if the power cords or cables are broken, split or damaged. Place cords and cables out of the way, so they do not interfere with the operation of pedals, seats, compartments or safe driving abilities.
· Do not leave playing devices in your vehicle during extreme conditions as it could cause them damage. See your device's user guide for further information.
· For your safety, some SYNC functions are speed-dependent. Their use is limited to when your vehicle is traveling at speeds under 3 mph (5 km/h).
Make sure that you review your device's manual before using it with SYNC.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

378
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

Speed-restricted Features
Some features of this system may be too difficult to use while your vehicle is moving so they are restricted from use unless your vehicle is stationary.
· Screens crowded with information, such as Point of Interest reviews and ratings, SIRIUS Travel Link sports scores, movie times or ski conditions.

· Any action that requires you to use a keyboard is restricted, such as entering a navigation destination or editing information.
· All lists are limited so the user can view fewer entries (such as phone contacts or recent phone call entries).
See the following chart for more specific examples.

Restricted features

Cellular Phone

Pairing a Bluetooth phone

Adding phonebook contacts or uploading phonebook contacts (from a USB)

List entries are limited for phone contacts and recent phone call entries

System Functionality

Editing the keypad code

Enabling Valet Mode

Editing settings while the rear view camera or active park assist are active

Wi-Fi and Wireless

Editing wireless settings

Editing the list of wireless networks

Videos, Photos and Graphics Playing video

Editing the screen's wallpaper or adding new wallpaper

Text Messages

Composing text messages

Viewing received text messages

Editing preset text messages

Navigation

Using the keyboard to enter a destination

Demo navigation route

Adding or editing Address Book entries or Avoid Areas

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

379
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

Privacy Information
When you connect a cellular phone to SYNC, the system creates a profile within your vehicle that links to that cellular phone. This profile helps in offering you more cellular features and operating more efficiently. Among other things, this profile may contain data about your cellular phone book, text messages (read and unread), and call history, including history of calls when your cell phone was not connected to the system. In addition, if you connect a media device, the system creates and retains an index of supported media content. The system also records a short development log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity. The log profile and other system data may be used to improve the system and help diagnose any problems that may occur.

The cellular profile, media device index, and development log remain in your vehicle unless you delete them and are generally accessible only in your vehicle when the cellular phone or media player is connected. If you no longer plan to use the system or your vehicle, we recommend you perform a Master Reset to erase all stored information.
System data cannot be accessed without special equipment and access to your vehicle's SYNC module. Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access the system data for any purpose other than as described absent consent, a court order, or where required by law enforcement, other government authorities, or other third parties acting with lawful authority. Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada. For further privacy information, see the sections on 911 Assist, Vehicle Health Report, and Traffic, Directions and Information.

Accessing and Adjusting Modes Through Your Right Vehicle Information Display

E145459
Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

380
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

The display is located on the right side of your instrument cluster (A). You can use your steering wheel controls to view and make minor adjustments to active modes without taking your hands off the wheel. For example: · In Entertainment mode, you can view
what is now playing, change the audio source, select memory presets and make some adjustments. · In Phone mode, you can accept or reject an incoming call. · If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation, you can view the current route or activate a route.
E144811
Use the OK and arrow buttons on the right side of your steering wheel to scroll through the available modes.
The selection menu expands and different options appear. · Press the up and down arrows to scroll
through the modes. · Press the right arrow to enter the mode. · Press the left or right arrows to make
adjustments within the chosen mode. · Press OK to confirm your selection.

Note: If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation, Compass appears in the display instead of Navigation. If you press the right arrow to go into the Compass menu, you can see the compass graphic. The compass displays the direction in which the vehicle is traveling, not true direction (for example, if the vehicle is traveling west, the middle of the compass graphic displays west; north displays to the left of west though its true direction is to the right of west).

Using Voice Recognition

This system helps you control many features using voice commands. This allows you to keep your hands on the wheel and focus on what is in front of you. The system provides feedback through audible tones, prompts, questions and spoken confirmations depending on the situation and the chosen level of interaction (voice settings).
The system also asks short questions (confirmation prompts) when it is not sure of your request or when there are multiple possible responses to your request.
When using voice commands, words and icons may appear in the lower left status bar indicating the status of the voice session (such as Listening, Success, Failed, Paused or Try Again).

How to Use Voice Commands with Your System

E142599

Press the voice icon. After the tone, speak your command clearly.

These commands can be said at any time during a voice session
"Cancel" "Exit"
"Go back"

381

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

These commands can be said at any time during a voice session
"List of commands"
"Main menu"
"Next page"
"Previous page"
"What can I say?"
"Help"
What Can I Say?
To access the available voice commands for the current session, do one of the following: · During a voice session, press the help
icon (?) in the lower left status bar of the screen. · Say, "What can I say?" for an on-screen listing of the possible voice commands associated with your current voice session. · Press the voice icon. After the tone, say, "Help" for an audible list of possible voice commands.
Helpful Hints
· Make sure the interior of your vehicle is as quiet as possible. Wind noise from open windows and road vibrations may prevent the system from correctly recognizing spoken commands.
· After pressing the voice icon, wait until after the tone sounds and Listening appears before saying a command. Any command spoken before this does not register with the system.
· Speak naturally, without long pauses between words.
· At any time, you can interrupt the system while it is speaking by pressing the voice icon.

Accessing a List of Available Commands · If you use the touchscreen, press the
Settings icon > Help > Voice Command List. · If you use the steering wheel control, press the voice icon. After the tone, speak your command clearly.
Available voice commands
"Audio list of commands"
"Bluetooth audio list of commands"
"Browse list of commands"
"CD list of commands"
"Climate control list of commands"
"List of commands"
"Navigation list of commands" *
"Phone list of commands"
"Radio list of commands"
"SD card list of commands"
"Sirius satellite list of commands" **
"Travel link list of commands" *
"USB list of commands"
"Voice instructions list of commands"
"Voice settings list of commands"
"Help" * This command is only available when your vehicle is equipped with the navigation system, and the navigation system SD card is in the card slot. ** This command is only available when you have an active SIRIUS satellite radio subscription.

382

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

Voice Settings
Voice settings allow you to customize the level of system interaction, help and feedback. The system defaults to standard interaction that uses candidate lists and confirmation prompts as these provide the highest level of guidance and feedback.
· Interaction Mode: Novice mode provides detailed interaction and guidance while the advanced mode has less audible interaction and more tone prompts.
· Confirmation Prompts: The system uses these short questions to confirm your voice request. If turned off, the system simply makes a best guess as to what you requested. The system may still occasionally ask you to confirm settings.
· Phone and Media Candidate Lists: Candidate lists are lists of possible results from your voice commands. The system creates these lists when it has the same confidence level of several options based on your voice command.
To access these settings using the touchscreen:
1. Press the Settings icon > Settings > then Voice Control.
2. Select from the following:
· Interaction Mode
· Confirmation Prompts
· Media Candidate Lists
· Phone Candidate Lists
· Voice Control Volume.

To access these settings using voice commands: 1. Press the voice icon. Wait for the
prompt "Please say a command". Another tone sounds to let you know the system is listening. 2. Say any of the following commands:
Voice settings using voice commands
"Confirmation prompts off"
"Confirmation prompts on"
"Interaction mode advanced"
"Interaction mode novice"
"Media candidate lists off"
"Media candidate lists on"
"Phone candidate lists off"
"Phone candidate lists on"
"Help"
Using Voice Commands with the Touchscreen Options
Your voice system has a dual mode feature which allows you to switch between using voice commands and making on-screen selections. This is available only when the system displays a list of candidates generated during a voice session. For example, when entering in a street address or trying to call a contact from the phone you paired to the system.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

383
Information Provided by:

SETTINGS

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

A B C D E F

E161968

A Clock
B Display
C Sound
D Vehicle
E Settings
F Help
Under this menu, you can set your clock, access and adjust the E142607 display, sound and vehicle settings as well as access settings for specific modes or the help feature.
Clock
Note: You cannot manually set the date. Your vehicle's GPS does this for you.
Note: If the battery has been disconnected, your vehicle needs to acquire a GPS signal to update the clock. Once your vehicle acquires the signal, it may take a few minutes for the update to display the correct time.

E142607
1. Press the Settings icon > Clock.
2. Press + and - to adjust the time.
From this screen, you can also make other adjustments such as 12-hour or 24-hour mode, activate GPS time synchronization and have the system automatically update new time zones.
You can also turn the outside air temperature display off and on. It appears at the top center of the touchscreen, next to the time and date.

384

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

The system automatically saves any updates you make to the settings.
Display
You can adjust the touchscreen display through the touchscreen or by pressing the voice button on your steering wheel controls and when prompted, say, "Display settings".
Press the Settings icon > Display, to access and make E142607 adjustments using the touchscreen.
· Brightness allows you to make the screen display brighter or dimmer.
· Auto DIM, when set to On, lets you use the Auto Dim Manual Offset feature. When set to Off, screen brightness does not change.
· Mode allows you to set the screen to a certain brightness or have the system automatically change based on the outside light level, or turn the display off.
· If you select AUTO or NIGHT, you have the options of turning the display's Auto Dim feature on or off and changing the Auto Dim Manual Offset feature.
· Auto Dim Manual Offset allows you to adjust screen dimming as the outside lighting conditions change from day to night. This feature also allows you to adjust screen brightness using the instrument panel dimming control.
· Edit Wallpaper
· You can have your touchscreen display the default photo or upload your own.

Uploading Photos for Your Home Screen Wallpaper
Note: You cannot load photos directly from your camera. You must access the photos either from your USB mass storage device or from an SD card.
Note: Photographs with extremely large dimensions (such as 2048 x 1536) may not be compatible and appear as a blank (black) image on the display.
Your system allows you to upload and view up to 32 photos.
To access, press the Settings icon > Display > Edit E142607 Wallpaper, and then follow the system prompts to upload your photographs.

Only photographs that meet the following conditions display:
· Compatible file formats are as follows: .jpg, .gif, .png, .bmp
· Each file must be 1.5 MB or less.
· Recommended dimensions: 800 x 384

Sound

E142607

Press the Settings icon > Sound, then select from the following:

Sound Bass Midrange Treble Set Balance and Fade DSP*

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

385
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

Sound

Occupancy Mode*
Speed Compensated Volume * Your vehicle may not have these sound settings.

Vehicle

E142607

Press the Settings icon > Vehicle, then select from the following:

· Ambient Lighting. · Vehicle Health Report. · Camera Settings. · Enable Valet Mode.

Ambient Lighting (If Equipped)
When you turn this feature on, ambient lighting illuminates various places, such as the footwells, with a choice of colors. To access and make adjustments:

E142607
1. Press the Settings icon > Vehicle > Ambient Lighting.
2. Touch the desired color.
3. Use the scroll bar to increase or decrease the intensity.
To turn the feature on or off, press the power button.
Vehicle Health Report
Turn Automatic Reminders on and off and set the mileage interval at which you would like to receive the reports. Press ? for more information on these selections.
When done making your selections, press Run Vehicle Health Report Now if you want your report.

You can find more information on Vehicle Health Report in this chapter. See General Information (page 93).
Camera Settings
This menu allows you to access settings for your rear view camera.
Press the Settings icon > Vehicle > Camera Settings, E142607 then select from the following settings:
· Enhanced Park Aids. · Rear Camera Delay.
You can find more information on the rear view camera in another chapter. See Rear View Camera (page 183).
Enable Valet Mode
Valet mode allows you to lock the system. No information is accessible until the system is unlocked with the correct PIN.
E142607
1. Press the Settings icon > Vehicle > Enable Valet Mode.
2. Enter a four-digit pin twice, as prompted.
After you press Continue, the system locks until you enter the PIN again.
Note: If the system locks, and you need to reset the PIN, enter 3681 and the system unlocks.
Settings
Access and adjust system settings, voice features, as well as phone, navigation and wireless settings.

386

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

System

E142607

Press the Settings icon > Settings > System, then select from the following:

System

Language

Select to have the touchscreen display in English, Spanish or French.

Distance

Select to display units in kilometers or miles.

Temperature

Select to display units in Celsius or Fahrenheit.

System Prompt Volume

Adjust the volume of voice prompts from the system.

Touch Screen Button Beep Select to have the system beep to confirm choices made through the touchscreen.

Touch Panel Button Beep Select to have the system beep to confirm button choices made through the climate or audio system.

Keyboard Layout

Have the touchscreen keyboard display in QWERTY or ABC format.

Install Applications

Install any downloaded applications or view the current software licenses.

Master Reset

Select to restore factory defaults. This erases all personal settings and personal data.

Voice Control

E142607

Press the Settings icon > Settings > Voice Control, then select from the following:

Interaction Mode Confirmation Prompts Media Candidate Lists

Voice control
Standard interaction mode provides more detailed interaction and guidance. Advanced mode has less audible interaction and more tone prompts.
Have the system ask you short questions if it has not clearly heard or understood your request.*
Candidate lists are possible results from your voice commands. The system simply makes a best guess at your request with these turned off.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

387
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

Voice control

Phone Candidate Lists

Candidate lists are possible results from your voice commands. The system simply makes a best guess at your request with these turned off.

Voice Control Volume

This allows you to adjust the system's voice volume level.

* Even with confirmation prompts turned off, the system may occasionally ask you to confirm settings

Media Player

E142607

Press the Settings icon > Settings > Media Player, then select from the following:

Autoplay
Bluetooth Devices
Index Bluetooth Audio Devices Gracenote Database Info Gracenote Management Cover Art Priority

Media player
When this feature is on, the system automatically switches to the media source upon initial connection. This allows you to listen to music during the indexing process. When this feature is off, the system does not automatically switch to the inserted media source.
Select to connect, disconnect, add or delete a device. You can also set a device as your favorite so that the system automatically attempts to connect to that device at every ignition cycle.
When this feature is on, the system automatically indexes media on your connected Bluetooth device.
This allows you to view the version level of the Gracenote Database.
With this feature on, the Gracenote Database supplies metadata information for your music files. This overrides information from your device. This feature defaults to off.
With this feature on, the Gracenote Database supplied cover art for your music files. This overrides any art from your device. This feature defaults to Media Player.

Navigation

E142607

Press the Settings icon > Settings > Navigation, then select from the following:

388

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

Map Preferences Route Preferences
Navigation Preferences Traffic Preferences

Navigation
Switch breadcrumbs on and off.
Have the system display your turn list top to bottom or bottom to top.
Switch the Parking POI notification on and off.
Choose to have the system display the Shortest, Fastest or most Ecological route first. If you set Always Use Preferred Route to Yes, the system uses the selected route type to calculate only one route to the desired destination. Always Use Preferred Route bypasses route selection in destination programming. The system only calculates one route based on the preferred route setting. Eco Time Penalty allows you to select a low, medium or high cost for the calculated Eco Route. The higher the setting, the longer the time allotment is for the route.
Have the system avoid freeways.
Have the system avoid tollroads.
Have the system avoid ferries or car trains.
Have the system use HOV (high-occupancy vehicle) lanes.
Have the system use guidance prompts.
Have the system automatically fill-in State/Province information.
Have the system display areas where roadwork occurs.
Have the system display incident icons.
Have the system display areas where difficult driving conditions may occur.
Have the system display areas where snow and ice on the road may occur.
Have the system display any smog alerts.
Have the system display weather warnings.
Have the system display where there may be reduced visibility.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

389
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

Avoid Areas

Navigation
Have the system switch on your radio for traffic announcements. Have the system avoid traffic problems automatically. Switch traffic alert notifications on and off. Have the system display accident icons. Have the system display traffic jam icons. Have the system display closed roads. Enter specific areas that you would like to avoid on planned navigation routes.

Phone
E142607

Press the Settings icon > Settings > Phone, then select from the following:

Bluetooth Devices Bluetooth Do Not Disturb
911 Assist Phone Ringer Text Message Notification

Phone
Connect, disconnect, add or delete a device, as well as save it as a favorite.
Turn Bluetooth on and off.
Have all calls go directly to your voice mail and not ring inside your vehicle. With this feature turned on, text message notifications are also suppressed and do not ring inside your vehicle.
Turn on or turn off the 911 Assist feature. See General Information (page 93).
Select the type of notification for phone calls - ring tone, beep, text to speech, or have it be silent.
Select the type of notification for text messages - alert tone, beep, text to speech, or have it be silent.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

390
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

Internet Data Connection
Manage Phonebook Roaming Warning

Phone
If compatible with your phone, you can adjust your internet data connection. Select to make your connection profile with the personal area network or to turn off your connection. You can also choose to adjust your settings or have the system always connect, never connect when roaming or query on connect. Press ? for more information.
Access features, such as automatic phonebook download, re-download your phonebook, add contacts from your phone as well as delete or upload your phonebook.
Have the system alert you when in Roaming mode.

Wireless & Internet
Your system has a Wi-Fi feature that creates a wireless network within your vehicle, thereby allowing other devices (such as personal computers or phones) in your vehicle to speak to each other, share files or play games. Using this Wi-Fi

feature, everyone in your vehicle can also gain access the internet if you have a USB mobile broadband connection inside your vehicle, your phone supports personal area networking and if you park outside a wireless hotspot.
Press the Settings icon > Settings > Wireless & E142607 Internet, then select from the following:

Wi-Fi Settings

Wi-fi
Wi-Fi Network (Client) Mode turns the Wi-Fi feature on and off in your vehicle. Make sure you turn it on for connectivity purposes.
Choose a Wireless Network allows you to use a previously stored wireless network. You can categorize by alphabetical listing, priority and signal strength. You can also choose to search for a network, connect to a network, disconnect from a network, receive more information, prioritize a network or delete a network.
Gateway (Access Point) Mode makes SYNC an access point for a phone or a computer when turned on. This forms the local area network within your vehicle for things, such as game playing, file transfer and internet browsing. Press ? for more information.
Gateway (Access Point) Settings allows you to view and change settings for using SYNC as the internet gateway.

391

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

USB Mobile Broadband
Bluetooth Settings Prioritize Connection Methods

Wi-fi
Gateway (Access Point) Device List allows you to view recent connections to your Wi-Fi system.
Instead of using Wi-Fi, your system can also use a USB mobile broadband connection to access the internet. (You must turn on your mobile broadband device on your personal computer before connecting it to the system.) This screen allows you to set up what is your typical area for your USB mobile broadband connection. (USB mobile broadband settings may not display if the device is already on.) You can select the following: Country, Carrier, Phone Number, User Name and Password.
Shows you the currently paired devices as well as giving you your typical Bluetooth options to connect, disconnect, set as favorite, delete and add device. Bluetooth is a registered trademark of the Bluetooth SIG.
Choose your connection methods and change them as needed. You can select to Change Order and have the system either always attempt to connect using a USB mobile broadband or using Wi-Fi.

The Wi-Fi

Help
E142607

Press the Settings icon > Help, then select from the following:

E142626
CERTIFIED Logo is a certification mark of the Wi-Fi Alliance.

Where Am I? System Information

Help
View your vehicle's current location, if your vehicle is equipped with navigation. If your vehicle is not equipped with navigation, you do not see this button.
Touchscreen system serial number
Your vehicle identification number (VIN)
Touchscreen system software version
Navigation system version

392

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

Software Licenses Driving Restrictions 911 Assist
Voice Command List

Help
Map database version
Sirius satellite radio ESN
Gracenote Database Information and Library version
View the licenses for any software and applications installed on your system.
Certain features are not accessible when your vehicle is moving.
Turn on and turn off the 911 Assist feature. See General Information (page 93).
In Case of Emergency (ICE) Quick Dial: allows you to save up to two numbers as ICE contacts for quick access if there is an emergency. Select Edit to access your phonebook and then select the desired contacts. The numbers then appear as options on this screen for the ICE 1 and ICE 2 buttons. The ICE contacts you select appear at the end of the 911 Assist call process.
View categorized lists of voice commands.

To access Help using the voice commands, press the voice button, then, after the tone, say "Help". The system provides allowable voice commands for the current mode.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

393
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)
ENTERTAINMENT

B G
C

E161892

A AM 1 and AM AST B FM 1, FM 2 and FM AST C SIRIUS D CD E USB F Touch this button to scroll down for more options, such as SD Card, BT Stereo
and A/V In G These buttons change with the media mode you are in. H Radio memory presets and CD controls.

Note: Some features may not be available in your area. Contact an authorized dealer for more information.
You can access these options using the touchscreen or voice commands.

Browsing Device Content

When listening to audio on a device, you can browse through other devices without having to change sources. For example, if you are currently listening to audio on an SD card, you can browse all the artists that are stored on your USB device.

E142599

Press the voice icon on the steering wheel. When prompted, you can say:

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

394
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

"BROWSE" within devices
"Browse"*
"Browse <league> games"**
"Browse <Sirius category> channels"** "Browse SD card"
"Browse Sirius channel guide"** "Browse USB" "Help"
* If you only say, "Browse", you can then say any commands in the following chart. **This command is only usable if you have an active subscription to SIRIUS satellite radio.
"BROWSE"
"<League> Games"*
"<Sirius category> channels"*
"SD card"**
"Sirius Channel Guide"*
"USB"** "Help" * This command is only usable if you have an active subscription to SIRIUS satellite radio. ** For more commands in SD card or USB mode, see the "SD Card and USB Port" section of this chapter.

Your voice system allows you to change audio sources with a simple voice command. For example, if you are listening to music on a USB device, then want to switch to a satellite radio channel, simply press the voice button on the steering wheel controls and say the name of the SIRIUS station (such as, "the Highway"). The following voice commands are available at the top level of the voice session no matter which current audio source you are listening to (such as a USB device or SIRIUS satellite radio). Note: This is only available when your MyFord Touch system language is set to North American English.
Sample commands
"<87.9-107.9>"
"<530-1710>"
"<Channel name>"*
"AM <530-1710>"
"FM <87.9-107.9>"
"Play [album] <name>" **
"Play [artist] <name>"**
"Play [genre] <name>"**
"Play [playlist] <name>" **
"Play [song] <name>"**
"Play <name>"
"Play <name (song or album)> by <artist name>"

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

395
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

Sample commands

"Sirius <0-223>" *

"Sports games" *

* This command is only usable if you have an active subscription to SIRIUS satellite radio.
** The commands that have [ ] around the word means that the word is optional. For example, if you say, "Play Metallica", this is the same as the voice command, "Play [artist] <name>".

AM/FM Radio

E142611

Touch the AM or FM tab to listen to the radio.

To change between AM and FM presets, just touch the AM or FM tab.

Memory Presets
Save a station by pressing and holding one of the memory preset areas. There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station. Sound returns when finished.

HD Radio
Touch this button to turn HD Radio on. The light on the button illuminates when the feature is on. HD Radio allows you to receive radio broadcasts digitally, where available, providing free, crystal-clear sound. See HD Radio information later in this chapter.

Scan
Touch this button to go to the next strong AM or FM radio station. The light on the button illuminates when the feature is on.

Options
Sound Settings
Touch this button to adjust settings for:
· Bass · Midrange · Treble · Balance and Fade · DSP (Digital Signal processing) · Occupancy Mode · Speed Compensated Volume.
Note: Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings.
Set PTY for Seek/Scan
This allows you to select a category of music you would like to search for. You can then choose to either seek or scan for the stations playing that category.
RDS Text Display
This allows you to view the information broadcast by FM stations.
AST
AST (Autostore) allows you to have the system automatically store the six strongest stations in your current location.
TAG Button
This feature is available when HD Radio is on, and allows you to tag a song to download later. When you select On, TAG appears on-screen when HD Radio is active. You can touch TAG to save the information of the song that is playing. When you plug in your portable music player, the information transfers, if supported by your device. When you are connected to iTunes, the tags appear to remind you of the songs you would like to download. See HD Radio information later in this chapter.

396

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

Direct Tune
Touch this button to manually enter the desired station number. Touch Enter when you are done.
HD RadioTM Information (If Available)
Note: HD Radio broadcasts are not available in all markets. HD Radio technology is the digital evolution of analog AM/FM radio. Your system has a special receiver that allows it to receive digital broadcasts (where available) in addition to the analog broadcasts, it already receives. Digital broadcasts provide a better sound quality than analog broadcasts with free, crystal-clear audio and no static or distortion. For more information, and a guide to available stations and programming, please visit www.hdradio.com. When HD Radio is on and you tune to a station broadcasting HD Radio technology, you may notice the following indicators on your screen:
E142616
The HD Radio logo either blinks when acquiring a digital station, and then stays solid when digital audio is playing, or is grey when acquiring a digital station, and then changes to orange when digital audio is playing. When this logo is available, you may also see Title and Artist fields on-screen.

The multicast indicator appears in FM mode (only) if the current station is broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts. The highlighted numbers signify available digital channels where new or different content is available. HD1 signifies the main programming status and is available in analog and digital broadcasts. Other multicast stations (HD2 through HD7) are only available digitally.
TAG allows you to save a song to download later when you are on an acquired HD Radio station and the feature is on. To turn the feature on and use it:
1. Press AM or FM > Options > TAG Button > On.
2. When you hear a song you like, touch TAG.
3. The system automatically saves the song's information and transfers it to your portable music player (if supported) when you connect it to the system. The system automatically transfers the tag to your player (if already connected) and a pop-up confirms the transfer.
4. When you access iTunes with your portable music player, the tags appear to you as a reminder. The system allows you to tag up to approximately 100 songs. For a list of devices that support tagging, see www.SYNCMyRide.com, www.SYNCMyRide.ca or www.syncmaroute.ca.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

397
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

When HD Radio broadcasts are active, you can access the following functions:
· Scan allows you to hear a brief sampling of all available stations. This feature still works when HD Radio reception is on, although it does not scan for HD2-HD7 channels. You may see the HD logo appear if the station has a digital broadcast.

· Memory presets allow you to save an active channel as a memory preset. Touch and hold a memory preset slot until the sound returns. There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station. Sound returns when finished. When switching to an HD2 or HD3 memory preset, the sound mutes before the digital audio plays, because the system has to reacquire the digital signal.
Note: As with any saved radio station, you cannot access the saved station if your vehicle is outside the station's reception area.

HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting

Reception area Station blending

398

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

Potential station issues

Issues

Cause

Action

Echo, stutter, skip or repeat in audio. Increase or decrease in audio volume.

This is poor time alignment by the radio broadcaster.

No action required. This is a broadcast issue.

Sound fading or blending in The radio is shifting between No action required. The

and out.

analog and digital audio. reception issue may clear up

as you continue to drive.

There is an audio mute

The digital multicast is not No action required. This is

delay when selecting HD2 or available until the HD Radio normal behavior. Wait until

HD3, multicast preset or broadcast is decoded. Once the audio is available.

Direct Tune.

decoded, the audio is avail-

able.

Cannot access HD2 or HD3 multicast channel when recalling a preset or from a direct tune.

The previously stored multicast preset or direct tune is not available in your current reception area.

No action required. The station is not available in your current location.

Text information does not match currently playing audio.

Data service issue by the radio broadcaster.

Fill out the station issue form at website listed
below.*

There is no text information Data service issue by the shown for currently selected radio broadcaster. frequency.

Fill out the station issue form at website listed
below.*

HD2-HD7 stations not found Pressing Scan disables

No action required. This is

when Scan is pressed.

HD2-HD7 channel search. normal behavior.

* http://www.ibiquity.com/automotive/report_radio_station_experiences

Radio Voice Commands
If you are listening to the radio, press the voice button on the E142599 steering wheel controls. When prompted, say any of the following commands.
If you are not listening to the radio, press the voice button and, after the tone, say "Radio", then any of the following commands.

399

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

"RADIO" "<87.9-107.9>" "<87.9-107.9> HD"1 "<530-1710>"
"AM" "AM <530-1710>"
"AM autoset" "AM autoset preset <#>"
"AM preset <#>" "Browse"2 "FM"
"FM <87.9-107.9>" "FM <87.9-107.9> HD <#>"1
"FM autoset" "FM autoset preset <#>"
"FM preset <#>" "FM 1"
"FM 1 preset <#>" "FM 2"
"FM 2 preset <#>" "HD <#>"1
"Preset <#>" "Radio off" "Radio on" "Set PTY"

"RADIO"
"Tune"3 "Help" 1 If available. 2 If you have said "Browse", see the "Browse" chart later in this section. 3 If you have said "Tune", see the following "Tune" chart.
"TUNE" "<530-1710>" "<87.9-107.9>"
"<87.9-107.9> HD <#>"* "AM"
"AM <530-1710>" "AM autoset"
"AM autoset preset <#>" "AM preset <#>" "FM" "FM <87.9-107.9>"
"FM <87.9-107.9> HD <#>"* "FM autoset"
"FM autoset preset <#>" "FM preset <#>" "FM 1" "FM 1 preset <#>" "FM 2" "FM 2 preset <#>"

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

400
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

"TUNE"

"HD <#>"* "Preset <#>"
"Help" * If available.

SIRIUS® Satellite Radio (If Activated)

E142611

Press the lower left corner of the touchscreen, and then select the SIRIUS tab.

Memory Presets
Save a channel by pressing and holding one of the memory preset areas. There is a brief mute while the radio saves the channel. Sound returns when finished.
ALERT
Save the current song, artist, or team as a favorite. The system alerts you when it plays again on any channel.
Replay
Replay audio on the current channel. You can replay approximately 45 minutes of audio as long as you have remained tuned to the current station. Changing stations erases the previous audio.
While in replay mode:
· Press and release the seek buttons to hear the previous or next song.
· Press and hold the seek buttons to reverse or fast forward in the current track.
· Press play or pause to play or pause the audio.
· Press Replay to return to live audio if you have been using the feature to replay audio.

Scan
Touch this button to hear a brief sampling of channels.
Options
Touch this button to view and adjust various media settings.
Sound Settings
Touch this button to adjust settings for:
· Bass · Midrange · Treble · Balance and Fade · DSP (Digital Signal processing) · Occupancy Mode · Speed Compensated Volume.
Note: Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings.
Set Category for Seek/Scan
This allows you to select a category of music you would like to search for. You can then choose to either seek or scan for the stations playing that category.
Parental Lockout
This allows you to lock and unlock channels, change or reset your PIN or unlock all channels. To use this feature, you need your initial PIN, which is 1234.
Artist/Title/Team Alerts
This feature allows you to select Artists, Titles and Teams that you would like the system to alert you to when they are playing on other channels. Press Edit Alerts to delete or turn off alerts. You can also set all alerts to on or off. When an alert appears on the screen, you can choose to

401

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

Tune to the channel, to Cancel the alert or to Disable Alerts. If you are listening to a sporting event, you can save your favorite teams so that the system can alert you when they are playing on a satellite radio channel.
Note: SIRIUS does not support the Alert feature on all channels. Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for Alert feature variation.
Electronic Serial Number (ESN)
SIRIUS requires this number when communicating with you about your account.
Direct Tune
Touch this button to manually enter the desired satellite channel number. Touch Enter when you are done.
Browse
Touch this button to view a list of all available stations. Scroll to see more categories. Touch the station you want to listen to.
Touch Skip if you want to skip this channel.
Touch Lock if you do not want anyone to listen to this channel.
Touch Title or Artist to see song and artists on other stations.
SIRIUS Satellite Radio Information
Note: SIRIUS reserves the unrestricted right to change, rearrange, add or delete programming including canceling, moving or adding particular channels, and its prices, at any time, with or without notice to you. Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming changes.

E142593
SIRIUS satellite radio is a subscription-based satellite radio service that broadcasts a variety of music, sports, news, weather, traffic and entertainment programming. Your factory-installed SIRIUS satellite radio system includes hardware and a limited subscription term that begins on the date of sale or lease of your vehicle. See an authorized dealer for availability.
For more information on extended subscription terms (a service fee is required), the online media player and a list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels, and other features, please visit www.siriusxm.com in the United States, www.sirius.ca in Canada, or call SIRIUS at 1-888-539-7474.
Note: This receiver includes the eCos real-time operating system. eCos is published under the eCos License.
Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number (ESN)
You need your ESN to activate, modify or track your satellite radio account. The ESN is on the System Information Screen (SR ESN:XXXXXXXXXXXX). To access your ESN, touch the bottom left corner of the touchscreen. Touch SIRIUS > Options.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

402
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

SIRIUS Satellite Radio Reception Factors and Troubleshooting

Potential reception issues

Antenna obstructions

For optimal reception performance, keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build-up and keep luggage and other materials as far away from the antenna as possible.

Terrain

Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception.

Station overload

When you pass a ground-based broadcast-repeating tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio system may mute.

Satellite radio signal interfer- Your display may show ACQUIRING... to indicate the

ence

interference and the audio system may mute.

Radio display Acquiring...
Sat Fault/SIRIUS System Failure.
Invalid Channel. Unsubscribed Channel.
No Signal.

Troubleshooting tips

Cause

Action

Radio requires more than two seconds to produce audio for the selected channel.

No action required. This message should disappear shortly.

There is an internal module or system failure present.

If this message does not clear shortly, or with an ignition key cycle, your receiver may have a fault. See an authorized dealer for service.

The channel is no longer available.

Tune to another channel or choose another preset.

Your subscription does not include this channel.

Contact SIRIUS at 1-888539-7474 to subscribe to the channel, or tune to another channel.

The signal is lost from the SIRIUS satellite or SIRIUS tower to your vehicle antenna.

The signal is blocked. When you move into an open area, the signal should return.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

403
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

Troubleshooting tips

Radio display

Cause

Action

Updating.

Update of channel programming in progress.

No action required. The process may take up to three minutes.

Call SIRIUS 1-888-539-7474.

Your satellite service is no longer available.

Contact SIRIUS at 1-888539-7474 to resolve subscription issues.

None found. Check Channel All the channels in the

Use the channel guide to

Guide.

selected category are either turn off the Lock or Skip

skipped or locked.

function on that station.

Subscription Updated.

SIRIUS has updated the

No action required.

channels available for your

vehicle.

SIRIUS Satellite Radio Voice Commands
If you are listening to SIRIUS satellite radio, press the voice E142599 button on the steering wheel controls. When prompted, say any of the following commands. If you are not listening to SIRIUS satellite radio, press the voice button and, after the tone, say "SIRIUS", then any of the following commands.
"SIRIUS"
"<Channel name>"
"Preset <#>"
"SAT"
"SAT preset <#>"
"SAT 1"
"SAT 1 Preset <#>"
"SAT 2"

"SIRIUS" "SAT 2 preset <#>"
"SAT 3" "SAT 3 preset <#>"
"Sirius <0-223>" "Sirius off" "Sirius on"
"Sports game"*
"Tune"** "Help" * If you have said "Sports game", see the following "Sports game" chart. ** If you have said "Tune", see the following "Tune" chart.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

404
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

"SPORTS GAME" "Tune to the <college name> game"
"Tune to the <team city> game" "Tune to the <team city> <team name>
game" "Tune to the <team name> game"
"Help"

"TUNE" "<Channel Name>"
"Preset <#>" "SAT" "SAT 1"
"SAT 1 preset <#>" "SAT 2"
"SAT 2 preset <#>" "SAT 3"
"SAT 3 preset <#>" "Sirius <0-223>" "Help"

CD
E142611

Press the lower left corner of the touchscreen, and then select the CD tab.

You can also advance and reverse the current track or current folder, if applicable.

Repeat
Touch this button to repeat the currently playing track, all tracks on the disc or turn the feature off if already on.

Shuffle
Touch this button to play the tracks or entire albums in random order, or turn the feature off if already on.
Scan
Touch this button to hear a brief sampling of all available tracks.
More Info
Touch this button to see disc information.
Options
Sound Settings
Touch this button to adjust settings for: · Bass · Midrange · Treble · Balance and Fade · DSP (Digital Signal processing) · Occupancy Mode · Speed Compensated Volume. Note: Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings.
Compression
Touch this button to turn the compression feature on and off.
Browse
Touch this button to look through all available CD tracks.
CD Voice Commands
If you are listening to a CD, press the voice button on the steering E142599 wheel controls. When prompted, say any of the following commands. If you are not listening to a CD, press the voice button and, after the tone, say "CD", then any of the following commands.

405

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

"CD" "Pause"
"Play" "Play next track" "Play previous track" "Play track <1-512>"
"Repeat"
"Repeat folder"* "Repeat off"
"Repeat track" "Shuffle"
"Shuffle CD"*
"Shuffle folder"* "Shuffle off" "Help"
*This applies to WMA or MP3 files only.
SD Card Slot and USB Port
SD Card Note: Your SD card slot is spring-loaded. To remove the SD card, press the card in and the system ejects it. Do not attempt to pull the card to remove it as this could cause damage. Note: The navigation system also uses this card slot. See Navigation (page 430).

E142619
The SD card slot is located either in the center console or behind a small access door in the instrument panel. To access and play music from your device, press the lower left corner of the touchscreen.
E142620
SD logo is a trademark of SD-3C, LLC. USB Port
E142621
The USB ports are located either in the center console or behind a small access door in the instrument panel. To access and play music from your device, press the lower left corner of the touchscreen.

406

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

This feature allows you to plug in media playing devices, memory sticks, flash drives or thumb drives, and charge devices if they support this feature.
In order to playback video from your iPod or iPhone, you must have a special combination USB/RCA composite video cable (which you can buy from Apple). When you connect the cable to your iPod or iPhone, plug the other end into both the RCA jacks and the USB port.
Playing Music from Your Device
Note: The system is capable of indexing up to 30,000 songs.
Insert your device and select the SD Card or USB tab once the E142611 system recognizes it. You can then select from the following options:
Repeat
This feature replays the currently playing song or album.
Shuffle
Touch this button to play music on the selected album or folder in random order.
Similar Music
This feature allows you to choose music similar to what is currently playing.
More Info
Touch this button to see disc information such as current track, artist name, album and genre.
Options
Touch this button to view and adjust various media settings.

Sound Settings allows you to adjust settings for:
· Bass
· Midrange
· Treble
· Balance and Fade
· DSP (Digital Signal processing)
· Occupancy Mode
· Speed Compensated Volume.
Note: Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings.
Media Player Settings allows you to select more settings, which is under Media Player. See Settings (page 384).
Device Information displays software and firmware information about the currently connected media device.
Update Media Index indexes your device when you connect it for the first time and each time the content changes (such as adding or removing tracks) to make sure you have the latest voice commands available for all media on the device.
Browse
This feature allows you to view the contents of the device. It also allows you to search by categories, such as genre, artist or album.
If you want to view song information such as Title, Artist, File, Folder, Album, and Genre, touch the on-screen album art.
You can also touch What's Playing to hear how the system pronounces the current band and song. This can be helpful when using voice commands to make sure the system correctly plays your request.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

407
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

Playing Video from Your Device
To access and play video from your device, your vehicle's transmission must be in position P (vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission) or neutral (vehicle equipped with a manual transmission) with the ignition in accessory mode. See Starting and Stopping the Engine (page 144).
SD Card and USB Voice Commands
If you are listening to a USB device or an SD card, press the E142599 voice button on the steering wheel controls. When prompted, say any of the following commands. If you are not listening to a USB device or an SD card, press the voice button and, after the tone, say "USB" or "SD card", then any of the following commands.
"USB" or "SD CARD"
"Browse"*
"Next"
"Pause"
"Play"
"Play album <name>"
"Play all"
"Play artist <name>"
"Play audiobook <name>"
"Play author <name>"
"Play composer <name>"
"Play folder <name>"
"Play genre <name>"
"Play movie <name>"**

"USB" or "SD CARD"
"Play music video <name>"** "Play playlist <name>" "Play podcast <name>"
"Play podcast episode <name>" "Play similar music" "Play song <name>"
"Play TV show <name>"**
"Play TV show episode <name>"**
"Play video <name>"**
"Play video podcast <name>"**
"Play video podcast episode <name>"**
"Play video playlist <name>"** "Previous" "Repeat all"
"Repeat off" "Repeat one"
"Shuffle" "Shuffle album"
"Shuffle off" "What's this?"
"Help" * If you have said you would like to browse your USB or SD card, the system prompts you to specify what you would like to browse. When prompted, see the following "Browse" chart. ** These commands are only available in USB mode and are device-dependent.

408

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

"BROWSE" "Album <name>"
"All albums" "All artists" "All audiobooks" "All authors" "All composers" "All folders" "All genres" "All movies"* "All music videos"* "All playlists" "All podcasts" "All songs" "All TV shows"* "All video playlists"* "All video podcasts"* "All videos"* "Artist <name>" "Audiobook <name>" "Author <name>" "Composer <name>" "Folder <name>" "Genre <name>" "Playlist <name>" "Podcast <name>"

"BROWSE"
"TV show <name>"*
"Video <name>"*
"Video playlist <name>"*
"Video podcast <name>"*
"Help"
* This command is only available in USB mode and is device-dependent.
Supported Media Players, Formats and Metadata Information
SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any digital media player, including iPod, ZuneTM, plays from device players, and most USB drives. Supported audio formats include MP3, WMA, WAV and AAC.
It is also able to organize your indexed media from your playing device by metadata tags. Metadata tags, which are descriptive software identifiers embedded in the media files, provide information about the file.
If your indexed media files contain no information embedded in these metadata tags, SYNC may classify the empty metadata tags as Unknown.
In order to playback video from your iPod or iPhone, you must have a special combination USB/RCA composite video cable (which you can buy from Apple). When you connect the cable to your iPod or iPhone, plug the other end into both the RCA jacks and the USB port.
Bluetooth Audio
Your system allows you to stream audio over your vehicle's speakers from your connected, Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone.
409

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

E142611

To access, press the lower left corner on the touchscreen, then select the BT Stereo tab.

Bluetooth Audio Voice Commands
If you are listening to a Bluetooth audio device, press the voice E142599 button on the steering wheel control. When prompted, say "Next song", "Pause", "Play" or "Previous song".
If you are not listening to a Bluetooth audio device, press the voice button and, after the tone, say "Next song", "Pause", "Play" or "Previous song".

A/V Inputs
WARNINGS
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
For safety reasons, do not connect or adjust the settings on your portable music player while your vehicle is moving.
Store the portable music player in a secure location, such as the center console or the glove box, when your vehicle is moving. Hard objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudden stop, which may increase the risk of serious injury. The audio extension cable must be long enough to allow the portable music player to be safely stored while your vehicle is moving.

E142622
Your A/V inputs allow you to connect an auxiliary audio/video source (such as a gaming systems or a personal camcorder) by connecting RCA cords (not included) to these input jacks. The jacks are yellow, red and white and are located either behind a small access door on the instrument panel or in your center console.
You can also use the A/V inputs as an auxiliary input jack to play music from your portable music player over your vehicle's speakers. Plug in your 1/8 inch (3.5 millimeter) RCA adapter into the two left A/V input jacks (red and white).
Press the lower left corner of the touchscreen, and then select A/V In.
To use the auxiliary input jack feature, make sure that your portable music player is designed for use with headphones and that it is fully charged. You also need an audio extension cable with stereo male 1/8-inch (3.5 millimeter) connectors at one end and a RCA jack at the other.
1. Switch off the engine, radio and portable music player. Set the parking brake and put the transmission in position P (vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission) or neutral (vehicle equipped with a manual transmission).

410

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

2. Attach one end of the audio extension cable to the headphone output of your player and the other end into the adapter in one of the two left A/V input jacks (white or red) inside the center console.
3. Press the lower left corner on the touchscreen. Select either a tuned FM station or a CD (if there is a CD already loaded into the system).
4. Adjust the volume as desired.
5. Turn the portable music player on and adjust the volume to ½ the maximum.
6. Press the lower left corner on the touchscreen. Select the A/V In tab. (You should hear audio from your portable music player although it may be low.)
7. Adjust the sound on your portable music player until it reaches the level of the FM station or CD by switching back and forth between the controls.
In order to playback video from your iPod or iPhone, you must have a special combination USB/RCA composite video cable (which you can buy from Apple). When you connect the cable to your iPod or iPhone, plug the other end into both the RCA jacks and the USB port.

Troubleshooting
· Do not connect the audio input jack to a line level output. The jack only works correctly with devices that have a headphone output with a volume control.
· Do not set the portable music player's volume level higher than is necessary to match the volume of the CD or FM radio as this causes distortion and reduces sound quality.
· If the music sounds distorted at lower listening levels, turn the portable music player volume down. If the problem persists, replace or recharge the batteries in the portable media player.
· Control the portable media player in the same manner when used with headphones, as the auxiliary input jack does not provide control (such as Play or Pause) over the attached portable media player.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

411
Information Provided by:

PHONE

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

A B C D E F

E161968

A Phone
B Quick Dial
C Phonebook
D History
E Messaging
F Settings
Hands-free calling is one of the main features of SYNC. Once you pair your phone, you can access many options using the touchscreen or voice commands. While the system supports a variety of features, many are dependent on your cellular phone's functionality.
At a minimum, most cellular phones with Bluetooth wireless technology support the following functions: · Answering an incoming call. · Ending a call. · Using privacy mode. · Dialing a number.

· Redialing.
· Call waiting notification.
· Caller ID.
Other features, such as text messaging using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook download, are phone-dependent features. To check your phone's compatibility, see your phone's user manual and visit www.SYNCMyRide.com, www.SYNCMyRide.ca or www.syncmaroute.ca.

412

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

Pairing Your Phone for the First Time
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
The first thing you must do to use the phone features of SYNC is to pair your Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone with SYNC. This allows you to use your phone in a hands-free manner.
Note: Put the transmission in park (P). Switch on your vehicle ignition and the radio.
1. Touch Add Phone in the upper left corner of the touchscreen. Find SYNC appears on the screen, and instructs you to begin the pairing process from your device.
2. Make sure that Bluetooth is set to On and that your cellular phone is in the proper mode. See your phone's manual if necessary.
Note: Select SYNC, and a six-digit PIN appears on your device.
3. If prompted to enter a PIN on your device, it does not support Secure Simple Pairing. To pair, enter the PIN displayed on the touchscreen. Skip the next step.
4. When prompted on your phone's display, confirm that the PIN provided by SYNC matches the PIN displayed on your cellular phone.

5. The display indicates when the pairing is successful.
SYNC may prompt you with more phone options. For more information on your phone's capability, see your phone's manual and visit the website.

Pairing Subsequent Phones

Note: Put the transmission in park (P). Switch on your vehicle ignition and the radio.
1. Press the Phone corner of the touchscreen > Settings > BT Devices > Add Device.
2. Make sure that Bluetooth is set to On and that your cellular phone is in the proper mode. See your phone's manual if necessary.
Note: Select SYNC, and a six-digit PIN appears on your device.
3. If prompted to enter a PIN on your device, it does not support Secure Simple Pairing. To pair, enter the PIN displayed on the touchscreen. Skip the next step.
4. When prompted on your phone's display, confirm that the PIN provided by SYNC matches the PIN displayed on your cellular phone.
5. The display indicates when the pairing is successful.
SYNC may prompt you with more phone options. For more information on your phone's capability, see your phone's manual and visit the website.

Making Calls

Press the voice button on your steering wheel controls. When E142599 prompted, say, "Call <name>" or say "Dial", then the desired number.

E142632

To end the call or exit phone mode, press this phone button.

413

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

Receiving Calls
During an incoming call, an audible tone sounds. Call information appears in the display if it is available.
Accept the call by pressing Accept on the touchscreen or by pressing this phone button on your steering wheel controls.
Reject the call by pressing Reject on the touchscreen or by E142632 pressing this phone button on your steering wheel controls.
Ignore the call by doing nothing. SYNC logs it as a missed call.
Phone Menu Options
Press the top left corner on your touchscreen to select from the following options:
Phone
Touch this button to access the on-screen numerical pad to enter a number and place a call. During an active call, you can also choose to: · Mute the call. · Put the call on hold. · Turn on the privacy feature. · Join two calls. · End the call.
Quick Dial
Set up favorite contacts from your phonebook or history folder.
Phonebook
Touch this button to access and call any contacts in your previously downloaded phone book. The system places the entries in alphabetical categories summarized at the top of the screen.

To switch on contact picture settings, if your device supports this feature, press Phone > Settings > Manage Phonebook > Download photos from Phonebook > On.
History
After you connect your Bluetooth-enabled phone to SYNC, you can access any previously dialed, received or missed calls. You can also choose to save these to your Favorites or to Quick Dial.
Note: This is a phone-dependent feature. If your phone does not support downloading call history using Bluetooth, SYNC keeps track of calls made with the SYNC system.
Messaging
Send text messages using your touchscreen. See Text messaging later in this section.
Settings
Touch this button to access various phone settings, such as turning Bluetooth on and off, managing your phonebook and more. See Phone settings later in this section.
Text Messaging
Note: Downloading and sending text messages using Bluetooth are phone-dependent features.
Note: Certain features in text messaging are speed-dependent and not available when your vehicle is traveling at speeds over 3 mph (5 km/h).
Note: SYNC does not download read text messages from your phone.
You can send and receive text messages using Bluetooth, read them aloud and translate text messaging acronyms, such as LOL.
1. Touch the top left corner of the display to access the Phone menu.

414

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

2. Select Messaging. 3. Choose from the following: · Listen (speaker icon). · Dial. · Send Text. · View. · Delete.
Composing a Text Message
Note: This is a speed-dependent feature. It is unavailable when your vehicle is traveling at speeds over 3 mph (5 km/h). Note: Downloading and sending text messages using Bluetooth are phone-dependent features. 1. Touch the top left corner of the display
to access the Phone menu. 2. Touch Messaging > Send Text. 3. Enter a phone number or choose from
your phonebook. 4. You can select from the following
options: · Send, which sends the message as it
is. · Edit Text, which allows you to
customize the pre-defined message or create a message on your own. You can then preview the message, verify the recipient as well as update the message list.
Text message options
I'll call you back in a few minutes.
I just left, I'll be there soon.
Can you give me a call?
I'm on my way.
I'm running a few minutes late.

Text message options
I'm ahead of schedule, so I'll be there early.
I'm outside.
I'll call you when I get there.
OK
Yes
No
Thanks
Stuck in traffic.
Call me later.
LOL
Receiving a Text Message
Note: If you select View and your vehicle is traveling over 3 mph (5 km/h), the system offers to read the message to you instead of allowing you to view it while driving. When a new message arrives, an audible tone sounds and the screen displays a pop-up with the caller name and ID, if supported by your phone. You can press: · View to view the text message. · Listen for SYNC to read the message
to you. · Dial to call the contact. · Ignore to exit the screen.
Phone Settings
Press Phone > Settings.
Bluetooth Devices
Touch this tab to connect, disconnect, add or delete a device, as well as save it as a favorite.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

415
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

Bluetooth
Touch this tab to turn Bluetooth off or on.
Do Not Disturb
Touch this tab if you want all calls to go directly to your voice mail and not ring in the vehicle. When this feature is on, text message notifications do not ring inside the cabin either.
911 Assist
Turn on or turn off the 911 Assist feature. See Information (page 417).
Phone Ringer
Select the ring tone you want to hear when you receive a call. Choose from possible system ring tones, your currently paired phone's ring tone, a beep, text-to-speech or a silent notification.
Text Message Notification
Select a text message notification, if supported by your phone. Choose from possible system alert tones, text-to-speech or silent.
Internet Data Connection
If your phone is compatible, use this screen to adjust your internet data connection. Select to make your connection profile with the personal area network or to switch off your connection. You can also choose to adjust your settings or have the system always connect, never connect when roaming or query on connect. Press ? for more information.
Manage Phonebook
Touch this button to access features such as automatic phonebook download, re-download your phonebook, add contacts from your phone as well as delete or upload your phonebook.

Roaming Warning Touch this button to have the system alert you when your phone is in roaming mode. Phone Voice Commands
Press the voice button on the steering wheel controls. When E142599 prompted, say any of the following commands:
"PHONE" "Call"
"Call <name>" "Call <name> at home" "Call <name> at work" "Call <name> on cell" "Call <name> on other"
"Call voicemail" "Dial"
"Do not disturb off" "Do not disturb on" "Forward text messages"
"Go to hands free"*
"Hold call off"*
"Hold on"*
"Join calls"* "Listen to text message <#>"
"Listen to text messages"
"Messages"**
"Mute call"*

416

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

"PHONE" "Pair phone"
"Privacy on"* "Read text message" "Reply to text messages"
"Turn ringer off" "Turn ringer on"
"Unmute call"* "Help"
* This command is only available during an active call. ** If you say "Messages", see the following "Messages" chart for additional commands.
INFORMATION

"MESSAGES" "Call"
"Forward text messages" "Listen to text message <#>"
"Listen to text messages" "Reply to text messages"
"Help"

A B C D E
E161889

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

417
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

A SYNC Services
B Sirius Travel Link
C Alerts
D Calendar
E SYNC Applications
Under the Information menu, you can access features such as:
· SYNC Services
· Sirius Travel Link
· Alerts
· Calendar
· SYNC Applications
If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation, press the E142608 Information button to access these features. If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation, press the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab.
SYNC Services (If Equipped, United States Only)
Note: SYNC Services varies by trim level and model year and may require a subscription. Traffic alerts and turn-by-turn directions available in select markets. Message and data rates may apply. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change or discontinue this product service at any time without prior notification or incurring any future obligation.
Note: SYNC Services requires activation before use. Visit www.SYNCMyRide.com to register and check your eligibility for complimentary services. Standard phone and message rates may apply. Subscription may be required. You must also have the active SYNC Services Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone paired and connected to the system in order to connect to, and use, SYNC Services. See Phone (page 412).

Note: This feature does not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your cellular phone. Make sure your cellular phone is not blocking caller ID before using SYNC Services.
Note: The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle, and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions. Any navigation features provided are only an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations. Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver, if you would be placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of errors, changes in roads, traffic conditions or driving conditions.
Note: When you connect, the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect your vehicle's current location, travel direction and speed to help provide you with the directions, traffic reports, or business searches you request. Further, to provide the services you request, for continuous improvement, the service may collect and record call details and voice communications. For more information, see SYNC Services Terms and Conditions at www.SYNCMyRide.com. If you do not want Ford or its service providers to collect your vehicle travel information or other information identified in the Terms and Conditions, do not subscribe or use the service.

418

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

SYNC Services uses advanced vehicle sensors, integrated GPS technology and comprehensive map and traffic data, to give you personalized traffic reports, precise turn-by-turn directions, business search, news, sports, weather and more. For a complete list of services, or to learn more, please visit www.SYNCMyRide.com.
Connecting to SYNC Services Using Voice Commands

E142599
1. Press the voice button.
2. When prompted, say "Services". This initiates an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your paired and connected Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone.
3. Once you connect to the service, follow the voice prompts to request the desired service, such as "Traffic" or "Directions". You can also say, "What are my choices?" to receive a list of available services from which to choose.
4. Say, "Services" to return to the Services main menu or for help, say, "Help".

Connecting to SYNC Services Using the Touchscreen

E142608

If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation, press the Information button.

If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation, press the green tab on your touchscreen.
1. Select Connect to Services to initiate an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your phone.

2. Once connected, follow the voice prompts to request your desired Service, such as "Traffic" or "Directions". You can also say, "What are my choices?" to receive a list of available services from which to choose.
3. Say, "Services" to return to the Services main menu or for help, say, "Help".
Receiving Turn-by-Turn Directions
1. When connected to SYNC Services, say "Directions" or "Business search". To find the closest business or type of business to your current location, just say "Business search" and then "Search near me". If you need further assistance in finding a location you can say "Operator" at any time within a Directions or Business search to speak with a live operator. The system may prompt you to speak with an operator when it has difficulty matching your voice request. The live operator can assist you by searching for businesses by name or by category, residential addresses by street address or by name or specific street intersections. Operator Assist is a feature of your SYNC Services subscription. For more information on Operator Assist, visit www.SYNCMyRide.com/support.
2. Follow the voice prompts to select your Destination. After the route download is finished, the phone call automatically ends.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

419
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation:
· Turn-by-turn directions appear in the information display, in the status bar of your touchscreen system and on the SYNC Services screen. You also receive driving instructions from audible prompts.
· When on an active route, you can select Route Summary or Route Status using the touchscreen controls or voice commands to view the Route Summary Turn List or the Route Status ETA. You can also turn voice guidance on or off, cancel the route or update the route.

If you miss a turn, SYNC automatically asks if you want the route updated. Just say, "Yes" when prompted and the system delivers a new route to your vehicle.
If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation, SYNC Services downloads your requested destination to the navigation system. The navigation system then calculates the route and provides driving instructions. See Navigation (page 430).
Disconnecting from SYNC Services
1. Press and hold the hang-up phone button on the steering wheel.
2. Say "Good-bye" from the SYNC Services main menu.

Personalizing
Push to interrupt Portable

SYNC Services quick tips
You can personalize your Services feature to provide quicker access to your most used or favorite information. You can save address points, such as work or home. You can also save favorite information like sports teams, such as Detroit Lions, or a news category. You can learn more about personalization by logging onto www.SYNCMyRide.com.
Press the voice button at any time (while connected to SYNC Services) to interrupt a voice prompt or an audio clip (such as a sports report) and say your voice command.
Your subscription is associated with your Bluetoothenabled cellular phone number, not your VIN (Vehicle Identification Number). You can pair and connect your phone to any vehicle equipped with SYNC Services and continue enjoying your personalized services.

SYNC Services Voice Commands
When a route has been downloaded (non-navigation E142599 systems), press the voice button on the steering wheel controls. When prompted, say any of the following commands:

"SERVICES" "Cancel route" "Navigation voice off" "Navigation voice on"
"Next turn"

420

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

"SERVICES"
"Route status"
"Route summary"
"Services"
"Update route"
"Help"
Sirius Travel Link (If Equipped)
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.
Note: In order to use Sirius Travel Link, your vehicle must be equipped with navigation and your navigation SD card must be in the SD card slot.
Note: This feature is only available in the United States.
Note: A paid subscription is required to access and use these features. Go to www.siriusxm.com/travellink for more information.
Note: Visit www.siriusxm.com/traffic and click on Coverage map and details for a complete listing of all traffic areas covered by Sirius Travel Link.
Note: Neither Sirius nor Ford is responsible for any errors or inaccuracies in the Sirius Travel Link services or its use in vehicles.

When you subscribe to Sirius Travel Link, it can help you locate the best gas prices, find movie listings, get current traffic alerts, view the current weather map, get accurate ski conditions and see scores to current sports games.
If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation, touch the I E142608 (Information) button to access these features. If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation, touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab.
Traffic On Route and Traffic Nearby
Touch these buttons to identify traffic incidents on your route, nearby your vehicle's current location or near any of your favorite places, if programmed.
Fuel Prices
Touch this button to view fuel prices at stations close to your vehicle's location or on an active navigation route.
Movie Listings
Touch this button to view nearby movie theaters and their show times, if available.
Weather
Touch this button to view the nearby weather, current weather, or the five day forecast for the chosen area. Select Map to see the weather map, which can show storms, radar information, charts and winds. Select Area to select from a listing of weather locations.
Sports Info
Touch this button to view scores and schedules from a variety of sports. You can also save up to 10 favorite teams for easier access. The score automatically refreshes when a game is in progress.

421

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

Ski Conditions Touch this button to view ski conditions for a specific area.
Sirius Travel Link Voice Commands Press the voice button on the steering wheel controls. When
E142599 prompted, say any of the following commands:
"SIRIUS TRAVEL LINK" "5-day weather forecast"
"Fuel prices" "Movie listings"
"Sports headlines"*
"Sports schedules"*
"Sports scores"* "Traffic"
"Weather" "Weather map"
"Help" * If you say "Sports headlines", "Sports schedules" or "Sports scores", you can then say any of the commands in the following chart.
Sports-related commands "Baseball"
"College basketball" "College football" "Golf" "MLS"

Sports-related commands "My teams" "NBA" "NFL" "NHL" "WNBA" "Help"
Additional sports-related voice commands
"Baseball headlines" "Baseball schedule"
"Baseball scores" "College basketball headlines" "College basketball schedule"
"College basketball scores" "College football headlines" "College football schedule"
"College football scores" "Golf headlines"
"Golf leaderboard" "Golf schedule" "MLS headlines" "MLS schedule" "MLS scores"
"Motor sports headlines" "Motor sports order"
"Motor sports schedule" "My team headlines"

422

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

Additional sports-related voice commands
"My teams schedule"
"My teams scores"
"NBA headlines"
"NBA schedule"
"NBA scores"
"NFL headlines"
"NFL schedule"
"NFL scores"
"NHL headlines"
"NHL schedule"
"NHL scores"
"WNBA headlines"
"WNBA schedule"
"WNBA scores"
"Help"
Alerts
If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation, touch the I E142608 (Information) button to access these features. If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation, touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab.
Press Alerts, and then choose from any of the following services: · View the complete message. · Delete the message. · Delete All messages. This screen displays any system messages (such as an SD card fault).

Note: The system alerts you to any messages by turning the information icon yellow. After you read or delete the messages, the icon returns to white.
Calendar
If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation, touch the I E142608 (Information) button to access these features. If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation, touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab.
Press Calendar. You can view the current calendar by day, week or month.
911 Assist (If Equipped)
WARNINGS Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on before a crash, the system will not dial for help, which could delay response time, potentially increasing the risk of serious injury or death after a crash.
Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an emergency call if you can do it yourself. Dial emergency services immediately to avoid delayed response time, which could increase the risk of serious injury or death after a crash. If you do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds of the crash, the system or phone may be damaged or non-functional.
Always place your phone in a secure location in your vehicle so it does not become a projectile or damaged in a crash. Failure to do so may cause serious injury to someone or damage the phone, which could prevent 911 Assist from working properly.
Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

423
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

Note: Before setting this feature on, make sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy Notice later in this section for important information.
Note: If any user turns 911 Assist on or off, that setting applies for all paired phones. If 911 Assist is turned off, either a voice message plays or a display message (or icon) comes on (or both) when your vehicle is started after a previously paired phone connects.
Note: Every phone operates differently. While SYNC 911 Assist works with most cellular phones, some may have trouble using this feature.
If a crash deploys an airbag, excluding knee airbags and rear inflatable safety belts where fitted or activates the fuel pump shut-off, your SYNC-equipped vehicle may be able to contact emergency services by dialing 911 through a paired and connected Bluetooth-enabled phone. You can learn more about the 911 Assist feature, visit www.SYNCMyRide.com, www.SYNCMyRide.ca or www.syncmaroute.ca.
See Supplementary Restraints System (page 36). Important information regarding airbag deployment is in this chapter.
See Roadside Emergencies (page 224). Important information regarding the fuel pump shut-off is in this chapter.
Setting 911 Assist On
If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation, touch the i E142608 (Information) button to access these features. If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation, touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab.
Touch Apps > 911 Assist, then select On.

E142607

You can also access 911 Assist by:

· Pressing the Settings icon > Settings > Phone > 911 Assist, or

· Pressing the Settings icon > Help > 911 Assist.

To make sure that 911 Assist works properly:

· SYNC must be powered and working properly at the time of the incident and throughout feature activation and use.

· The 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident.

· You must pair and connect a Bluetooth-enabled and compatible phone to SYNC.

· A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone must have the ability to make and maintain an outgoing call at the time of the incident.

· A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone must have adequate network coverage, battery power and signal strength.

· The vehicle must have battery power and be located in the United States, Canada or in a territory in which 911 is the emergency number.

In the Event of a Crash

Not all crashes deploy an airbag or activate the fuel pump shut-off (which would trigger 911 Assist); however, SYNC tries to contact emergency services if 911 Assist triggers. If a connected phone sustains damage or loses connection to SYNC, SYNC searches for, and tries to connect to, any available previously paired phone and tries to make the call to 911.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

424
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

Before making the call:
· SYNC provides a short window of time (approximately 10 seconds) to cancel the call. If you fail to cancel the call, SYNC attempts to dial 911.
· SYNC says the following, or a similar message: "SYNC will attempt to call 911, to cancel the call, press Cancel on your screen or press and hold the phone button on your steering wheel."
If you do not cancel the call, and SYNC makes a successful call, a pre-recorded message plays for the 911 operator, and then the occupant(s) in your vehicle is able to talk with the operator. Be prepared to provide your name, phone number and location immediately, because not all 911 systems are capable of receiving this information electronically.
911 Assist May Not Work If:
· Your cellular phone or 911 Assist hardware sustains damage in a crash.
· The vehicle's battery or the SYNC system has no power.
· The phones(s) previously paired or connected to the system are thrown from the vehicle.
911 Assist Privacy Notice
When you turn on 911 Assist, it may disclose to emergency services that your vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to 911 operators your vehicle location or other details about your vehicle or crash to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services. If you do not want to disclose this information, do not turn the feature on.

Vehicle Health Report (If Equipped, United States Only)
WARNING
Always follow scheduled maintenance instructions, regularly inspect your vehicle, and seek repair for any damage or problem you suspect. Vehicle Health Report supplements, but cannot replace, normal maintenance and vehicle inspection. Vehicle Health Report only monitors certain systems electronically monitored by your vehicle and will not monitor or report the status of any other system, (such as brake lining wear). Failure to perform scheduled maintenance and regularly inspect your vehicle may result in vehicle damage and serious injury.
Note: Your Vehicle Health Report feature requires activation prior to use. Visit www.SYNCMyRide.com to register. There is no fee or subscription associated with Vehicle Health Report, but you must register to use this feature.
Note: This feature may not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your cellular phone. Before running a report, review the Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice.
Note: In order to allow a break-in period for your vehicle, you may not be able to create a Vehicle Health Report until your vehicle odometer has reached 200 miles.
Note: Cellular phone and SMS charges may apply when making a report.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

425
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

Register for Vehicle Health Report and set your report preferences at www.SYNCMyRide.com. After registering, you can request a Vehicle Health Report (inside your vehicle). Return to your account at www.SYNCMyRide.com to view your report. You can also choose for SYNC to remind you automatically to run reports at specific mileage intervals. Cellular phone airtime usage may apply when reporting.
The system allows you to check your vehicle's overall health in the form of a diagnostic report card. The Vehicle Health Report contains valuable information, for example:
· Vehicle diagnostic information.
· Scheduled maintenance.
· Open recalls and Field Service Actions.
· Items noted during vehicle inspections by your authorized dealer that still need servicing.

Making a Report

E142608

If you want to run a report by using the touchscreen, touch Apps > Vehicle Health Report.

To run a report by voice command, press the voice E142599 button on the steering wheel and, when prompted, say "Vehicle health report".

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

426
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

E148839
A Power: Touch the button to turn the system on and off. Switching off the climate control system prevents outside air from entering the vehicle.
B Passenger settings:
Touch the + or to increase or decrease the air temperature on the passenger side of the vehicle.
Touch the heated seat icon to turn the heated seat off and on (if equipped).
Touch the climate-controlled seat icon to turn the climate-controlled seat off and on (if equipped).
Touch DUAL to turn separate passenger side temperature controls off and on. When you turn off DUAL, the passenger side temperature changes to match the driver side temperature.
Note: The passenger side temperature and the DUAL indicator automatically turn on when the passenger is adjusting their temperature control.
C Fan speed: Touch + or - to increase or decrease the volume of air circulated in your vehicle.
Note: When the system is controlling the fan speed automatically, all the fan speed indicators turn off.
D Recirculated air: Touch the button to switch between outside air and recirculated air. When you select recirculated air, the air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates. This may reduce the time needed to cool the interior (when used with A/C) and may reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

427
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)
Note: Recirculated air may turn off automatically (or be prevented from turning on) in all airflow modes except MAX A/C to reduce risk of fogging. Recirculated air may also turn on and off automatically in Panel or Panel and Floor airflow modes during hot weather in order to improve cooling efficiency.
E MAX A/C: Touch the button to maximize cooling. Recirculated air flows through the instrument panel vents, air conditioning automatically turns on, and the fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed.
F A/C: Touch the button to turn air conditioning compressor on or off. Use air conditioning with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency.
Note: In certain conditions (such as when using Max Defrost), the air conditioning compressor may continue to operate even after you switch off the air conditioning with the A/C button.
G AUTO: Touch the button to turn on automatic operation. Select the desired temperature using the temperature control. The system adjusts fan speed, air distribution, air conditioning operation, and selects outside air or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle in order to maintain the desired temperature. You can also use the AUTO button to turn off dual zone operation by touching and holding the button for more than two seconds.
H Heated rear window: Turns the heated rear window on and off. See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 126).
I Air distribution control: Touch these buttons to turn airflow from the windshield, instrument panel, or footwell vents on or off. The system can distribute air through any combination of these vents.
MAX Defrost: Touch the button to maximize defrosting. Outside air flows through the windshield vents, fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed and the temperature dial returns to the full heat position. You can use this setting to defog or clear a thin covering of ice from the windshield. The heated rear window also automatically turns on when you select MAX Defrost.
Note: To prevent window fogging, you cannot select recirculated air when MAX Defrost is on.
J Driver settings:
Touch the + or to increase or decrease the air temperature on the passenger side of the vehicle.
Touch the heated seat icon to turn the heated seat off and on (if equipped).
Touch the climate-controlled seat icon to turn the climate-controlled seat off and on (if equipped).
Touch MyTemp to select your preset temperature setpoint. Touch and hold MyTemp to save a new preset temperature setpoint.
Touch the heated steering wheel icon to turn the heated steering wheel on and off (if equipped).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

428
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

Note: If your vehicle is equipped with a wood-trimmed steering wheel, it does not heat between the 10 o'clock and 2 o'clock positions.
Climate Control Voice Commands
Note: The fan speed will automatically decrease when you start a voice command session or phone call through SYNC. This feature is dependent on the current climate control settings and helps to reduce the background noise in the vehicle. The fan speed will return to normal when the voice session has ended. You can adjust the fan speed manually during this time by using the fan button or knob to reach the desired setting. To disable or enable automatic fan speed, press and hold the AC and Recirculated air buttons at the same time. Release the buttons and immediately increase the fan speed.
Press the voice button on the steering wheel controls. When E142599 prompted, say any of the following commands:
Climate control commands
"Climate automatic"
"Climate my temperature"
"Climate off"
"Climate on"
"Climate temperature <15.5-29.5> degrees"
"Climate temperature <60-85> degrees"
"Help"
There are additional climate control commands but in order to access them, you have to say "Climate" first. When the system is ready to listen, you may say any of the following commands:

"CLIMATE" "A/C off" "A/C on"
"Automatic" "Defrost off" "Defrost on"
"Dual off" "Floor on" "Fan decrease" "Fan increase" "MAX A/C off" "MAX A/C on" "My temp"
"Off" "On" "Panel floor on" "Panel off" "Panel on" "Rear defrost off" "Rear defrost on" "Recirc off" "Recirc on" "Temperature"* "Temperature <15.5-29.5> degrees" "Temperature <60-85> degrees" "Temperature decrease" "Temperature high"

429

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

"CLIMATE"
"Temperature increase"
"Temperature low"
"Windshield floor on"
"Help"
* If you say "Temperature", you can then say any of the commands in the following chart.
"TEMPERATURE"
"<15.5-29.5> degrees"
"<60-85> degrees"
"High"
"Low"
"Help"
NAVIGATION
Note: The navigation SD card must be in the SD card slot to operate the navigation system. If you need a replacement SD card, see an authorized dealer. Note: The SD card slot is spring-loaded. To remove the SD card, just push the card in and release it. Do not attempt to pull the card out to remove it; this could cause damage. Your navigation system is comprised of two main features, destination mode and map mode. To set a destination, press the green corner of your touchscreen, then the Dest button when it appears. See Setting a Destination later in this chapter.

To view the navigation map and your vehicle's current location, touch the green bar in the upper right-hand corner of the touchscreen, or, press Dest, then Map. See Map mode later in this chapter.
Setting a Destination
Press the green corner of your touchscreen, then the Dest button when it appears. Choose any of the following:
Destination
My Home
Favorites
Previous Destinations
Point of Interest
Emergency
Street Address
Intersection
City Center
Map
Edit Route
Cancel Route
1. Enter the necessary information into the highlighted text fields (in any order). For address destination entry, the Go! button appears once you enter all the necessary information. Pressing the Go! button makes the address location appear on the map. If you choose Previous Destination, the last 20 destinations you have selected appear.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

430
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

2. Select Set as Dest to make this your destination. You can also choose to set this as a waypoint (have the system route to this point on the way to your current destination) or save it as a favorite. The system considers any Avoid Areas selections in its route calculation.
3. Choose from up to three different types of routes, and then select Start Route.
· Fastest: Uses the fastest moving roads possible.
· Shortest: Uses the shortest distance possible.
· Eco Route: Uses the most fuel-efficient route.
You can cancel the route or have the system demo the route for you. Select Route Prefs to set route preferences like avoiding freeways, tollroads, ferries and car trains as well as to use or not use high-occupancy vehicle lanes. (High-occupancy vehicle lanes are also known as carpool or diamond lanes. People who ride in buses, vanpools or carpools use these lanes.)
Note: If your vehicle is on a recognized road and you do not press the Start Route button, the system defaults to the Fastest Route option and begins guidance.
During route guidance, you can press the talking bubble icon that appears in the upper right navigation corner (green bar) if you want the system to repeat route guidance information. When the system repeats the last guidance instruction, it updates the distance to the next guidance instruction, since it detects when the vehicle is moving.

Point of Interest (POI) Categories
Main categories Food/Drink & Dining Travel & Transportation
Financial Emergency Community Health & Medicine Automotive Shopping Entertainment & Arts Recreation & Sports Government Domestic Services
Subcategories Restaurant Golf Parking
Home & Garden Personal Care Services
Auto Dealership Govt Office
Public Transit Education
To expand these listings, press the + in front of the listing.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

431
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

The system also allows you to sort alphabetically, by distance or by cityseekr listings (if available).
cityseekr
Note: cityseekr point of interest (POI) information is limited to approximately 912 cities (881 in the United States, 20 in Canada and 11 in Mexico).

Food & Drink

E142637

Nightlife

E142638

Attraction

E142634
cityseekr, when available, is a service that provides more information about certain points of interest such as restaurants, hotels and attractions.
When you have selected a point of interest, the location and information appear, such as address and phone number. If cityseekr lists the point of interest, more information is available, such as a brief description, check-in and checkout times or restaurant hours.
Press More Information for a longer review, a list of services and facilities, the average room or meal price as well as the website. This screen displays the point of interest icon such as:
Hotel

E143884

Coffeehouse

E142636

E142639

This icon appears when your selection exists in multiple categories within the system.

E142640

When you are viewing more information for hotels, cityseekr also tells you if the hotel has certain services and facilities using icons, such as: · Restaurant. · Business center. · Handicap facilities. · Laundry. · Refrigerator. · 24 hour room service. · Fitness center. · Internet access. · Pool. · Wi-fi.

For restaurants, cityseekr can provide information such as star rating, average cost, review, handicap access, hours of operation, and website address.

For hotels, cityseekr can provide information such as star rating, price category, review, check-in and checkout times, hotel service icons and website address.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

432
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

Setting Your Navigation Preferences

Select settings for the system to take into account when planning your route.

E142607

Press the Settings icon > Settings > Navigation.

Map Preferences
Breadcrumbs
Display your vehicle's previously traveled route with white dots. Switch this feature ON or OFF.
Turn List Format
Have the system display your turn list Top to Bottom or Bottom to Top.
Parking POI Notification
Set the automatic parking point of interest notification. Switch this feature ON or OFF. When parking point of interest notification is on, the icons display on the map when you get close to your destination. This may not be very useful in dense areas, and may clutter the map when other points of interest display.

Route Preferences
Preferred Route
Choose to have the system display the Shortest, Fastest or most Ecological route first. If you set Always Use Preferred Route to Yes, the system uses the selected route type to calculate only one route to the desired destination.
Always Use Preferred Route
Bypass route selection in destination programming. The system only calculates one route based on preferred route setting.

Eco Time Penalty
Select a low, medium or high cost for the calculated Eco Route. The higher the setting, the longer the time allotment is for the route.
Avoid
These features allow you to choose to have the system avoid freeways, toll roads, ferries and car trains when planning your route. Switch these features ON or OFF.
Use HOV Lanes
Have the system use high-occupancy vehicle lanes, if available, when planning your route.
Navigation Preferences
Guidance Prompts
Have the system use Voice & Tones or Tone Only on your programmed route.
Auto - Fill State/Province
Have the system automatically fill in the state and province based on the information already entered into the system. Switch this feature ON or OFF.
Traffic Preferences
Avoid Traffic Problems
Choose how you want the system to handle traffic problems along your route. · Automatic: Have the system reroute
you to avoid traffic incidents that develop and impact the current route. The system does not provide a traffic alert notification. · Manual: Have the system always provide a traffic alert notification for traffic incidents along the planned route. You have a choice to accept or ignore the notification before making the route deviation.

433

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

Traffic Alert Notification
Have the system display traffic alert notifications.
Other traffic alert features allows you to turn on certain, or all, traffic icons on the map such as road work, incident, accidents and closed roads. Scroll down to view all the different types of alerts. Switch these features ON or OFF.
Avoid Areas
Choose areas which you want the system to avoid when calculating a route for you.
Press Add to program an entry. Once you make a selection, the system tries to avoid the area(s) if possible for all routes. To delete a selection, choose the listing on the screen. When the screen changes to Avoid Areas Edit, you can press Delete at the bottom right of the screen.
Map Mode
Press the green bar in the upper right area of the touchscreen to view map mode. Map mode shows advanced viewing comprised of both 2D city maps as well as 3D landmarks (when available).
2D city maps show detailed outlines of buildings, visible land use and land elements and detailed railway infrastructure for the most essential cities around the globe. These maps also contain features, such as town blocks, building footprints and railways.
3D landmarks appear as clear, visible objects that are typically recognizable and have a certain tourist value. The 3D landmarks appear in 3D map mode only. Coverage varies and improves with updated map releases.

E174016
Change the appearance of the map display by repeatedly pressing the arrow button in the upper left corner of the screen. It toggles between three different map modes: Heading up, North up and 3D.
Heading up (2D map) always shows the direction of forward E142642 travel to be upward on the screen. This view is available for map scales up to 2.5 miles (4 kilometers). The system remembers this setting for larger map scales, but shows the map in North up only. If the scale returns below this level, the system restores Heading up.
North up (2D map) always shows the northern direction to be upward on the screen.
E142643
3D map mode provides an elevated perspective of the map. E142644 This viewing angle can be adjusted and the map can be rotated 180 degrees by touching the map twice, and then dragging your finger along the shaded bar with arrows at the bottom of the map.
View switches between full map, street list and exit view in route guidance.
Menu displays a pop-up box that allows direct access to navigation settings, View/Edit Route, SIRIUS Travel Link, Guidance Mute and Cancel Route.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

434
Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

Press the speaker button on the map to mute route guidance. E174017 When the light on the button illuminates, the feature is on. The speaker button appears on the map only when route guidance is active.
Re-center the map by pressing this icon whenever you scroll the E146188 map away from your vehicle's current location.

Auto Zoom

Press the green bar to access map mode, then select the + or - zoom button to bring up the zoom level and Auto buttons on the touchscreen. When you press Auto, Auto Zoom turns on and Auto displays in the bottom left corner of the screen in the map scale. The map zoom level then synchronizes with vehicle speed. The slower your vehicle is traveling, the farther the map zooms in; the faster your vehicle is traveling, the farther the map zooms out. To switch off the feature, just press the + or - button again.
In 3D mode, rotate the map view by swiping your finger across the shaded bar with the arrows.
The ETA box under the zoom buttons appears when a route is active and displays the distance and time to your destination. If the button is pressed, a pop up appears with the destination listed (and waypoint if applicable) along with mileage and time to destination. You may also select to have either the estimated time to reach your destination or your estimated arrival time.

Map Icons

E142646

Vehicle mark shows the current location of your vehicle. It stays in the center of the map display, except when in scroll mode.

Scroll cursor allows you to scroll the map; the fixed icon is in the E142647 center of the screen. The map position closest to the cursor is in a window on the top center part of the screen.

Address book entry default icon(s) indicates the location on E142648 the map of an address book entry. This is the default symbol shown after the entry has been stored to the Address Book by any method other than the map. You can select from any of the 22 icons available. You can use each icon more than once.

Home indicates the location on the map currently stored as the home position. You can only save E142649 one address from the Address Book as your Home entry. You cannot change this icon.

POI (Point Of Interest) icons indicate locations of any point of E142650 interest categories you choose to display on the map. You can choose to display three point of interest categories on the map at one time.

Starting point indicates the starting point of a planned route.

E142651
Waypoint indicates the location of a waypoint on the map. The number inside the circle is different E142652 for each waypoint and represents the position of the waypoint in the route list.

Destination symbol indicates the ending point of a planned route.

E142653 E142654

Next maneuver point indicates the location of the next turn on the planned route.

435

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

No GPS symbol indicates that insufficient GPS satellite signals are available for accurate map E142655 positioning. This icon may display under normal operation in an area with poor GPS access.
Quick-touch Buttons
When in map mode, touch anywhere on the map display to access the following options:
Set as Dest
Touch this button to select a scrolled location on the map as your destination. You may scroll the map by pressing your index finger on the map display. When you reach the desired location, simply let go and then touch Set as Dest.
Set as Waypoint
Touch this button to set the current location as a waypoint.
Save to Favorites
Touch this button to save the current location to your favorites.
POI Icons
Touch this button to select icons to display on the map. You can select up to three icons to display on the map at the same time. Turn these ON or OFF.
Cancel Route
Touch this button to cancel the active route.
View/Edit Route
Access these features when a route is active: · View Route · Edit Destination/Waypoints

· Edit Turn List · Detour · Edit Route Preferences · Edit Traffic Preferences · Cancel Route. Nokia is the digital map provider for the navigation application. If you find map data errors, you may report them directly to Nokia by going to http://mapreporter.navteq.com. Nokia evaluates all reported map errors and responds with the result of their investigation by e-mail.
Navigation Map Updates
Annual navigation map updates are available for purchase through your dealership, by calling 1-866-4NAVTEQ (1-866-462-8837) (in Mexico, call 01-800-557-5539) or going to www.navigation.com/sync. You need to specify the make and model of your vehicle to determine if there is an update available.
Navigation Voice Commands
When in navigation mode, press the voice button on the steering E142599 wheel controls. After the tone, say any of the following commands:
Navigation system voice commands
"Cancel next waypoint" 1
"Cancel route"1
"Destination"2
"Destination <nametag>"
"Destination <POI category>"
"Destination favorites"
"Destination home"

436

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)

Navigation system voice commands "Destination intersection"
"Destination nearest <POI category>" "Destination nearest POI"
"Destination play nametags" "Destination POI"
"Destination POI category" "Destination previous destination"
"Destination street address" "Detour"1
"Navigation"3 "Navigation voice volume decrease" "Navigation voice volume increase"
"Repeat instruction"1 "Show 3D"
"Show heading up" "Show map"
"Show north up" "Show route"1
"Show turn list"1 "Voice guidance off" "Voice guidance on"
"Where am I?" "Zoom in"

Navigation system voice commands "Zoom out" "Help"
1 These commands are only available when a navigation route is active. 2 If you say "Destination", you can then say any command in the following "Destination" chart. 3 If you say "Navigation", you can then say any command in the following "Navigation" chart.
"DESTINATION" "<nametag>"
"<POI category>" "Favorites" "Home"
"Intersection" "Nearest <POI category>"
"Nearest POI" "Play nametags"
"POI category" "Previous destination"
"Street address" "Help"
"NAVIGATION"
"Destination"* "Zoom city"
"Zoom country" "Zoom minimum"

437

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

MyFord TouchTM (If Equipped)
"NAVIGATION"
"Zoom maximum" "Zoom province"
"Zoom state" "Zoom street" "Zoom to <distance>"
"Help" * If you say "Destination", you can then say any command in the "Destination" chart.
One-shot Destination Street Address When you say either "Navigation destination street address" or "Destination street address", the system asks you to say the full address. The system displays an example on-screen. You can then speak the address naturally, such as "One two three four Main Street, Anytown".

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

438
Information Provided by:

Accessories

For a complete listing of the accessories that are available for your vehicle, please contact your authorized dealer or visit our online store at www.Accessories.Ford.com (United States only).
Ford Motor Company will repair or replace any properly authorized dealer-installed Ford Custom Accessories found to be defective in factory-supplied materials or workmanship during the warranty period, as well as any component damaged by the defective accessories.
Ford Motor Company will warrant your vehicle's accessories through the warranty that provides the greatest benefit: · 24 months, unlimited mileage. · The remainder of your new vehicle
limited warranty.
Contact your authorized dealer for details and a copy of the warranty.
Exterior style
· Side window deflectors. · Splash guards. · Rear spoiler. · Wheels. · Bumper protectors.
Interior style
· All-weather floor mats. · Rear seat entertainment*. · Premium carpeted floor mats. · Door sill plates. · Electrochromatic
compass/temperature interior mirrors.
Lifestyle
· Ash cup or smoker's packages. · Car covers*. · Cargo area protectors.

· Cargo net.
· Cargo organizers.
· Interior light kit.
· Roof racks and carriers*.
Peace of mind
· Remote start.
· Vehicle security systems.
· Wheel locks.
· Bumper-mounted parking sensor*.
· Locking fuel plug for capless fuel system.
*The accessory manufacturer designs, develops and therefore warrants Ford Licensed Accessories, and does not design or test these accessories to Ford Motor Company engineering requirements. Contact an authorized Ford dealer for the accessory manufacturer's limited warranty details and request a copy of the Ford Licensed Accessories product limited warranty from the accessory manufacturer.

439

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Accessories
For maximum vehicle performance, keep the following information in mind when adding accessories or equipment to your vehicle:
· When adding accessories, equipment, passengers and luggage to your vehicle, do not exceed the total weight capacity of the vehicle or of the front or rear axle (GVWR or GAWR as indicated on the Safety Compliance Certification label). Ask an authorized dealer for specific weight information.
· The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission (CRTC) regulate the use of mobile communications systems that are equipped with radio transmitters, for example, two-way radios, telephones and theft alarms. Any such equipment installed in your vehicle should comply with Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission (CRTC) regulations and should be installed only by an authorized dealer.
· Mobile communications systems may harm the operation of your vehicle, particularly if their manufacturer did not design them specifically for automotive use.
· If you or an authorized Ford dealer add any non-Ford electrical or electronic accessories or components to your vehicle, you may adversely affect battery performance and durability. In addition, you may also adversely affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

440
Information Provided by:

Appendices

END USER LICENSE
AGREEMENT
SYNC End User License Agreement (EULA)
· You have acquired a device ("DEVICE") that includes software licensed by Ford Motor Company and its affiliates ("FORD MOTOR COMPANY") from an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation ("MS") . Those installed software products of MS origin, as well as associated media, printed materials, and "online" or electronic documentation ("MS SOFTWARE") are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties. The MS SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. All rights reserved.
· The MS SOFTWARE may interface with and/or communicate with, or may be later upgraded to interface with and/or communicate with additional software and/or systems provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY. The additional software and systems of FORD MOTOR COMPANY origin, as well as associated media, printed materials, and "online" or electronic documentation ("FORD SOFTWARE") are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties. The FORD SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. All rights reserved.

· The MS SOFTWARE and/or FORD SOFTWARE may interface with and/or communicate with, or may be later upgraded to interface with and/or communicate with additional software and/or systems provided by third party software and service suppliers. The additional software and services of third party origin, as well as associated media, printed materials, and "online" or electronic documentation ("THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE") are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties. The THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. All rights reserved.
· The MS SOFTWARE, FORD SOFTWARE and THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE hereinafter collectively and individually will be referred to as "SOFTWARE".
IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA") DO NOT USE THE DEVICE OR COPY THE SOFTWARE. ANY USE OF THE SOFTWARE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICE, WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT TO THIS EULA (OR RATIFICATION OF ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT).
GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE: This EULA grants you the following license:
· You may use the SOFTWARE as installed on the DEVICE and as otherwise interfacing with systems and/or services provide by or through FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third party software and service providers.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

441
Information Provided by:

Appendices

Description of Other Rights and Limitations
· Speech Recognition: If the SOFTWARE includes speech recognition component(s), you should understand that speech recognition is an inherently statistical process and that recognition errors are inherent in the process. Neither FORD MOTOR COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process.
· Limitations on Reverse Engineering, Decompilation and Disassembly: You may not reverse engineer, decompile, or disassemble nor permit others to reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble the SOFTWARE, except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation.
· Limitations on Distributing, Copying, Modifying and Creating Derivative Works: You may not distribute, copy, make modifications to or create derivative works based on the SOFTWARE, except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation.
· Single EULA: The end user documentation for the DEVICE and related systems and services may contain multiple EULAs, such as multiple translations and/or multiple media versions (e.g., in the user documentation and in the software). Even if you receive multiple EULAs, you are licensed to use only one (1) copy of the SOFTWARE.

· SOFTWARE Transfer: You may permanently transfer your rights under this EULA only as part of a sale or transfer of the DEVICE, provided you retain no copies, you transfer all of the SOFTWARE (including all component parts, the media and printed materials, any upgrades, and, if applicable, the Certificate(s) of Authenticity), and the recipient agrees to the terms of this EULA. If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade, any transfer must include all prior versions of the SOFTWARE.
· Termination: Without prejudice to any other rights, FORD MOTOR COMPANY or MS may terminate this EULA if you fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this EULA.
· Security Updates/Digital Rights Management: Content owners use the WMDRM technology included in your DEVICE to protect their intellectual property, included copyrighted content. Portions of the SOFTWARE on your DEVICE use WMDRM software to access WMDRM-protected content. If the WMDRM software fails to protect the content, content owners may ask Microsoft to revoke the SOFTWARE's ability to use WMDRM to play or copy protected content. This action does not affect unprotected content. When your DEVICE downloads licenses for protected content, you agree that Microsoft may include a revocation list with the licenses. Content owners may require you to upgrade the SOFTWARE on your DEVICE to access their content. If you decline an upgrade, you will not be able to access content that requires the upgrade.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

442
Information Provided by:

Appendices

· Consent to Use of Data: You agree that MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and systems suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may collect and use technical information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services. MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and services suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may use this information solely to improve their products or to provide customized services or technologies to you. MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and systems suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may disclose this information to others, but not in a form that personally identifies you.
· Internet-Based Services Components: The SOFTWARE may contain components that enable and facilitate the use of certain Internet-based services. You acknowledge and agree that MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and service suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may automatically check the version of the SOFTWARE and/or its components that you are utilizing and may provide upgrades or supplements to the SOFTWARE that may be automatically downloaded to your DEVICE.
· Additional Software/Services: The SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and service suppliers, MS, Microsoft Corporation, their affiliates and/or their designated agent to provide or make available to you SOFTWARE updates,

supplements, add-on components, or Internet-based services components of the SOFTWARE after the date you obtain your initial copy of the SOFTWARE ("Supplemental Components").
If FORD MOTOR COMPANY or third party software and services suppliers provide or make available to you Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are provided along with the Supplemental Components, then the terms of this EULA shall apply.
If MS, Microsoft Corporation, their affiliates and/or their designated agent make available Supplemental Components, and no other EULA terms are provided, then the terms of this EULA shall apply, except that the MS, Microsoft Corporation or affiliate entity providing the Supplemental Component(s) shall be the licensor of the Supplemental Component(s).
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, MS, Microsoft Corporation, their affiliates and/or their designated agent reserve the right to discontinue without liability any Internet-based services provided to you or made available to you through the use of the SOFTWARE.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

443
Information Provided by:

Appendices

· Links to Third Party Sites: The MS SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to link to third party sites through the use of the SOFTWARE. The third party sites are not under the control of MS, Microsoft Corporation, their affiliates and/or their designated agent. Neither MS nor Microsoft Corporation nor their affiliates nor their designated agent are responsible for (i) the contents of any third party sites, any links contained in third party sites, or any changes or updates to third party sites, or (ii) webcasting or any other form of transmission received from any third party sites. If the SOFTWARE provides links to third party sites, those links are provided to you only as a convenience, and the inclusion of any link does not imply an endorsement of the third party site by MS, Microsoft Corporation, their affiliates and/or their designated agent.
· Obligation to Drive Responsibly: You recognize your obligation to drive responsibly and keep attention on the road. You will read and abide with the DEVICE operating instructions particularly as they pertain to safety and assumes any risk associated with the use of the DEVICE.
UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA: If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY separate from the DEVICE on media such as a ROM chip, CD ROM disk(s) or via web download or other means, and is labeled "For Upgrade Purposes Only" or "For Recovery Purposes Only" you may install one (1) copy of such SOFTWARE onto the DEVICE as a replacement copy for the existing SOFTWARE, and use it in accordance with this EULA, including any additional EULA terms accompanying the upgrade SOFTWARE.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS: All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE (including but not limited to any images, photographs, animations, video, audio, music, text and "applets" incorporated into the SOFTWARE), the accompanying printed materials, and any copies of the SOFTWARE, are owned by MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, or their affiliates or suppliers. The SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. You may not copy the printed materials accompanying the SOFTWARE. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the content which may be accessed through use of the SOFTWARE is the property of the respective content owner and may be protected by applicable copyright or other intellectual property laws and treaties. This EULA grants you no rights to use such content. All rights not specifically granted under this EULA are reserved by MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and service providers, their affiliates and suppliers. Use of any on-line services which may be accessed through the SOFTWARE may be governed by the respective terms of use relating to such services. If this SOFTWARE contains documentation that is provided only in electronic form, you may print one copy of such electronic documentation.
EXPORT RESTRICTIONS: You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is subject to U.S. and European Union export jurisdiction. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, as well as end-user, end-use and destination restrictions issued by U.S. and other governments. For additional information, see http://www.microsoft.com/exporting/.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

444
Information Provided by:

Appendices

TRADEMARKS: This EULA does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of FORD MOTOR COMPANY, MS, Microsoft Corporation, third party software or service providers, their affiliates or suppliers.
PRODUCT SUPPORT: Product support for the SOFTWARE is not provided by MS, its parent corporation Microsoft Corporation, or their affiliates or subsidiaries. For product support, please refer to FORD MOTOR COMPANY instructions provided in the documentation for the DEVICE. Should you have any questions concerning this EULA, or if you desire to contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason, please refer to the address provided in the documentation for the DEVICE.
No Liability for Certain Damages: EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS, MS, MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. THIS LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL MS, MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND/OR THEIR AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR ANY AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF U.S. TWO HUNDRED FIFTY DOLLARS (U.S. $250.00).
· THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY EXPRESSLY BE PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW VEHICLE.

Adobe
Contains Adobe® [Flash® Player] or [AIR®] technology by Adobe Systems Incorporated. This [Licensee Product] contains [Adobe® Flash® Player] [Adobe® AIR®] software under license from Adobe Systems Incorporated, Copyright ©1995-2009 Adobe Macromedia Software LLC. All rights reserved. Adobe, Flash and AIR are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
End User Notice
Microsoft® Windows® Mobile for Automotive Important Safety Information
This system Ford SYNC contains software that is licensed to Manufacturer FORD MOTOR COMPANY by an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation pursuant to a license agreement. Any removal, reproduction, reverse engineering or other unauthorized use of the software from this system in violation of the license agreement is strictly prohibited and may subject you to legal action.
Read and follow instructions: Before using your Windows Automotive- based system, read and follow all instructions and safety information provided in this end user manual ("User's Guide"). Not following precautions found in this User's Guide can lead to an accident or other serious consequences.
Keep User's Guide in vehicle: When kept in the vehicle, the User's Guide will be a ready reference for you and other users unfamiliar with the Windows Automotive-based system. Please make certain that before using the system for the first time, all persons have access to the User's Guide and read its instructions and safety information carefully.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

445
Information Provided by:

Appendices

WARNING
Operating certain parts of this system while driving can distract your attention away from the road, and possibly cause an accident or other serious consequences. Do not change system settings or enter data non-verbally (using your hands) while driving. Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations. This is important since while setting up or changing some functions you might be required to distract your attention away from the road and remove your hands from the wheel.
General Operation
Voice Command Control: Functions within the Windows Automotive-based system may be accomplished using only voice commands. Using voice commands while driving allows you to operate the system without removing your hands from the wheel.
Prolonged Views of Screen: Do not access any function requiring a prolonged view of the screen while you are driving. Pull over in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention. Even occasional short scans to the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving task at a critical time.
Volume Setting: Do not raise the volume excessively. Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving. Driving while unable to hear these sounds could cause an accident.

Use of Speech Recognition Functions: Speech recognition software is inherently a statistical process which is subject to errors. It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address any errors.
Navigation Features: Any navigation features included in the system are intended to provide turn by turn instructions to get you to a desired destination. Please make certain all persons using this system carefully read and follow instructions and safety information fully.
Distraction Hazard: Any navigation features may require manual (non-verbal) setup. Attempting to perform such set-up or insert data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause an accident or other serious consequences. Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations.
Let Your Judgment Prevail: Any navigation features are provided only as an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations. Any such feature is not a substitute for your personal judgment. Any route suggestions made by this system should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices.
Route Safety: Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver, if you would be placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

446
Information Provided by:

Appendices

Potential Map Inaccuracy: Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads, traffic controls or driving conditions. Always use good judgment and common sense when following the suggested routes.
Emergency Services: Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency services. Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for these locations. Not all emergency services such as police, fire stations, hospitals and clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such navigation features.
TeleNav Software End User License Agreement
Please read these terms and conditions carefully before you use the Telenav Software. Your use of the Telenav Software indicates that you accept these terms and conditions. If you do not accept these terms and conditions, do not break the seal of the package, launch, or otherwise use the Telenav Software.
These terms and conditions represent the agreement ("Agreement") between you and Telenav, Inc. ("Telenav") with respect to the Telenav Software (including upgrades, modifications, or additions thereto) (collectively "Telenav Software"). All references herein to "you" and "your" means you, your employees, agents, and contractors, and any other entity on whose behalf you accept these terms and conditions, all of whom shall also be bound by this Agreement. Additionally, all of your account information, as well as other payment and personal information provided by you to Telenav (directly or through the use of the Telenav Software, is subject to Telenav's privacy policy located at http://www.telenav.com.

Telenav may revise this Agreement and the privacy policy at any time, with or without notice to you. You agree to visit http://www.telenav.com from time to time to review the then current version of this Agreement and of the privacy policy.
1. Safe and Lawful Use
You acknowledge that devoting attention to the Telenav Software may pose a risk of injury or death to you and others in situations that otherwise require your undivided attention, and you therefore agree to comply with the following when using the Telenav Software: (a) observe all traffic laws and otherwise drive safely; (b) use your own personal judgment while driving. If you feel that a route suggested by the Telenav Software instructs you to perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver, places you in an unsafe situation, or directs you into an area that you consider to be unsafe, do not follow such instructions; (c) do not input destinations, or otherwise manipulate the Telenav Software, unless your vehicle is stationary and parked; (d) do not use the Telenav Software for any illegal, unauthorized, unintended, unsafe, hazardous, or unlawful purposes, or in any manner inconsistent with this Agreement; (e) arrange all GPS and wireless devices and cables necessary for use of the Telenav Software in a secure manner in your vehicle so that they will not interfere with your driving and will not prevent the operation of any safety device (such as an airbag).
You agree to indemnify and hold Telenav harmless against all claims resulting from any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate use of the Telenav Software in any moving vehicle, including as a result of your failure to comply with the directions above.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

447
Information Provided by:

Appendices

2. Account Information
You agree: (a) when registering the Telenav Software, to provide Telenav with true, accurate, current, and complete information about yourself, and (b) to inform Telenav promptly of any changes to such information, and to keep it true, accurate, current and complete.
3. Software License
Subject to your compliance with the terms of this Agreement, Telenav hereby grants to you a personal, non-exclusive, non-transferable license (except as expressly permitted below in connection with your permanent transfer of the Telenav Software license), without the right to sublicense, to use the Telenav Software (in object code form only) in order to access and use the Telenav Software. This license shall terminate upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement. You agree that you will use the Telenav Software only for your personal business or leisure purposes, and not to provide commercial navigation services to other parties.
3.1 License Limitations
You agree not to do any of the following: (a) reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, translate, modify, alter or otherwise change the Telenav Software or any part thereof; (b) attempt to derive the source code, audio library or structure of the Telenav Software without the prior express written consent of Telenav; (c) remove from the Telenav Software, or alter, any of Telenav's or its suppliers' trademarks, trade names, logos, patent or copyright notices, or other notices or markings; (d) distribute, sublicense or otherwise transfer the Telenav Software to others, except as part of your permanent transfer of the Telenav Software; or (e) use the Telenav Software in any manner that (i) infringes the intellectual property

or proprietary rights, rights of publicity or privacy or other rights of any party, (ii) violates any law, statute, ordinance or regulation, including but not limited to laws and regulations related to spamming, privacy, consumer and child protection, obscenity or defamation, or (iii) is harmful, threatening, abusive, harassing, tortuous, defamatory, vulgar, obscene, libelous, or otherwise objectionable; and (f) lease, rent out, or otherwise permit unauthorized access by third parties to the Telenav Software without advanced written permission of Telenav.
4. Disclaimers
To the fullest extent permissible pursuant to applicable law, in no event will Telenav, its licensors and suppliers, or agents or employees of any of the foregoing, be liable for any decision made or action taken by you or anyone else in reliance on the information provided by the Telenav Software. Telenav also does not warrant the accuracy of the map or other data used for the Telenav Software. Such data may not always reflect reality due to, among other things, road closures, construction, weather, new roads and other changing conditions. You are responsible for the entire risk arising out of your use of the Telenav Software. For example but without limitation, you agree not to rely on the Telenav Software for critical navigation in areas where the well-being or survival of you or others is dependent on the accuracy of navigation, as the maps or functionality of the Telenav Software are not intended to support such high risk applications, especially in more remote geographical areas.
TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV SOFTWARE, WHETHER STATUTORY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ALL WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE FROM

448

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Appendices

COURSE OF DEALING, CUSTOM OR TRADE AND INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE TELENAV SOFTWARE. Certain jurisdictions do not permit the disclaimer of certain warranties, so this limitation may not apply to you.
5. Limitation of Liability
TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV OR ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES (INCLUDING IN EACH CASE, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DAMAGES FOR THE INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT OR ACCESS DATA, LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR THE LIKE) ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE TELENAV SOFTWARE, EVEN IF TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL DAMAGES REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL DIRECT OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE), THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF TELENAV AND OF ALL OF TELENAV'S SUPPLIERS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE TELENAV SOFTWARE. SOME

STATES AND/OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
6. Arbitration and Governing Law
You agree that any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Telenav Software shall be settled by independent arbitration involving a neutral arbitrator and administered by the American Arbitration Association in the County of Santa Clara, California. The arbitrator shall apply the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and the judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any court having jurisdiction. Note that there is no judge or jury in an arbitration proceeding and the decision of the arbitrator shall be binding upon both parties. You expressly agree to waive your right to a jury trial.
This Agreement and performance hereunder will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its conflict of laws provisions. To the extent judicial action is necessary in connection with the binding arbitration, both Telenav and you agree to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the County of Santa Clara, California. The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply.
7. Assignment
You may not resell, assign, or transfer this Agreement or any of your rights or obligations, except in totality, in connection with your permanent transfer of the Telenav Software, and expressly conditioned upon the new user of the Telenav Software agreeing to be bound by

449

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Appendices

the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Any such sale, assignment or transfer that is not expressly permitted under this paragraph will result in immediate termination of this Agreement, without liability to Telenav, in which case you and all other parties shall immediately cease all use of the Telenav Software. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Telenav may assign this Agreement to any other party at any time without notice, provided the assignee remains bound by this Agreement.
8. Miscellaneous
8.1
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Telenav and you with respect to the subject matter hereof.
8.2
Except for the limited licenses expressly granted in this Agreement, Telenav retains all right, title and interest in and to the Telenav Software, including without limitation all related intellectual property rights. No licenses or other rights which are not expressly granted in this Agreement are intended to, or shall be, granted or conferred by implication, statute, inducement, estoppel or otherwise, and Telenav and its suppliers and licensors hereby reserve all of their respective rights other than the licenses explicitly granted in this Agreement.
8.3
By using the Telenav Software, you consent to receive from Telenav all communications, including notices, agreements, legally required disclosures or other information in connection with the Telenav Software (collectively, "Notices") electronically. Telenav may provide such

Notices by posting them on Telenav's Website or by downloading such Notices to your wireless device. If you desire to withdraw your consent to receive Notices electronically, you must discontinue your use of the Telenav Software.
8.4
Telenav's or your failure to require performance of any provision shall not affect that party's right to require performance at any time thereafter, nor shall a waiver of any breach or default of this Agreement constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default or a waiver of the provision itself.
8.5
If any provision herein is held unenforceable, then such provision will be modified to reflect the intention of the parties, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect.
8.6
The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, will not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement, and will not be referred to in connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the words "include" and "including," and variations thereof, will not be deemed to be terms of limitation, but rather will be deemed to be followed by the words "without limitation".
9. Other Vendors Terms and Conditions
The Telenav Software utilizes map and other data licensed to Telenav by third party vendors for the benefit of you and other end users. This Agreement includes end-user terms applicable to these companies (included at the end of this

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

450
Information Provided by:

Appendices

Agreement), and thus your use of the Telenav Software is also subject to such terms. You agree to comply with the following additional terms and conditions, which are applicable to Telenav's third party vendor licensors:
End User License Agreement For Distribution By HERE For North America/APAC
The content provided ("Data") is licensed, not sold. By opening this package, or installing, copying, or otherwise using the Data, you agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. If you do not agree to the terms of this agreement, you are not permitted to install, copy, use, resell or transfer the Data. If you wish to reject the terms of this agreement, and have not installed, copied, or used the Data, you must contact your retailer or HERE North America, LLC (as defined below) within thirty (30) days of purchase for a refund of your purchase price. To contact HERE, please visit www.here.com.
The Data is provided for your personal, internal use only and may not be resold. It is protected by copyright, and is subject to the following terms (this "End User License Agreement") and conditions which are agreed to by you, on the one hand, and HERE and its licensors (including their licensors and suppliers) on the other hand. For purposes of these terms, "HERE" shall mean (a) HERE North America, LLC with respect to Data for the Americas and/or the Asia Pacific region and (b) HERE Europe B.V. for Data for Europe, the Middle East and/or Africa.
The Data includes certain information and related content provided under license to HERE from third parties and is subject to the applicable supplier terms and copyright notices set forth at the following URL: http://corporate.navteq.com/supplier_terms.html.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
License Limitations on Use:
You agree that your license to use this Data is limited to and conditioned on use for solely personal, noncommercial purposes, and not for service bureau, timesharing or other similar purposes. Except as otherwise set forth herein, you agree not to otherwise reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, disassemble or reverse engineer any portion of this Data, and may not transfer or distribute it in any form, for any purpose, except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws.
License Limitations on Transfer:
Your limited license does not allow transfer or resale of the Data, except on the condition that you may transfer the Data and all accompanying materials on a permanent basis if: (a) you retain no copies of the Data; (b) the recipient agrees to the terms of this End-User License Agreement; and (c) you transfer the Data in the exact same form as you purchased it by physically transferring the original media (e.g., the CD-ROM or DVD you purchased), all original packaging, all Manuals and other documentation. Specifically, Multi-disc sets may only be transferred or sold as a complete set as provided to you and not as a subset thereof.
Additional License Limitations:
Except where you have been specifically licensed to do so by HERE in a separate written agreement, and without limiting the preceding paragraph, your license is conditioned on use of the Data as prescribed in this agreement, and you may not (a) use this Data with any products, systems, or applications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles capable of vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch,

451

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Appendices

real time route guidance, fleet management or similar applications; or (b) with, or in communication with, including without limitation, cellular phones, palmtop and handheld computers, pagers, and personal digital -assistants or PDAs.
Note: This Data may contain inaccurate or incomplete information due to the passage of time, changing circum-stances, sources used and the nature of collecting comprehensive geographic Data, any of which may lead to incorrect results.
No Warranty:
This Data is provided to you "as is", and you agree to use it at your own risk. HERE and its licensors (and their licensors and suppliers) make no guarantees, representations or warranties of any kind, express or implied, arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, content, quality, accuracy, completeness, effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness, use or results to be obtained from this Data, or that the Data or server will be uninterrupted or error ¬free.
Disclaimer of Warranty:
HERE AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States, Territories and Countries do not allow certain warranty exclusions, so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you.

Disclaimer of Liability:
HERE AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THIS DATA; OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA, ANY DEFECT IN THIS DATA, OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF HERE OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some States, Territories and Countries do not allow certain liability exclusions or damages limitations, so to that extent the above may not apply to you.
Export Control:
You agree not to export from anywhere any part of the Data or any direct product thereof except in compliance with, and with all licenses and approvals required under, applicable export laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to the laws, rules and regulations administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of Commerce and the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U.S. Department of Commerce. To the extent that any such export laws, rules or regulations prohibit HERE from complying with any of its obligations hereunder to deliver or distribute Data, such failure shall be excused and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement.

452

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Appendices

Entire Agreement:
These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between HERE (and its licensors, including their licensors and suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter.
Severability:
You and HERE agree that if any portion of this agreement is found illegal or unenforceable, that portion shall be severed and the remainder of the Agreement shall be given full force and effect.
Severability:
You and HERE agree that if any portion of this agreement is found illegal or unenforceable, that portion shall be severed and the remainder of the Agreement shall be given full force and effect.
Governing Law:
The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois (for Data for the Americas and/or the Asia Pacific region) or The Netherlands (for Data for Europe, the Middle East and Africa), without giving effect to (i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, which is explicitly excluded. For any and all disputes, claims and actions arising from or in connection with the Data ("Claims"), you agree to submit to the personal jurisdiction of (a) the State of Illinois for Claims related to Data for the Americas and/or the Asia Pacific region provided to you hereunder, and (b) The Netherlands for Data for Europe, the Middle East and/or Africa provided to you hereunder.

Government End Users:
If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf of the United States government or any other entity seeking or applying rights similar to those customarily claimed by the United States government, this Data is a "commercial item" as that term is defined at 48 C.F.R. ("FAR") 2.101, is licensed in accordance with this End¬ User License Agreement, and each copy of Data delivered or otherwise furnished shall be marked and embedded as appropriate with the following "Notice of Use", and be treated in accordance with such Notice:
NOTICE OF USE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER)
NAME:
HERE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER)
ADDRESS:
425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, IL 60606.
This Data is a commercial item as defined in FAR 2.101
and is subject to the End User License Agreement under
which this Data was provided.
© 1987-2013 HERE. All rights reserved.
If the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official refuses to use the legend provided herein, the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official must notify HERE prior to seeking additional or alternative rights in the Data.

453

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Appendices

Gracenote® Copyright
CD and music-related data from Gracenote, Inc., copyright© 2000-2007 Gracenote. Gracenote Software, copyright © 2000-2007 Gracenote. This product and service may practice one or more of the following U.S. Patents #5,987,525, #6,061,680, #6,154,773, #6,161,132, #6,230,192, #6,230,207, #6.240,459, #6,330,593 and other patents issued or pending. Some services supplied under license from Open Globe, Inc. for U.S. Patent: #6,304,523.
Gracenote and CDDB are registered trademarks of Gracenote. The Gracenote logo and logotype, and the "Powered by GracenoteTM" logo are trademarks of Gracenote.
Gracenote® End User License Agreement (EULA)
This device contains software from Gracenote, Inc. of 2000 Powell Street Emeryville, California 94608 ("Gracenote").
The software from Gracenote (the "Gracenote Software") enables this device to do disc and music file identification and obtain music-related information, including name, artist, track, and title information ("Gracenote Data") from online servers ("Gracenote Servers"), and to perform other functions. You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End User functions of this device.
This device may contain content belonging to Gracenote's providers. If so, all of the restrictions set forth herein with respect to Gracenote Data shall also apply to such content and such content providers shall be entitled to all of the benefits and protections set forth herein that are available to Gracenote.

You agree that you will use the content from Gracenote ("Gracenote Content") , Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers for your own personal, non-commercial use only. You agree not to assign, copy, transfer or transmit the Gracenote Content, Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data (except in a Tag associated with a music file) to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE CONTENT, GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN.
You agree that your non-exclusive licenses to use the Gracenote Content, Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions. If your licenses terminate, you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Content, Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers. Gracenote, respectively, reserve all rights in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and the Gracenote Servers and Gracenote Content, including all ownership rights. Under no circumstances will either Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide, including any copyrighted material or music file information. You agree that Gracenote may enforce its respective rights, collectively or separately, under this agreement against you, directly in each company's own name.
Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes. The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow Gracenote to count queries without knowing anything about who you are. For more information, see the web page at www.gracenote.com for the Gracenote Privacy Policy.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

454
Information Provided by:

Appendices

THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, EACH ITEM OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED TO YOU "AS IS". NEITHER GRACENOTE MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE CONTENT. GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT TO DELETE DATA AND/OR CONTENT FROM THE COMPANIES' RESPECTIVE SERVERS OR, IN THE CASE OF GRACENOTE, CHANGE DATA CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT. NO WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR-FREE OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED. GRACENOTE IS NOT OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES AT ANY TIME. GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. NEITHER GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER.
© Gracenote 2007.

Vehicle with SYNC only
FCC ID: KMHSG1G1
IC: 1422A-SG1G1
Vehicle with SYNC and MyFord Touch or MyLincoln Touch
FCC ID: KMHSYNCG2
IC: 1422A-SYNCG2
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
WARNING
Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. The term "IC" before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met.
The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

455

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Extended Service Plan (ESP)

PROTECT YOURSELF FROM THE RISING COST OF VEHICLE REPAIRS WITH A FORD EXTENDED SERVICE PLAN.
SERVICE PLANS (U.S. Only)
More than 32 million Ford owners have discovered the powerful protection of Ford Extended Service Plan. It is the only extended service plan backed by Ford Motor Company, and provides peace of mind protection beyond the New Vehicle Limited Warranty coverage.
Ford ESP Can Quickly Pay for Itself
One service bill the cost of parts and labor can easily exceed the price of your Ford Extended Service Plan. With Ford ESP you minimize your risk for unexpected repair bills and rising repair costs.
Up to 1,000+ Covered Vehicle Components
There are four Extended Service Plans with different levels of coverage. Ask your authorized dealer for details.
1. PremiumCARE - Our most comprehensive coverage. With over 1,000 covered components, this plan is so complete that we generally only discuss what's not covered.
2. ExtraCARE - Covers 113 components, and includes many high-tech items.
3. BaseCARE - Covers 84 components.
4. PowertrainCARE - Covers 29 critical components.
Ford Extended Service Plan is honored by all authorized Ford dealers in the U.S. and Canada. It is the only extended service plan authorized and backed by Ford Motor Company.

That means you get: · Reliable, quality service at any Ford or
Lincoln dealership · Repairs performed by factory trained
technicians, using genuine parts
Rental Car Reimbursement
1st day Rental Benefit
You take advantage of replacement transportation if your vehicle is at your authorized dealer for same day covered repairs.
Extended Rental Benefits
If your vehicle is kept overnight for covered repairs, you are eligible for rental car coverage, including bumper to bumper warranty repairs, and Field Service Actions.
Roadside Assistance
Exclusive 24/7 roadside assistance, including:
· Towing, flat-tire change and battery jump starts
· Out of fuel and lock-out assistance. · Travel expense reimbursement for
lodging, meals and rental car. · Destination assistance for taxi, shuttle,
rental car coverage and emergency transportation.
Transferable Coverage
If you sell your vehicle before your Ford Extended Service Plan coverage expires, you can transfer any remaining coverage to the new owner. Whenever you sell your vehicle, prospective buyers may have a higher degree of confidence that vehicle was properly maintained with Ford ESP, thereby improving resale value.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

456
Information Provided by:

Extended Service Plan (ESP)

Avoid the Rising Cost of Properly Maintaining Your Vehicle!
Ford Extended Service Plan also offers a Premium Maintenance Plan that covers all scheduled maintenance, and selected wear items. The coverage is prepaid, so you never have to worry about affording your vehicle's maintenance. It covers regular checkups, routine inspections, preventive care and replacement of select items that require periodic attention for normal wear:
· Windshield wiper blades.
· Spark plugs (except in California).
· The clutch disc.
· Brake pads and linings.
· Shock absorbers.
· Belts and hoses.
· Diesel exhaust fluid replenishment.
Interest Free Finance Options Available
Take advantage of our interest free installment payment plan. Just a 10% down payment will provide you with an affordable, no interest, no fee payment program allowing you all the security and benefits Ford ESP has to offer while paying over time. You are pre-approved with no credit checks, no hassles! To learn more, call our Ford ESP specialists at 800-367-3377.
Ford ESP P.O. Box 8072 Royal Oak, MI 48068-0039

SERVICE PLANS (CANADA ONLY)
You can get more protection for your vehicle by purchasing a Ford Extended Service Plan. Ford Extended Service Plan is the only service contract backed by Ford Motor Company of Canada, Limited. Depending on the plan you purchase, Ford Extended Service Plan provides benefits such as:
· Rental reimbursement.
· Coverage for certain maintenance and wear items.
· Protection against repair costs after your New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage expires.
· Roadside Assistance benefits.
There are several Ford Extended Service Plans available in various time, distance and deductible combinations. Each plan is tailored to fit your own driving needs, including reimbursement for towing and rental. When you purchase Ford Extended Service Plan, you receive added peace-of-mind protection throughout Canada and the United States, provided by a network of participating authorized Ford Motor Company dealers.
Note: Repairs performed outside of Canada and the United States are not eligible for Ford Extended Service Plan coverage.
This information is subject to change. For more information, visit your local Ford of Canada dealer or www.ford.ca to find the Ford Extended Service Plan that is right for you.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

457
Information Provided by:

Scheduled Maintenance

GENERAL MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
Why Maintain Your Vehicle?
Carefully following the maintenance schedule helps protect against major repair expenses resulting from neglect or inadequate maintenance and may help to increase the value of your vehicle when you sell or trade it. Keep all receipts for completed maintenance with your vehicle.
We have established regular maintenance intervals for your vehicle based upon rigorous testing. It is important that you have your vehicle serviced at the proper times. These intervals serve two purposes; one is to maintain the reliability of your vehicle and the second is to keep your cost of owning your vehicle down.
It is your responsibility to have all scheduled maintenance performed and to make sure that the materials used meet the specifications identified in this owner's manual. See Capacities and Specifications (page 312).
Failure to perform scheduled maintenance invalidates warranty coverage on parts affected by the lack of maintenance.
Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your Dealership?
Factory-Trained Technicians
Service technicians participate in extensive factory-sponsored certification training to help them become experts on the operation of your vehicle. Ask your dealership about the training and certification their technicians have received.

Genuine Ford and Motorcraft® Replacement Parts
Dealerships stock Ford, Motorcraft and Ford-authorized branded re-manufactured replacement parts. These parts meet or exceed our specifications. Parts installed at your dealership carry a nationwide 24-month or unlimited mile (kilometer) parts and labor limited warranty.
If you do not use Ford authorized parts they may not meet our specifications and depending on the part, it could affect emissions compliance.
Convenience
Many dealerships have extended evening and Saturday hours to make your service visit more convenient and they offer one stop shopping. They can perform any services that are required on your vehicle, from general maintenance to collision repairs.
Note: Not all dealers have extended hours or body shops. Please contact your dealer for details.
Protecting Your Investment
Maintenance is an investment that pays dividends in the form of improved reliability, durability and resale value. To maintain the proper performance of your vehicle and its emission control systems, make sure you have scheduled maintenance performed at the designated intervals.
Your vehicle is equipped with the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor system, which displays a message in the information display at the proper oil change interval. This interval may be up to one year or 10000 miles (16000 kilometers).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

458
Information Provided by:

Scheduled Maintenance

When the oil change message appears in the information display, it is time for an oil change. Make sure you perform the oil change within two weeks or 500 miles (800 kilometers) of the message appearing. Make sure you reset the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after each oil change. See Information Messages (page 103).
If your information display resets prematurely or becomes inoperative, you should perform the oil change interval at six months or 5000 miles (8000 kilometers) from your last oil change. Never exceed one year or 10000 miles (16000 kilometers) between oil change intervals.
Your vehicle is very sophisticated and built with multiple, complex, performance systems. Every manufacturer develops these systems using different specifications and performance features. That is why it is important to rely upon your dealership to properly diagnose and repair your vehicle.
Ford Motor Company has recommended maintenance intervals for various parts and component systems based upon engineering testing. Ford Motor Company relies upon this testing to determine the most appropriate mileage for replacement of oils and fluids to protect your vehicle at the lowest overall cost to you and recommends against maintenance schedules that deviate from the scheduled maintenance information.
We strongly recommend the use of only genuine Ford, Motorcraft or Ford-authorized re-manufactured replacement parts engineered for your vehicle.

Additives and Chemicals
This owner's manual and the Ford Workshop Manual list the recommended additives and chemicals for your vehicle. We do not recommend using chemicals or additives not approved by us as part of your vehicle's normal maintenance. Please consult your warranty information.
Oils, Fluids and Flushing
In many cases, fluid discoloration is a normal operating characteristic and, by itself, does not necessarily indicate a concern or that the fluid needs to be changed. However, a qualified expert, such as the factory-trained technicians at your dealership, should inspect discolored fluids that also show signs of overheating or foreign material contamination immediately.
Make sure to change your vehicle's oils and fluids at the specified intervals or in conjunction with a repair. Flushing is a viable way to change fluid for many vehicle sub-systems during scheduled maintenance. It is critical that systems are flushed only with new fluid that is the same as that required to fill and operate the system or using a Ford-approved flushing chemical.
Owner Checks and Services
Make sure you perform the following basic maintenance checks and inspections every month or at six-month intervals.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

459
Information Provided by:

Scheduled Maintenance
Check every month Engine oil level.
Function of all interior and exterior lights. Tires (including spare) for wear and proper pressure.
Windshield washer fluid level.
Check every six months Battery connections. Clean if necessary. Body and door drain holes for obstructions. Clean if necessary. Cooling system fluid level and coolant strength. Door weatherstrips for wear. Lubricate if necessary. Hinges, latches and outside locks for proper operation. Lubricate if necessary.
Parking brake for proper operation. Safety belts and seat latches for wear and function. Safety warning lamps (brake, ABS, airbag and safety belt) for operation. Washer spray and wiper operation. Clean or replace blades as necessary.
Multi-Point Inspection In order to keep your vehicle running right, it is important to have the systems on your vehicle checked regularly. This can help identify potential issues and prevent major problems. We recommend having the following multi-point inspection performed at every scheduled maintenance interval to help make sure your vehicle keeps running great.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

460
Information Provided by:

Scheduled Maintenance

Multi-Point inspection

Accessory drive belt(s)

Hazard warning system operation

Battery performance

Horn operation

Engine air filter

Radiator, cooler, heater and air conditioning hoses

Exhaust system

Suspension components for leaks or damage

Exterior lamps operation

Steering and linkage

Fluid levels*; fill if necessary

Tires (including spare) for wear and proper pressure**

For oil and fluid leaks

Windshield for cracks, chips or pits

Half-shaft dust boots

Washer spray and wiper operation

* Brake, coolant recovery reservoir, automatic transmission and window washer
**If your vehicle is equipped with a temporary mobility kit, check the tire sealant expiration Use By date on the canister. Replace as needed.

Be sure to ask your dealership service advisor or technician about the multi-point vehicle inspection. It is a comprehensive way to perform a thorough inspection of your vehicle. Your checklist gives you immediate feedback on the overall condition of your vehicle.
NORMAL SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor®
Your vehicle is equipped with an Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor that determines when you should change the engine oil based on how your vehicle is used. By using several important factors in its calculations, the monitor helps reduce the cost of owning your vehicle and reduces environmental waste at the same time.

This means you do not have to remember to change the oil on a mileage-based schedule. Your vehicle lets you know when an oil change is due by displaying ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGE REQUIRED in the information display.
The following table provides examples of vehicle use and its impact on oil change intervals. It is a guideline only. Actual oil change intervals depend on several factors and generally decrease with severity of use.

461

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Scheduled Maintenance

When to expect the OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message

Interval

Vehicle use and example

Normal

7500-10000 miles (12000-16000 km)

Normal commuting with highway driving No, or moderate, load or towing Flat to moderately hilly roads No extended idling

Severe

5000-7499 miles (8000-11999 km)

Moderate to heavy load or towing Mountainous or off-road conditions Extended idling Extended hot or cold operation

3000-4999 miles (4800-7999 km)

Extreme
Maximum load or towing Extreme hot or cold operation

Normal Maintenance Intervals
At every oil change interval as indicated by the information display*
Change engine oil and filter.** Rotate the tires. Perform a multi-point inspection (recommended). Inspect the automatic transmission fluid level. Consult your dealer for requirements. Inspect the brake pads, shoes, rotors, drums, brake linings, hoses and parking brake. Inspect the engine cooling system strength and hoses. Inspect the exhaust system and heat shields. Inspect the rear axle and U-joints. Lubricate any areas with grease fittings (All-wheel drive vehicles). Inspect the half-shaft boots. Inspect the steering linkage, ball joints, suspension, tire-rod ends, driveshaft and Ujoints. Lubricate any areas with grease fittings (All-wheel drive vehicles).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

462
Information Provided by:

Scheduled Maintenance

At every oil change interval as indicated by the information display*
Inspect the tires, tire wear and measure the tread depth.
Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise, wear, looseness or drag.
* Do not exceed one year or 10000 miles (16000 kilometers) between service intervals. ** Reset the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after engine oil and filter changes. See Engine Oil Check (page 251).

Other maintenance items1

Every 20000 miles (32000 Replace cabin air filter. km)

Every 30000 miles (48000 Replace engine air filter. km)

At 100000 miles (160000 Change engine coolant.2 km)

Every 100000 miles (160000 km)

Replace spark plugs. Inspect accessory drive belt(s).3

Change automatic transmission fluid.

Every 150000 miles (240000 km)

Change manual transmission fluid. Replace accessory drive belt(s).4

Replace timing belt (1.6L engine).

1 Perform these maintenance items within 3000 miles (4800 kilometers) of the last engine oil and filter change. Do not exceed the designated distance for the interval. 2 Initial replacement at six years or 100000 miles (160000 kilometers), then every three years or 50000 miles (80000 kilometers). 3 After initial inspection, inspect every other oil change until replaced.
4 If not replaced within the last 100000 miles (160000 kilometers).

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

463
Information Provided by:

Scheduled Maintenance

SPECIAL OPERATING CONDITIONS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
If you operate your vehicle primarily in any of the following conditions, you need to perform extra maintenance as indicated. If you operate your vehicle occasionally under any of these conditions, it is not necessary to perform the extra maintenance. For specific recommendations, see your dealership service advisor or technician.

Perform the services shown in the following tables when specified or within 3000 miles (4800 kilometers) of the OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message appearing in the information display.
· Example 1: The OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message comes on at 28751 miles (46270 kilometers). Perform the 30000-mile (48000-kilometer) automatic transmission fluid replacement.
· Example 2: The OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message has not come on, but the odometer reads 30000 miles (48000 kilometers) (for example, the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor was reset at 25000 miles [40000 kilometers]). Perform the engine air filter replacement.

Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrier

As required

Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information display and perform services listed in the Normal Scheduled Maintenance chart.

Inspect frequently, service Inspect and lubricate U-joints. as required

Every 30000 miles (48000 Change automatic transmission fluid. km)

Every 60000 miles (96000 Change manual transmission fluid.

km)

Replace spark plugs.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

464
Information Provided by:

Scheduled Maintenance

Extensive idling or low-speed driving for long distances, as in heavy commercial use (such as delivery, taxi, patrol car or livery)

As required

Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information display and perform services listed in the Normal Scheduled Maintenance chart.

Inspect frequently, service Replace cabin air filter.

as required

Replace engine air filter.

Every 30000 miles (48000 Change automatic transmission fluid. km)

Every 60000 miles (96000 Replace spark plugs. km)

Operating in dusty or sandy conditions (such as unpaved or dusty roads)

Inspect frequently, service Replace cabin air filter.

as required

Replace engine air filter.

Every 5000 miles (8000 km)

Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise, wear, looseness or drag.

Rotate tires, inspect tires for wear and measure tread depth.

Every 5000 miles (8000 km) or six months

Change engine oil and filter.* Perform multi-point inspection.

Every 30000 miles (48000 Change automatic transmission fluid. km)

Every 50000 miles (80000 Change manual transmission fluid. km)

*Reset your Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after engine oil and filter changes. See Engine Oil Check (page 251).

Every oil change

Exclusive use of E85 (flex fuel vehicles only)
If ran exclusively on E85, fill the fuel tank full with regular unleaded fuel.

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

465
Information Provided by:

Scheduled Maintenance

Exceptions
There are several exceptions to the Normal Schedule:
Axle Maintenance
Change the axle fluid anytime an axle is submerged in water.
California Fuel Filter Replacement
If you register your vehicle in California, the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item does not nullify the emission warranty or limit recall liability before the completion of your vehicle's useful life. Ford Motor Company, however, urges you to have all recommended maintenance services performed at the specified intervals and to record all vehicle service.

Hot Climate Oil Change Intervals
Vehicles operating in the Middle East, North Africa, Sub-Saharan Africa or locations with similar climates using an American Petroleum Institute (API) Certified for Gasoline Engines (Certification mark) oil of SM or SN quality, the normal oil change interval is 3000 miles (5000 kilometers).
If the available API SM or SN oils are not available, then the oil change interval is 1800 miles (3000 kilometers).
Engine Air Filter and Cabin Air Filter Replacement
The life of the engine air filter and cabin air filter is dependent on exposure to dusty and dirty conditions. Vehicles operated in these conditions require frequent inspection and replacement of the engine air filter and cabin air filter.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE RECORD

Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): E146852

Dealer stamp
Signature:

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

466
Information Provided by:

Scheduled Maintenance

Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): E146852
Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): E146852
Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): E146852

Dealer stamp
Signature:
Dealer stamp
Signature:
Dealer stamp
Signature:
467

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Scheduled Maintenance

Dealer stamp
Signature:
Dealer stamp
Signature:
Dealer stamp
Signature:
468

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Scheduled Maintenance

Dealer stamp
Signature:
Dealer stamp
Signature:
Dealer stamp
Signature:
469

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Scheduled Maintenance

Dealer stamp
Signature:
Dealer stamp
Signature:
Dealer stamp
Signature:
470

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Scheduled Maintenance

Dealer stamp
Signature:
Dealer stamp
Signature:
Dealer stamp
Signature:
471

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Scheduled Maintenance

Dealer stamp
Signature:
Dealer stamp
Signature:
Dealer stamp
Signature:
472

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Scheduled Maintenance

Repair Order #: Distance: Engine hours (optional): Multi-point inspection (recommended): E146852

Dealer stamp
Signature:

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

473
Information Provided by:

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

474
Information Provided by:

Index

A
A/C See: Climate Control...........................................117
About This Manual...........................................7 Protecting the Environment................................7
ABS See: Brakes.............................................................171
ABS driving hints See: Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Brakes..................................................................171
Accessories....................................................439 Exterior style........................................................439 Interior style.........................................................439 Lifestyle.................................................................439 Peace of mind.....................................................439
Accessories See: Replacement Parts Recommendation.............................................11
ACC See: Using Adaptive Cruise Control............188
Active Park Assist.........................................180 Automatic Steering into Parking Space..................................................................181 Deactivating the Park Assist Feature..........182 Troubleshooting the System..........................182 Using Active Park Assist..................................180
Adjusting the Headlamps........................258 Horizontal Aim Adjustment...........................259 Vertical Aim Adjustment................................258
Adjusting the Steering Wheel...................68 Airbag Disposal...............................................44 Air Conditioning
See: Climate Control...........................................117 Alarm
See: Anti-Theft Alarm.........................................67 All-Wheel Drive.............................................166 Ambient Lighting...........................................80 Anti-Theft Alarm............................................67
Arming the Alarm.................................................67 Disarming the Alarm...........................................67 Appendices.....................................................441 Audible Warnings and Indicators.............92 Headlamps On Warning Chime......................92 Key in Ignition Warning Chime........................92 Keyless Warning Alert.........................................92 Parking Brake On Warning Chime..................92

Audio Control..................................................68 MEDIA.......................................................................68 Seek, Next or Previous.......................................68
Audio Input Jack...........................................334 Audio System................................................320
General Information.........................................320 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/CD/
SYNC/Satellite Radio...............................321 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Premium
AM/FM/CD..................................................324 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Sony AM/
FM/CD...........................................................325 Menu Structure...................................................326 Autolamps.........................................................75 Windshield Wiper Activated
Headlamps.........................................................75 Automatic Climate Control.......................118 Automatic High Beam Control..................77
Activating the System........................................78 Manually Overriding the System....................78 Automatic Transmission............................162 Automatic Transmission Adaptive
Learning.............................................................165 Brake-Shift Interlock.........................................164 If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or
Snow..................................................................165 SelectShift AutomaticTM
Transmission...................................................163 Understanding the Positions of Your
Automatic Transmission.............................162 Automatic Transmission Fluid
Check.............................................................255 Auto-Start-Stop...........................................150
Disabling Auto StartStop..................................151 Enabling Auto StartStop.................................150 Autowipers.........................................................71 Auxiliary Power Points.................................141 110 Volt AC Power Point....................................141 12 Volt DC Power Point......................................141 Locations................................................................141 AWD See: All-Wheel Drive.........................................166
B
Blind Spot Information System..............199 Blind Spot Information System (BLISTM) with Cross Traffic Alert................................199

475

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Index

Bonnet Lock See: Opening and Closing the Hood..........246
Booster Seats..................................................22 Types of Booster Seats......................................22
Brake and Clutch Fluid Check.................255 Brakes.................................................................171
General Information............................................171 Breaking-In......................................................221 Bulb Specification Chart...........................263
C
Cabin Air Filter................................................126 California Proposition 65..............................11 Capacities and Specifications.................312
Technical Specifications..................................316 Car Wash
See: Cleaning the Exterior..............................266 Center Console..............................................143 Changing a Bulb............................................261
Replacing a Reverse Lamp Bulb..................262 Replacing the Headlamp Bulbs....................261 Replacing the License Plate Lamp
Bulb....................................................................263 Replacing the Tail, Brake, High-Mount
Brake Lamp, and Turn Signal Lamp Bulbs...................................................................261 Changing a Fuse...........................................245 Fuses......................................................................245 Changing a Road Wheel...........................304 Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire Assembly Information.....................................................304 Stowing the flat tire (Type 1)........................309 Stowing the flat tire (Type 2).......................309 Tire Change Procedure....................................305 Type 1.....................................................................306 Type 2.....................................................................307 Changing the 12V Battery.........................255 Changing the Engine Air Filter................265 2.5L Engine...........................................................265 EcoBoost Engines.............................................265 Changing the Wiper Blades......................257 Checking MyKey System Status...............55 Checking the Wiper Blades......................257 Child Restraint and Safety Belt Maintenance.................................................34 Child Safety.......................................................13 General Information.............................................13

Child Safety Locks..........................................25 Left-Hand Side......................................................26 Right-Hand Side...................................................26
Child Seat Positioning..................................24 Cleaning Leather Seats.............................269 Cleaning Products.......................................266 Cleaning the Alloy Wheels.......................270 Cleaning the Engine....................................267 Cleaning the Exterior..................................266
Cleaning Plastic Exterior Parts......................267 Exterior Chrome.................................................266 Stripes or Graphics (if equipped)...............266 Underbody............................................................267 Cleaning the Instrument Panel and Instrument Cluster Lens........................268 Cleaning the Interior...................................268 Cleaning the Windows and Wiper Blades...........................................................268 Clearing All MyKeys.......................................53 Climate............................................................426 Climate Control Voice Commands.............429 Climate Control...............................................117 Climate Controlled Seats..........................135 Cooled Seats........................................................136 Collision Warning System........................204 PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION..........................204 Coolant Check See: Engine Coolant Check............................252 Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator........43 Creating a MyKey............................................53 Programming/Changing Configurable
Settings...............................................................53 Cruise Control.................................................69
Principle of Operation.......................................187 Type 1........................................................................69 Type 2.......................................................................69 Cruise control See: Using Cruise Control................................187 Customer Assistance.................................229
D
Data Recording..................................................9 Event Data Recording...........................................9 Service Data Recording........................................9

476

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Index

Daytime Running Lamps..............................77 Type 1 - Conventional (Non-Configurable)........................................77 Type 2 - Configurable..........................................77
Digital Radio..................................................329 HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting............................................330
Direction Indicators........................................79 Driver Alert......................................................194
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION...........................194 USING DRIVER ALERT.....................................194 Driver and Passenger Airbags....................37 Children and Airbags...........................................37 Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating
Adjustment........................................................37 Driver and Passenger Knee Airbags.........41 Driving Aids.....................................................194 Driving Hints....................................................221 Driving Through Water................................221 DRL
See: Daytime Running Lamps..........................77
E
Economical Driving......................................221 Electric Parking Brake..................................172
Applying the electric parking brake..............172 Applying the electric parking brake when
the vehicle is moving.....................................172 Battery With No Charge....................................174 Parking on a hill (vehicles with a manual
transmission) ..................................................172 Releasing the electric parking brake............173 Emission Control System..........................158 On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II)...................159 Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance
(I/M) Testing...................................................159 End User License Agreement..................441
SYNC End User License Agreement (EULA)...............................................................441
Engine Block Heater....................................148 Using the Engine Block Heater......................149

Engine Coolant Check................................252 Adding Engine Coolant....................................252 Checking the Engine Coolant........................252 Recycled Engine Coolant................................253 Severe Climates.................................................253 What You Should Know About Fail-Safe Cooling..............................................................254
Engine Immobilizer See: Passive Anti-Theft System.....................65
Engine Oil Check...........................................251 Adding Engine Oil...............................................251
Engine Oil Dipstick - 1.5L EcoBoostTM.................................................250
Engine Oil Dipstick - 1.6L EcoBoostTM..................................................251
Engine Oil Dipstick - 2.0L EcoBoostTM/ 2.5L..................................................................251
Engine Specifications..................................312 Drivebelt Routing................................................312
Entertainment..............................................394 A/V Inputs.............................................................410 AM/FM Radio......................................................396 Bluetooth Audio................................................409 Browsing Device Content...............................394 CD...........................................................................405 SD Card Slot and USB Port...........................406 SIRIUS® Satellite Radio (If Activated)........................................................401 Supported Media Players, Formats and Metadata Information................................409
EPB See: Electric Parking Brake..............................172
Essential Towing Checks............................217 Before Towing a Trailer.....................................218 Hitches....................................................................217 Launching or Retrieving a Boat or Personal Watercraft (PWC).........................................218 Safety Chains........................................................217 Trailer Brakes.........................................................217 Trailer Lamps........................................................217 When Towing a Trailer......................................218
Event Data Recording See: Data Recording..............................................9
Export Unique Options..................................12 Extended Service Plan (ESP).................456
SERVICE PLANS (CANADA ONLY).............457 SERVICE PLANS (U.S. Only)........................456

477

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Index

Exterior Mirrors................................................82 Auto-Dimming Feature......................................82 Blind Spot Monitor..............................................83 Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors...............................82 Heated Exterior Mirrors......................................82 Integrated Blind Spot Mirrors..........................83 Memory Mirrors.....................................................82 Power Exterior Mirrors........................................82 Signal Indicator Mirrors......................................83
F
Fastening the Safety Belts.........................28 Rear Inflatable Safety Belt...............................30 Safety Belt Extension Assembly......................31 Safety Belt Locking Modes...............................29 Using Safety Belts During Pregnancy...........28
Flat Tire Inflation See: Temporary Mobility Kit...........................273
Floor Mats.......................................................222 Fog Lamps - Front
See: Front Fog Lamps.........................................78 Ford Credit..........................................................11
(U.S. Only).................................................................11 Front Fog Lamps............................................78 Front Passenger Sensing System............38 Fuel and Refueling.......................................152 Fuel Consumption........................................157
Calculating Fuel Economy..............................158 Filling the Tank.....................................................157 Fuel Filter........................................................255 Fuel Quality.....................................................153 Choosing the Right Fuel (Flex Fuel
Vehicles)...........................................................153 Choosing the Right Fuel (Gasoline
Vehicles)...........................................................153 Octane Recommendations............................153 Fuel Shutoff...................................................225 Fuses................................................................235 Fuse Specification Chart...........................235 Passenger Compartment Fuse
Panel..................................................................242 Power Distribution Box....................................235
G
Garage Door Opener See: Universal Garage Door Opener............137

Gauges...............................................................86 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge............87 Fuel Gauge..............................................................87 Information Display.............................................86 Left Information Display...................................88 Type 1 and 2............................................................86 Type 3.......................................................................88
General Information on Radio Frequencies...................................................45 Intelligent Access.................................................45
General Maintenance Information.......458 Multi-Point Inspection....................................460 Owner Checks and Services.........................459 Protecting Your Investment..........................458 Why Maintain Your Vehicle?.........................458 Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your Dealership?.....................................................458
Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and Canada..........................................................232
Getting the Services You Need...............229 Away From Home..............................................229
Global Opening and Closing......................82 Closing the Windows..........................................82 Opening the Windows........................................82
H
Hazard Warning Flashers..........................225 Headlamp Exit Delay....................................76 Head Restraints.............................................128
Adjusting the Head Restraint.........................129 Tilting Head Restraints ....................................129 Heated Seats..................................................135 Heated Steering Wheel................................70 Heated Windows and Mirrors..................126 Heated Exterior Mirror.......................................126 Heated Rear Window........................................126 Heating See: Climate Control...........................................117 Hill Start Assist..............................................174 Using Hill Start Assist........................................174

478

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Index

Hints on Controlling the Interior Climate..........................................................124 Cooling the Interior Quickly.............................125 General Hints........................................................124 Heating the Interior Quickly............................124 Recommended Settings for Cooling ..........125 Recommended Settings for Heating...........125 Side Window Defogging in Cold Weather.............................................................126
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Brakes..............................................................171
Hood Lock See: Opening and Closing the Hood..........246
I
Ignition Switch...............................................144 In California (U.S. Only)............................230 Information Display Control......................69
Cluster Display Control Features....................70 Information Displays.....................................93
General Information............................................93 Information......................................................417
911 Assist...............................................................423 Alerts......................................................................423 Calendar................................................................423 Sirius Travel Link..................................................421 SYNC Services (If Equipped, United States
Only)...................................................................418 Vehicle Health Report (If Equipped, United
States Only)....................................................425

Information Messages................................103 Active Park............................................................103 Adaptive Cruise Control...................................104 AdvanceTrac®.....................................................104 Airbag......................................................................105 Alarm......................................................................105 All-Wheel Drive...................................................107 Automatic Engine Shutdown.........................107 Auto Start-Stop..................................................105 Battery and Charging System.......................108 Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert System...................................................108 Doors and Locks.................................................109 Driver Alert............................................................109 Fuel..........................................................................109 Hill Start Assist...................................................109 Keys and Intelligent Access.............................110 Lane Keeping System..........................................111 Maintenance...........................................................111 MyKey.......................................................................112 Park Aid....................................................................113 Park Brake...............................................................113 Power Steering.....................................................114 Pre-Collision Assist.............................................114 Remote Start.........................................................114 Seats.........................................................................115 Starting System ...................................................115 Tire Pressure Monitoring System...................115 Traction Control...................................................116 Transmission.........................................................116
Installing Child Seats.....................................14 Child Seats...............................................................14 Using Lap and Shoulder Belts..........................15 Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren (LATCH)............................................19 Using Tether Straps..............................................21
Instrument Cluster........................................86 Instrument Lighting Dimmer......................76
Vehicles With Front Fog Lamps......................76 Vehicles Without Front Fog Lamps...............76 Interior Lamps.................................................79 Front Interior Lamp..............................................79 Rear Interior Lamp...............................................79 Interior Luggage Compartment Release............................................................63 Interior Mirror...................................................83 Auto-Dimming Mirror.........................................84 Introduction.........................................................7

479

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Index

J
Jump Starting the Vehicle........................225 Connecting the Jumper Cables....................226 Jump Starting......................................................227 Preparing Your Vehicle.....................................226 Removing the Jumper Cables........................227
K
Keyless Entry.....................................................61 SECURICODETM KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD...............................................................61
Keyless Starting............................................144 Ignition Modes.....................................................145
Keys and Remote Controls.........................45
L
Lane Keeping System.................................195 Switching the System On and Off...............195
Lighting Control...............................................74 Headlamp Flasher................................................75 High Beams.............................................................74
Lighting...............................................................74 General Information............................................74
Load Carrying................................................207 Load Limit.......................................................207
Vehicle Loading - with and without a Trailer.................................................................207
Locking and Unlocking.................................57 Activating Intelligent Access ..........................58 Autolock Feature .................................................59 Auto Relock............................................................59 Battery Saver.........................................................60 Illuminated Entry.................................................60 Illuminated Exit.....................................................60 Luggage Compartment.....................................60 Power Door Locks.................................................57 Remote Control.....................................................57 Smart Unlocks For Integrated Keyhead Transmitter........................................................59 Smart Unlocks For Intelligent Access Keys ................................................................................59
Locks...................................................................57 Lug Nuts
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................304

M
Maintenance.................................................246 General Information.........................................246
Manual Climate Control..............................117 Manual Seats.................................................130 Manual Transmission...................................161
Parking Your Vehicle..........................................162 Recommended Shift Speeds.........................161 Reverse....................................................................161 Using the Clutch...................................................161 Media Hub......................................................335 Memory Function..........................................132 Easy Entry and Exit Feature............................133 Linking a PreSet Position to your Remote
Control or Intelligent Access Key Fob.......................................................................133 Saving a PreSet Position..................................133 Message Center See: Information Displays.................................93 Mirrors See: Heated Windows and Mirrors..............126 See: Windows and Mirrors.................................81 Mobile Communications Equipment.......12 Moonroof..........................................................84 Bounce-Back.........................................................85 Opening and Closing the Moonroof..............85 Venting the Moonroof........................................85 Motorcraft Parts............................................313 MyFord TouchTM...........................................375 General Information..........................................375 MyKey Troubleshooting...............................56 MyKeyTM.............................................................52 Principle of Operation.........................................52
N
Navigation......................................................430 cityseekr................................................................432 Map Mode............................................................434 Navigation Map Updates................................436 Navigation Voice Commands.......................436 Point of Interest (POI) Categories................431 Quick-touch Buttons.......................................436 Setting a Destination.......................................430 Setting Your Navigation Preferences.........433

480

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Index

Normal Scheduled Maintenance...........461 Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor®..........................461 Normal Maintenance Intervals.....................462
O
Oil Change Indicator Reset.......................252 Oil Check
See: Engine Oil Check.......................................251 Opening and Closing the Hood..............246 Ordering Additional Owner's
Literature......................................................233 Obtaining a French Owner's Manual..........233 Overhead Console........................................143
P
Parking Aid......................................................178 Front Sensing System.......................................179 Rear Sensing System.........................................178
Parking Aids....................................................178 Passive Anti-Theft System.........................65
SecuriLock®...........................................................65 PATS
See: Passive Anti-Theft System.....................65 Perchlorate.........................................................11 Personal Safety SystemTM..........................35
How Does the Personal Safety System Work?..................................................................35
Phone................................................................412 Making Calls.........................................................413 Pairing Subsequent Phones...........................413 Pairing Your Phone for the First Time.........413 Phone Menu Options........................................414 Phone Settings....................................................415 Phone Voice Commands.................................416 Receiving Calls....................................................414 Text Messaging....................................................414
Post-Crash Alert System...........................227 Power Door Locks
See: Locking and Unlocking..............................57 Power Seats...................................................130
10-way power seat.............................................132 6-way power seat................................................131 Power Lumbar......................................................132 Power Steering Fluid Check.....................255

Power Windows...............................................81 Accessory Delay.....................................................81 Bounce-Back..........................................................81 One-Touch Down..................................................81 One-Touch Up........................................................81 Window Lock..........................................................81
R
Rear Seat Armrest........................................136 Rear Seats.......................................................134 Rear View Camera.......................................183
Using the Rear View Camera System.........184 Rear View Camera
See: Rear View Camera....................................183 Recommended Towing Weights............216 Refueling..........................................................155
Easy FuelTM Capless Fuel System................156 Remote Control..............................................45
Car Finder................................................................49 Integrated Keyhead Transmitters .................45 Intelligent Access Key........................................46 Remote Start ........................................................49 Replacing the Battery.........................................47 Sounding a Panic Alarm....................................49 Using the Key Blade............................................46 Remote Start..................................................127 Automatic Settings............................................127 Removing a Headlamp..............................259 Repairing Minor Paint Damage...............270 Replacement Parts Recommendation.........................................11 Collision Repairs.....................................................11 Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical
Repairs...................................................................11 Warranty on Replacement Parts.....................12 Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Control............................................................50 Reporting Safety Defects (Canada Only)..............................................................234 Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. Only)..............................................................233

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

481
Information Provided by:

Index

Roadside Assistance..................................224 Vehicles Sold In Canada : Getting Roadside Assistance.......................................................224 Vehicles Sold In Canada : Using Roadside Assistance.......................................................224 Vehicles Sold In The U.S.: Getting Roadside Assistance.......................................................224 Vehicles Sold In The U.S. : Using Roadside Assistance.......................................................224
Roadside Emergencies..............................224 Running-In
See: Breaking-In..................................................221 Running Out of Fuel....................................154
Refilling With a Portable Fuel Container..........................................................154
S
Safety Belt Height Adjustment.................32 Safety Belt Minder.........................................33
Belt-MinderTM........................................................33 Safety Belts.......................................................27
Principle of Operation.........................................27 Safety Belt Warning Lamp and Indicator
Chime...............................................................32 Conditions of operation.....................................32 Safety Precautions.......................................152 Satellite Radio...............................................331 Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number
(ESN).................................................................332 Satellite Radio Reception Factors...............332 SIRIUS® Satellite Radio Service..................332 Troubleshooting.................................................333 Scheduled Maintenance Record...........466 Scheduled Maintenance..........................458 Seats.................................................................128 Security..............................................................65 Settings...........................................................384 Clock......................................................................384 Display...................................................................385 Settings.................................................................386 Sound.....................................................................385 Vehicle...................................................................386 Side Airbags.....................................................40 Side Curtain Airbags......................................41 Sitting in the Correct Position..................128 Snow Chains See: Using Snow Chains................................300

Special Notices................................................12 New Vehicle Limited Warranty.........................12 Special Instructions..............................................12
Special Operating Conditions Scheduled Maintenance..............................................464 Exceptions...........................................................466
Speed Control See: Cruise Control.............................................187
Spinout Detection........................................227 Stability Control.............................................177
Principle of Operation........................................177 Starter Switch
See: Ignition Switch...........................................144 Starting a Gasoline Engine.......................145
Automatic Engine Shutdown........................146 Failure to Start.....................................................146 Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes...............148 Important Ventilating Information..............148 Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is
Moving................................................................147 Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is
Stationary.........................................................147 Vehicles with an Ignition Key..........................145 Vehicles with Keyless Start............................146 Starting and Stopping the Engine.........144 General Information..........................................144 Steering...........................................................203 Electric Power Steering...................................203 Steering Wheel...............................................68 Storage Compartments.............................143 Sunroof See: Moonroof.......................................................84 Sun Visors.........................................................84 Illuminated Vanity Mirror...................................84 Supplementary Restraints System.........36 Principle of Operation........................................36 Symbols Glossary.............................................7 SYNCTM Applications and Services.......351 911 Assist................................................................351 SYNC AppLink.....................................................357 SYNC Services: Traffic, Directions &
Information (TDI) (If Equipped, Unites States Only)....................................................355 Vehicle Health Report......................................353 SYNCTM...........................................................336 General Information.........................................336 SYNCTM Troubleshooting.........................366

482

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Index

T
Technical Specifications See: Capacities and Specifications.............312
Temporary Mobility Kit...............................273 First Stage: Reinflating the Tire with Sealing Compound and Air........................................275 General Information..........................................274 Second Stage: Checking Tire Pressure............................................................276 Tips for Use of the Kit.......................................274 Type 1......................................................................273 Type 2.....................................................................278 What to do after the Tire has been Sealed................................................................277 What to do when a Tire Is Punctured.........275
The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program (U.S. Only)........................231
Tire Care..........................................................285 Glossary of Tire Terminology........................286 Information About Uniform Tire Quality Grading.............................................................285 Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall............................................................287 Temperature A B C............................................286 Traction AA A B C..............................................286 Treadwear............................................................285
Tire Inflation When Punctured See: Temporary Mobility Kit...........................273
Tire Pressure Monitoring System...........301 Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure Monitoring System.......................................302 Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System ......................................302
Tire Repair Kit See: Temporary Mobility Kit...........................273
Tires See: Wheels and Tires......................................273
Towing a Trailer..............................................215 Load Placement..................................................215
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels...........................................................219 Emergency Towing.............................................219 Recreational Towing.........................................220
Towing...............................................................215 Traction Control.............................................176
Principle of Operation.......................................176 Transmission Code Designation.............315

Transmission...................................................161 Transmission
See: Transmission...............................................161 Transporting the Vehicle............................219
U
Under Hood Overview - 1.5L EcoBoostTM/ 1.6L EcoBoostTM........................................248
Under Hood Overview - 2.0L EcoBoostTM.................................................249
Under Hood Overview - 2.5L...................250 Unique Driving Characteristics................150 Universal Garage Door Opener................137
HomeLink Wireless Control System............137 USB Port.........................................................335 Using Adaptive Cruise Control................188
Blocked Sensor....................................................192 Changing the Set Speed...................................191 Detection Issues...................................................191 Disengaging the System..................................190 Following a Vehicle............................................189 Hilly Condition Usage.........................................191 Low Speed Automatic Cancellation............191 Overriding the System......................................190 Resuming the Set Speed..................................191 Setting a Speed..................................................188 Setting the Gap Distance................................189 Switching the System Off................................191 Switching the System On...............................188 Switching to Normal Cruise Control............193 System Not Available........................................192 Using All-Wheel Drive................................166 Driving In Special Conditions With
All-Wheel Drive (AWD)...............................166 Using Cruise Control....................................187
Switching Cruise Control Off..........................187 Switching Cruise Control On..........................187 Using MyKey With Remote Start Systems..........................................................56 Using Snow Chains....................................300 Using Stability Control................................177 AdvanceTrac® .....................................................177

483

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Index

Using SYNCTM With Your Media Player............................................................358 Accessing Your Play Menu.............................362 Connecting Your Digital Media Player to the USB Port..........................................................358 Media Menu Features.......................................361 Media Voice Commands................................359 System Settings.................................................364 What's Playing?.................................................359
Using SYNCTM With Your Phone...........340 Accessing Features through the Phone Menu..................................................................344 Accessing Your Phone Settings....................347 Making Calls........................................................343 Pairing a Phone for the First Time................341 Pairing Subsequent Phones...........................341 Phone Options during an Active Call.........343 Phone Voice Commands.................................341 Receiving Calls....................................................343 System Settings.................................................348 Text Messaging..................................................346
Using Traction Control................................176 Switching the System Off Using a Switch.................................................................176 Switching the System Off Using the Information Display Controls.....................176 System Indicator Lights and Messages..........................................................176
Using Voice Recognition...........................338 Initiating a Voice Session................................338 System Interaction and Feedback..............339
Utilizing the Mediation/Arbitration Program (Canada Only)..........................231
V
Vehicle Care...................................................266 General Information.........................................266
Vehicle Certification Label........................314 Vehicle Identification Number.................314

Vehicle Storage.............................................270 Battery.....................................................................271 Body.........................................................................271 Brakes......................................................................271 Cooling system.....................................................271 Engine......................................................................271 Fuel system...........................................................271 General..................................................................270 Miscellaneous.......................................................271 Removing Vehicle From Storage...................271 Tires..........................................................................271
Ventilation See: Climate Control...........................................117
VIN See: Vehicle Identification Number.............314
Voice Control...................................................69
W
Warning Lamps and Indicators................88 Adaptive Cruise Control....................................89 Anti-Lock Braking System................................89 Auto Start-stop....................................................89 Battery.....................................................................89 Blind Spot Monitor..............................................89 Brake System........................................................89 Cruise Control.......................................................89 Direction Indicator...............................................89 Door Ajar.................................................................90 Electric Park Brake..............................................90 Engine Coolant Temperature..........................90 Engine Oil................................................................90 Fasten Safety Belt...............................................90 Front Airbag...........................................................90 Front Fog Lamps..................................................90 Heads Up Display................................................90 High Beam..............................................................90 Hood Ajar................................................................90 Lane Keeping Aid.................................................90 Low Fuel Level......................................................90 Low Tire Pressure Warning..............................90 Parking Lamps.......................................................91 Powertrain Fault....................................................91 Service Engine Soon............................................91 Stability Control.....................................................91 Stability Control Off.............................................91 Trunk Ajar.................................................................91
Washer Fluid Check....................................255

484

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

Information Provided by:

Index
Washers See: Cleaning the Exterior..............................266 See: Wipers and Washers...................................71
Waxing.............................................................267 Wheel Nuts
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................304 Wheels and Tires..........................................273
Technical Specifications..................................310 Windows and Mirrors.....................................81 Windshield Washers......................................72 Windshield Wipers..........................................71
Intermittent Wipe..................................................71 Speed Dependent Wipers..................................71 Wipers and Washers......................................71

Fusion/Mondeo (CC7), enUSA

485
Information Provided by:

XEP 4.16 build 20090723